Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 5, 2016

No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2834   52-2386345

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

113 Cedar Street

Milford, MA 01757

(508) 473-5993

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Martin Driscoll

Chief Executive Officer

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

113 Cedar Street

Milford, MA 01757

(508) 473-5993

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Stuart M. Falber, Esq.

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale
and Dorr LLP

60 State Street

Boston, MA 02109

(617) 526-6663

 

David S. Hunt, Esq.

222 Main Street, Suite 500

Salt Lake City, Utah 84101

(801) 355-7878

  Christopher D. Lueking, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
330 N. Wabash Avenue, Suite 2800
Chicago, IL 60611
(312) 876-7700

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as possible after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Class of securities to be registered   Proposed maximum
aggregate
offering price (1)
  Amount of
registration fee (2)

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $57,500,000   $5,791

 

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act based on a bona fide estimate of the maximum aggregate offering price.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY—SUBJECT TO COMPLETION—DATED JANUARY 5, 2016

PROSPECTUS

Shares

 

LOGO

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc. is offering                      shares of common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We anticipate the initial public offering price to be between $             and $             per share.

 

 

We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “SBPH.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company. Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page  11 of this prospectus.

 

     Per
Share
     Total  

Initial public offering price

   $              $          

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $     

 

(1) See “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted to the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days from the date of this Prospectus to purchase up to an additional                      shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about                     , 2016.

 

William Blair     Wedbush PacGrow
  BTIG  
   

 

 

            , 2016


Table of Contents

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and we take no responsibility for any other information others may give you. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     11   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     57   

Use Of Proceeds

     58   

Capitalization

     60   

Dilution

     62   

Dividend Policy

     64   

Selected Financial Data

     65   
Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of Operations      67   

Business

     82   

Management

     120   

Executive Compensation

     127   

Certain Relationships And Related Party Transactions

     136   

Principal Stockholders

     140   

Description Of Capital Stock

     142   

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

     146   
Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences To Non-United States Holders      148   

Underwriting

     152   

Legal Matters

     160   

Experts

     160   

Where You Can Find More Information

     160   

Index To Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

- i -


Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell shares of common stock and seeking offers to buy shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have taken any action to permit a public offering of the shares of our common stock or the possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

The trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

Industry and Other Data

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data in this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications, studies and surveys generally state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that each of these studies and publications is reliable, we have not independently verified market and industry data from third-party sources. While we believe our internal company research is reliable and the market definitions are appropriate, neither such research nor these definitions have been verified by any independent source.

 

- ii -


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 11 and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Spring Bank,” “our company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus to refer to Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and our subsidiary.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company engaged in the discovery and development of a novel class of therapeutics using our proprietary small molecule nucleic acid hybrid, or SMNH, chemistry platform. Our SMNH compounds are small segments of nucleic acids that we design to selectively target and modulate the activity of specific proteins implicated in various disease states. We are developing our most advanced SMNH product candidate, SB 9200, for the treatment of viral diseases. We have designed SB 9200 to selectively activate within infected cells the cellular proteins retinoic acid-inducible gene 1, or RIG-I, and nucleotide-binding oligomerization domain-containing protein 2, or NOD2, to inhibit viral replication and to cause the induction of intracellular interferon signaling pathways for antiviral defense. We believe that SB 9200 may play an important role in antiviral therapy by modulating the body’s immune response through its mechanisms of action to fight viral infections.

We plan to focus on the development of SB 9200 for the treatment of chronic hepatitis B virus, or HBV, and respiratory syncytial virus, or RSV. In 2016, we plan to initiate clinical trials of SB 9200 in both indications, including:

 

    a Phase 2a clinical trial in non-cirrhotic patients infected with chronic HBV, which we plan to initiate in the first half of 2016 in which patients will first receive SB 9200 as a monotherapy and then the oral antiviral agent Viread (tenofovir). Subject to the results of the Phase 2a clinical trial, we expect to initiate a Phase 2b clinical trial in 2017 in patients with chronic HBV to explore the use of SB 9200 as a monotherapy and in combination with Viread (tenofovir). Both trials are to be conducted under a clinical trial collaboration with Gilead Sciences, Inc., or Gilead; and

 

    a Phase 2 clinical trial in otherwise healthy adult volunteers inoculated with RSV, which we plan to initiate in the second half of 2016.

In 2014, we completed a Phase 1 clinical trial of SB 9200 in 38 non-cirrhotic patients infected with the hepatitis C virus, or HCV, who had not received any prior antiviral treatment. The two-stage trial was designed to evaluate the safety and tolerability, pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and antiviral activity of ascending doses of the oral formulation of SB 9200 and to demonstrate proof of principle of the mechanisms of action of SB 9200. SB 9200 was well tolerated in all dose groups in the trial, and no dose-limiting toxicities or systemic interferon-like side effects such as flu-like symptoms or fever were observed. Additionally, antiviral activity was seen at all dose levels except for the lowest dose cohort. We believe that the data from the Phase 1 clinical trial, together with data from preclinical and toxicology studies that we have conducted in animal models, support the development of SB 9200 for the treatment of chronic HBV and RSV.

Chronic HBV Infection . We are developing an oral formulation of SB 9200 for the treatment of chronic HBV infection. The World Health Organization, or WHO, estimates that 240 million people worldwide are chronically infected with HBV, including approximately 14 million people in the United States and Europe. Standard of care treatments for chronic HBV include pegylated interferon- a , or PEG-IFN- a , products and oral

 



 

- 1 -


Table of Contents

antiviral agents such as Baraclude (entecavir), marketed by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, and Viread (tenofovir), marketed by Gilead, each of which suppress viral replication. In 2014, reported worldwide revenues for Baraclude (entecavir) and Viread (tenofovir) were approximately $2.5 billion in the aggregate primarily for the treatment of HBV. However, these treatments have significant limitations. In particular, although treatment with PEG-IFN- a products can reduce the amount of HBV DNA, or viral load, in the body, this treatment only has a minor effect on the rate of HBsAg reduction or loss. HBsAg is the surface antigen of HBV that indicates active hepatitis B infection. Oral antiviral agents such as Baraclude (entecavir) and Viread (tenofovir) are potent suppressors of HBV DNA, but generally only suppress the virus during treatment without providing significant levels of HBsAg loss or clearance, and patients taking these oral antiviral agents require potentially life-long treatment. By achieving HBsAg loss or clearance, there is the potential to have a finite period of treatment and improved clinical prognosis, such as a reduction in the risks of cirrhosis and liver cancer. As such, we believe that loss or clearance of HBsAg is indicative of a functional cure. We believe that there is a significant unmet need for treatments that can achieve a functional cure for chronic HBV when used alone or in combination with other antiviral agents.

Preclinical studies of SB 9200 in the woodchuck model of chronic HBV showed significant reductions in viral load, including viral replication intermediates, and in surface antigens. Since the discovery of woodchuck hepatitis virus, or WHV, in 1978, the American woodchuck has been studied and widely accepted as the most suitable animal model for chronic HBV. We believe that SB 9200, by virtue of its mechanisms of action, may provide a functional cure for chronic HBV by stimulating the immune system in a manner similar to PEG-IFN- a products, but with better efficacy and tolerability.

RSV Infection . We are also developing SB 9200 for the treatment of RSV infection by an intra-nasal delivery formulation and other modes of administration. According to the United States Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, RSV infection in the United States accounts for approximately 177,000 adult hospitalizations and 14,000 deaths among adults over age sixty-five each year and is the most common cause of lower respiratory tract infections in young children. There are no FDA-approved therapies for the treatment of RSV infection. We believe that there is a significant unmet medical need for an effective treatment for RSV in pediatric and at-risk adult populations, including the immunocompromised, the elderly and those with respiratory co-morbidities such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and emphysema. Based on the pharmacologic mechanisms of action and preclinical study results of SB 9200 in relevant RSV infected animal models, we believe SB 9200 has the potential to suppress viral replication and exhibit an anti-inflammatory effect in RSV patients.

Other Development Efforts . We are also exploring the potential use of SB 9200 in other viral diseases, including human immunodeficiency virus, or HIV, latency and hepatitis delta virus, or HDV. HDV is a rare, orphan chronic disease with a mortality rate of 2% to 20% according to the WHO, which occurs in association with HBV and requires HBsAg to allow replication of HDV. We are also conducting preclinical research on additional SMNH product candidates as antiviral therapies and early-stage research programs exploring the use of SMNH compounds against targets implicated in certain inflammatory diseases and cancers.

 



 

- 2 -


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the status of the development of our product candidates. We retain exclusive, global commercial rights to SB 9200 and all of our additional SMNH product candidates.

 

Product Candidate    Indication/
Therapeutic
Area
   Stage of Development    Anticipated Milestones
SB 9200    Chronic HBV    Phase 2    Phase 2a clinical trial planned initiation in 1H 2016
   RSV    Phase 2    Phase 2 clinical trial planned initiation in 2H 2016
   HCV    Phase 1 completed    Seek collaborations
   HIV latency    Research    Establish preclinical proof-of-principle
     HDV    Research    Establish preclinical proof-of-principle
SB 9400, SB 9941 and SB 9946    RNA viral diseases    Preclinical    IND-enabling toxicology studies planned

We currently do not plan to conduct any Phase 1 clinical trials of SB 9200 for chronic HBV or RSV. We believe that the Phase 1 clinical trial of SB 9200 that we completed in 2014 in non-cirrhotic patients infected with HCV who had not received any prior antiviral treatment, and the preclinical and toxicology studies of SB 9200 that have been conducted, have generated pharmacokinetic, pharmacodynamics and safety data that support our planned Phase 2 clinical trials in chronic HBV and RSV without the need for a Phase 1 clinical trial.

We have a global intellectual property portfolio consisting of over 20 issued patents worldwide and multiple patent applications directed to our lead product candidates, together with trade secrets and know-how. We have one U.S. patent and multiple foreign patents with claims covering the composition of matter of SB 9200 that expire in December 2026 and a second U.S. patent with claims covering the composition of matter of SB 9200 that expires in June 2030, in each case, without considering potential patent term extensions.

Our Business Strategy

Our primary objective is to maintain our leadership position in developing SMNH therapeutics for the treatment of viral infections. To achieve this goal, we are pursuing the following strategies:

 

    Rapidly advance the clinical development of SB 9200 for two antiviral indications. We plan to initiate a Phase 2a clinical trial of SB 9200 in non-cirrhotic patients infected with chronic HBV in the first half of 2016 in which patients will first receive SB 9200 as a monotherapy and then Viread (tenofovir). Subject to the results of the Phase 2a clinical trial, we expect to initiate a Phase 2b clinical trial in 2017 in patients with chronic HBV to explore the use of SB 9200 as a monotherapy and in combination with Viread (tenofovir). Both trials are to be conducted under a clinical collaboration with Gilead. In addition, we plan to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial of SB 9200 in otherwise healthy adult volunteers inoculated with RSV in the second half of 2016.

 

    Investigate the potential use of SB 9200 in other viral diseases, notably the emerging fields of HIV latency and HDV. We plan to collaborate with major research centers and third parties with significant expertise in HIV to explore the potential use of SB 9200 in the eradication of HIV. In addition, we believe that therapies such as SB 9200, which can reduce or cause loss of HBsAg, may play an important role in the treatment of HDV co-infected HBV patients.

 



 

- 3 -


Table of Contents
    Develop additional SMNH candidates from our proprietary platform as antiviral therapies. We are developing next-generation analogs of SB 9200, including SB 9400, SB 9941 and SB 9946. These compounds are in preclinical development as antiviral agents and have demonstrated antiviral activity in preclinical studies against various viruses. We plan to evaluate these compounds against additional viral diseases to expand the applications of our SMNH compounds.

 

    Leverage our SMNH platform to expand into non-viral therapeutic areas. We have active early-stage research programs exploring the use of SMNH compounds against targets implicated in certain inflammatory diseases and cancers. Early data generated by these programs demonstrate the potential opportunity of the SMNH platform against non-viral therapeutic targets. We plan to continue our research in these areas, including target identification and lead optimization.

Our SMNH Chemistry Platform

We design our SMNH compounds to modulate the interaction between nucleotides or nucleic acids and proteins. Because SMNH compounds resemble naturally occurring nucleotides and nucleic acids in the body, we believe they can be more efficient in modulating the interactions with proteins through higher selectivity than traditional small molecule approaches.

We have focused our research on the optimization of SMNH compounds with favorable drug attributes using various approaches including rational drug design, combinatorial chemistry, structural biology and phenotypic screening approaches. By making specific structural modifications to SMNH compounds, we enable them to bind to targets in the diseased tissues with high affinity and selectivity.

Unlike other nucleic acid-based approaches, such as RNA interference, that act by inhibiting specific protein expression through downregulation of messenger RNA, SMNH compounds act directly on proteins and therefore can be used to either upregulate or downregulate the activities of the proteins that play a role in disease processes. For example, we have designed SB 9200 to bind selectively to and upregulate RIG-I and NOD2, each of which is involved in the activation of the body’s immune response to foreign pathogens.

Some of the features of our SMNH compounds that we believe to be important include:

 

    Novel mechanisms of action. SB 9200 and our other SMNH compounds are designed to inhibit viral replication through interaction with polymerase, an enzyme that is implicated in viral replication, and stimulate the innate immune response through the production of natural immunomodulatory cytokines, including interferon, inside cells through the activation of RIG-I and NOD2. We believe that induction of the innate immune response is required for loss or clearance of HBsAg and the achievement of a functional cure.

 

    Multiple routes of delivery, including oral administration. Because our SMNH compounds have small molecule characteristics, they can be delivered orally. Additionally, our SMNH compounds potentially may be delivered intravenously and through intra-nasal and inhalation delivery depending on the target disease.

 

    Treat a broad range of viral, inflammatory and oncological diseases. We design our SMNH compounds to selectively target certain proteins whose presence or activity contributes to disease severity or causes the underlying disease. We believe that this approach is potentially applicable to a broad range of viral, inflammatory and oncological diseases.

 

    No observed immune overstimulation. To date, our SMNH compounds, including SB 9200, have not triggered a nonspecific immune response in our preclinical studies. In addition, no nonspecific immune response was observed in our completed Phase 1 clinical trial of SB 9200.

 



 

- 4 -


Table of Contents
    Potential for use in combination with other antiviral agents. Because our SMNH compounds are designed to act by an immunomodulatory function, we believe they may be developed for use in combination with other antiviral agents that act against viral disease by different mechanisms of action.

 

    Intact excretion limits likelihood of unwanted drug-drug interactions. We believe that SMNH compounds are less likely to have drug-drug interactions with drugs metabolized by CYP450, a major pathway for drug metabolism in the liver, because our SMNH compounds are not metabolized by enzyme systems in the liver and are excreted mostly intact.

 

    Relative ease of manufacturing. Because our SMNH compounds are chemically synthesized by a proprietary solution-phase method, they can be produced in a scalable and reproducible manner.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. Some of these risks are:

 

    we have a history of limited operations, have incurred significant losses since our inception, expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability;

 

    we will need additional funding, in addition to the proceeds of this offering, to complete the development of our product candidates and before we can expect to become profitable from the sales of our products, if approved. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercialization efforts;

 

    our business currently depends substantially on the success of clinical trials for SB 9200, which is still under development. If we are unable to obtain regulatory approval for, or successfully commercialize SB 9200, our business will be materially harmed;

 

    we are very early in our development efforts and our product candidates may not be successful in later stage clinical trials. As a result, they may never be approved as marketable therapeutics;

 

    we rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties to conduct our clinical trials and to manufacture our product candidates for preclinical and clinical testing. These third parties may not perform satisfactorily, which could delay our product development activities;

 

    if we are unable to adequately protect our proprietary technology, or obtain and maintain issued patents which are sufficient to protect our product candidates, others could compete against us more directly, which would have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects; and

 

    we may not be able to retain key executives or to attract, retain and motivate key personnel.

It is difficult to predict the time and cost of product candidate development and subsequently obtaining regulatory approval.

 



 

- 5 -


Table of Contents

Our Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as Spring Bank Technologies, Inc. on October 7, 2002. On May 12, 2008, we filed a certificate of incorporation in the State of Delaware and changed our state of incorporation to Delaware and our name to Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 113 Cedar Street, Milford, MA 01757 and our telephone number is (508) 473-5993. Our website address is www.springbankpharm.com . The information contained in, or accessible through, our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, was enacted in April 2012 with the intention of encouraging capital formation in the United States and reducing the regulatory burden on newly public companies that qualify as “emerging growth companies.” We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various public reporting requirements, including the requirement that our internal control over financial reporting be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, certain requirements related to the disclosure of executive compensation in this prospectus and in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and the requirement that we hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of:

 

    the last day of the fiscal year in which we have $1.0 billion or more in annual gross revenue;

 

    the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates;

 

    the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or

 

    the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of this offering.

Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standard. We have chosen to “opt out” of the extended transition periods available under the JOBS Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition periods for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

For certain risks related to our status as an emerging growth company, see the disclosure elsewhere in this prospectus under “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering—We are an ‘emerging growth company,’ and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.”

 



 

- 6 -


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us   

shares of common stock (or              shares in the event that the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full).

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering   

shares of common stock (or              shares in the event that the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full).

Use of proceeds   

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $              after deducting estimated underwriters discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

We expect to utilize these funds, together with our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, to continue to advance the clinical development of SB 9200, to conduct additional research and development and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” beginning on page 58.

Risk factors    See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol    “SBPH”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 24,184,474 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2015, after giving effect to the issuance of 1,000,000 shares of our common stock upon the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock upon the closing of this offering, and excludes:

 

    4,727,270 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.17 per share, which warrants will terminate as of the closing of this offering if not exercised prior to such date;

 

    2,441,929 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.02 per share;

 

    458,071 shares of common stock available for future issuance under our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan as of December 31, 2015; and

 

    an additional 3,000,000 shares of common stock that will be available for issuance under our 2015 Stock Incentive Plan upon the closing of this offering.

 



 

- 7 -


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock;

 

    no exercise of outstanding options or warrants after December 31, 2015; and

 

    the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws upon the closing of this offering.

 



 

- 8 -


Table of Contents

Summary Financial Information

You should read the following financial data together with our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this prospectus. We have derived the statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 from our audited financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2015, have been derived from our unaudited financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited data reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in the future, and the interim period results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other interim period.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2013     2014     2014     2015  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)                (unaudited)  

Statement of Operations Data:

        

Grant revenue

   $ 651      $ 738      $ 578      $ 841   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     3,966        6,132        5,050        4,779   

General and administrative

     1,756        2,412       1,744        3,695   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,722        8,544        6,794        8,474   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (5,071     (7,806     (6,216     (7,633

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income (expense), net

     (1,939     (1,906     (1,322     15   

Gain on change in fair value of warrant liability

     54                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (6,956   $ (9,712   $ (7,538   $ (7,618
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (0.60   $ (0.78   $ (0.61   $ (0.34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (1)

     11,667,564        12,473,377       12,398,717        22,578,440   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

     $ (0.72     $ (0.32
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

       13,473,377          23,578,440   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) See Notes 1 and 2 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for further details on the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per common share.

(2) See Note 1 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for further details on the calculation of basic and diluted pro forma net loss per common share.

 



 

- 9 -


Table of Contents
     As of September 30, 2015
     Actual      Pro Forma (1)      Pro Forma As
Adjusted (2)
(in thousands)    (unaudited)

Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

   $ 14,820       $ 14,820      

Working capital

     10,044         10,044      

Total assets

     15,795         15,795      

Convertible preferred stock

                  

Total stockholders’ equity

     14,554         14,554      

 

(1) Pro forma consolidated balance sheet data give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.

(2) Pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data give effect to the pro forma adjustment described in footnote 1 above as well as the sale by us of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 



 

- 10 -


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Capital Needs

We have incurred significant losses since our inception and anticipate that we will incur significant and increasing losses in the future.

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company. We have one product candidate, SB 9200, in the early stages of clinical development and all of our other product candidates are preclinical. We do not have any products approved by regulatory authorities for marketing and have not generated any revenue from product sales, and we continue to incur significant research, development and other expenses related to our ongoing operations. As a result, we are not profitable and have incurred losses in every reporting period since our inception in 2002. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, we reported a net loss of $7.0 million and $9.7 million, respectively, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we reported a net loss of $7.6 million. We had an accumulated deficit of $30.2 million at September 30, 2015.

We expect to continue to incur significant and increasing losses for the foreseeable future. We anticipate these losses to increase as our expenses increase, and we expect that our expenses will increase if and as we:

 

    continue to develop and conduct clinical trials of SB 9200, including the clinical trials we plan to initiate in 2016;

 

    initiate and continue research and preclinical and clinical development efforts for our other product candidates;

 

    seek to identify and develop additional product candidates;

 

    seek regulatory and marketing approvals for our product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials, if any;

 

    establish sales, marketing, distribution and other commercial infrastructure in the future to commercialize various products for which we may obtain marketing approval, if any;

 

    require the manufacture of larger quantities of product candidates for clinical development and potentially commercialization;

 

    maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

 

    hire and retain additional personnel, including clinical, quality control and scientific personnel;

 

    add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development and help us comply with our obligations as a public company; and

 

    add equipment and physical infrastructure to support our research and development programs.

 

- 11 -


Table of Contents

We currently have no source of product revenue and may never become profitable.

We do not have any products approved by regulatory authorities for marketing and have not generated any revenue from product sales. Our ability to achieve and maintain profitability will depend upon our ability to generate revenue. We do not expect to generate significant revenue unless and until we are able to gain regulatory approval of and commercialize SB 9200 or other product candidates that we may develop, in-license or acquire in the future. Even if we are able to successfully achieve regulatory approval for SB 9200 or any other product candidate, we do not know when we will generate revenue from product sales, if at all. Our ability to generate revenue from product sales of SB 9200 or any other product candidate also depends on a number of factors, including our ability to:

 

    successfully complete development activities, including enrollment of trial participants and completion of the necessary clinical trials;

 

    complete and submit New Drug Applications, or NDAs, to the United States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and obtain regulatory approvals from the FDA for SB 9200 and our other product candidates for indications for which there is a commercial market;

 

    complete and submit applications to, and obtain regulatory approval from, foreign regulatory authorities for SB 9200 and our other product candidates;

 

    successfully commercialize any approved products;

 

    manufacture or have manufactured commercial quantities of our products at acceptable cost levels;

 

    develop a commercial organization capable of manufacturing, sales, marketing and distribution for any products we intend to sell ourselves in the markets in which we choose to commercialize such products on our own;

 

    enter into arrangements with third parties to manufacture, market, sell and distribute our approved products in other markets; and

 

    obtain adequate pricing, coverage and reimbursement from third parties, including government and private payors.

In addition, because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development, including those of SB 9200 or our other product candidates, which may not advance through development or achieve the endpoints of applicable clinical trials, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses, or when or if we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. Even if we are able to complete the development and regulatory process for SB 9200 or any other product candidate, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with commercializing these products.

Even if we are able to generate revenues from the sale of SB 9200 or any other products, we may not generate revenues that are large enough for us to become profitable. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our research and development efforts, diversify our pipeline of product candidates or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company could cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

 

- 12 -


Table of Contents

We intend to expend our limited resources on the development of our sole clinical stage product candidate, SB 9200, for antiviral applications and may fail to capitalize on other technologies, product candidates or other indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we are focusing our resources on the development of SB 9200, which concentrates the risk of product failure on SB 9200. SB 9200 may prove to be unsafe or ineffective. Because of this concentration of resources, we may forego or delay development of other technologies, product candidates or other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential.

Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and product candidates may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to the candidate through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to the product candidate.

We will require additional capital to fund our operations. If we fail to obtain necessary financing, we may be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our development and potential commercialization efforts for SB 9200.

Developing pharmaceutical products, including conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials, is a very time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete. We expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we initiate new clinical trials of, initiate new research and preclinical development efforts for and seek marketing approval for, SB 9200. In addition, if we obtain marketing approval for SB 9200, we may incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution to the extent that such sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution are not the responsibility of a future collaborator. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we may be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or any future commercialization efforts.

We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering primarily to fund our ongoing development of SB 9200 including the clinical trials we plan to initiate in 2016. However, we do not believe that the net proceeds of this offering and our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will be sufficient to fund all of the efforts that we plan to undertake or to fund the completion of development of SB 9200, including in particular our                    . Accordingly, we will be required to obtain further funding through public or private equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations and licensing arrangements or other sources. We do not have any committed external source of funds other than under an existing grant from the National Institutes of Health, or NIH.

Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Our failure to raise capital as and when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategy.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities as of September 30, 2015, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements until                      . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could deploy our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Further, changing circumstances, some of which may be beyond our control, could cause us to consume capital significantly faster than we currently anticipate, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned. Our future funding requirements, both near and long-term, will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to the:

 

    initiation, progress, timing, costs and results of preclinical studies and clinical trials of SB 9200, including our planned Phase 2 clinical trials in chronic HBV and RSV;

 

- 13 -


Table of Contents
    initiation, progress, timing, costs and results of preclinical studies and clinical trials of our other product candidates;

 

    our obligation to make royalty and non-royalty sublicense receipt payments to third-party licensors, if any, under our licensing agreements;

 

    the number and characteristics of product candidates that we discover or in-license and develop;

 

    the outcome, timing and cost of seeking regulatory review by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including the potential for the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to require that we perform more studies than those that we currently expect;

 

    the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and maintaining and enforcing other intellectual property rights;

 

    subject to receipt of marketing approval, revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of SB 9200 and any other products;

 

    the costs and timing of the implementation of commercial-scale manufacturing activities;

 

    the costs and timing of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities for any product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval; and

 

    the costs of operating as a public company.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or SB 9200.

Until we can generate substantial revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to seek additional capital through a combination of private and public equity offerings, debt financings, strategic collaborations and alliances and licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interests of existing stockholders may be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of existing stockholders. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include liens or other restrictive covenants limiting our ability to take important actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. Securing additional financing could require a substantial amount of time and attention from our management and may divert a disproportionate amount of their attention away from day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our management’s ability to oversee the development of SB 9200 and our other product candidates.

If we raise additional funds through strategic collaborations and alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market our technologies that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

We may acquire other assets or businesses, or form collaborations or make investments in other companies or technologies that could harm our operating results, dilute our stockholders’ ownership, increase our debt or cause us to incur significant expense.

As part of our business strategy, we may pursue acquisitions of assets, including preclinical, clinical or commercial stage products or product candidates, or businesses, or strategic alliances and collaborations, to

 

- 14 -


Table of Contents

expand our existing technologies and operations. We may not identify or complete these transactions in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis, on favorable terms or at all, and we may not realize the anticipated benefits of any such transaction, any of which could have a detrimental effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We have no experience with acquiring other companies, products or product candidates, and limited experience with forming strategic alliances and collaborations. We may not be able to find suitable companies, products or product candidates to acquire or partners with which to form strategic alliances or collaborations, and if we enter into any such transactions, we may not be able to integrate the acquired companies, products or product candidates successfully into our existing business and we may incur additional debt or assume unknown or contingent liabilities in connection therewith. Integration of an acquired company or assets may also disrupt ongoing operations, require the hiring of additional personnel and the implementation of additional internal systems and infrastructure, especially the acquisition of commercial assets, and require management resources that would otherwise focus on developing our existing business.

To finance any acquisitions or collaborations, we may choose to issue convertible debt or equity as consideration. Any such issuance of securities would dilute the ownership of our stockholders. If the price of our common stock is low or volatile, we may not be able to acquire other assets or companies or fund a transaction using our stock as consideration. Alternatively, it may be necessary for us to raise additional funds for acquisitions through public or private financings. Additional funds may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, or at all.

Our history of limited operations and no history of commercializing pharmaceutical products makes it difficult to evaluate the prospects for our future viability.

We were incorporated in and have been conducting operations since 2002. Our operations to date have been limited to financing and staffing our company and developing SB 9200 and our other product candidates. We have not yet demonstrated an ability to successfully complete a large-scale, pivotal clinical trial, obtain marketing approval, manufacture a commercial scale product, or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. Consequently, any predictions about our future performance may not be as accurate as they could be if we had more of an operating history or a history of successfully developing and commercializing pharmaceutical products.

Risks Related to the Discovery, Development and Commercialization of Our Product Candidates

Our future success is dependent on the successful clinical development, regulatory approval and commercialization of SB 9200, and will require significant capital resources and years of additional clinical development effort. If we are unable to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize SB 9200 or experience significant delays in doing so, our business could be materially harmed.

We do not have any products that have gained regulatory approval. Currently, our only clinical-stage product candidate is SB 9200. As a result, our business is dependent on our ability to successfully complete clinical development of, obtain regulatory approval for, and, if approved, to successfully commercialize SB 9200 in a timely manner. The success of SB 9200 will depend on several factors, including the following:

 

    successful initiation and completion of our planned clinical trials in chronic hepatitis B virus, or HBV, and respiratory syncytial virus, or RSV;

 

    successful completion of additional preclinical studies to support additional clinical trials;

 

    initiation and successful enrollment and completion of additional clinical trials;

 

    safety, tolerability and efficacy profiles that are satisfactory to the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority for marketing approval;

 

    timely receipt of marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;

 

- 15 -


Table of Contents
    the performance of our future collaborators, if any;

 

    the extent of any required post-marketing approval commitments to applicable regulatory authorities;

 

    establishment of supply arrangements with third-party raw materials suppliers and manufacturers;

 

    establishment of arrangements with third-party manufacturers to obtain finished drug products that are appropriately packaged for sale;

 

    obtaining and maintaining patent, trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity, both in the United States and internationally;

 

    protection of our rights in our intellectual property portfolio;

 

    successful launch of commercial sales following any marketing approval;

 

    a continued acceptable safety profile following any marketing approval;

 

    commercial acceptance by patients, the medical community and third-party payors following any marketing approval; and

 

    our ability to compete with other therapies, including therapies targeting viral hepatitis and other antiviral applications.

Many of these factors are beyond our control, including clinical development, the regulatory submission process, potential threats to our intellectual property rights and the manufacturing, marketing and sales efforts of any future collaborator. If we are unable to develop, receive marketing approval for and successfully commercialize SB 9200 or experience delays because of any of these factors or otherwise, our business could be substantially harmed.

We plan to conduct multiple clinical trials of SB 9200 in different indications. If patients in any of these trials experience adverse safety events, we may be required to delay, discontinue or modify all of our clinical trials of SB 9200.

The results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials may not be predictive of results in future clinical trials.

The outcome of preclinical studies and early clinical trials may not be predictive of the results of later clinical trials and interim results of clinical trials do not necessarily predict success in such clinical trials. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, including those with greater resources and experience, have suffered significant setbacks in clinical trials, even after seeing promising results in earlier preclinical studies and clinical trials. The results from in vitro and in vivo preclinical studies, such as the results from our studies in animal models of chronic HBV and RSV as well as in vitro assays, may not translate into human efficacy.

We have only conducted clinical trials of SB 9200 in patients with hepatitis C virus, or HCV. We have not conducted clinical trials of SB 9200 in patients with either chronic HBV, RSV or any other indication. The results of our one clinical trial in patients with HCV may not be indicative of results of trials in chronic HBV, RSV or other indications.

 

- 16 -


Table of Contents

In some instances, there can be significant variability in safety or efficacy results between different clinical trials of the same product candidate due to numerous factors, including changes in trial procedures set forth in protocols, differences in the size and type of the patient populations, changes in and adherence to the dosing regimen and other clinical trial protocols and the rate of dropout among clinical trial participants. If we fail to receive positive results in clinical trials of SB 9200, the development timeline and regulatory approval and commercialization prospects for SB 9200, and, correspondingly, our business and financial prospects, would be negatively impacted.

The therapeutic efficacy of SB 9200 and our other product candidates is unproven in humans, and we may not be able to successfully develop and commercialize SB 9200 and our other product candidates.

SB 9200 and our other product candidates are novel compounds and their potential benefit as antiviral drugs is unproven. SB 9200 and our other product candidates may not prove to be effective against the indications for which they are being designed to act and may not demonstrate in clinical trials any or all of the pharmacological effects that have been observed in preclinical studies. To date, we have only completed a single Phase 1 clinical trial of SB 9200. In that trial, we evaluated SB 9200 in 38 non-cirrhotic HCV infected patients as a monotherapy treatment for up to seven days. We conducted the Phase 1 clinical trial in Australia and New Zealand in 2013 and 2014. We expect that the dose and frequency may be different for other indications of antiviral therapy. For instance, we plan to initiate clinical trials of SB 9200 for the treatment of chronic HBV and RSV in 2016. We expect our planned trials of SB 9200 for chronic HBV and RSV will be of longer duration and, in the case of our planned chronic HBV trials, involve combination therapy with other antiviral agents. As a result, our Phase 1 clinical trial results in HCV may not be indicative of the results of our clinical trials in chronic HBV and RSV.

SB 9200 and our other product candidates may interact with human biological systems in unforeseen, ineffective or harmful ways. If SB 9200 or our other product candidates is associated with undesirable side effects or have characteristics that are unexpected, we may need to abandon the development of such product candidate or limit development to certain uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective. Because of these and other risks described herein that are inherent in the development of novel therapeutic agents, we may never successfully develop or commercialize SB 9200 or any of our other product candidates, in which case our business will be harmed.

Clinical development of product candidates involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome.

Clinical testing is expensive, can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. We cannot guarantee that any clinical trials will be conducted as planned or completed on schedule, or at all. Failure can occur at any time during the clinical trial process, including failure to demonstrate efficacy in a clinical trial or across a broad population of patients, the occurrence of adverse events that are severe or medically or commercially unacceptable, failure to comply with protocols or applicable regulatory requirements and determination by the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority that a product candidate may not continue development or is not approvable.

We may experience delays in our ongoing or future clinical trials and we do not know whether planned clinical trials will begin or enroll subjects on a timely basis, need to be redesigned or be completed on schedule, if at all. There can be no assurance that the FDA or other foreign regulatory authority will not put clinical trials of SB 9200 or any other product candidates on clinical hold now or in the future. Clinical trials may be delayed, suspended or prematurely terminated or may take longer than anticipated for a variety of reasons, such as:

 

    delay or failure in reaching agreement with the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority on a trial design that we are able to execute;

 

- 17 -


Table of Contents
    delay or failure in obtaining authorization to commence a trial or inability to comply with conditions imposed by a regulatory authority regarding the scope or design of a clinical trial;

 

    delay or failure in reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective clinical research organizations, or CROs, and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

    delay or failure in obtaining Investigational Review Board, or IRB, approval or the approval of other reviewing entities, including comparable foreign regulatory authorities, to conduct a clinical trial at a site;

 

    withdrawal of clinical trial sites from our clinical trials as a result of changing standards of care or the ineligibility of a site to participate in our clinical trials;

 

    delay or failure in recruiting and enrolling suitable study subjects to participate in a trial;

 

    delay or failure in study subjects completing a trial or returning for post-treatment follow-up or otherwise complying with the trial protocol;

 

    clinical sites and investigators deviating from the trial protocol, failing to conduct the trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or dropping out of a trial;

 

    inability to identify and maintain a sufficient number of trial sites, many of which may already be engaged in other clinical trial programs, including some that may be for competing product candidates with the same indication;

 

    failure of our third-party service providers to satisfy their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines;

 

    delay or failure in adding new clinical trial sites;

 

    feedback from the FDA, the IRBs, data safety monitoring boards, or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, or results from earlier stage or concurrent preclinical studies and clinical trials, that might require modification of the protocol for the trial;

 

    decision by the FDA, the IRBs, comparable foreign regulatory authorities, or us, or recommendation by a data safety monitoring board or comparable foreign regulatory authority, to suspend or terminate clinical trials at any time for safety issues or for any other reason;

 

    unacceptable risk-benefit profile, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects or adverse events;

 

    failure of a product candidate to demonstrate any benefit;

 

    difficulties in manufacturing or obtaining from third parties sufficient quantities of a product candidate for use in clinical trials;

 

    lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial, including the incurrence of unforeseen costs due to enrollment delays, requirements to conduct additional clinical studies or increased expenses associated with the services of our CROs and other third parties; or

 

    changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions.

 

- 18 -


Table of Contents

We have not submitted an investigational new drug, or IND, application to the FDA for SB 9200 or any other product candidate. We may not conduct a clinical trial in the United States until we submit an IND to the FDA. Because we are developing SB 9200 for multiple indications, we may be required to submit multiple INDs to the FDA for these indications and may not conduct a clinical trial in the United States for that indication unless we do so.

We do not know whether any preclinical tests or clinical trials will begin as planned, will need to be restructured, or will be completed on schedule or at all. If we experience delays in any preclinical or clinical trial of our product candidates, the product candidate development and approval process could be slowed down, and as a result the costs of the development and approval process may increase, the commercial prospects of our product candidates may be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenues from these product candidates may be delayed. Significant preclinical or clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do and impair our ability to commercialize our product candidates successfully and may harm our business and results of operations. In addition, many of the factors that lead to clinical trial delays may ultimately lead to the denial of marketing approval of any of our product candidates.

We have never obtained marketing approval for a product candidate and we may be unable to obtain, or may be delayed in obtaining, marketing approval for any of our product candidates.

We have never obtained marketing approval for a product candidate. The FDA may refuse to accept for substantive review any NDAs that we submit for our product candidates or may conclude after review of our data that our application is insufficient to obtain marketing approval of our product candidates. If the FDA does not accept or approve our NDAs for our product candidates, we may be required to conduct additional clinical, nonclinical or manufacturing validation studies and submit that data before the FDA will reconsider our applications. Depending on the extent of these or any other FDA-required studies, approval of any NDA or application that we submit may be delayed by several years, or may require us to expend more resources than we have available. Additional studies, if performed and completed, may not be considered sufficient by the FDA to approve our NDAs.

Any delay in obtaining, or an inability to obtain, marketing approvals would prevent us from commercializing such product candidates, generating revenues and achieving and sustaining profitability. If any of these outcomes occur, we may be forced to abandon our development efforts for our product candidates, which could significantly harm our business.

We are developing SB 9200 for multiple indications. In order to market SB 9200 for multiple indications, we will need to conduct appropriate clinical trials, obtain positive results from those trials and obtain regulatory approval for such indications. Regulatory approval of SB 9200 for one indication may not mean that SB 9200 will receive regulatory approval for another indication.

If we experience delays or difficulties in the enrollment of patients in clinical trials, our receipt of necessary regulatory approvals could be delayed or prevented.

We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials for any of our product candidates if we are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in clinical trials as required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, such as the European Medicines Agency, or the EMA. Patient enrollment is a significant factor in the timing of clinical trials, and is affected by many factors, including:

 

    the size and nature of the patient population;

 

    the severity of the disease under investigation;

 

- 19 -


Table of Contents
    the proximity of patients to clinical sites;

 

    the eligibility criteria for the trial;

 

    the design of the clinical trial;

 

    efforts to facilitate timely enrollment;

 

    competing clinical trials; and

 

    clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages and risks of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new drugs that may be approved for the indications we are investigating.

For instance, in our Phase 1 clinical trial of SB 9200 in patients with HCV, we experienced significant delays in enrollment due to competing clinical trials in patients with HCV being conducted by other biopharmaceutical companies.

Our inability to enroll a sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials could result in significant delays or may require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether. Enrollment delays in our clinical trials may result in increased development costs for our product candidates, delay or halt the development of and approval processes for our product candidates and jeopardize our ability to commence sales of and generate revenues from our product candidates, which could cause the value of our company to decline.

If clinical trials of our product candidates fail to satisfactorily demonstrate safety and efficacy to the FDA and other comparable foreign regulators, we may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

We are not permitted to commercialize, market, promote or sell any product candidate in the United States without obtaining marketing approval from the FDA. Comparable foreign regulatory authorities, such as the EMA, impose similar restrictions. We may never receive such approvals. We must complete extensive preclinical development and clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates in humans before we will be able to obtain these approvals.

We have not previously submitted an NDA to the FDA or similar drug approval filings to comparable foreign regulatory authorities for any of our product candidates. Any inability to complete preclinical and clinical development successfully could result in additional costs to us, and impair our ability to generate revenues. Moreover, if (1) we are required to conduct additional clinical trials or other testing of our product candidates beyond the trials and testing that we, or they contemplate, (2) we are unable to successfully complete clinical trials of our product candidates or other testing, (3) the results of these clinical trials or tests are unfavorable, uncertain or are only modestly favorable or (4) there are unacceptable safety concerns associated with our product candidates, we may:

 

    be delayed in obtaining marketing approval for our product candidates;

 

    not obtain marketing approval at all;

 

    obtain approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as intended or desired;

 

    obtain approval with labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or significant safety warnings, including boxed warnings;

 

- 20 -


Table of Contents
    be subject to additional post-marketing testing or other requirements; or

 

    be required to remove the product from the market after obtaining marketing approval.

If we experience any of a number of possible unforeseen events in connection with clinical trials of our product candidates, potential marketing approval or commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed or prevented.

We may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, clinical trials that could delay or prevent marketing approval or commercialization of our product candidates, including:

 

    clinical trials of our product candidates may produce unfavorable or inconclusive results;

 

    we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials or abandon product development programs;

 

    the number of patients required for clinical trials of our product candidates may be larger than we anticipate, patient enrollment in these clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate or participants may drop out of these clinical trials at a higher rate than we anticipate;

 

    the cost of planned clinical trials of our product candidates may be greater than we anticipate;

 

    our third-party contractors, including those manufacturing our product candidates or components or ingredients thereof or conducting clinical trials on our behalf, may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner or at all;

 

    regulators or institutional review boards may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site;

 

    we may have delays in reaching or fail to reach agreement on acceptable clinical trial contracts or clinical trial protocols with prospective trial sites;

 

    patients that enroll in a clinical trial may misrepresent their eligibility to do so or may otherwise not comply with the clinical trial protocol, resulting in the need to drop the patients from the clinical trial, increase the needed enrollment size for the clinical trial or extend the clinical trial’s duration;

 

    we may have to delay, suspend or terminate clinical trials of our product candidates for various reasons, including a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks, undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics of the product candidate;

 

    regulators or institutional review boards may require that we or our investigators suspend or terminate clinical research for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements or their standards of conduct, a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks, undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics of the product candidate or findings of undesirable effects caused by a chemically or mechanistically similar product or product candidate;

 

    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our clinical trial designs or our interpretation of data from preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may fail to approve or subsequently find fault with the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we enter into agreements for clinical and commercial supplies;

 

- 21 -


Table of Contents
    the supply or quality of raw materials or manufactured product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of our product candidates may be insufficient, inadequate or not available at an acceptable cost, or we may experience interruptions in supply; and

 

    the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient to obtain marketing approval.

Product development costs for us will increase if we experience delays in testing or pursuing marketing approvals and we may be required to obtain additional funds to complete clinical trials and prepare for possible commercialization of our product candidates.

SB 9200 or any other product candidate may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent its regulatory approval or limit the commercial profile of an approved label.

Undesirable side effects caused by SB 9200 or any other product candidate could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities.

Results of our trials could reveal an unacceptably high severity and prevalence of side effects. In such an event, our trials could be suspended or terminated and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease further development of or deny approval of SB 9200 or any other product candidates for any or all targeted indications. Study drug-related side effects could affect study subject recruitment or the ability of enrolled subjects to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims.

If SB 9200 or any of our other product candidates is associated with adverse events or undesirable side effects or has properties that are unexpected, we may need to abandon development or limit development of that product candidate to certain uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective. Many compounds that initially showed promise in clinical or earlier stage testing have later been found to cause undesirable or unexpected side effects that prevented further development of the compound.

Our commercial success depends upon attaining significant market acceptance of SB 9200 as a monotherapy or in combination with other antiviral agents or of any other product candidates, if approved, among physicians, patients, healthcare payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success, and the market opportunity for the product candidate may be smaller than we estimate.

Even if we obtain regulatory approval for SB 9200 or any other product candidate in chronic HBV, RSV or other indications, our product candidate may not gain market acceptance among physicians, healthcare payors, patients or the medical community. For example, physicians are often reluctant to switch their patients from existing therapies even when new and potentially more effective or convenient treatments enter the market. Further, patients often acclimate to the therapy that they are currently taking and do not want to switch unless their physicians recommend switching products or they are required to switch therapies due to lack of coverage or reimbursement for existing therapies.

Efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors on the benefits of our product candidates may require significant resources and may not be successful. The degree of market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including the:

 

    efficacy and safety of our product candidates administered with other drugs each as demonstrated in clinical trials and post-marketing experience;

 

- 22 -


Table of Contents
    clinical indications for which our product candidates are approved;

 

    potential and perceived advantages of our product candidates over alternative treatments;

 

    safety of our product candidates seen in a broader patient group, including its use outside the approved indications should physicians choose to prescribe for such uses;

 

    prevalence and severity of any side effects;

 

    product labeling or product insert requirements of the FDA or other regulatory authorities;

 

    timing of market introduction of our product candidates as well as of competitive products;

 

    cost of treatment with our product candidates in relation to alternative treatments;

 

    availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement and pricing by third-party payors and government authorities;

 

    adverse publicity about our product candidates or favorable publicity about competitive products;

 

    the convenience and ease of administration of our product candidates as compared to alternative treatments;

 

    effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts; and

 

    changes in the standard of care for the targeted indications for the product candidate.

Moreover, if SB 9200 is approved but fails to achieve market acceptance among physicians, patients, or healthcare providers are restricted, withdrawn or recalled or fail to be approved, as the case may be, we may not be able to generate significant revenues, which would compromise our ability to become profitable.

The potential market opportunities for our product candidates are difficult to estimate precisely. Our estimates of the potential market opportunities are predicated on many assumptions, including industry knowledge and publications, third-party research reports and other surveys. While we believe that our internal assumptions are reasonable, these assumptions involve the exercise of significant judgment on the part of our management, are inherently uncertain and the reasonableness of these assumptions has not been assessed by an independent source. If any of the assumptions proves to be inaccurate, the actual markets for our product candidates could be smaller than our estimates of the potential market opportunities.

Even if we are able to commercialize SB 9200 or any other product candidate, the product candidate may not receive coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, which could harm our business.

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of our product candidates for which we obtain regulatory approval. Our ability to commercialize SB 9200 or any other product candidate successfully will depend, in part, on the extent to which coverage and adequate reimbursement for such product candidate will be available from third party payors, including government health administration authorities, private health insurers and other organizations. Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, determine which medications they will cover and establish reimbursement levels.

Obtaining and maintaining adequate reimbursement for our product candidates, if approved, may be difficult. The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a product may be

 

- 23 -


Table of Contents

separate from the process for setting the price of a product or for establishing the reimbursement rate that such a payor will pay for the product. Further, one payor’s determination to provide coverage for a product does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage and adequate reimbursement for the product. We cannot be certain if and when we will obtain an adequate level of coverage and reimbursement for our products, if they are approved, by third-party payors.

A primary trend in the United States healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medications. Increasingly, third-party payors are requiring that drug companies provide them with predetermined discounts from list prices and are challenging the prices charged for medical drugs. Third-party payors may also seek with respect to an approved product additional clinical evidence, beyond the data required to obtain marketing approval, demonstrating clinical benefits and value in specific patient populations or costly pharmacoeconomic studies to justify coverage and reimbursement or the level of reimbursement relative to other therapies before covering SB 9200 or any other product candidate. We cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement will be available for SB 9200 or any other product candidate and, if it is available, whether the level of reimbursement will be adequate. Coverage and reimbursement may impact the demand for, or the price of, SB 9200 or any other product candidate, if approved. If reimbursement is not available or is available only at limited levels, we may not be able to commercialize SB 9200 or any other product candidate successfully, if approved.

There may be significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs, and coverage may be more limited than the indications for which the drug is approved by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Moreover, eligibility for coverage and reimbursement does not imply that any drug will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers our costs, including research, development, manufacture, sale and distribution. Interim reimbursement levels for new drugs, if applicable, may also not be sufficient to cover our costs and may only be temporary. Reimbursement rates may vary according to the use of the drug and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on reimbursement levels already set for lower cost drugs and may be incorporated into existing payments for other services. Net prices for drugs may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or private payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of drugs from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States. Third-party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement policies. Our inability to obtain coverage and profitable reimbursement rates from both government-funded and private payors for any approved products that we develop could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, our ability to raise capital needed to commercialize products and our overall financial condition.

If we are unable to establish sales, marketing and distribution capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market, sell or distribute SB 9200 or any other product candidates, we may not be successful in commercializing such product candidate if and when they are approved.

We do not currently have an organization for the sale, marketing and distribution of pharmaceutical products and have no experience in the sale, marketing or distribution of pharmaceutical products. In order to market any products that may be approved by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, we must establish sales, marketing and distribution capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services.

If we enter into arrangements with third parties to perform sales, marketing and distribution services, our product revenues or the profitability of these product revenues may be lower, perhaps substantially lower, than if we were to directly market and sell products in those markets. Furthermore, we may be unsuccessful in entering into the necessary arrangements with third parties or may be unable to do so on terms that are favorable to us. In addition, we may have little or no control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our products effectively.

 

- 24 -


Table of Contents

If we are unable to establish adequate sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, whether independently or with third parties, we may not be able to generate product revenue and may not become profitable. We will be competing with many companies that currently have extensive and well-funded sales and marketing operations. Without an internal commercial organization or the support of a third party to perform sales, marketing and distribution functions, we may be unable to compete successfully against these more established companies.

We face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing products before or more successfully than we do.

The development and commercialization of new drug products is highly competitive. We expect that we will face competition with respect to SB 9200 and with respect to any other product candidates that we may seek to develop or commercialize, from major pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies worldwide. There are a number of large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that currently market and sell products or are pursuing the development of products for the treatment of the disease indications for which we are developing SB 9200. Some of these competitive products and therapies are based on scientific approaches that are the same as or similar to our approach, and others are based on entirely different approaches. Potential competitors also include academic institutions, government agencies and other public and private research organizations that conduct research, seek patent protection and establish collaborative arrangements for research, development, manufacturing and commercialization.

We expect our current and other product candidates to face intense and increasing competition as new products enter the relevant antiviral markets and advanced technologies become available.

FDA-approved treatments for patients with chronic HBV include pegylated interferon- a , or PEG-IFN- a , products including Pegasys (PEG-IFN a -2a), marketed by Genentech, Inc., and PEG-Intron, marketed by Merck & Co., Inc., and oral antiviral agents such as the nucleoside analog Baraclude (entecavir), marketed by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, and the nucleotide analog Viread (tenofovir), marketed by Gilead Sciences, Inc. These treatments are designed to decrease the risk of liver damage from chronic HBV by slowing down or stopping the virus from reproducing. In addition, several pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, including Arbutus Biopharma Corp, Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Arrowhead Research Corporation, Assembly Biosciences, Inc., Gilead Sciences, Inc. and Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc., are developing therapies with varying mechanisms of action to address chronic HBV, including non-nucleotide antivirals and non-interferon immune enhancers. We believe that instead of competing with certain of these therapies, SB 9200 has the potential to be used as a complementary therapy.

There are also FDA-approved vaccinations available for children and high-risk adults that protect against HBV. These vaccines are manufactured by Merck & Co., Inc. and GlaxoSmithKline Plc and are widely available in the United States (and less available in certain parts of the world), and have limited side effects. Although the vaccines are effective against HBV in non-infected individuals, they do not reverse or cure the disease in people who have already contracted the virus.

There are no FDA-approved therapies for the treatment of RSV infection. The antiviral ribavirin is used in severe cases of RSV infection. Supportive care, including the use of corticosteroids and inhaled beta agonists, is the most common treatment for RSV infection. Synagis (palivizumab), marketed by MedImmune, Inc., is an FDA-approved prescription injection of antibodies given monthly to help protect high-risk infants from severe RSV disease throughout the RSV season. Several pharmaceutical companies have programs in clinical development for an RSV antiviral application, including Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Gilead Sciences, Inc., Biota Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. In addition, Novavax, Inc., MedImmune, LLC and GlaxoSmithKline, Plc have programs in clinical development for a potential vaccine for RSV.

 

- 25 -


Table of Contents

There are a variety of available antiviral therapies and supportive care products for viral diseases. Some of these other drugs are branded and subject to patent protection, some are in clinical development and not yet approved, and others are available on a generic basis. Many of the approved drugs are well-established therapies or products and are widely accepted by physicians, patients and third-party payors. Insurers and other third-party payors may also encourage the use of generic products. These factors may make it difficult for us to achieve market acceptance at desired levels and/or in a timely manner to ensure viability of our business.

Many of our existing and potential future competitors have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining marketing approvals and marketing approved products than we do.

Our competitors may obtain regulatory approval of their products before we are able to, which may limit our ability to develop or commercialize SB 9200 or any other product candidates. Our competitors may also develop drugs that are safer, more effective, more convenient or less expensive than ours, and may also be more successful than us in manufacturing and marketing their products. In addition, our competitors may succeed in developing, acquiring or licensing technologies and drug products that are more effective, have fewer or more tolerable side effects or are less costly than any product candidates that we are currently developing or that we may develop. These appreciable advantages could reduce or eliminate our commercial opportunity and render SB 9200 or any other product candidates obsolete or non-competitive.

Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller and other early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These third parties compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, management and commercial personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and subject registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

Product liability lawsuits against us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and to limit commercialization of SB 9200 or any other product candidates.

We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of SB 9200 or any other product candidates by us or our investigators in human clinical trials and will face an even greater risk if we commercially sell SB 9200 or such product candidates if and after we obtain regulatory approval. Product liability claims may be brought against us by study subjects enrolled in our clinical trials, patients, healthcare providers or others using, administering or selling SB 9200 or such product candidates. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that SB 9200 or such product candidates caused injuries, we could incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in, for example:

 

    decreased demand for SB 9200 or such other product candidates;

 

    termination of clinical trial sites or entire trial programs;

 

    injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

 

    withdrawal of clinical trial subjects;

 

    significant costs to defend the related litigation;

 

    substantial monetary awards to clinical trial subjects or patients;

 

    loss of revenue;

 

- 26 -


Table of Contents
    diversion of management and scientific resources from our business operations;

 

    the inability to commercialize SB 9200 or such product candidates; and

 

    increased scrutiny and potential investigation by, among others, the FDA, the United States Department of Justice, or DOJ, the Office of Inspector General of the office of Health and Human Services, or HHS, state attorneys general, members of Congress and the public.

We currently have $10 million in product liability insurance coverage in the aggregate, which may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur.

Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We intend to expand our product liability insurance coverage to include the sale of commercial products if we obtain marketing approval for any product candidate. However, we may not be able to obtain or maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise. The cost of any product liability litigation or other proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. If we are unable to obtain or maintain sufficient insurance coverage at an acceptable cost or to otherwise protect against potential product liability claims, it could prevent or inhibit the development and commercial production and sale of our product candidates, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of computer system failures.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our CROs and other third parties on which we rely, are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, fire, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. In addition, our systems safeguard important confidential personal data regarding our subjects. If a disruption event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our drug development programs. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed, ongoing or planned clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach results in a loss of or damage to our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development of SB 9200 could be delayed.

Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenues and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our operations could be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water shortages, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics and other natural or man-made disasters or business interruptions, for which we are predominantly self-insured. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

We rely on third-party manufacturers to produce SB 9200 and expect to rely on third-party manufacturers to produce product candidates in the future. Our ability to obtain clinical supplies of SB 9200 could be disrupted if the operations of these suppliers are affected by a man-made or natural disaster or other business interruption. The ultimate impact on us, our significant suppliers and our general infrastructure of being in certain geographical areas is unknown, but our operations and financial condition could suffer in the event of a major earthquake, fire or other natural disaster.

 

- 27 -


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties

We rely on third parties to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, our business may be harmed.

We rely on third-party research vendors, academic research institutions, CROs, and other third parties to conduct, and monitor and manage data for, our ongoing preclinical and clinical programs. We rely on these parties for execution of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, and we control only some aspects of their activities. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our preclinical studies and clinical trials are conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol and legal, regulatory and scientific standards, and our reliance on the CROs does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. We also rely on third parties to assist in conducting our preclinical studies in accordance with good laboratory practice, or GLP, and the Animal Welfare Act requirements. We and our service providers are required to comply with federal regulations and good clinical practice or GCP, which are international standards meant to protect the rights and health of subjects that are enforced by the FDA, the Competent Authorities of the Member States of the European Economic Area and comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Regulatory authorities enforce GCP through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or any of our service providers fail to comply with applicable GCP, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot assure you that upon inspection by a given regulatory authority, such regulatory authority will determine that any of our clinical trials comply with GCP requirements. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with product produced under current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMPs. Failure to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat preclinical studies and clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

Our service providers are not our employees, and except for remedies available to us under our agreements with such service providers, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our ongoing clinical, nonclinical and preclinical programs. If service providers do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines or if the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our preclinical studies and clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize SB 9200. As a result, our results of operations and the commercial prospects for SB 9200 would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenues could be delayed.

Because we have relied on third parties, our internal capacity to perform these functions is limited. Outsourcing these functions involves risk that third parties may not perform to our standards, may not produce results in a timely manner or may fail to perform at all. In addition, the use of third-party service providers requires us to disclose our proprietary information to these parties, which could increase the risk that this information will be misappropriated. We currently have a small number of employees, which limits the internal resources we have available to identify and monitor our third-party providers. To the extent we are unable to identify and successfully manage the performance of third-party service providers in the future, our business may be adversely affected. Though we carefully manage our relationships with our service providers, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and prospects.

If our relationships with third-party vendors and other service providers are terminated, our drug development efforts could be delayed.

We rely on third-party vendors and service providers for preclinical studies and clinical trials related to our drug development efforts. Switching or adding additional third-party vendors or service providers would involve additional cost and require management time and focus. Our third-party vendors and service providers

 

- 28 -


Table of Contents

generally have the right to terminate their agreements with us under certain circumstances. Identifying, qualifying and managing performance of third-party service providers can be difficult, time consuming and cause delays in our development programs. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new third-party vendor or service provider commences work, and the new third-party vendor or service provider may not provide the same type or level of services as the original provider. If any of our relationships with our third-party vendors or service providers terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative third-party vendors or service providers or to do so on commercially reasonable terms.

We have no experience manufacturing SB 9200 or any other product candidate on a commercial scale and have no manufacturing facility. We are dependent on contract manufacturers for the manufacture of SB 9200 as well as on third parties for our supply chain and expect to rely on contract manufacturers for any other product candidates. If we experience problems with any such contract manufacturers, the manufacturing of SB 9200 or any other product candidate could be delayed.

We currently have no manufacturing facilities and limited personnel with manufacturing experience. We rely on contract manufacturers to produce both drug substance and drug product required for our clinical trials. We plan to continue to rely upon contract manufacturers to manufacture commercial quantities of our products, if approved. Reliance on such third-party contractors entails risks, including:

 

    manufacturing delays if our third-party contractors give greater priority to the supply of other products over our product candidates or otherwise do not satisfactorily perform according to the terms of the agreements between us and them;

 

    the possible termination or nonrenewal of agreements by our third-party contractors at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us;

 

    the possible breach by the third-party contractors of our agreements with them;

 

    the failure of third-party contractors to comply with applicable regulatory requirements;

 

    the possible mislabeling of clinical supplies, potentially resulting in the wrong dose amounts being supplied or active drug or placebo not being properly identified;

 

    the possibility of clinical supplies not being delivered to clinical sites on time, leading to clinical trial interruptions, or of drug supplies not being distributed to commercial vendors in a timely manner, resulting in lost sales; and

 

    the possible misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how.

We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on a small number of third-party contract manufacturers to supply the majority of our active pharmaceutical ingredient and required finished product for our preclinical studies and clinical trials. We do not have long-term agreements with any of these third parties. If any of our existing manufacturers become unavailable to us for any reason, we may experience a delay in identifying or qualifying replacements.

Any manufacturing problem or the loss of a contract manufacturer could be disruptive to our operations, delay our clinical trials and, if our products are approved for sale, result in lost sales. Additionally, we rely on third parties to supply the raw materials needed to manufacture our product candidates. Any reliance on suppliers may involve several risks, including a potential inability to obtain critical materials and reduced control over production costs, delivery schedules, reliability and quality. Any unanticipated disruption to future contract manufacture caused by problems at suppliers could delay shipment of our product candidates, increase our cost of goods sold and result in lost sales.

 

- 29 -


Table of Contents

If any of our product candidates are approved by any regulatory agency, we plan to enter into agreements with third-party contract manufacturers for the commercial production and distribution of those products. It may be difficult for us to reach agreement with a contract manufacturer on satisfactory terms or in a timely manner. In addition, we may face competition for access to manufacturing facilities, as there are a limited number of contract manufacturers operating under cGMPs that are capable of manufacturing our product candidates. Consequently, we may not be able to reach agreement with third-party manufacturers on satisfactory terms, which could delay our commercialization efforts.

Third-party manufacturers are required to comply with cGMPs and similar regulatory requirements outside the United States. Facilities used by our third-party manufacturers must be approved by the FDA after we submit an NDA and before potential approval of the product candidate. Similar regulations apply to manufacturers of our product candidates for use or sale in foreign countries. We do not control the manufacturing process and are completely dependent on our third-party manufacturers for compliance with the applicable regulatory requirements for the manufacture of our product candidates. If our manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications or the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA and any applicable foreign regulatory authority, they will not be able to secure the applicable approval for their manufacturing facilities. If these facilities are not approved for commercial manufacture, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which could result in delays in obtaining approval for the applicable product candidate.

In addition, our manufacturers are subject to ongoing periodic inspections by the FDA and corresponding state and foreign agencies for compliance with cGMPs and similar regulatory requirements both prior to and following the receipt of marketing approval for any of our product candidates. Some of these inspections may be unannounced. Failure by any of our manufacturers to comply with applicable cGMPs or other regulatory requirements could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspensions or withdrawals of approvals, operating restrictions, interruptions in supply and criminal prosecutions, any of which could adversely affect supplies of our product candidates and significantly harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our current and anticipated future dependence upon others for the manufacture of our product candidates may adversely affect our future profit margins and our ability to commercialize any products that receive marketing approval on a timely and competitive basis.

If we enter into licensing or collaboration agreements with third parties to develop, obtain regulatory approvals for and commercialize SB 9200 or any other product candidates, our prospects with respect to those product candidates will depend in significant part on the success of those collaborations.

Because we have limited resources, we may seek to enter into collaboration agreements with other pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies. If we enter into such collaborations, we will have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our collaborators will dedicate to the development or commercialization of our product candidates. Our ability to generate revenues from these arrangements will depend on any future collaborators’ abilities to successfully perform the functions assigned to them in these arrangements. In addition, any future collaborators may have the right to abandon research or development projects and terminate applicable agreements, including funding obligations, prior to or upon the expiration of the agreed upon terms.

Collaborations involving our product candidates pose a number of risks, including the following:

 

    collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations;

 

    collaborators may not perform their obligations as expected;

 

- 30 -


Table of Contents
    collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of our product candidates or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs, based on clinical trial results, changes in the collaborators’ strategic focus or available funding or external factors, such as an acquisition, that divert resources or create competing priorities;

 

    collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial or abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;

 

    a collaborator with marketing and distribution rights to one or more products may not commit sufficient resources to the marketing and distribution of such product or products;

 

    disagreements with collaborators, including disagreements over proprietary rights, contract interpretation or the preferred course of development, might cause delays or termination of the research, development or commercialization of product candidates, might lead to additional responsibilities for us with respect to product candidates, or might result in litigation or arbitration, any of which would be time-consuming and expensive;

 

    collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our proprietary information in such a way as to invite litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential litigation;

 

    collaborators may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may expose us to litigation and potential liability; and

 

    collaborations may be terminated and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates.

Collaboration agreements may not lead to development or commercialization of product candidates in the most efficient manner or at all. If any future collaborator of ours is involved in a business combination, it could decide to delay, diminish or terminate the development or commercialization of any product candidate licensed to it by us.

Despite our efforts, we may be unable to secure additional collaborative licensing or other arrangements that are necessary for us to further develop and commercialize SB 9200 or any other product candidates. We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of a number of factors. Those factors may include the potential differentiation of our product candidate from competing product candidates, design or results of clinical trials, the likelihood of approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities and the regulatory pathway for any such approval, the potential market for the product candidate, the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering the product to patients and the potential of competing products. The collaborator may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available for collaboration and whether such a collaboration could be more attractive than the one with us for our product candidate. Supporting diligence activities conducted by potential collaborators and negotiating the financial and other terms of a collaboration agreement are long and complex processes with uncertain results. We may not be able to negotiate collaborations on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so, we may have to curtail the development of the product candidate for which we are seeking to collaborate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development

 

- 31 -


Table of Contents

or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market and generate product revenue.

Risks Related to Regulatory Approval and Marketing of Our Product Candidates and Other Legal Compliance Matters

Even if we complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials, the marketing approval process is expensive, time consuming and uncertain and may prevent us or any future collaborators from obtaining approvals for the commercialization of SB 9200. As a result, we cannot predict when or if, and in which territories, we, or any future collaborators, will obtain marketing approval to commercialize SB 9200.

The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval, selling, marketing, promotion and distribution of products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities. We, and any future collaborators, are not permitted to market SB 9200 in the United States or in other countries until we, or they, receive approval of an NDA from the FDA or marketing approval from applicable regulatory authorities outside the United States. Product candidates in various stages of development are subject to the risks of failure inherent in drug development. We have not submitted an application for or received marketing approval for SB 9200 or any of our product candidates in the United States or in any other jurisdiction. We have limited experience in conducting and managing the clinical trials necessary to obtain marketing approvals, including FDA approval of an NDA.

The process of obtaining marketing approvals, both in the United States and abroad, is lengthy, expensive and uncertain. It may take many years, if approval is obtained at all, and can vary substantially based upon a variety of factors, including the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved. Securing marketing approval requires the submission of extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the product candidate’s safety and efficacy. Securing marketing approval also requires the submission of information about the product manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the regulatory authorities. The FDA or other regulatory authorities may determine that SB 9200 and our other product candidates are not safe and effective, only moderately effective or have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that preclude our obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use. Any marketing approval we ultimately obtain may be limited or subject to restrictions or post-approval commitments that render the approved product not commercially viable.

In addition, changes in marketing approval policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment or promulgation of additional statutes, regulations or guidance or changes in regulatory review for each submitted product application may cause delays in the approval or rejection of an application. Regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data are insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies. In addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from preclinical and clinical testing could delay, limit or prevent marketing approval of a product candidate.

Reasons that the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may not approve our product candidates, include:

 

    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with the design or implementation of our clinical trials;

 

    we may be unable to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that a product candidate is safe and effective for its proposed indication;

 

    the results of clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical significance required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for approval;

 

- 32 -


Table of Contents
    we may be unable to demonstrate that a product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks;

 

    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

    the data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates may not be sufficient to support the submission of an NDA or other submission or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere;

 

    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may fail to approve the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies; and

 

    the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval.

Any marketing approval we, or any future collaborators, ultimately obtain may be limited or subject to restrictions or post-approval commitments that render the approved product not commercially viable.

Any delay in obtaining or failure to obtain required approvals could negatively affect our ability or that of any future collaborators to generate revenue from the particular product candidate, which likely would result in significant harm to our financial position and adversely impact our stock price.

Failure to obtain marketing approval in foreign jurisdictions would prevent SB 9200 from being marketed abroad. Any approval we are granted in the United States would not assure approval in foreign jurisdictions.

In order to market and sell our products in the European Union and other foreign jurisdictions, including Japan, China and South Korea, we, and any future collaborators, must obtain separate marketing approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The approval procedure varies among countries and can involve additional testing. The time required to obtain approval may differ substantially from that required to obtain FDA approval. The marketing approval process outside the United States generally includes all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. In addition, in many countries outside the United States, a product must be approved for reimbursement before the product can be approved for sale in that country. We, and any future collaborators, may not obtain approvals from regulatory authorities outside the United States on a timely basis, if at all. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval by one regulatory authority outside the United States does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions or by the FDA. We may file for marketing approvals but not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market. If we are unable to obtain approval of our product candidates by regulatory authorities in the European Union, Japan, China, South Korea or another foreign country or jurisdiction, the commercial prospects of our product candidates may be significantly diminished and our business prospects could decline.

Even if we, or any future collaborators, obtain marketing approvals for SB 9200 or any other product candidates, the terms of approvals and ongoing regulation of our products may limit how we manufacture and market our products, which could impair our ability to generate revenue.

Once marketing approval has been granted, an approved product and its manufacturer and marketer are subject to ongoing review and extensive regulation. We, and any future collaborators, must therefore comply with requirements concerning the labeling, packaging, storage, distribution, safety surveillance, advertising, promotion, importation, exportation, record keeping and reporting of safety and other post-market information for any of our product candidates for which we or they obtain marketing approval. Promotional communications

 

- 33 -


Table of Contents

with respect to prescription drugs are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the product’s approved labeling. Thus, we and any future collaborators will not be able to promote any products we develop for indications or uses for which they are not approved.

In addition, manufacturers of approved products and those manufacturers’ facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMPs, which include requirements relating to quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation and reporting requirements, and are subject to continual review. We, our contract manufacturers, any future collaborators and their contract manufacturers could be subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA to monitor and ensure compliance with cGMPs.

Accordingly, assuming we, or any future collaborators, receive marketing approval for SB 9200 any other product candidate, we, and any future collaborators, and our and their contract manufacturers will continue to expend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production, product surveillance and quality control.

Further, government agencies promulgate regulations and guidelines applicable to certain drug classes, which may include our product candidates. Recommendations of government agencies may relate to such matters as usage, dosage, route of administration and use of concomitant therapies. Regulations or guidelines suggesting the reduced use of certain drug classes, which may include our product candidates or the use of competitive or alternative products as the standard of care to be followed by patients and healthcare providers could result in decreased use of our product candidates or negatively impact our ability to gain market acceptance and market share.

If we, and any future collaborators, are not able to comply with post-approval regulatory requirements, we, and any future collaborators, could have the marketing approvals for SB 9200 or our other products withdrawn by regulatory authorities and our, or any future collaborators’, ability to market any future products could be limited, which could adversely affect our ability to achieve or sustain profitability. Further, the cost of compliance with post-approval regulations may have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Any of our product candidates for which we, or any future collaborators, obtain marketing approval in the future could be subject to post-marketing restrictions or withdrawal from the market and we, or any future collaborators, may be subject to substantial penalties if we, or they, fail to comply with regulatory requirements or if we, or they, experience unanticipated problems with our products following approval.

Any of our product candidates for which we, or any future collaborators, obtain marketing approval, as well as the manufacturing processes, post-approval studies and measures, labeling, advertising and promotional activities for such product, among other things, will be subject to ongoing requirements of and review by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration and listing requirements, requirements relating to manufacturing, quality control, quality assurance and corresponding maintenance of records and documents, requirements regarding the distribution of samples to physicians and recordkeeping. Thus, even if marketing approval of SB 9200 or another product candidate is granted, the approval may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, including the requirement to implement a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy.

The FDA may also impose requirements for costly post-marketing studies or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of a product. The FDA and other agencies, including the Department of Justice, closely regulate and monitor the post-approval marketing and promotion of products to ensure that they are manufactured, marketed and distributed only for the approved indications and in accordance

 

- 34 -


Table of Contents

with the provisions of the approved labeling. The FDA imposes stringent restrictions on manufacturers’ communications regarding off-label use and if we, or any future collaborators, do not market any of our product candidates for which we, or they, receive marketing approval for only their approved indications, we, or they, may be subject to warnings or enforcement action for off-label marketing. Similar post-market requirements may apply in foreign jurisdictions in which we may seek approval of our products. Violation of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and other statutes, including the False Claims Act, relating to the promotion and advertising of prescription drugs may lead to investigations or allegations of violations of federal and state health care fraud and abuse laws and state consumer protection laws.

In addition, the holder of an approved NDA is obligated to monitor and report adverse events, and any failure of a product to meet the specifications in the NDA. Later discovery of previously unknown adverse events or other problems with our products or their manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may yield various results, including:

 

    restrictions on such products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes;

 

    restrictions on the labeling or marketing of a product;

 

    restrictions on product distribution or use;

 

    requirements to conduct post-marketing studies or clinical trials;

 

    warning letters or untitled letters asserting that we are in violation of the law;

 

    withdrawal of the products from the market;

 

    refusal to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications that we submit;

 

    recall of products;

 

    restrictions on coverage by third-party payors;

 

    fines, restitution or disgorgement of profits or revenues;

 

    suspension or withdrawal of marketing approvals;

 

    refusal to permit the import or export of products;

 

    product seizure;

 

    refusal to permit us to enter into government contracts; or

 

    injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit our ability to commercialize our products and generate revenues.

Current and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us and any future collaborators to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize SB 9200 or our other product candidates and affect the prices we, or they, may obtain.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could, among other things,

 

- 35 -


Table of Contents

prevent or delay marketing approval of SB 9200 or our other product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability, or the ability of any future collaborators, to profitably sell any products for which we, or they, obtain marketing approval. We expect that current laws, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we, or any future collaborators, may receive for any approved products.

For example, in March 2010, President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, or collectively the PPACA. Among the provisions of the PPACA of potential importance to our business and our product candidates are the following:

 

    an annual, non-deductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents;

 

    an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program;

 

    a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected;

 

    expansion of healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including the civil False Claims Act and the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, new government investigative powers and enhanced penalties for noncompliance;

 

    a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D;

 

    extension of manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations;

 

    expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs;

 

    expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program;

 

    new requirements to report certain financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals;

 

    a new requirement to annually report drug samples that manufacturers and distributors provide to physicians;

 

    a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research;

 

    a new Independent Payment Advisory Board, or IPAB, which has authority to recommend certain changes to the Medicare program to reduce expenditures by the program that could result in reduced payments for prescription drugs; and

 

    established the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation within CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted. These changes include the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, led to aggregate reductions to

 

- 36 -


Table of Contents

Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year that started in 2013 and, due to subsequent legislation, will continue until 2025, and the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These new laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any of our product candidates for which regulatory approval is obtained.

We expect that the PPACA, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, more rigorous coverage criteria, new payment methodologies and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our products.

Legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our product candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by the United States Congress of the FDA’s approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us and any future collaborators to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements. If we are not able to achieve and maintain regulatory compliance, we may not be permitted to market our products and/or product candidates, which would adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and achieve or maintain profitability.

Governments outside the United States tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our revenues, if any.

In some countries, such as the countries of the European Union, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. The regulations that govern marketing approvals, pricing, coverage and reimbursement for new products vary widely from country to country. Current and future legislation may significantly change the approval requirements in ways that could involve additional costs and cause delays in obtaining approvals. Some countries require approval of the sale price of a product before it can be marketed. In many countries, the pricing review period begins after marketing or product-licensing approval is granted. In some foreign markets, prescription pharmaceutical pricing remains subject to continuing governmental control, including possible price reductions, even after initial approval is granted. As a result, we might obtain marketing approval for a product in a particular country, but then be subject to price regulations that delay our commercial launch of the product, possibly for lengthy time periods, and negatively impact the revenues we are able to generate from the sale of the product in that country. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we, or any future collaborators, may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product to other available therapies, which is time-consuming and costly. Adverse pricing limitations may hinder our ability to recoup our investment in one or more product candidates, even if our product candidates obtain marketing approval.

We are subject to healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, curtailment or restricting of our operations, and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, physicians and others will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any products for which we obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with healthcare

 

- 37 -


Table of Contents

providers, patients and third-party payors will expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute any products for which we obtain marketing approval. Restrictions under applicable US federal and state healthcare laws and regulations include the following:

Anti-Kickback Statute . The federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good, facility, item or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

False Claims Laws. Federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalties laws, including the federal False Claims Act, impose criminal and civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qu i tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented to the federal government claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items and services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act;

HIPAA. The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or for making any false statements relating to healthcare matters. Similar to the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate the statute in order to have committed a violation. Additionally, HIPAA, as amended by HITECH and its implementing regulations, imposes obligations on certain covered entities as well as their business associates that perform certain services involving the use or disclosure of individually identifiable health information, including mandatory contractual terms with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information, and require notification to affected individuals and regulatory authorities of certain breaches of security of individually identifiable health information;

Transparency Requirements. The federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics, and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to report annually to the Department of Health and Human Services information related to certain payments and other transfers of value, to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by the physicians described above and their immediate family members;

FDCA . The federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, which prohibits, among other things, the adulteration or misbranding of drugs, biologics and medical devices; and

Analogous State and Foreign Laws. Analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, and transparency laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements, and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third party payors, including private insurers. In addition, some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, in addition to requiring drug manufacturers to report information related to payments to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

 

- 38 -


Table of Contents

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties, and our business generally, will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental laws and regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, exclusion of products from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, contractual damages, reputational harm, disgorgement, curtailment or restricting of our operations, any of which could substantially disrupt our operations and diminish our profits and future earnings. If any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found not to be in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs. The risk of our being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available under such laws, it is possible that some of our business activities, including our relationships with physicians and other healthcare providers, some of whom will recommend, purchase and/or prescribe our products, could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws.

Laws and regulations governing any international operations we may have in the future may preclude us from developing, manufacturing and selling certain products outside of the United States and require us to develop and implement costly compliance programs.

If we expand our operations outside of the United States, we must dedicate additional resources to comply with numerous laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we plan to operate. For instance, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits any United States individual or business from paying, offering, authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

Compliance with the FCPA is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the pharmaceutical industry, because, in many countries, the government operates hospitals, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.

Various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-U.S. nationals, of information classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products and technical data relating to those products. If we expand our presence outside of the United States, it will require us to dedicate additional resources to comply with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing, or selling certain products and product candidates outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our development costs.

The failure to comply with laws governing international business practices may result in substantial civil and criminal penalties and suspension or debarment from government contracting. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on U.S. exchanges for violations of the FCPA’s accounting provisions.

 

- 39 -


Table of Contents

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could harm our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. From time to time and in the future, our operations may involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials, and may also produce hazardous waste products. Even if we contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and waste products, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from the use or disposal of our hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with such laws and regulations.

We maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, but this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. However, we do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Current or future environmental laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. In addition, failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, CROs, consultants and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements, which could cause significant liability for us and harm our reputation.

We are exposed to the risk of fraud, misconduct or other illegal activity by our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, CROs, consultants and vendors may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct, including intentional failures to comply with FDA regulations or similar regulations of comparable foreign regulatory authorities, provide accurate information to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, comply with manufacturing standards we have established, comply with federal and state data privacy, security, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations and similar laws and regulations established and enforced by comparable foreign regulatory authorities, report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, incentive programs and other business arrangements. Misconduct could also involve the improper use or misrepresentation of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, creating fraudulent data in our pre-clinical studies or clinical trials or illegal misappropriation of drug product, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws, standards or regulations. Additionally, we are subject to the risk that a person or government agency could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

 

- 40 -


Table of Contents

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties.

We maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. However, we do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of biological or hazardous materials.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we fail to comply with our obligations under our intellectual property licenses with third parties, we could lose license rights that are important to our business.

We are a party to a license agreement with BioHEP Technologies Ltd. (formerly known as Micrologix Biotech, Inc.) under which we license certain patents and patent applications to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell and import certain product candidates, including SB 9200. We may enter into additional license agreements in the future. Our license agreement with BioHEP imposes, and we expect that future license agreements will impose, various diligence, milestone payment, royalty, insurance and other obligations on us. If we fail to comply with our obligations under these licenses, our licensors may have the right to terminate these license agreements, in which event we might not be able to market any product that is covered by these agreements, or our licensors may convert the license to a non-exclusive license, which could materially adversely affect the value of the product candidate being developed under the license agreement. Termination of these license agreements or reduction or elimination of our licensed rights may result in our having to negotiate new or reinstated licenses with less favorable terms.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights or if our intellectual property rights are inadequate for our technology and product candidates, our competitive position could be harmed.

Our success will depend in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other intellectual property protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our proprietary technology and product candidates. We rely on trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws, and confidentiality, licensing and other agreements with employees and third parties. We seek to protect our proprietary position by filing and prosecuting patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our novel technologies and product candidates that are important to our business.

The patent prosecution process is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development before it is too late to

 

- 41 -


Table of Contents

obtain patent protection. Although we enter into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to patentable aspects of our research and development, such as our employees, strategic partners, consultants, advisors and other third parties, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our confidential information before a patent application is filed, thereby jeopardizing our ability to seek patent protection.

We may license patent rights that are valuable to our business from third parties, in which event we may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the patents, covering technology or medicines underlying such licenses. We cannot be certain that these patents and applications will be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. If any such licensors fail to maintain such patents, or lose rights to those patents, the rights we have licensed may be reduced or eliminated and our right to develop and commercialize any of our product candidates that are the subject of such licensed rights could be adversely affected. In addition to the foregoing, the risks associated with patent rights that we license from third parties also apply to patent rights we own.

The patent positions of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally are highly uncertain, involve complex legal and factual questions and have in recent years been the subject of much litigation. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patents, including those patent rights licensed to us by third parties, are highly uncertain. The steps we or our licensors have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to preclude misappropriation of our proprietary information or infringement of our intellectual property rights, both inside and outside the United States. Further, the examination process may require us or our licensors to narrow the claims for our pending patent applications, which may limit the scope of patent protection that may be obtained if these applications issue. The rights already granted under any of our currently issued patents or those licensed to us and those that may be granted under future issued patents may not provide us with the proprietary protection or competitive advantages we are seeking. Changes in the patent laws, implementing regulations or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may also diminish the value of our patents or narrow the scope of our patent protection. If we or our licensors are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for our technology and product candidates, or if the scope of the patent protection obtained is not sufficient, our competitors could develop and commercialize technology and products similar or superior to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and product candidates may be adversely affected.

With respect to patent rights, we do not know whether any of the pending patent applications for any of our compounds will result in the issuance of patents that protect our technology or products, or if any of our or our licensors’ issued patents will effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and products. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing or in some cases not at all, until they are issued as a patent. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to make the inventions claimed in our owned or licensed patents or pending patent applications, or that we or our licensors were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions.

Our pending applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless and until a patent issues from such applications. Because the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, issued patents that we own or have licensed from third parties may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. Such challenges may result in the loss of patent protection, the narrowing of claims in such patents or the invalidity or unenforceability of such patents, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection for our technology and products. Protecting against the unauthorized use of our or our licensors’ patented technology, trademarks and other intellectual property rights is expensive, difficult and may in some cases not be possible. In some cases, it may be difficult or impossible to detect third-party infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property rights, even in relation to issued patent claims, and proving any such infringement may be even more difficult.

 

- 42 -


Table of Contents

If third parties initiate legal proceedings against us alleging that we are infringing their intellectual property rights, such litigation could be costly and time consuming and could prevent or delay us from developing or commercializing our product candidates.

Our commercial success depends upon our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell SB 9200 and any other product candidates and to use our related proprietary technologies, without infringing the intellectual property and other proprietary rights of third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation, both within and outside the United States, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical industries, including patent infringement lawsuits, interferences, oppositions and inter partes reexamination proceedings before the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, and corresponding foreign patent offices. As a result, we may become party to, or threatened with, future adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to SB 9200 or any other product candidates, including interference or derivation proceedings before the USPTO. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing patents or patents that may be granted in the future. The pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have produced a significant number of patents, and it may not always be clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various types of products or methods of use. The coverage of patents is subject to interpretation by the courts, and the interpretation is not always uniform.

Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. There may be third-party patents or patent applications with claims to materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the use or manufacture of our product candidates. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications, which may later result in issued patents that our product candidates may infringe. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. If any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover the manufacturing process of any of our product candidates, any molecules formed during the manufacturing process or any final product itself, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to commercialize such product unless we obtained a license under the applicable patents, or until such patents expire. Similarly, if any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover aspects of our formulations, processes for manufacture or methods of use, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to develop and commercialize the applicable product candidate.

If we were sued for patent infringement, we would need to demonstrate that our product candidates, products or methods either do not infringe the patent claims of the relevant patent or that the patent claims are invalid or unenforceable, and we may not be able to do this. Proving invalidity is difficult. For example, in the United States, proving invalidity requires a showing of clear and convincing evidence to overcome the presumption of validity enjoyed by issued patents. If we are found to infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights, we could be required to obtain a license from such third party. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Under certain circumstances, we could be forced, including by court order, to cease commercializing the applicable product candidate. In addition, in any such proceeding or litigation, we could be found liable for monetary damages. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing the applicable product candidate or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could materially harm our business.

Defense of claims of infringement, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, pay royalties, redesign our infringing products or obtain one or more licenses from third parties, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. Parties making claims against us may also obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to develop and commercialize one or more of our product candidates, which could materially harm our business.

 

- 43 -


Table of Contents

Most of our competitors are larger than we are and have substantially greater resources and may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation longer than we could. The uncertainties associated with litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our research and development, in-license needed technology, or enter into strategic partnerships.

Any claims by third parties that we have misappropriated their confidential information or trade secrets could have a similar negative impact on our business. Even if we are successful in these proceedings, we may incur substantial costs and the time and attention of our management and scientific personnel could be diverted in pursuing these proceedings, which could significantly harm our business and operating results. In addition, we may not have sufficient resources to bring these actions to a successful conclusion.

While SB 9200 is in preclinical studies and clinical trials, we believe that the use of SB 9200 in these preclinical studies and clinical trials falls within the scope of the exemptions provided by 35 U.S.C. Section 271(e) in the United States, which exempts from patent infringement liability activities reasonably related to the development and submission of information to the FDA. If SB 9200 progresses toward commercialization, the possibility of a patent infringement claim against us increases. We attempt to ensure that SB 9200 and the methods we employ to manufacture SB 9200, as well as the methods for its use that we intend to promote, do not infringe other parties’ patents and other proprietary rights. There can be no assurance they do not, however, and competitors or other parties may assert that we infringe their proprietary rights in any event.

In addition, we plan to evaluate SB 9200 in combination with other product candidates and approved products that are covered by patents held by other companies or institutions. In the event that a labeling instruction is required in product packaging recommending that combination, we could be accused of, or held liable for, infringement of the third-party patents covering the product candidate or product recommended for administration with SB 9200. In such a case, we could be required to obtain a license from the other company or institution to use the required or desired package labeling, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on SB 9200 and any other product candidates throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our or our licensors’ intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws and practices of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we and our licensors may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our and our licensors’ inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our and our licensors’ inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products, and may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we or our licensors have patent protection, but where enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products in jurisdictions where we do not have any issued patents and our patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from so competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our or our licensor’s patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally in those countries. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our and our licensors’ patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our and our licensors’ patent applications at risk of not

 

- 44 -


Table of Contents

issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us or our licensors. We or our licensors may not prevail in any lawsuits that we or our licensors initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful.

The laws of certain foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and these foreign laws may also be subject to change. For example, methods of treatment and manufacturing processes may not be patentable in certain jurisdictions, and the requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly developing countries. Furthermore, generic drug manufacturers or other competitors may challenge the scope, validity or enforceability of our or our licensors’ patents, requiring us or our licensors to engage in complex, lengthy and costly litigation or other proceedings. Generic drug manufacturers may develop, seek approval for, and launch generic versions of our products. Many countries, including European Union countries, India, Japan and China, have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled under certain circumstances to grant licenses to third parties. In those countries, we and our licensors may have limited remedies if patents are infringed or if we or our licensors are compelled to grant a license to a third party, which could materially diminish the value of those patents. This could limit our potential revenue opportunities. Accordingly, our and our licensors’ efforts to enforce intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we own or license.

The terms of our patents may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our products for an adequate amount of time.

Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, such as SB 9200, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. We expect to seek extensions of patent terms in the United States and, if available, in other countries where we are prosecuting patents. In the United States, the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the normal expiration of the patent, which is limited to the approved indication (or any additional indications approved during the period of extension). However, the applicable authorities, including the FDA and the USPTO in the United States, and any equivalent regulatory authority in other countries, may not agree with our assessment of whether such extensions are available, and may refuse to grant extensions to our patents, or may grant more limited extensions than we request. If this occurs, our competitors may be able to take advantage of our investment in development and clinical trials by referencing our clinical and preclinical data and launch their product earlier than might otherwise be the case.

Changes in patent law, including recent patent reform legislation, could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

As is the case with other pharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the pharmaceutical industry involve technological and legal complexity, and is costly, time-consuming, and inherently uncertain. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our patents or narrow the scope of our patent protection. For example, the United States Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our and our licensors’ ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on decisions by Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our and our licensors’ ability to obtain new patents or to enforce existing patents and patents we and our licensors may obtain in the future. Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our and our licensors’ patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our or our licensors’ issued patents and those licensed to us.

 

- 45 -


Table of Contents

In September 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to United States patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation. In particular, under the Leahy-Smith Act, the United States transitioned in March 2013 to a “first to file” system in which the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent. We may be subject to a third party preissuance submission of prior art to the USPTO or become involved in opposition, derivation, revocation, reexamination, post-grant and inter partes review or interference proceedings challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. As a result, our intellectual property may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours. Furthermore, an adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize medicines without infringing third-party patent rights.

The USPTO is currently developing regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, and in particular, the first to file provisions, did not become effective until March 16, 2013. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submissions, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees on any issued patent are due to be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the patent. The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we or our licensors fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our product candidates, our competitive position would be adversely affected.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful and have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

Competitors may infringe our patents or misappropriate or otherwise violate our intellectual property rights. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, litigation may be necessary to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of our own intellectual property rights or the proprietary rights of others. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their patents, in addition to counterclaims asserting that our patents are invalid or unenforceable, or both. These proceedings can be expensive and time consuming. Many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to defend their intellectual property rights than we can. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property. Litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, which could harm our business and financial results.

In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent owned by or licensed to us is invalid or unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue because our

 

- 46 -


Table of Contents

patents do not cover the technology in question. Interference proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications or those of our licensors. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable or interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing.

An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms. Our defense of litigation or interference proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees, which could harm our business and financial results.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of shares of our common stock.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to patents, we rely on trade secrets, technical know-how and proprietary information concerning our business strategy in order to protect our competitive position with respect to our technology and product candidates. Trade secrets are difficult to protect, and it is possible that our trade secrets and know-how will over time be disseminated within the industry through independent development and intentional or inadvertent disclosures.

We seek to protect our trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, strategic partners, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and intentionally or inadvertently disclose or use our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches.

Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally obtained and is using any of our trade secrets is expensive and time consuming and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets or the equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, we would have no right to prevent them from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, our competitive position would be harmed. If we do not apply for patent protection prior to such publication or if we cannot otherwise maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary technology and other confidential information, then our ability to obtain patent protection or to protect our trade secret information may be jeopardized.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that our licensors, employees or we have misappropriated their intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

As is common in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industry, many of our employees and our licensors’ employees, including our senior management, were previously employed at universities or at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Some of these

 

- 47 -


Table of Contents

employees, including each member of our senior management, executed proprietary rights, non-disclosure and non-competition agreements, or similar agreements, in connection with such previous employment. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such third party. We may also be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents or other intellectual property. We may also have, in the future, ownership disputes arising, for example, from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidates.

Litigation may be necessary to defend against such claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, intellectual property, or personnel or sustain damages. Such intellectual property rights could be awarded to a third party, and we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to commercialize our technology or products. Such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business, or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. The following examples are illustrative:

 

    others may be able to make compounds that are the same as or similar to SB 9200 but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we own or have exclusively licensed;

 

    we or our licensors or any strategic partners might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patents or pending patent applications that we own or have exclusively licensed;

 

    we or our licensors might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our inventions;

 

    others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;

 

    it is possible that our pending patent applications will not lead to issued patents;

 

    issued patents that we own or have exclusively licensed may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be held invalid or unenforceable as a result of legal challenges;

 

    our competitors might conduct research and development activities in the United States and other countries that provide a safe harbor from patent infringement claims for certain research and development activities, as well as in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

 

    we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable; and

 

    the patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business.

 

- 48 -


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Employee Matters and Managing Growth

We will need to grow the size of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing this growth.

As of December 31, 2015, we had 15 full-time employees, of whom eight hold Ph.D. or M.D. degrees, plus several consultants. As our development and commercialization plans and strategies develop, we will need additional managerial, operational, sales, marketing, financial and other resources. Our management, personnel and systems currently in place is likely not adequate to support this future growth. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including:

 

    managing our clinical trials effectively;

 

    identifying, recruiting, maintaining, motivating and integrating additional employees;

 

    managing our internal development efforts effectively while complying with our contractual obligations to licensors, licensees, contractors and other third parties;

 

    improving our managerial, development, operational and finance systems; and

 

    expanding our facilities.

Our management may need to devote a disproportionate amount of its attention to managing these growth activities. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or identify, recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Our inability to manage the expansion of our operations effectively may result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, give rise to operational mistakes, loss of business opportunities, loss of employees and reduced productivity among remaining employees. Our expected growth could also require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects, such as the development of additional product candidates. If we are unable to effectively manage our expected growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our ability to generate revenues could be reduced and we may not be able to implement our business strategy, including the successful commercialization of our product candidates.

Our future success depends on our ability to retain our executive officers and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

We are highly dependent upon our executive officers. We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers. These employment agreements do not prevent such persons from terminating their employment with us at any time. We do not maintain “key person” insurance for any of our executives or other employees. The loss of the services of any of these persons could impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives.

Our ability to compete in the highly competitive biotechnology and pharmaceuticals industries depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified managerial, scientific and medical personnel. Our industry has experienced a high rate of turnover of management personnel in recent years. If we lose one or more of our executive officers or other key employees, our ability to implement our business strategy successfully could be seriously harmed. Furthermore, replacing executive officers or other key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to develop, gain marketing approval of and commercialize products successfully. Competition to hire from this limited pool is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these additional key employees on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions.

 

- 49 -


Table of Contents

We rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by other entities and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with those entities that may limit their availability to us. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain highly qualified personnel, our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates will be limited.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

No public market for our common stock currently exists, and an active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail after this offering. In addition to prevailing market conditions, factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

    the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the underwriters believe to be comparable to us;

 

    our financial information;

 

    the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

    an assessment of our management, its past and present operations and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenue;

 

    the present state of our product development; and

 

    the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

It is possible that after this offering the shares of our common stock will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price. Although we have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on The Nasdaq Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop or is not maintained, it may be difficult for you to sell shares you purchase in this offering without depressing the market price for the shares or at all. An inactive trading market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock in this offering.

Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for biopharmaceutical companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. Because of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

 

    results of clinical trials of our product candidates or those of our competitors;

 

    the success of competitive products or technologies;

 

    developments related to any future collaborations;

 

- 50 -


Table of Contents
    regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

 

    development of new product candidates that may address our markets and may make our product candidates less attractive;

 

    changes in physician, hospital or healthcare provider practices that may make our product candidates less useful;

 

    announcements by us, our partners or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, collaborations or capital commitments;

 

    developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

 

    the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

    the level of expenses related to any of our product candidates or clinical development programs;

 

    failure to meet or exceed financial estimates and projections of the investment community or that we provide to the public;

 

    the results of our efforts to discover, develop, acquire or in-license additional product candidates or products;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

    variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

    changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

 

    market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;

 

    general economic, industry and market conditions; and

 

    the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution in the book value of your investment.

The offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on an assumed public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $    per share, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the offering price. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

After this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, if they choose to act together, may have the ability to significantly influence all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

Upon the closing of this offering, based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as December 31, 2015, our executive officers, directors and stockholders who owned more than 5% of our

 

- 51 -


Table of Contents

outstanding common stock before this offering and their respective affiliates will, in the aggregate, hold shares representing approximately          % of our outstanding voting stock (        % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). As a result, if these stockholders were to choose to act together, they may be able to significantly influence all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these persons, if they choose to act together, may be able to significantly influence the election of directors and approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. This concentration of ownership control may:

 

    delay, defer or prevent a change in control;

 

    entrench our management and the board of directors; or

 

    impede a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us that other stockholders may desire.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to fund the clinical development of SB 9200, conduct additional research and development and for working capital and general corporate purposes. However, our use of these proceeds may differ substantially from our current plans. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause the price of our common stock to decline and delay the development of our product candidates. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are eligible to be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 1,000,000 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering. Of these shares of our common stock, the             shares to be sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately following this offering, unless purchased by our affiliates. Of the remaining shares, 24,184,474 shares are currently restricted under securities laws or as a result of lock-up agreements, but will be able to be sold after this offering as described in the “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” section of this prospectus. Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of 1,050,000 shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register all shares of our common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. As of December 31, 2015, options to purchase 2,441,929 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $3.02 per share were outstanding. Once we register these shares and other shares of our common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus. Sales of a large number of these shares could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

 

- 52 -


Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

 

    being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

 

    not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

    not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

    exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be reduced or more volatile. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of these accounting standards until they would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of the exchange or market upon which we trade and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For

 

- 53 -


Table of Contents

example, we expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, which in turn could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors.

We are evaluating these rules and regulations, and cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as regulatory and governing bodies provide new guidance. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, we are required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting. However, while we remain an emerging growth company, we are not required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we are engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting which, if not corrected, could affect the reliability of our financial statements and have other adverse consequences.

In the course of the preparation and external audit of our financial statements, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified “material weaknesses” in our internal controls over financial reporting related to: (1) our financial statement close process, including both our failure to have adequate processes in place to complete our financial statement close process in a timely and accurate manner and flaws in our review controls, which were not designed with the precision necessary to detect or prevent material misstatements; and (2) our lack of sufficient personnel to account for complex transactions in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and to properly segregate accounting duties. A material weakness in internal controls over financial reporting is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that results in more than a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Following the identification of these control deficiencies, we took actions and measures to improve our internal control over financial reporting by hiring additional employees and consultants at various appropriate levels.

Our remediation efforts may not, however, enable us to avoid material weaknesses or other significant deficiencies in the future. There is a risk that neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm will be able to conclude within the prescribed timeframe that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404. This could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. In addition, if we identify one or more material weaknesses, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock may be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research

 

- 54 -


Table of Contents

coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding us, our business model, our intellectual property or our stock performance, or if our preclinical studies or clinical trials and operating results fail to meet the expectations of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Provisions in our proposed restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our company that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. These provisions, if adopted, could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions include those establishing:

 

    a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

    no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

    the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from filling vacancies on our board of directors;

 

    the ability of our board of directors to authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock and to determine the terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;

 

    the ability of our board of directors to alter our bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;

 

    the required approval of the holders of at least a majority of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws or repeal the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors;

 

    a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

    the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or stockholders holding a majority of our issued and outstanding common stock, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors; and

 

    advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

 

- 55 -


Table of Contents

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Furthermore, our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering specify that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for most legal actions involving actions brought against us by stockholders. We believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law by chancellors particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. However, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against us, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gain.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because pharmaceutical companies have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business.

 

- 56 -


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, product candidates, product approvals, research and development costs, timing and likelihood of success, plans and objectives of management for future operations and future results of anticipated products, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described under the sections in this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified and some of which are beyond our control, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise.

You should read this prospectus, the documents that we reference in this prospectus and the documents we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

- 57 -


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $            , assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses of the offering payable by us of approximately $            , which includes legal, accounting, printing costs and various fees associated with the registration and listing of our shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $            .

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of             shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

As of September 30, 2015, we had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of approximately $14.8 million. We expect to utilize the net proceeds from this offering, together with our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, as follows:

 

    $             to conduct the planned Phase 2 clinical trials of SBV 9200 in chronic HBV and RSV;

 

    $             to explore the potential use of SB 9200 in other viral diseases, including HIV latency and HDV;

 

    $             to conduct preclinical research of additional SMNH compounds, including our product candidates SB 9400, SB 9941 and SB 9946, as antiviral therapies;

 

    $             to conduct early-stage research programs exploring the use of SMNH compounds against targets implicated in certain inflammatory diseases and cancers; and

 

    the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the proceeds from this offering and our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these funds. We may find it necessary or advisable to use these funds for other purposes. Circumstances that may give rise to a change in the use of proceeds from this offering and our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities include:

 

    the existence of unforeseen or other opportunities or the need to take advantage of changes in timing of our existing activities;

 

    the need or desire on our part to accelerate, increase, reduce or eliminate one or more existing initiatives due to, among other things, changing regulations, changing market conditions and competitive developments or interim results of research and development efforts;

 

- 58 -


Table of Contents
    results from our business development and marketing efforts;

 

    the effect of foreign, federal, state and local regulation;

 

    our ability to continue attracting grant or other development funding; and

 

    the presentation of strategic opportunities of which we are not currently aware, including acquisitions, joint ventures, licensing and other similar transactions.

Based on our planned use of the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities as of September 30, 2015, we estimate that such funds will be sufficient to enable us to                             , and to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements at least through             . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. We do not expect that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will be sufficient to enable us to fund the completion of development of any of our product candidates.

Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the United States government as well as bank demand deposits.

 

- 59 -


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2015 on:

 

    an actual basis;

 

    a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 1,000,000 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering; and

 

    a pro forma as adjusted basis, after giving additional effect to the sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the filing and effectiveness of a restated certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering.

You should read the following table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2015  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma As
Adjusted
 
(in thousands, except per share data)    (unaudited)  

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

   $ 14,820      $ 14,820      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share: 5,000,000 shares authorized, 1,000,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share: 50,000,000 shares authorized, 23,184,474 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 24,184,474 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and              shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     2        2     

Additional paid-in capital

     44,778        44,778     

Accumulated deficit

     (30,223     (30,223  

Other comprehensive loss

     (3     (3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     14,554        14,554     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 14,554      $ 14,554      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of             shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $             million, assuming an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

- 60 -


Table of Contents

The number of shares of common stock shown as issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis in the table above is based on 24,184,474 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2015, after giving effect to the issuance of 1,000,000 shares of our common stock upon the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock upon the closing of this offering, and excludes:

 

    4,727,270 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.17 per share, which warrants will terminate as of the closing of this offering if not exercised prior to such date;

 

    1,941,929 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.94 per share;

 

    958,071 shares of common stock available for future issuance under our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2015; and

 

    an additional 3,000,000 shares of common stock that will be available for issuance under our 2015 Stock Incentive Plan upon the closing of this offering.

 

- 61 -


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

As of September 30, 2015, we had a historical net tangible book value of $14.6 million, or $0.63 per share of common stock. Our historical net tangible book value is the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities. Historical net tangible book value per share represents historical net tangible book value divided by the 23,184,474 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2015.

We had a pro forma net tangible book value of $14.6 million, or $0.60 per share of common stock, as of September 30, 2015. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is equal to our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 1,000,000 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.

Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution. After giving effect to the sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2015 would have been approximately $             million, or approximately $             per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to investors participating in this offering.

The following table illustrates this per share dilution to new investors participating in this offering:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                 

Historical net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2015

      $     

Increase per share attributable to the conversion of all shares of preferred stock outstanding

     

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2015

   $                   

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to sale of shares of common stock in this offering

   $        

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

      $     
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. An increase of             shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             and decrease the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $            , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A decrease of              shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             and increase the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $            , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price and after deducting estimated underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable.

 

- 62 -


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2015, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by investors participating in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price  
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent     Per Share  

Existing stockholders

     24,184,474             $ 40,230,153           %   $ 1.66   

New investors

                     $     

Total

        100.0        100.0   $     

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 24,184,474 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2015, after giving effect to the issuance of 1,000,000 shares of our common stock upon the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock upon the closing of this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes the following:

 

    4,727,270 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.17 per share, which warrants will terminate as of the closing of this offering if not exercised prior to such date;

 

    1,941,929 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.94 per share;

 

    958,071 shares of common stock available for future issuance under our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2015; and

 

    an additional 3,000,000 shares of common stock that will be available for issuance under our 2015 Stock Incentive Plan upon the closing of this offering.

We may choose to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. New investors will experience further dilution if any of our outstanding options or warrants are exercised, new options are issued and exercised under our equity incentive plans or we issue additional shares of common stock, other equity securities or convertible debt securities in the future.

 

- 63 -


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. Investors should not purchase our common stock with the expectation of receiving cash dividends. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

- 64 -


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data should be read together with our financial statements and accompanying notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data in this section are not intended to replace our financial statements and the related notes. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and the results for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal year.

The selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 are derived from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 and the selected balance sheet data as of September 30, 2015 are derived from our unaudited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements included in this prospectus and include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information in those statements.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                 (unaudited)  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)       

Statement of Operations Data:

        

Grant revenue

   $ 651      $ 738      $ 578      $ 841   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     3,966        6,132        5,050        4,779   

General and administrative

     1,756        2,412        1,744        3,695   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,722        8,544        6,794        8,474   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (5,071     (7,806     (6,216     (7,633

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income (expense), net

     (1,939     (1,906     (1,322     15   

Gain on change in fair value of warrant liability

     54                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (6,956   $ (9,712   $ (7,538   $ (7,618
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (0.60   $ (0.78   $ (0.61   $ (0.34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (1)

     11,667,564        12,473,377        12,398,717        22,578,440   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

     $ (0.72     $ (0.32
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

       13,473,377          23,578,440   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) See Notes 1 and 2 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for further details on the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per common share.

(2) See Note 1 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for further details on the calculation of basic and diluted pro forma net loss per common share.

 

- 65 -


Table of Contents
    As of December 31,      As of
September 30,
2015
 
        2013              2014         
(in thousands)                 (unaudited)  

Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

  $ 6,301       $ 1,570       $ 14,820   

Working capital

    2,670         12,074         10,044   

Total assets

    7,629         13,805         15,795   

Convertible notes

    3,616                   

Convertible preferred stock

                      

Total stockholders’ equity

    2,908         12,200         14,554   

 

- 66 -


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations together with the section entitled “Selected Financial Data” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements regarding our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions and projections. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company engaged in the discovery and development of a novel class of therapeutics using our proprietary small molecule nucleic acid hybrid, or SMNH, chemistry platform. We are developing our most advanced SMNH product, SB 9200, for the treatment of viral diseases. We have designed SB 9200 to selectively activate within infected cells the cellular proteins retinoic acid-inducible gene 1, or RIG-I, and nucleotide-binding oligomerization domain-containing protein 2, or NOD2, to inhibit viral replication and to cause the induction of intracellular interferon signaling pathways for antiviral defense. We believe that SB 9200 can play an important role in antiviral therapy by modulating the body’s immune response to fight viral infections. In 2014, we completed a Phase 1 clinical trial of SB 9200 in 38 non-cirrhotic patients infected with the hepatitis C virus, or HCV, who had not received any prior antiviral treatment. We plan to initiate Phase 2 clinical trials of SB 9200 for the treatment of chronic hepatitis B virus, or HBV, and respiratory syncytial virus, or RSV. We are also exploring the potential use of SB 9200 in other viral diseases, including human immunodeficiency virus, or HIV, latency and hepatitis delta virus, or HDV, conducting preclinical research of additional SMNH product candidates as antiviral therapies and conducting early-stage research programs exploring the use of SMNH compounds against targets implicated in certain inflammatory diseases and cancers.

We have not generated any revenue to date other than from a grant from the National Institutes of Health, or NIH. We have incurred significant annual net operating losses in every year since our inception and expect to incur a net operating loss in 2015 and continue to incur net operating losses for the foreseeable future. Our net losses were $7.0 million and $9.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $7.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. As of September 30, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $30.2 million. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the next several years. Our net losses may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year. We anticipate that our expenses will increase significantly if and as we:

 

    continue to develop and conduct clinical trials of SB 9200, including our planned Phase 2 clinical trials in chronic HBV and RSV;

 

    initiate and continue research and preclinical and clinical development efforts for our other product candidates;

 

    seek to identify and develop additional product candidates;

 

    seek regulatory and marketing approvals for our product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials, if any;

 

    establish sales, marketing, distribution and other commercial infrastructure in the future to commercialize various products for which we may obtain marketing approval, if any;

 

    require the manufacture of larger quantities of product candidates for clinical development and potentially commercialization;

 

- 67 -


Table of Contents
    maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

 

    hire and retain additional personnel, including clinical, quality control and scientific personnel;

 

    add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development and help us comply with our obligations as a public company; and

 

    add equipment and physical infrastructure to support our research and development programs.

As a result, we will need additional financing to support our continuing operations. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through a combination of public or private equity or debt financings or other sources, which may include collaborations with third parties. Arrangements with collaborators or others may require us to relinquish rights to certain of our technologies or product candidates. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Our inability to raise capital as and when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategy. We will need to generate significant revenue to achieve profitability, and we may never do so.

As of September 30, 2015, we had $14.8 million in cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities. We expect that our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities as of September 30, 2015, together with anticipated net proceeds from this offering, will enable us to fund our operating expenses through at least                      . See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Financial Operations Overview

Grant revenue

We have generated revenue from grants from the NIH for the development of SB 9200. The NIH grants provided funding of $6.3 million between October 2003 and September 30, 2015, and an additional $0.5 million of funding remains available to us under an existing grant for the development of SB 9200 through April 30, 2016.

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses since inception have consisted primarily of research and development expense and general and administrative costs.

Research and development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred for our research activities, including our discovery efforts, and the development of our product candidates, which include:

 

    expenses incurred under agreements with third parties, including contract research organizations, or CROs, that conduct research, preclinical activities and clinical trials on our behalf as well as contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs, that manufacture drug products for use in our preclinical and clinical trials;

 

    salaries, benefits and other related costs, including stock-based compensation expense, for personnel in our research and development functions;

 

    costs of outside consultants, including their fees, stock-based compensation and related travel expenses;

 

- 68 -


Table of Contents
    the cost of laboratory supplies and acquiring, developing and manufacturing preclinical study and clinical trial materials;

 

    costs related to compliance with regulatory requirements; and

 

    facility-related expenses, which include direct depreciation costs and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities and other operating costs.

We expense research and development costs as incurred. We recognize external development costs based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using information provided to us by our vendors and our clinical investigative sites. Payments for these activities are based on the terms of the individual agreements, which may differ from the pattern of costs incurred, and are reflected in our financial statements as prepaid or accrued research and development expenses.

Our primary focus of research and development since inception has been on the development of SB 9200. Our direct research and development expenses consist primarily of external costs, such as fees paid to investigators, consultants and CROs in connection with our preclinical studies and clinical trial and regulatory fees. We do not allocate employee-related costs and other indirect costs to specific research and development programs because our primary focus has been on the discovery and development of SB 9200. Our direct research and development expenses are not currently tracked on a program-by-program basis.

The successful development of our product candidates is highly uncertain. Accordingly, at this time, we cannot reasonably estimate the nature, timing and costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the remainder of the development of these product candidates. We are also unable to predict when, if ever, we will generate revenues from SB 9200 or any of our other current or potential product candidates. This is due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing medicines, including the uncertainties of:

 

    establishing an appropriate safety profile with investigational new drug, or IND, application enabling toxicology studies;

 

    successful enrollment in and completion of clinical trials;

 

    receipt of marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;

 

    establishing commercial manufacturing capabilities or making arrangements with third-party manufacturers;

 

    obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity for our product candidates;

 

    launching commercial sales of the products, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others; and

 

    a continued acceptable safety profile of the products following approval.

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to any of our product candidates would significantly change the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate.

Research and development activities are central to our business model. Product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later-stage clinical trials. We expect that our research and development expenses will continue to increase in the foreseeable future as we initiate clinical trials

 

- 69 -


Table of Contents

for certain product candidates and pursue later stages of clinical development of other product candidates. However, we do not believe that it is possible at this time to accurately project total program-specific expenses through commercialization. There are numerous factors associated with the successful commercialization of any of our product candidates, including future trial design and various regulatory requirements, many of which cannot be determined with accuracy at this time based on our stage of development. Additionally, future commercial and regulatory factors beyond our control will impact our clinical development programs and plans.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and other related costs, including stock-based compensation, for personnel in our executive, finance, corporate and business development and administrative functions. General and administrative expenses also include legal fees relating to patent and corporate matters; professional fees for accounting, auditing, tax and consulting services; insurance costs; travel expenses; and facility-related expenses, which include direct depreciation costs and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities and other operating costs.

We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the future as we increase our headcount to support the expected growth in our research and development activities and the potential commercialization of our product candidates. We also expect to incur increased expenses associated with being a public company, including increased costs of accounting, audit, legal, regulatory and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and SEC requirements, director and officer insurance costs, and investor and public relations costs.

Other income (expense)

Interest income and interest expense consists primarily of interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents and interest expense incurred on our convertible debt, respectively.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We believe that the estimates and assumptions involved in the accounting policies described below may have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements and, therefore, consider these to be our critical accounting policies. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

Accrued Research and Development Expenses

As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued research and development expenses. This process involves reviewing open contracts and purchase orders, communicating with our personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated costs incurred for the services when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of the actual costs. The majority of our service providers invoice us in arrears for services performed, on a predetermined schedule or when contractual milestones are met; however, some require advanced payments. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in our financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. Examples of estimated accrued research and development expenses include fees paid to:

 

    CROs in connection with performing research services on our behalf and clinical trials;

 

    investigative sites or other providers in connection with clinical trials;

 

- 70 -


Table of Contents
    vendors in connection with preclinical and clinical development activities; and

 

    vendors related to product manufacturing, development and distribution of preclinical and clinical supplies.

We base our expenses related to preclinical studies and clinical trials on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to quotes and contracts with multiple CROs that conduct and manage clinical trials on our behalf. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. There may be instances in which payments made to our vendors will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the clinical expense. Payments under some of these contracts depend on factors such as the successful enrollment of patients and the completion of clinical trial milestones. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed, enrollment of patients, number of sites activated and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual or amount of prepaid expense accordingly. Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and may result in us reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. To date, we have not made any material adjustments to our prior estimates of accrued research and development expenses.

Convertible Note Financings

We have issued convertible notes with warrants on numerous occasions to finance our operations. When we issue convertible notes, we evaluate and account for embedded and freestanding features in our convertible note financings in accordance with professional standards. If the feature meets the definition of a derivative, professional standards generally provide three criteria that require companies to bifurcate the derivative from their host instruments and account for them as freestanding derivative financial instruments. These three criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instruments are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not re-measured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument. In accounting for convertible note financings, including the fair value of warrants issued in connection with the financings and the fair value of the stock underlying the conversion features of the notes. See further discussion regarding these significant estimates at Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates—Stock-Based Compensation . Proceeds are first allocated to freestanding and embedded derivatives required to be recognized at fair value and the residual proceeds are allocated to the convertible notes.

We have issued warrants in connection with our convertible note financings. We review the terms of all warrants issued and classify the warrants as a component of permanent equity if they are freestanding financial instruments that are legally detachable and separately exercisable from the notes, contingently exercisable, do not embody an obligation for the Company to repurchase its own shares, and permit the holders to receive a fixed number of common shares upon exercise. In addition, the warrants must require physical settlement and may not provide any guarantee of value or return. Warrants that meet these criteria are initially recorded at their grant date fair value and are not subsequently remeasured.

We classify warrants as liabilities if they are freestanding financial instruments that permit the holders to purchase mandatory redeemable equity instruments or they otherwise do not meet the criteria for equity classification. Liability-classified warrants are initially recorded at fair value and remeasured at each period end while these instruments were outstanding or until they meet the criteria for equity classification. Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are recognized in other income (expense) in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

 

- 71 -


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

We did not grant options until March 2015. We measure stock options and other stock-based awards granted to employees and directors based on the fair value on the date of grant and recognize the corresponding compensation expense of those awards, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. Generally, we issue stock options and restricted stock awards with only service-based vesting conditions and record the expense for these awards using the straight-line method.

We measure stock options and other stock-based awards granted to consultants and nonemployees based on the fair value of the award on the date at which the related service is complete. We recognize this compensation expense over the period during which services are rendered by such consultants and nonemployees until completed. At the end of each financial reporting period prior to completion of the service, we remeasure the fair value of these awards using the then-current fair value of our common stock and updated assumption inputs in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

We estimate the fair value of each stock option grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Use of this model requires that we make assumptions as to the fair value of our common stock, the volatility of our common stock, the expected term of our stock options, the risk-free interest rate for a period that approximates the expected term of our stock options and our expected dividend yield. Because we are currently a private company and lack company-specific historical and implied volatility information, we estimate our expected volatility based on the historical volatility of a group of publicly traded peer companies. We expect to continue to do so until such time as we have adequate historical data regarding the volatility of our traded stock price. We use the simplified method prescribed by Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment, to calculate the expected term of options granted to employees and directors. We base the expected term of options granted to consultants and nonemployees on the contractual term of the options. We determine the risk-free interest rate by reference to the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award. Expected dividend yield is based on the fact that we have never paid cash dividends and do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

There were no stock options granted prior to 2015. The assumptions we used to determine the fair value of stock options granted to employees and directors are as follows, presented on a weighted-average basis:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2015

Risk-free interest rate

   1%

Expected term (in years)

   6

Expected volatility

   87%

Expected dividend yield

   0%

These assumptions represented our best estimates, but the estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of our judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different.

We recognize compensation expense for only the portion of awards that are expected to vest. In developing a forfeiture rate estimate for pre-vesting forfeitures, we have considered our historical experience of actual forfeitures. If our future actual forfeiture rate is materially different from our estimate, our stock-based compensation expense could be significantly different from what we have recorded in the prior periods. However, estimates will not be necessary to determine the fair value of new awards once our common stock begins to be publicly traded.

 

- 72 -


Table of Contents

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, we issued common stock to consultants and advisors as compensation for services and recognized expense equal to the fair value of the shares issued. In 2015, we began issuing stock options to employees, directors and consultants. The following table summarizes the classification of our stock-based compensation expenses recognized in our statements of operations and comprehensive loss:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2013      2014      2014      2015  
(in thousands)           (unaudited)  

Research and development

   $ 3       $ 179       $       $ 187   

General and administrative

     231         85        85         506   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $             234       $             264       $                 85       $             693   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Determination of the Fair Value of Common Stock

We are a privately held company with no active public market for our common stock. Therefore, our board of directors determines the fair value of our common stock on each date of grant, with input from management, considering our most recently available third-party valuations of common stock and our board of directors’ assessment of additional objective and subjective factors that it believes are relevant and which may have changed from the date of the most recent valuation through the date of the grant.

In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board’s determination of the fair value of our common stock was performed using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series: Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or AICPA Guide. We performed contemporaneous and retrospective valuations, with the assistance of a third-party specialist, as of December 31, 2013, December 31, 2014, June 30, 2015, August 10, 2015 and September 30, 2015, which resulted in valuations of our common stock of $1.69, $2.32, $2.92, $3.22 and $3.24 per share, respectively. In addition to these valuations, our board of directors considered various objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of each grant date, including:

 

    the prices at which we sold convertible notes, and conversion rights and preferences of the note holders relative to our common stock at the time of each grant;

 

    the price at which we sold common stock at the time of each grant;

 

    the progress of our research and development programs, including the status of preclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates;

 

    our stage of development and our business strategy;

 

    external market conditions affecting the biotechnology industry;

 

    trends within the biotechnology industry;

 

    our financial position, including cash on hand and our historical and forecasted performance and operating results;

 

    the lack of an active public market for our common stock;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering, or IPO, or sale of our company in light of prevailing market conditions; and

 

- 73 -


Table of Contents
    the analysis of IPOs and the market performance of similar companies in the biopharmaceutical industry.

If a public trading market for our common stock is established in connection with the closing of this offering, we do not expect that it will be necessary for our board of directors to estimate the fair value of our common stock in connection with our accounting for granted stock options and restricted stock, as the fair value of our common stock will be its trading price on the date of grant.

Valuation Methodologies

Our common stock valuations were performed using the market approach to estimate the enterprise value of the Company in accordance with the AICPA Guide. The Market Approach is one of the three approaches (along with the Income Approach and Asset Approach) used to estimate enterprise and equity value. The market approach employs analysis using comparable companies in determining the value of the entity. Both public and private companies, if publicly available information exists, are considered in the Market Approach. Two information points commonly available, company valuation and transaction value, are used for their respective methodologies. There are a number of different methods within the Market Approach that may be used. The three main methods used are: the Guideline Public Companies Method, the Guideline Transactions Method and the Backsolve Method.

Beginning in 2012, we valued our common stock using the Backsolve Method. This method derives an implied market value of invested capital from a transaction involving a company’s own securities. The price of a company’s security that was involved in a recent arms-length transaction is used as a reference point in an allocation of value. The Backsolve Method requires considering the rights and preferences of each class of equity and solving for the total market value of invested capital that is consistent with a recent transaction in our own securities, considering the rights and preferences of each class of equity. Per the AICPA Guide, the Backsolve Method is generally the most reliable indicator of value of early-stage enterprises with no product revenue or cash flow, if relevant and reliable transactions have occurred in the company’s equity securities. This methodology is also prescribed by the AICPA when a valuation is conducted in close proximity to the date of a financing transaction, and when other methodologies are deemed less reliable.

Since December 31, 2014, we have valued our common stock using the Guideline Public Companies Method, where there was not a direct equity financing with independent investors that could be used to determine enterprise value. This method derives a valuation based on the average multiple of market capitalization as compared to paid in capital of peer companies, which was then applied to our paid in capital balance.

While there are many different value allocation methods, these various methods can be grouped into three general categories as defined by the AICPA Guide, one of which is the Option-Pricing Method, or OPM. We used the OPM to allocate market value of invested capital to the various equity classes and debt comprising our capitalization structure. We chose the OPM over other acceptable methods due to the complex capital structure of our company, the uncertainty related to market conditions, and the lack of visibility on an imminent exit event. Under the OPM, each equity class is modeled as a call option with a distinct claim on the equity of our company. The option’s exercise price is based on our company’s total equity value available for each participating equity holder. The characteristics of each equity class determine the equity class’ claim on the total equity value. By constructing a series of options in which the exercise price is set at incremental levels of value, which correspond to the equity value necessary for each level of equity to participate, we determined the incremental option value of each series. When multiplied by the percentage of ownership of each equity class participating under that series, the result is the incremental value allocated to each class under that series.

 

- 74 -


Table of Contents

Option Grants

The following table summarizes by grant date the number of shares subject to options granted during the year ended December 31, 2015, the per share exercise price of the options, the fair value of common stock underlying the options on date of grant, and the per share estimated fair value of the options. We did not grant any stock options prior to March 31, 2015.

 

Grant Date

   Number of Shares      Per Share
Exercise Price
of Options (1)
     Fair Value of
Common Stock
per Share on
Date of Option
Grant
     Per Share
Estimated Fair
Value of
Options (2)(3)
 

March 31, 2015

     593,000       $ 2.32       $ 2.32       $ 1.65  

July 30, 2015

     65,000         2.92         2.92         2.10   

August 17, 2015

     1,180,190         3.22         3.22         2.35   

August 19, 2015

     21,739         3.22         3.22         2.73   

August 20, 2015

     20,000         3.22         3.22         2.21   

September 17, 2015

     65,000         3.22         3.22         2.35   

November 1, 2015

     500,000         3.24         3.24         2.36   

 

(1) The Per Share Exercise Price of Options represents the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors, after taking into account our most recently available contemporaneous valuation of our common stock and the various objective and subjective facts described above since the date of such valuation through the date of grant.

(2) The Per Share Estimated Fair Value of Options reflects the weighted average fair value of options granted on each grant date, determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

(3) For purposes of recording stock-based compensation for grants of options to nonemployees, we measure the fair value of the award on the service completion date (vesting date). At the end of each reporting period prior to completion of the services, we remeasure the value of any unvested portion of the option based on the then-current fair value of the option and adjust the expense accordingly. The weighted average fair value amounts presented in this column for grants to employees, directors and nonemployees reflect only the grant-date fair value of options granted to nonemployees and not any subsequently remeasured fair value of those options.

JOBS Act

In April 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company,” or EGC, can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an EGC can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

We are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements under the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions, as an EGC, we intend to rely on certain of these exemptions, including the exemption from the requirement that the auditors provide an attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and complying with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, known as the auditor discussion and analysis. We will remain an EGC until the earliest of the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more; the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

- 75 -


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 and 2015

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,     Increase
(Decrease)
 
         2014             2015        
(in thousands)   

(unaudited)

       

Grant revenue

   $ 578      $ 841      $ 263   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     5,050        4,779        (271

General and administrative

     1,744        3,695       1,951   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     6,794        8,474        1,680   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (6,216     (7,633     (1,417

Other income (expense)

     (1,322     15        1,337   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (7,538   $ (7,618   $ (80
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Grant revenue . Grant revenue was $0.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $0.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase of $0.2 million was primarily due to increased development costs for SB 9200 that were reimbursed by NIH in the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

Research and development expenses . Research and development expenses were $5.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $4.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The decrease of $0.3 million was due primarily to higher spending of $1.1 million during the 2014 period on clinical trial related activities for our Phase 1 clinical trial, partially offset by increased employee costs of $0.6 million and $0.2 million in direct materials and supplies incurred during the 2015 period.

General and administrative expenses . General and administrative expenses were $1.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $3.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase of $2.0 million was primarily due to increased legal, accounting and other consulting expenses associated with preparing to be a public company, as well as additional salaries associated with higher headcount, in the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

Other income (expense) . Interest expense, net for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 was $1.3 million related to the accretion and accrued interest on our convertible notes issued from October 2013 to July 2014 in the aggregate original principal amount of $6.9 million, which bore interest at a rate of 8.0% per year and which were converted into shares of common stock in December 2014, and amortization of the related deferred financing costs. We had $15,000 of interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

 

- 76 -


Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Increase
(Decrease)
 
         2013             2014          
(in thousands)                   

Grant revenue

   $ 651      $ 738      $ 87   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     3,966       6,132        2,166   

General and administrative

     1,756       2,412        656   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,722       8,544        2,822   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (5,071 )     (7,806     (2,735

Other income (expense)

     (1,885 )     (1,906     (21
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (6,956   $ (9,712   $ (2,756
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Grant revenue . Grant revenue was $0.7 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014. Revenue in both periods was related to reimbursement for SB 9200 development costs by NIH.

Research and development expenses . Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013, were $4.0 million, compared to $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase of $2.1 million was due primarily to increased spending on preclinical studies and clinical trial related activities for our Phase 1 clinical trial of SB 9200.

General and administrative expenses . General and administrative expenses were $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase of $0.6 million was primarily due to increased legal, accounting and other consulting expenses of $0.5 million associated with preparing to be a public company and protecting our intellectual property, as well as additional salaries associated with higher headcount in 2014.

Other income (expense) . Interest expense, net for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, was $1.9 million, related to accretion and accrued interest on our convertible notes and amortization of the related deferred financing costs.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

We have financed our operations since inception primarily through NIH funding as well as private placements of convertible notes, common stock and warrants. From our inception through September 30, 2015, we received NIH funding of $6.3 million and gross proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes, common stock and warrants of $40.2 million. As of September 30, 2015, we had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities totaling $14.8 million and an accumulated deficit of $30.2 million.

As of September 30, 2015, we had warrants to purchase an aggregate of 4,727,270 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.17 per share outstanding. These warrants will terminate as of the closing of this offering if not exercised prior to such date. If these warrants are exercised in full, we will receive $10.3 million in proceeds.

 

- 77 -


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes sources and uses of cash for each of the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2013             2014             2014             2015      
(in thousands)                (unaudited)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (5,388   $ (7,377   $ (5,881   $ (6,342

Net cash used in investing activities

     (85     (55     (48     (8,028

Net cash provided by financing activities

     9,108        2,701       2,469        19,919   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,635      $ (4,731   $ (3,460   $ 5,549   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities . The use of cash in all periods resulted primarily from our net losses adjusted for non-cash charges and changes in components of working capital. Net cash used in operating activities was $5.4 million and $7.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The increase in cash used in operating activities was primarily due to an increase in net loss of $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013, offset by an increase in non-cash interest expense in 2013. Net cash used in operating activities was $5.9 million and $6.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The increase in cash used in operating activities was primarily due to an increase in net loss of $0.1 million and a decrease in the change to accounts payable of $0.1 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2015, offset by a $0.6 million increase in non-cash stock-based compensation during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and $0.9 million of non-cash interest expense incurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Net cash used in investing activities . Net cash used in investing activities was $0.1 million during each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and $48,000 and $8.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, consisted of purchases of property and equipment. The increase in cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 was primarily due to the purchase of marketable securities during the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

Net cash provided by financing activities . Net cash provided by financing activities was $9.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $2.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. The cash provided by financing activities was primarily the result of $9.6 million and $3.0 million of gross proceeds received from private placements of our convertible notes during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Net cash provided by financing activities was $2.5 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $19.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The cash provided by financing activities was primarily the result of $3.0 million of gross proceeds received from private placements of our convertible notes offset by $0.5 million of broker commissions paid for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, and $21.6 million of gross proceeds received from private placements of our common stock offset by $1.7 million of broker commissions paid during the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

Funding Requirements

We anticipate that our expenses will increase significantly if and as we continue to develop and conduct clinical trials with respect to SB 9200 product candidates; initiate and continue research, preclinical and clinical development efforts for our other product candidates and potential product candidates; maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio; establish a commercial infrastructure to support the marketing and sale of certain of our product candidates; and hire additional personnel, such as clinical, regulatory, quality control and scientific personnel. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Specifically, we anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if and as we:

 

    conduct our planned Phase 2 clinical program for SB 9200 in chronic HBV;

 

- 78 -


Table of Contents
    conduct our planned Phase 2 clinical program for SB 9200 in RSV;

 

    continue the research and development of our other product candidates;

 

    seek to leverage our SMNH platform and explore new targets in additional non-viral disease states;

 

    maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio; and

 

    add key clinical, scientific, operational and financial employees. Enhance our management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development efforts and to support our transition to a public company.

We expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $14.8 million at September 30, 2015, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditures requirements through at least                      . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we may use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development of SB 9200, we are unable to estimate the amounts of increased capital outlays and operating expenses associated with completing the research and development of our product candidates. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

    initiation, progress, timing, costs and results of preclinical studies and clinical trials of SB 9200, including our planned Phase 2 clinical trials in chronic HBV and RSV;

 

    initiation, progress, timing, costs and results of preclinical studies and clinical trials of our other product candidates;

 

    our obligation to make royalty and non-royalty sublicense receipt payments to third-party licensors, if any, under our licensing agreements;

 

    the number and characteristics of product candidates that we discover or in-license and develop;

 

    the outcome, timing and cost of seeking regulatory review by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including the potential for the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to require that we perform more studies than those that we currently expect;

 

    the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and maintaining and enforcing other intellectual property rights;

 

    subject to receipt of marketing approval, revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of SB 9200 and any other products;

 

    the costs and timing of the implementation of commercial-scale manufacturing activities;

 

    the costs and timing of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities for any product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval; and

 

    the costs of operating as a public company.

Identifying potential product candidates and conducting preclinical testing and clinical trials is a time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete, and we may never generate the necessary data or results required to obtain marketing approval and achieve product sales. In addition, our

 

- 79 -


Table of Contents

product candidates, if approved, may not achieve commercial success. Our commercial revenues, if any, will be derived from sales of products that we do not expect to be commercially available for many years, if ever. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funds to achieve our business objectives.

Adequate additional funds may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. We do not currently have any committed external source of funds other than from the NIH. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Additional debt financing and equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends and may require the issuance of warrants, which could potentially dilute your ownership interest.

If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs, or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development programs or any future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2014, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1 – 3
Years
     3 – 5
Years
     More than
5 Years
 
(in thousands)                                   

Operating lease commitments (1)

   $         59       $         55       $           4       $         —       $         —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 59       $ 55       $ 4       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) We lease laboratory and office space in Milford, Massachusetts under an operating lease agreement. In April 2015, we amended the operating lease agreement to extend the term of the lease through March 31, 2018 and expand the leased laboratory space. Prior to the amendment, the lease term expired in March 2016. The total payments due during the three-year term provided for by the amendment are $255,000. The amounts in the table only include amounts due under the original lease.

We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with third party service providers for clinical trials, preclinical research studies and testing, manufacturing and other services and products for operating purposes. We have not included our payment obligations under these contracts in the table as these contracts generally provide for termination upon notice, and therefore we believe that our non-cancelable obligations under these agreements are not material. We could also enter into additional research, manufacturing, supplier and other agreements in the future, which may require up-front payments and even long-term commitments of cash.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), or ASC 606, which amends the guidance for revenue recognition to replace numerous industry-specific requirements. ASC 606 implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to

 

- 80 -


Table of Contents

transfer of risk and rewards. ASC 606 also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. The amendments in ASC 606 are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is not permitted. In July 2015, FASB approved the deferral of adoption by one year. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. We are currently in the process of evaluating the effect the adoption of ASC 606 may have on our financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern , or ASU 2014-15. ASU 2014-15 requires management to assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related disclosures in certain circumstances. The requirements of ASU 2014-15 will be effective for the annual financial statement period beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adopting the provisions of ASU 2015-15.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest , or ASU 2015-03. ASU 2015-03 simplifies the presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The requirements of ASU 2015-03 will be effective for the annual financial statement issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. We do not believe the adoption of the provisions of ASU 2015-03 will have a significant impact on our financial statements.

Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements upon adoption.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. Our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $14.8 million as of September 30, 2015, consisted of cash, money market accounts and short-term and long-term marketable debt securities. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of United States interest rates. However, because of the short-term nature of the instruments in our portfolio, an immediate 10% change in market interest rates would not be expected to have a material impact on the fair market value of our investment portfolio or on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

- 81 -


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company engaged in the discovery and development of a novel class of therapeutics using our proprietary small molecule nucleic acid hybrid, or SMNH, chemistry platform. Our SMNH compounds are small segments of nucleic acids that we design to selectively target and modulate the activity of specific proteins implicated in various disease states. We are developing our most advanced SMNH product candidate, SB 9200, for the treatment of viral diseases. We have designed SB 9200 to selectively activate within infected cells the cellular proteins retinoic acid-inducible gene 1, or RIG-I, and nucleotide-binding oligomerization domain-containing protein 2, or NOD2, to inhibit viral replication and to cause the induction of intracellular interferon signaling pathways for antiviral defense. We believe that SB 9200 may play an important role in antiviral therapy by modulating the body’s immune response through its mechanisms of action to fight viral infections.

We plan to focus on the development of SB 9200 for the treatment of chronic hepatitis B virus, or HBV, and respiratory syncytial virus, or RSV. In 2016, we plan to initiate clinical trials of SB 9200 in both indications including:

 

    a Phase 2a clinical trial in non-cirrhotic patients infected with chronic HBV, which we plan to initiate in the first half of 2016 in which patients will first receive SB 9200 as a monotherapy and then the oral antiviral agent Viread (tenofovir). Subject to the results of the Phase 2a clinical trial, we expect to initiate a Phase 2b clinical trial in 2017 in patients with chronic HBV to explore the use of SB 9200 as a monotherapy and in combination with Viread (tenofovir). Both trials are to be conducted under a clinical trial collaboration with Gilead Sciences, Inc., or Gilead; and

 

    a Phase 2 clinical trial in otherwise healthy adult volunteers inoculated with RSV, which we plan to initiate in the second half of 2016.

In 2014, we completed a Phase 1 clinical trial of SB 9200 in 38 non-cirrhotic patients infected with the hepatitis C virus, or HCV, who had not received any prior antiviral treatment. The two-stage trial was designed to evaluate the safety and tolerability, pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and antiviral activity of ascending doses of the oral formulation of SB 9200 and to demonstrate proof of principle of the mechanisms of action of SB 9200. SB 9200 was well tolerated in all dose groups in the trial, and no dose limiting toxicities or systemic interferon-like side effects such as flu-like symptoms or fever were observed. Additionally, antiviral activity was seen at all dose levels except for the lowest dose cohort. We believe that the data from the Phase 1 clinical trial, together with data from preclinical and toxicology studies that we have conducted in animal models, support the development of SB 9200 for the treatment of chronic HBV and RSV.

Chronic HBV Infection . We are developing an oral formulation of SB 9200 for the treatment of chronic HBV infection. The World Health Organization, or WHO, estimates that 240 million people worldwide are chronically infected with HBV, including approximately 14 million people in the United States and Europe. Standard of care treatments for chronic HBV include pegylated interferon- a , or PEG-IFN- a , products and oral antiviral agents such as Baraclude (entecavir), marketed by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, and Viread (tenofovir), marketed by Gilead, each of which suppress viral replication. In 2014, reported worldwide revenues for Baraclude (entecavir) and Viread (tenofovir) were approximately $2.5 billion primarily for the treatment of HBV. However, these treatments have significant limitations. In particular, although treatment with PEG-IFN- a products can reduce the amount of HBV DNA, or viral load, in the body, this treatment only has a minor effect on the rate of HBsAg reduction or loss. HBsAg is the surface antigen of HBV that indicates active hepatitis B infection. Oral antiviral agents such as Baraclude (entecavir) and Viread (tenofovir) are potent suppressors of HBV DNA, but generally only suppress the virus during treatment without providing significant levels of HBsAg loss or clearance, and patients taking these oral antiviral agents require potentially life-long treatment. By achieving HBsAg loss or clearance, there is the potential to have a finite period of treatment and improved clinical prognosis, such as a reduction in the risks of cirrhosis and liver cancer. As such, we believe that loss or

 

- 82 -


Table of Contents

clearance of HBsAg is indicative of a functional cure. We believe that there is a significant unmet need for treatments that can achieve a functional cure for chronic HBV when used alone or in combination with other antiviral agents.

Preclinical studies of SB 9200 in the woodchuck model of chronic HBV showed significant reductions in viral load, including viral replication intermediates, and in surface antigens. Since the discovery of woodchuck hepatitis virus, or WHV, in 1978, the American woodchuck has been studied and widely accepted as the most suitable animal model for chronic HBV. We believe that SB 9200, by virtue of its mechanisms of action, may provide a functional cure for chronic HBV by stimulating the immune system in a manner similar to PEG-IFN- a products, but with better efficacy and tolerability.

RSV Infection . We are also developing SB 9200 for the treatment of RSV infection by an intra-nasal delivery formulation and other modes of administration. According to the United States Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, or CDC, RSV infection in the United States accounts for approximately 177,000 adult hospitalizations and 14,000 deaths among adults over age sixty-five each year and is the most common cause of lower respiratory tract infections in young children. We believe the incidence of RSV infection in the adult population is significantly underdiagnosed, primarily due to the prior lack of rapid RSV diagnostics, which were only introduced in recent years. There are no FDA-approved therapies for the treatment of RSV infection. While the antiviral ribavirin is used in severe cases of RSV infection, there are significant side effects and risks associated with the use of ribavirin, especially in infants. Supportive care, including the use of corticosteroids and inhaled beta agonists, is the most common treatment for RSV infection. Synagis (palivizumab), marketed by MedImmune, LLC, is an FDA-approved prescription injection of antibodies given monthly to help protect high-risk infants from severe RSV disease throughout the RSV season. We believe that there is a significant unmet medical need for an effective treatment for RSV in pediatric and at-risk adult populations, including the immunocompromised, the elderly and those with respiratory co-morbidities such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and emphysema. Based on the pharmacologic mechanisms of action and preclinical study results of SB 9200 in relevant RSV infected animal models, we believe SB 9200 has the potential to suppress viral replication and exhibit an anti-inflammatory effect in RSV patients.

Other Development Efforts . We are also exploring the potential use of SB 9200 in other viral diseases, including human immunodeficiency virus, or HIV, latency and hepatitis delta virus, or HDV. HDV is a rare, orphan chronic disease with a mortality rate of 2% to 20% according to the WHO, which occurs in association with HBV and requires HBsAg to allow replication of HDV. We are also conducting preclinical research on additional SMNH product candidates as antiviral therapies and early-stage research programs exploring the use of SMNH compounds against targets implicated in certain inflammatory diseases and cancers.

We have a global intellectual property portfolio consisting of over 20 issued patents worldwide and multiple patent applications directed to our lead product candidates, together with trade secrets and know-how. We have one U.S. patent and multiple foreign patents with claims covering the composition of matter of SB 9200 that expire in December 2026 and a second U.S. patent with claims covering the composition of matter of SB 9200 that expires in June 2030, in each case, without considering potential patent term extensions.

Our Business Strategy

Our primary objective is to maintain our leadership position in developing SMNH therapeutics for the treatment of viral infections. To achieve this goal, we are pursuing the following strategies:

 

    Rapidly advance the clinical development of SB 9200 for two antiviral indications . We plan to initiate a Phase 2a clinical trial of SB 9200 in non-cirrhotic patients infected with chronic HBV in the first half of 2016 in which patients will first receive SB 9200 as a monotherapy and then Viread (tenofovir). Subject to the results of the Phase 2a clinical trial, we expect to initiate a Phase 2b clinical trial in 2017 in patients with chronic HBV to explore the use of SB 9200 as a monotherapy and in combination with Viread (tenofovir). Both trials are to be conducted under a clinical collaboration with Gilead. In addition, we plan to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial of SB 9200 in otherwise healthy adult volunteers inoculated with RSV in the second half of 2016.

 

- 83 -


Table of Contents
    Investigate the potential use of SB 9200 in other viral diseases, notably the emerging fields of HIV latency and HDV . Scientific literature supports that HIV is able to replicate in cells by evading innate immune mechanisms involving sensory proteins such as RIG-I. In addition, studies suggest that disrupting HIV that is latent or dormant in an infected cell will require re-invigoration of the immune system. We believe that compounds that activate and induce RIG-I, such as SB 9200, may play a role in disrupting HIV latency or dormancy, allowing for the potential treatment and eradication of the disease with antiviral regimens. We plan to collaborate with major research centers and third parties with significant expertise in HIV to explore the potential use of SB 9200 in the eradication of HIV. In addition, we believe that therapies such as SB 9200, which can reduce or cause loss or clearance of HBsAg, may play an important role in the treatment of HDV co-infected HBV patients. Currently, long-term administration of PEG-IFN- a products are used for the treatment of HDV with marginal effect, significant toxicity and poor patient tolerability.

 

    Develop additional SMNH candidates from our proprietary platform as antiviral therapies. We are developing next-generation analogs of SB 9200, including SB 9400, SB 9941 and SB 9946. These compounds are in preclinical development as antiviral agents. In preclinical studies, each of these compounds has demonstrated antiviral activity in preclinical studies against various viruses. We plan to evaluate these compounds against additional viral diseases to expand the applications of our SMNH compounds.

 

    Leverage our SMNH platform to expand into non-viral therapeutic areas. We have active early-stage research programs exploring the use of SMNH compounds against targets implicated in certain inflammatory diseases and cancers. Early data generated by these programs demonstrate the potential opportunity of the SMNH platform against non-viral therapeutic targets. We plan to continue our research in these areas, including target identification and lead optimization.

Our SMNH Chemistry Platform

Nucleotides and nucleic acids bind to the active sites of proteins as part of normal cellular processes in order to regulate biological functions. Proteins can bind either directly to nucleic acids or indirectly through an alternative nucleic acid-protein complex. Modulating these interactions through agonism and antagonism affords potentially broad therapeutic potential and provides an opportunity to target proteins and their biological functions that are typically considered challenging with current modalities.

We design our SMNH compounds to modulate the interaction between nucleotides or nucleic acids and proteins. Because SMNH compounds resemble naturally occurring nucleotides and nucleic acids in the body, we believe they can be more efficient in modulating the interactions with proteins through higher selectivity than traditional small molecule approaches.

We have focused our research on the optimization of SMNH compounds with favorable drug attributes using various approaches including rational drug design, combinatorial chemistry, structural biology and phenotypic screening approaches. By making specific structural modifications to SMNH compounds, we enable them to bind to targets in the diseased tissues with high affinity and selectivity.

Unlike other nucleic acid-based approaches, such as RNA interference, that act by inhibiting specific protein expression through downregulation of messenger RNA, SMNH compounds act directly on proteins and therefore can be used to either upregulate or downregulate the activities of the proteins that play a role in disease processes. For example, we have designed SB 9200 to bind selectively to and upregulate RIG-I and NOD2, each of which is involved in the activation of the body’s immune response to foreign pathogens.

 

- 84 -


Table of Contents

Some of the features of our SMNH compounds that we believe to be important include:

 

    Novel mechanisms of action . SB 9200 and our other SMNH compounds are designed to inhibit viral replication through interaction with polymerase, an enzyme that is implicated in viral replication, and stimulate the innate immune response through production of natural immunomodulatory cytokines, including interferon, inside cells through the activation of RIG-I and NOD2. Viruses have evolved mechanisms to block the protective effects of interferon production. Our SMNH compounds are designed to restore interferon production in infected cells. We believe that induction of the innate immune response is required for loss or clearance of HBsAg and the achievement of a functional cure.

 

    Multiple routes of delivery, including oral administration . Because our SMNH compounds have small molecule characteristics, they can be delivered orally. Additionally, our SMNH compounds potentially may be delivered intravenously and through intra-nasal and inhalation delivery depending on the target disease. We believe that the versatility of our SMNH compounds may allow us to design SMNH compounds that use the optimal delivery approach for the target disease.

 

    Treat a broad range of viral, inflammatory and oncological diseases . We design our SMNH compounds to selectively target certain proteins whose presence or activity contributes to disease severity or causes the underlying disease. We believe that this approach is potentially applicable to a broad range of viral, inflammatory and oncological diseases.

 

    No observed immune overstimulation . To date, our SMNH compounds, including SB 9200, have not triggered a nonspecific immune response in our preclinical studies. In addition, no nonspecific immune response was observed in our completed Phase 1 clinical trial of SB 9200.

 

    Potential for use in combination with other antiviral agents . Because our SMNH compounds are designed to act by an immunomodulatory function, we believe they may be developed for use in combination with other antiviral agents that act against viral disease by different mechanisms of action.

 

    Intact excretion limits likelihood of unwanted drug-drug interactions . We believe that SMNH compounds are less likely to have drug-drug interactions with drugs metabolized by CYP450, a major pathway for drug metabolism in the liver, because our SMNH compounds are not metabolized by enzyme systems in the liver and are excreted mostly intact.

 

    Relative ease of manufacturing . Because our SMNH compounds are chemically synthesized by a proprietary solution-phase method, they can be produced in a scalable and reproducible manner.

 

- 85 -


Table of Contents

Our Product Candidates

The following table summarizes the status of the development of our product candidates. We retain exclusive global commercial rights to all of our product candidates.

 

Product Candidate    Indication/
Therapeutic
Area
   Stage of Development    Anticipated Milestones
SB 9200    Chronic HBV    Phase 2    Phase 2a clinical trial planned initiation in 1H 2016
   RSV    Phase 2    Phase 2 clinical trial planned initiation in 2H 2016
   HCV    Phase 1 completed    Seek collaborations
   HIV latency    Research    Establish preclinical proof-of-principle
   HDV    Research    Establish preclinical proof-of-principle
       
SB 9400 , SB 9941 and SB 9946    RNA viral diseases    Preclinical    IND-enabling toxicology studies planned

We are also conducting early-stage research programs exploring the use of SMNH compounds against targets implicated in certain inflammatory diseases and cancers.

Antiviral Programs

We have multiple SMNH compounds in development for the treatment of viral diseases, including our lead product candidate SB 9200. We have designed our antiviral product candidates to selectively activate within infected cells the cellular proteins, RIG-I and NOD2, to inhibit viral replication and to cause the induction of intracellular interferon signaling pathways for antiviral defense. We believe that induction of the innate immune response is required for loss or clearance of HBsAg and the potential achievement of a functional cure.

Interferon is an immunomodulatory cytokine with potent antiviral activity. Interferon activates both innate and adaptive immune responses in infected cells. The innate immune response is the first line of defense against virus infection before the adaptive immune response is induced. It is well established that the innate immune response is critical to restricting virus replication and infection, which results in diminished disease burden. The adaptive immune system is part of the overall immune system and is required to eliminate or prevent pathogen growth. Adaptive immunity creates immunological memory after an initial response to a specific pathogen and leads to an enhanced response to subsequent encounters with that pathogen.

RIG-I and NOD2 are inactive in uninfected cells, but become activated when a cell is virally infected. The activation of RIG-I and NOD2 results in the production of interferon within the cells through a well-regulated signaling pathway. Viruses invade cells and are able to replicate and spread because they have evolved mechanisms to block the protective effects of antiviral signaling proteins such as RIG-I and NOD2. Viral genomes encode proteins that can block interferon synthesis and signaling, inhibit the function of interferon-induced antiviral proteins and produce interferon receptor decoy molecules to prevent induction of interferon signaling. Thus, by turning off interferon production and function, viruses abrogate the immune response, which enables them to rapidly multiply in cells.

 

- 86 -


Table of Contents

Our SMNH compounds, including SB 9200, are designed to restore interferon production in virally infected cells by binding to and activating RIG-I and NOD2. The mechanisms by which this happens are depicted in the figures below.

RIG-I is a protein that has three regions: (1) a caspase-activation and recruitment, or CARDs, region, which is implicated in interferon signaling, (2) the adenosine triphosphatase, or ATPase, region that is important for producing energy and (3) a regulatory domain, or RD, region that is important in recognizing characteristic fingerprints of viral double stranded RNA, or dsRNA. Upon exposure to viral double stranded RNA by the regulatory domain region of RIG-I, the ATPase region of RIG-I produces energy allowing the protein to move to and translocate on the dsRNA to confirm the presence of viral RNA, resulting in the full activation of RIG-I. Following activation, RIG-I combines with another molecule of RIG-I resulting in a dimerized RIG-I protein complex. Activation also exposes the CARDs region of RIG-I, leading to its ubiquitination, a process that involves the attachment of ubiquitin, a protein involved in signaling, to the CARDs region of both RIG-I molecules. The activated RIG-I complex then migrates to the mitochondria, where it interacts with the CARDs region of the mitochondrial antiviral signaling, or MAVS, protein. The interaction between the RIG-I complex and the MAVS protein causes the activation of interferon regulatory factor 3, or IRF3, which results in the induction and translocation of IRF3 into the nucleus where it leads to the expression of genes encoding proteins, including interferon-ß, or IFN-ß. The production of interferon causes cells to enter into an antiviral state, leading to apoptosis, or cell death, of virally infected cells, production of antiviral peptides and protection of uninfected cells.

 

LOGO

NOD2 is a protein that has three regions: (1) a CARDs region, (2) a nucleotide-binding oligomerization domain, or NBD, region and (3) a leucine-rich repeat, or LRR, region that detects characteristic fingerprints of viral single-stranded RNA, or ssRNA. Upon its exposure to viral RNA, NOD2 becomes activated leading to changes in NOD2’s structure and fosters self-association, or oligomerization, of NOD2 leading to activation of

 

- 87 -


Table of Contents

its CARDs region. Similar to RIG-I, activated NOD2 migrates to the mithochondria where it interacts with the CARDs region of the MAVS protein. The interaction between NOD2 and MAVS causes the activation of IRF3, resulting in the induction and translocation of the activated IRF3 into the nucleus where it leads to the expression of genes encoding proteins, including IFN-ß, that are implicated in the response to viral infection.

Viral RNA encodes proteins that can disrupt these and other processes to block interferon synthesis and signaling. In the presence of viral RNA, SB 9200 binds to, activates and increases the sensitivity of RIG-I and NOD2 to viral infection to cause the induction of intracellular interferon signaling pathways for antiviral defense.

 

LOGO

SB 9200

We are developing our lead product candidate, SB 9200, for the treatment of chronic HBV and RSV. We plan to initiate clinical trials of SB 9200 in chronic HBV and RSV in 2016, including a Phase 2a clinical trial in non-cirrhotic patients infected with chronic HBV, which we plan to initiate in the first half of 2016, and a Phase 2 clinical trial in otherwise healthy adult volunteers inoculated with RSV, which we plan to initiate in the second half of 2016. We currently do not plan to conduct any Phase 1 clinical trials of SB 9200 for chronic HBV or RSV. We believe that the Phase 1 clinical trial of SB 9200 that we completed in 2014 in non-cirrhotic patients infected with HCV who had not received any prior antiviral treatment, and the preclinical and toxicology studies of SB 9200 that have been conducted, generated pharmacokinetic, pharmacodynamic and safety data that support our planned clinical trials in chronic HBV and RSV without the need for a Phase 1 clinical trial.

 

- 88 -


Table of Contents

We expect to conduct our planned Phase 2a clinical trial in HBV and our planned Phase 2 clinical trial in RSV outside of the United States. We have not submitted an investigational new drug application, or IND, to the United States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in either of these indications and may not conduct a clinical trial in the United States until we submit an IND to the FDA.

Previous Clinical Development of SB 9200

We completed a Phase 1 clinical trial of SB 9200 in 2014, which was designed to evaluate the safety and tolerability, pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and antiviral activity of ascending doses of the oral formulation of SB 9200 and to demonstrate proof of principle of the mechanisms of action of SB 9200 to allow for expansion of the development of SB 9200 for additional viral diseases. The trial was a two-stage, multi-center study conducted in Australia and New Zealand in genotype 1 and genotype 3 treatment naïve HCV-infected adults. Part A of the trial was an open-label, single ascending dose study in eight treatment-naïve, HCV-infected adults in fasted and fed states. In Part A, each subject in a particular dose group received a single oral dose of 100 mg, 200 mg, 400 mg or 800 mg of SB 9200, with subjects in each subsequent dose group receiving a pre-determined higher dosage than subjects in the preceding dose group. Part B of the trial was a randomized, placebo-controlled, multiple ascending dose study in 30 treatment naïve adults infected with HCV. In Part B, subjects were randomized on a 6:2 basis to SB 9200 or placebo. Each subject in the SB 9200 arms received an oral dose of 200 mg, 400 mg or 900 mg of SB 9200 once daily for seven days, with subjects in each subsequent dose group receiving a higher dosage than subjects in the preceding dose group.

In the trial, SB 9200 was well tolerated in all dose groups, and there were no dose limiting toxicities or systemic interferon-like side effects such as flu-like symptoms or fever. Adverse events were mostly mild in severity, and the one serious adverse event that was observed in one subject, acute gallstone cholecystitis, was deemed unlikely by the study investigators to be related to SB 9200.

In addition to safety, we assessed antiviral activity in both stages of the Phase 1 clinical trial. Antiviral activity was seen at the 200mg, 400mg and 900 mg dose levels in both the single and multiple dose cohorts. Specifically, in the multiple ascending dose study, peak individual serum HCV DNA drop improved from 1.5 log 10 in the 200 mg dose cohort to 1.9 log 10 in the 400 mg dose cohort. Increasing the dose to 900 mg did not increase the peak individual serum HCV DNA drops observed in patients in the 900 mg dose cohort. A 1.0 log 10 reduction means a 90% lower virus concentration in the treated patient from baseline.

A statistically significant relationship between maximum or peak serum concentration, or Cmax, of SB 9200 and maximum suppression of HCV RNA on Day 7 was observed ( p =0.015) after exclusion of two subjects in the multiple dose study with extreme Cmax values for SB 9200 in a retrospective analysis of the data. The p -value is a function of the observed sample results used for testing a statistical hypothesis. There was no relationship between incidences, severity or relationship of adverse events and the dose of SB 9200 received.

We also assessed biomarker data to further support SB 9200’s mechanism of action. This included measuring gene expression of ISG-15 and OAS-1, two genes typically associated with the induction of the interferon signaling pathway. The results demonstrated an increase in gene expression of ISG-15 and OAS-1 following administration of SB 9200.

We believe our Phase 1 clinical trial demonstrated proof of principle of the mechanism of action of SB 9200 as a host antiviral immunomodulator, given the oral bioavailability, safety, antiviral activity and biomarker data in the treatment of HCV shown in the trial. We believe the pharmacokinetic and safety data and the antiviral immunomodulatory activity observed in the Phase 1 clinical trial of SB 9200, and the preclinical and toxicology studies of SB 9200 that have been conducted, support our planned clinical trials in chronic HBV and RSV.

We are not currently planning any further development of SB 9200 for HCV because of the significant recent competitive developments in HCV and market changes over the last few years. Instead, we plan to seek third-party collaborations for the further development of SB 9200 for HCV.

 

- 89 -


Table of Contents

Chronic HBV Program

We are developing SB 9200 for the treatment of chronic HBV. We have conducted preclinical studies of SB 9200 for the treatment of chronic HBV in multiple animal models and are planning to initiate a Phase 2a clinical trial of SB 9200 in non-cirrhotic adult patients infected with chronic HBV in the first half of 2016.

Chronic HBV Overview. HBV is a virus most commonly transmitted by contact with the blood or other bodily fluids of an infected person. It may also be spread from infected mothers to their babies at birth. While there are vaccines to prevent HBV infection, vaccinations have not been universally adopted. According to the WHO, chronic HBV infection is among the most common persistent viral infections in humans. When an individual first contracts HBV, they are considered to have an acute infection. Individuals with an infection lasting longer than six months are considered chronically infected. Individuals chronically infected with HBV are at an increased risk of developing significant liver disease, including cirrhosis, or permanent scarring of the liver. In addition, according to the WHO, HBV causes up to 80% of liver cancers, and, according to the American Cancer Society, 85% of people with liver cancer die within five years.

In July 2015, the WHO estimated that 240 million people are chronically infected with HBV worldwide, and that more than 780,000 people worldwide die every year due to complications of chronic HBV infection, despite the availability of vaccines against the virus. In addition, the WHO and CDC estimate that approximately 14 million people are chronically infected with HBV in the United States and Europe.

There is no approved cure for chronic HBV. The standard of care treatments for chronic HBV are PEG-IFN- a products and oral antiviral agents such as Baraclude (entecavir) and Viread (tenofovir). A PEG-IFN- a product is an antiviral medication administered by injection in which the chemical substance known as polyethylene glycol, or PEG, is chemically attached to interferon- a to improve the duration of effect of interferon- a . Interferon- a is a protein that interferes with viral replication within host cells. In Europe, PEG-IFN- a products are indicated for first line treatment of chronic HBV virus according to guidelines of the European Association for the Study of the Liver for chronic HBV treatment for certain patient populations. However, PEG-IFN- a products have significant limitations. In particular, although treatment with PEG-IFN- a products can reduce the amount of HBV DNA in the body, the treatment only has a minor effect on the rate of HBsAg reduction or loss. PEG-IFN- a products also have significant side effects, including flu-like symptoms and fever and, with long term use, can lead to suppression of the production of red and white blood cells, mood swings, depression, anxiety and other neuropsychiatric effects.

Oral antiviral agents for chronic HBV such as Baraclude (entecavir) and Viread (tenofovir) suppress viral replication. In 2014, reported worldwide revenues for Baraclude (entecavir) and Viread (tenofovir) were approximately $2.5 billion in the aggregate primarily for HBV. These oral antiviral agents are potent suppressors of HBV DNA, but generally only suppress the virus during treatment without providing significant levels of HBsAg loss or clearance, and patients taking these oral antiviral agents require potentially life-long treatment.

Based on preclinical data as well as the safety demonstrated in our Phase 1 clinical trial of SB 9200 in HCV patients, we believe SB 9200 may be able to provide HBsAg reduction or loss without the side effects associated with PEG-IFN- a products. We believe that by reducing HBsAg, SB 9200 has the potential to provide a functional cure for chronic HBV. Given the novel host-targeted mechanisms of action of SB 9200, we plan to develop it as a monotherapy and in combination with currently marketed and investigational antiviral agents.

Chronic HBV Preclinical Studies . As part of our preclinical studies of SB 9200, we have conducted in vitro and in vivo studies. In the in vitro studies we observed potent inhibition of HBV replication. We conducted our in vivo studies in woodchucks chronically infected with WHV, both as a monotherapy and when sequentially dosed with entecavir. Since the discovery of WHV in 1978, the American woodchuck has been studied and widely accepted as the most suitable animal model for chronic HBV. WHV is closely related to chronic HBV and its effect on the woodchuck liver is similar to the effect that chronic HBV infection has on the human liver, including with

 

- 90 -


Table of Contents

regard to morphology, genome structure and gene products, replication, epidemiology, the course of infection and in the development of illness, including the most common form of liver cancer, hepatocellular carcinoma.

Monotherapy Woodchuck Study . In the monotherapy woodchuck study that we conducted in collaboration with the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, SB 9200 was orally administered to two groups of five chronic WHV-carrier woodchucks once daily at 15mg/kg or 30 mg/kg for 12 weeks, with follow-up evaluations for eight weeks post-dosing. During the study, we evaluated blood and liver chemistry to measure the degree of severity of the disease.

In the study, we observed the following:

 

    Dose-dependent decline in serum WHV DNA in each of the woodchucks up to a maximum of 2.5 log 10 in the 15 mg/kg dose group and 4.2 log 10 in the 30 mg/kg dose group at the end of 12 weeks of dosing;

 

    Dose-dependent decline in woodchuck hepatitis surface antigen, or WHsAg, in each of the woodchucks up to a maximum of 0.9 log 10 in the 15 mg/kg dose group and 2.2 log 10 in the 30 mg/kg dose group and at the end of 12 weeks of dosing;

 

    Decline in hepatic levels of virus-associated replication intermediates, or RI DNA, covalently closed circular DNA, or cccDNA, which is the major reservoir for chronic viral replication, and WHV RNA;

 

    Induction of interferons, interferon stimulated genes and other cytokines associated with activation of RIG-I and NOD2;

 

    Induction of gene expression of RIG-I and NOD2 during and after treatment;

 

    Reduction in inflammation of the liver and slower progression of liver disease; and

 

    SB 9200 was well tolerated.

 

- 91 -


Table of Contents

The figures below show the declines in serum WHV DNA for individual woodchucks in the 15 mg/kg and 30 mg/kg dose groups and the WHsAg declines in the 15 mg/kg and 30 mg/kg dose groups over the 12-week treatment period.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

- 92 -


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

- 93 -


Table of Contents

The figure below shows dose-dependent declines in serum WHV DNA and WHsAg and declines in levels of hepatic WHV cccDNA, WHV RI DNA and WHV RNA, each in response to SB 9200 treatment at a low dose of 15 mg/kg (LD) and a high dose of 30 mg/kg (HD). Changes in serum WHV DNA and WHsAg were calculated relative to the pre-treatment baseline. The asterisks immediately below the bars denote the level of statistical significance of the changes relative to pre-treatment baseline, where ** denotes [ p <0.01] and *** denotes [ p <0.001]. The p -values referenced below the horizontal lines indicate the level of statistical significance of the dose dependence between the dose groups.

 

LOGO

Following cessation of SB 9200 treatment, we observed the rebound of WHV replication in all woodchucks. Some woodchucks in the 30 mg/kg dose group had delayed relapse of WHV DNA and WHsAg. SB 9200 administration at both dose levels was well tolerated with complete blood count, hematology and serum biochemistry parameters all appearing normal through the treatment period.

Sequential-Dosing Woodchuck Study . In collaboration with the NIH, we conducted a sequential-dosing study of SB 9200 in woodchucks chronically infected with WHV to evaluate the overall antiviral response when SB 9200 is used in a sequential-dosing fashion with entecavir (ETV). In this study, we dosed five woodchucks with chronic woodchuck hepatitis virus infection with SB 9200 orally once daily at 30 mg/kg for 12 weeks followed by entecavir orally once daily at 0.5 mg/kg for four weeks, resulting in statistically significant average declines of 6.43 log 10 in WHV DNA and 3.29 log 10 in WHsAg from pretreatment levels as shown in the figures below along with significant reductions in levels of hepatic viral DNA, viral RNA and cccDNA. Four of the woodchucks had WHsAg levels near the lower limit of quantification at a point in the study. Lower limit of quantification refers to the lowest quantity or concentration of a substance, such as WHsAg, for which quantitative results may be obtained with a specified degree of confidence using a particular assay or analytical method.

 

- 94 -


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

LOGO

We plan to present the full results of the sequential-dosing preclinical study of SB 9200 and entecavir at an international antiviral conference in the near future.

Independent Third-Party Woodchuck Study Evaluating Recombinant Woodchuck Interferon- a . In a report published in PLOS Pathogens in 2015, researchers presented the results evaluating recombinant woodchuck interferon- a , or wIFN- a , in woodchucks chronically infected with WHV. In this study, the researchers dosed 12 woodchucks with chronic woodchuck hepatitis virus infection for a total of 15 weeks: three times a week for seven weeks with 20 m g wIFN- a followed by dosing of wIFN- a three times a week for another

 

- 95 -


Table of Contents

eight weeks with 100 m g wIFN- a . The frequency of dosing in the study was designed to match current practice for the dosing of non-pegylated IFN- a in chronic HBV patients.

The researchers reported that treatment with wIFN- a led to a high degree of variability in the antiviral response of individual woodchucks with respect to the kinetics and magnitude of serum WHV DNA and WHsAg decline. The maximum decline reported in serum WHV DNA in the woodchucks at the end of 15 weeks of dosing ranged from -0.16 to 6.44 log 10 , while the maximum decline reported in WHsAg in the woodchucks at the end of 15 weeks of dosing ranged from 0.28 to 4.37 log 10 . The maximum reduction of serum WHV DNA and WHsAg were reported to occur at week 16 in most animals, with a reported average decline of 3.0 log 10 in serum WHV DNA and 2.0 log 10 in WHsAg. In addition, it was reported that two wIFN-treated animals had WHsAg levels below the lower limit of detection (LLOD; 20 ng/mL) at various times during the study. Lower limit of detection refers to the lowest quantity or concentration of a substance, such as WHsAg, that can be reliably detected with a particular assay or analytical method.

Although we believe that the data from this woodchuck study are useful in evaluating the validity of the woodchuck model, no head-to-head studies have been conducted with SB9200 and other treatment in the woodchuck WHV model. In addition, the referenced woodchuck studies were conducted under different protocols, dosing regimens and study conditions.

Planned Phase 2 Clinical Trials of SB 9200 in Chronic HBV . Based on the results of the woodchuck studies, we believe that SB 9200 may induce an antiviral immune response during chronic active infection that has the potential for a functional cure in the treatment of HBV through the loss or clearance of HBsAg. As a result, we plan to initiate a clinical program in patients with chronic HBV to explore both the use of SB 9200 as a monotherapy and in combination with Viread (tenofovir) in a clinical trial collaboration with Gilead.

We have developed a protocol for a Phase 2a multi-center clinical trial of SB 9200. The protocol will be subject to review of the regulatory authorities in Canada, Hong Kong, Korea and Taiwan, the countries in which we plan to conduct the trial, and by the clinical sites at which we intend to conduct the trial. However, we currently expect that the trial will be a randomized, placebo-controlled, multiple ascending dose trial in up to 100 non-cirrhotic patients infected with chronic HBV using doses of 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg and 200 mg of SB 9200 administered daily for 12 weeks. Following this treatment, all patients will receive treatment with Viread (tenofovir) for 12 weeks. Patients will be sequentially enrolled into one of the four dose cohorts and randomized between a SB 9200 dose group or placebo on a 4:1 basis. Patients will be stratified based on HBeAg+/- status. HBeAg is a non-structural protein, that is influential in suppressing the immune system and whose presence in blood, or HBeAg+, is indicative of actively replicating virus. Mutant strains of HBV that replicate rapidly without producing HBeAg, or HBeAg-, also exist. We expect the primary endpoint of the Phase 2a clinical trial to be reduction in HBV DNA from pre-treatment levels with multiple secondary endpoints including safety and reduction or loss of HBsAg and HBeAg, both of which are important markers of viral replication and early surrogate markers for functional cure. We expect to initiate the Phase 2a clinical trial in the first half of 2016 and anticipate initial data from the trial in the first half of 2017.

The Phase 2a clinical trial is designed to enable us to select two doses to move forward into a Phase 2b clinical trial and to provide us with the necessary data to meet with the FDA and the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, to discuss the filing of an IND in the United States and clinical trial applications, or CTAs, in Europe to enable us to conduct the Phase 2b clinical trial in the United States and Europe. Subject to the results of the Phase 2a clinical trial and these discussions with regulatory authorities, we would expect to initiate in 2017 the Phase 2b clinical trial to evaluate SB 9200 as a monotherapy and in combination with Viread (tenofovir) targeting approximately 200 patients with chronic HBV.

Early Decline in HBsAg at Week 12 Represents a Key Predictor of Response and Eventual Loss of HBsAg. Reduction in HBsAg following 12 weeks of treatment, either with monotherapy PEG-IFN- a or the

 

- 96 -


Table of Contents

combination of PEG-IFN- a with an oral antiviral, has been reported by researchers as a predictive biomarker of response and eventual loss of HBsAg in chronic HBV patients.

In a report published in Hepatology in 2013, researchers presented the results of a pooled analysis of over 800 participants from three global HBV trials in which HBsAg decline following 12 weeks of treatment with either monotherapy PEG-IFN- a or the combination of PEG-IFN- a with the oral antiviral Epivir-HBV (lamivudine) was predictive of six-month post-treatment response rates in patients with chronic HBV (26% response rate with HBsAg decline at 12 weeks compared to 14% response rate with no HBsAg decline at 12 weeks). In this analysis, treatment response was defined as a composite endpoint of HBeAg loss with an HBV DNA level <2,000 IU/mL or HBsAg loss at 24 weeks after the end of treatment.

Separately, in November 2015, at the annual meeting of the American Association for the Study of Liver Diseases (AASLD)—The Liver Meeting, Gilead Sciences presented data from a randomized trial evaluating various treatment cohorts, including monotherapy PEG-IFN- a , monotherapy Viread (tenofovir), and the combination of PEG-IFN- a and Viread (tenofovir), in 740 patients with chronic HBV. The randomized trial was conducted to determine the differences in early viral kinetics of the regimens, including predictors of early response and predictive thresholds of early HBsAg decline for eventual HBsAg loss. In the study, HBsAg declines were most pronounced in cohorts receiving either monotherapy PEG-IFN- a or a combination of PEG-IFN- a and Viread (tenofovir), and most patients with eventual HBsAg loss had a 1-log 10 reduction in HBsAg at Week 12 of treatment. Approximately 10%-20% of patients receiving a PEG-IFN- a -based regimen experienced a 1-log 10 HBsAg reduction at Week 12, compared to approximately 5% of patients receiving Viread (tenofovir) as monotherapy. Furthermore, 1-log 10 HBsAg decline at Week 12 was reported as the best predictor of eventual HBsAg loss in the study.

Based on the reported findings and SB 9200’s ability to induce intracellular interferon signaling pathways, we believe that our planned assessment of HBsAg decline at Week 12 in our Phase 2a trial may be indicative of SB 9200’s ability to lead to eventual loss or clearance of HBsAg in treated patients.

RSV Program

We are developing SB 9200 for the treatment of RSV. We have conducted preclinical studies of SB 9200 in multiple mouse models of RSV and are planning to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial of SB 9200 in otherwise healthy volunteers inoculated with RSV.

RSV Overview . RSV is a respiratory virus that infects the lungs and breathing passages. Healthy people who are infected with RSV usually experience mild, cold-like symptoms and recover in a week or two. However, RSV can have serious clinical consequences, especially for infants and older and immunocompromised adults. RSV is the most common cause of inflammation of the small airways in the lung, known as bronchiolitis, and pneumonia in children younger than one year of age in the United States according to the CDC, and RSV infection may lead to long-term complications such as asthma. According to the CDC, in the United States, RSV infection accounts for approximately 177,000 adult hospitalizations and 14,000 deaths among adults over age sixty-five each year and is the most common cause of lower respiratory tract infections in young children. Infants hospitalized with RSV bronchiolitis have an increased risk of early childhood, asthma-specific morbidity. According to the CDC, in the United States, RSV infection leads to 2.1 million outpatient visits and 57,000 hospitalizations among children younger than five years old. RSV is the most common pathogen associated with acute lower respiratory illness in children.

There are no FDA-approved therapies for the treatment of RSV infection. While ribavirin is used in severe cases of RSV infection, there are significant side effects and risks associated with the use of ribavirin, especially in infants. Supportive care, including the use of corticosteroids, is the most common treatment for RSV infection. Synagis is an FDA-approved prescription injection of antibodies given monthly to help protect high-risk infants from severe RSV disease throughout the RSV season.

 

- 97 -


Table of Contents

We believe that SB 9200, due to its activation of RIG-I and NOD2 and the resulting induction of the interferon-signaling pathway, has the potential to provide an alternative treatment for RSV.

RSV Preclinical Studies. In preclinical in vivo studies of SB 9200 in a mouse model of RSV, SB 9200 reduced viral load in mice and mitigated the severity of RSV-associated lung disease such as pneumonia. Reduction in levels of pro-inflammatory cytokines such as TNF- a and IL-6 were also observed. Significant reduction in inflammation was noted in the lungs of SB 9200 treated infected mice, while high-grade inflammation was observed in the airway of RSV infected mice that did not receive SB 9200.

Planned Phase 2 Clinical Trial of SB 9200 in RSV . We plan to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial of SB 9200 as a monotherapy for the treatment of RSV at a single site in Belgium in the second half of 2016. We are currently developing the protocol for this clinical trial. The protocol will be subject to review of the regulatory authorities in Belgium and by the clinical site at which we intend to conduct the trial. However, we currently expect that the trial will be conducted in 60 otherwise healthy volunteers who will be inoculated with RSV and treated with SB 9200 intra-nasally or orally, or with placebo for seven days following confirmation of RSV or six days after inoculation. We expect that the primary endpoint will be effect on viral load and secondary endpoints will include safety, reduction in mucus weight and respiratory symptomatology. We anticipate the results from this trial in the first half of 2017.

Prior to the initiation of the planned Phase 2 clinical trial in RSV, we plan to conduct an inhalation toxicology study in two relevant species. We plan to initiate this toxicology study in the first half of 2016 and to include the results in the submission of a CTA in Belgium for the conduct of the Phase 2 clinical trial in RSV that we plan to initiate in the second half of 2016.

Other Viral Diseases

We believe that SB 9200 has the potential to be a pan-viral agent against RNA viruses. As a result, we are also exploring the potential use of SB 9200 in other viral diseases, including HIV latency and HDV. We plan to collaborate with major research centers and third parties with significant expertise in HIV to explore the potential use of SB 9200 in the eradication of HIV. In addition, we believe that therapies such as SB 9200, which can reduce or cause loss or clearance of HBsAg, may play an important role in HDV co-infected HBV patients. Currently, long-term administration of PEG-IFN- a products are used for the treatment of HDV with marginal effect, significant toxicity and poor patient tolerability.

SB 9400 , SB 9941 and SB 9946

SB 9400, SB 9941 and SB 9946 are next-generation analogs of SB 9200 that we are developing as antivirals targeting RIG-I and NOD2. In preclinical studies, each of these compounds has demonstrated antiviral activity against various viruses. We plan to evaluate the compounds against additional viral diseases to expand the applications of our SMNH compounds.

Other Non-Viral Programs

In addition to our pipeline of antiviral product candidates, we are exploring the use of SMNH compounds for the treatment of certain inflammatory diseases and cancers.

Our approach for inflammatory diseases is to develop compounds that have a pharmacokinetic profile with limited systemic exposure and low oral bioavailability. Because we believe that the development of safe and effective therapeutics is often determined by the structural characteristics of the therapeutic, we believe that an SMNH scaffold is the ideal framework for the development of therapeutics for certain inflammatory diseases.

Our approach for cancer is to develop compounds using our SMNH platform that target the components of protein synthesis. In addition, since some of the SMNH compounds activate the innate immune

 

- 98 -


Table of Contents

system through RIG-I and NOD2, we are exploring the application of these compounds in immuno-oncology, including through a target known as the Stimulator of Interferon Genes, or STING, receptor, as our early research efforts have demonstrated binding of SB 9200 to the STING receptor in addition to RIG-I and NOD2. We believe these compounds potentially may be effective in multiple tumor types, which has been a major obstacle in developing cancer therapeutics.

We intend to seek to expand the drug development applications of our SMNH platform through selective collaborations with leading biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies.

Patents and Proprietary Rights

Our success will depend upon our ability, and upon the ability of any future collaborators of ours, to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection in the United States and other key pharmaceutical markets around the world for our product candidates and technologies, defend and enforce our intellectual property rights, preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and operate without infringing valid and enforceable intellectual property rights of others. We have sought, and plan to continue to seek, patent protection in the United States and other key pharmaceutical markets, that is intended to cover the composition of matter of our product candidates, their methods of use, related technologies and other inventions that are important to our business. In addition to patent protection, we also rely on trade secrets to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection.

We have devoted considerable effort and resources to build a substantial patent estate designed to provide multiple levels of protection for our product candidates. As of December 31, 2015, we licensed or owned more than 15 patent families. These patent families include more than 50 patents and patent applications worldwide, including 10 patents and 13 patent applications in the United States and 12 patents and 54 patent applications outside the United States. Our patents and patent applications include protection for:

 

    compositions of matter for our SMNH compounds;

 

    processes for synthesizing and manufacturing SMNH compounds;

 

    methods of using SMNH compounds to treat or prevent disorders such as microbial infections, including dosage forms and formulations and methods relating to course of treatment; and

 

    methods of assembling libraries of SMNH compounds.

With respect to SB 9200, we have one U.S. patent with claims covering the composition of matter of SB 9200 specifically, pharmaceutical compositions, methods of treating HBV and methods of preparing SB 9200. This patent is expected to expire on December 12, 2026, without considering potential patent term extensions. We also have one U.S. patent covering the composition of matter of SB 9200 generically, methods of treating HBV, including combination therapy with other agents and treatment of resistant strains of HBV. With patent term adjustment, this patent is expected to expire on June 1, 2030, without considering potential patent term extensions. This patent has also received a notice to grant from the European Patent Office and we plan to nationalize the patent in all the major countries in Europe. These nationalized patents, when issued, are expected to expire on December 12, 2026. We have patents that have been granted in China, Japan and Korea with claims covering the active ingredient in SB 9200, and methods of using this compound. These patents are expected to expire in 2022. We also have patent applications that cover methods of using SB 9200, including in viral infections such as HBV and HCV. These patent applications, if issued, will expire in 2031. In addition, we have patent applications with claims covering the composition of matter of SB 9200 generically and specifically in China, Europe, Hong Kong and India, which, if issued, are expected to expire on December 12, 2026.

We have U.S. provisional patent applications, which include methods of using SB 9200 in various diseases, including RSV and certain resistant strains of infections such as HBV and HCV. If utility applications

 

- 99 -


Table of Contents

filed with respect to these provisional patent applications are issued, the patents would be expected to expire in 2036, without considering potential patent term extensions.

In each case, we own or hold the exclusive license to the foregoing patents and patent applications. We are not aware of any contested proceeding or third-party claims that cover any of our patents or patent applications.

The actual protection afforded by a particular patent varies from country to country and depends upon many factors, including the type of patent, the scope of its coverage and the availability of legal remedies in the country in which it issued.

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing a non-provisional patent application.

In the United States, the term of a patent covering an FDA-approved drug may be eligible for a patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Act as compensation for the loss of patent term during the FDA regulatory review process. The period of extension may be up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent, but cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval. Only one patent among those eligible for an extension may be extended. Similar provisions are available in Europe and in certain other jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug. It is possible that issued U.S. patents covering SB 9200 may be entitled to patent term extensions. If our product candidates receive FDA approval, we intend to apply for patent term extensions, if available, to extend the term of patents that cover the approved product candidates. We also intend to seek patent term extensions in any jurisdictions where they are available, however, there is no guarantee that the applicable authorities, including the FDA, will agree with our assessment of whether such extensions should be granted, and even if granted, the length of such extensions.

Manufacturing

We do not currently own or operate manufacturing facilities for production of preclinical, clinical or commercial quantities of any of our SMNH compounds or their components. To date, we have manufactured only limited supplies of drug substance for use in preclinical studies at our own facility in Milford, Massachusetts and have contracted with several third-party contract manufacturing organizations for the supply of drug substance and finished product to meet our needs for preclinical testing, including toxicology studies, and clinical trials. These contract manufacturers are typically single source suppliers to us. We believe that each of these suppliers has sufficient capacity to meet our needs, and that adequate alternative sources exist. We typically order drug substance and clinical trial supplies on a work order basis and do not enter into long-term dedicated capacity or minimum supply arrangements. However, there is a risk that, if supplies are interrupted, it would materially harm our business.

We expect to continue to rely on third-party contract manufacturing organizations for the supply of drug substance and clinical trial supplies for our SMNH compounds for the foreseeable future.

Manufacturing is subject to extensive regulation that imposes various procedural and documentation requirements that govern record keeping, manufacturing processes and controls, personnel, quality control and quality assurance. We are reliant on our contract manufacturers to comply with these requirements, including manufacturing our SMNH compounds for use in clinical trials under current Good Manufacturing Practice, or cGMP, conditions. cGMP is a regulatory standard for the production of pharmaceuticals intended for use in humans.

 

- 100 -


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

Given our stage of development, we have not yet established a commercial organization or distribution capabilities, nor have we entered into any collaboration or co-promotion arrangements. We may build focused capabilities in the United States to commercialize development programs where we believe that the medical specialists for the indications are sufficiently concentrated to allow us to promote the product effectively with a targeted sales team. We intend to seek strategic relationships with biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies where realizing the full value of our development programs will require access to broader geographic markets or the pursuit of broader patient populations or indications.

Competition

The development and commercialization of new drug products is highly competitive and characterized by rapid and substantial technological development and product innovations. We face competition with respect to our current product candidates, and will face competition with respect to any product candidates that we may seek to develop or commercialize in the future, from major pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies worldwide.

Chronic HBV

FDA-approved treatments for patients with chronic HBV include pegylated interferon- a , or PEG- a , products, including Pegasys (PEG-IFN a -2a), marketed by Genentech, Inc., and PEG-Intron (PEG-IFN a -2b), marketed by Merck & Co., Inc., and oral antiviral agents such as the nucleoside analog Baraclude (entecavir) and the nucleotide analog Viread (tenofovir). In addition, several pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, including Arbutus Biopharma Corp, Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Arrowhead Research Corporation, Assembly Biosciences, Inc., Gilead and Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc., are developing therapies with varying mechanisms of action to address chronic HBV, including non-nucleotide antivirals and non-interferon immune enhancers. We believe that instead of competing with certain of these therapies, SB 9200 has the potential to be used as a complementary therapy.

There are also FDA-approved vaccinations available for children and high-risk adults that protect against HBV. These vaccines are manufactured by Merck & Co., Inc. and GlaxoSmithKline Plc and are widely available in the United States (and less available in certain parts of the world), and have limited side effects. Although the vaccines are effective against HBV in non-infected individuals, they do not reverse or cure the disease in people who have already contracted the virus.

RSV

There are no FDA-approved therapies for the treatment of RSV infection. While an antiviral known as ribavirin is used in severe cases of RSV infection, there are significant side effects and risks associated with the use of ribavirin, especially in infants. Supportive care, including the use of corticosteroids and inhaled beta agonists, is the most common treatment for RSV infection. Synagis (palivizumab), marketed by MedImmune, Inc., is an FDA-approved prescription injection of antibodies given monthly to help protect high-risk infants from severe RSV disease throughout the RSV season. Several pharmaceutical companies have programs in clinical development for an RSV antiviral application, including Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Gilead, Biota Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. In addition, Novavax, Inc., MedImmune, LLC and GlaxoSmithKline, Plc have programs in clinical development for a potential vaccine for RSV.

Many of the companies against which we are competing or against which we may compete in the future have significantly greater financial resources, established presence in the market and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors.

 

- 101 -


Table of Contents

These third parties compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, sales and marketing and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

The key competitive factors affecting the success of SB 9200 and any other product candidates that we develop, if approved, are likely to be their efficacy, safety, convenience, price and the availability of reimbursement from government and other third-party payors.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market, especially for any competitor developing a microbiome therapeutic that will likely share our same regulatory approval requirements. In addition, our ability to compete may be affected in many cases by insurers or other third-party payors seeking to encourage the use of lower cost products.

Government Regulation and Product Approvals

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and in other countries and jurisdictions, including the European Union, or EU, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, packaging, storage, recordkeeping, labeling, advertising, promotion, distribution, marketing, post-approval monitoring and reporting and import and export of pharmaceutical products. The processes for obtaining marketing approvals in the United States and in foreign countries and jurisdictions, along with subsequent compliance with applicable statutes and regulations and other regulatory authorities, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

Review and Approval of Drugs in the United States

In the United States, the FDA approves and regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and implementing regulations. The failure to comply with requirements under the FDCA and other applicable laws at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval may subject an applicant and/or sponsor to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, including refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters and other types of letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement of profits or civil or criminal investigations and penalties brought by the FDA and the Department of Justice or other governmental entities.

An applicant seeking approval to market and distribute a new drug product in the United States must typically undertake the following:

 

    completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in compliance with the FDA’s good laboratory practice, or GLP, regulations;

 

    submission to the FDA of an IND, which must take effect before human clinical trials may begin;

 

    approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, representing each clinical site before each clinical trial may be initiated;

 

    performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with good clinical practices, or GCP, to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug product for each indication;

 

- 102 -


Table of Contents
    preparation and submission to the FDA of a new drug application, or NDA, requesting marketing for one or more proposed indications;

 

    review by an FDA advisory committee, where appropriate or if applicable;

 

    satisfactory completion of one or more FDA inspections of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product, or components thereof, are produced to assess compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, requirements and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

 

    satisfactory completion of FDA audits of clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCPs and the integrity of the clinical data;

 

    payment of user fees and securing FDA approval of the NDA; and

 

    compliance with any post-approval requirements, including the potential requirement to implement a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, and the potential requirement to conduct post-approval studies.

Preclinical Studies

Before an applicant begins testing a compound with potential therapeutic value in humans, the drug candidate enters the preclinical testing stage. Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as in vitro and animal studies to assess the potential safety and activity of the drug for initial testing in humans and to establish a rationale for therapeutic use. The conduct of preclinical studies is subject to federal regulations and requirements, including GLP regulations. The results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and plans for clinical trials, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND. Some long-term preclinical testing, such as animal tests of reproductive adverse events and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted.

Human Clinical Trials in Support of an NDA

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP requirements, which include, among other things, the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing before their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under written study protocols detailing, among other things, the inclusion and exclusion criteria, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to a proposed clinical trial and places the trial on clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. The FDA can place an IND on clinical hold at any point in development, and depending upon the scope of the hold, clinical trial(s) may not restart until resolution of the outstanding concerns to the FDA’s satisfaction.

In addition, an IRB representing each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution, and the IRB must conduct a continuing review and reapprove the study at least annually. The IRB must review and approve, among other things, the study protocol and informed consent information to be provided to study subjects. An IRB must operate in compliance with FDA regulations. Information about certain clinical trials must be submitted within

 

- 103 -


Table of Contents

specific timeframes to the National Institutes of Health for public dissemination on their ClinicalTrials.gov website.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in four sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined:

 

    Phase  1.  The drug is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or, in certain indications such as cancer, patients with the target disease or condition and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness and to determine optimal dosage.

 

    Phase 2.  The drug is administered to a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to evaluate preliminarily the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage.

 

    Phase 3.  The drug is administered to an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, in well-controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to evaluate statistically the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product.

 

    Phase 4 . Post-approval studies may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These studies are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. In addition, IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA for any of the following: serious and unexpected suspected adverse reactions; findings from other studies or animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk in humans exposed to the drug; and any clinically important increase in the case of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. The FDA, the sponsor or the data monitoring committee may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution, or an institution it represents, if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. The FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP and the integrity of the clinical data submitted.

A sponsor may choose, but is not required, to conduct a foreign clinical study under an IND. When a foreign clinical study is conducted under an IND, all FDA IND requirements must be met unless waived. When the foreign clinical study is not conducted under an IND, the sponsor must ensure that the study complies with certain FDA regulatory requirements in order to use the study as support for an IND or application for marketing approval. Specifically, on April 28, 2008, the FDA amended its regulations governing the acceptance of foreign clinical studies not conducted under an investigational new drug application as support for an IND or a new drug application. The final rule provides that such studies must be conducted in accordance with good clinical practice, or GCP, including review and approval by an independent ethics committee, or IEC, and informed consent from subjects. The GCP requirements in the final rule encompass both ethical and data integrity standards for clinical studies. The FDA’s regulations are intended to help ensure the protection of human subjects enrolled in non-IND foreign clinical studies, as well as the quality and integrity of the resulting data. They further help ensure that non-IND foreign studies are conducted in a manner comparable to that required for IND studies.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies often complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The

 

- 104 -


Table of Contents

manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the drug candidate and, among other things, must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality, purity and potency of the final drug. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the drug candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

Review of an NDA by the FDA

Assuming successful completion of required clinical testing and other requirements, the results of the preclinical studies and clinical trials, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the drug product for one or more indications. Under federal law, the submission of most NDAs is additionally subject to an application user fee, currently exceeding $2.3 million, and the sponsor of an approved NDA is subject to annual product and establishment user fees, currently exceeding $114,000 per product and $585,000 per establishment. These fees typically increase annually. Certain exceptions and waivers are available for some of these fees, such as an exception from the application fee for drugs with orphan designation and a waiver for certain small businesses.

The FDA conducts a preliminary review of an NDA generally within 60 calendar days of its receipt and strives to inform the sponsor by the 74th day after the FDA’s receipt of the submission to determine whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA has agreed to specified performance goals in the review process of NDAs. Under that agreement, 90% of applications seeking approval of New Molecular Entities, or NMEs, are meant to be reviewed within ten months from the date on which FDA accepts the NDA for filing, and 90% of applications for NMEs that have been designated for “priority review” are meant to be reviewed within six months of the filing date. For applications seeking approval of drugs that are not NMEs, the ten-month and six-month review periods run from the date that FDA receives the application. The FDA may extend the review process and the Prescription Drug User Fee Act goal date for three additional months to consider new information or clarification provided by the applicant to address an outstanding deficiency identified by the FDA following the original submission.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is or will be manufactured. These pre-approval inspections may cover all facilities associated with an NDA submission, including drug component manufacturing (e.g., active pharmaceutical ingredients), finished drug product manufacturing and control testing laboratories. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities comply with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP.

In addition, as a condition of approval, the FDA may require an applicant to develop a REMS. REMS use risk minimization strategies beyond the professional labeling to ensure that the benefits of the product outweigh the potential risks. To determine whether a REMS is needed, the FDA will consider the size of the population likely to use the product, seriousness of the disease, expected benefit of the product, expected duration of treatment, seriousness of known or potential adverse events and whether the product is a new molecular entity. REMS can include medication guides, physician communication plans for healthcare professionals and elements to assure safe use, or ETASU. ETASU may include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring and using of patient registries. The FDA may require a REMS before approval or post-approval if it becomes aware of a serious risk associated with use of the product. The requirement for a REMS can materially affect the potential market and profitability of a product.

 

- 105 -


Table of Contents

The FDA is required to refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee or explain why such referral was not made. Typically, an advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Fast Track, Breakthrough Therapy and Priority Review Designations

The FDA is authorized to designate certain products for expedited review if the product is intended to address an unmet medical need in the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition. These programs are fast track designation, breakthrough therapy designation and priority review designation.

Specifically, the FDA may designate a product for fast track review if the product is intended, whether alone or in combination with one or more other products, for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and it demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for such a disease or condition. For fast track products, sponsors may have greater interactions with the FDA and the FDA may initiate review of sections of a fast track product’s application before the application is complete. This rolling review may be available if the FDA determines, after preliminary evaluation of clinical data submitted by the sponsor, that a fast track product may be effective. The sponsor must also provide, and the FDA must approve, a schedule for the submission of the remaining information and the sponsor must pay applicable user fees. However, the FDA’s time period goal for reviewing a fast track application does not begin until the last section of the application is submitted. In addition, the FDA may withdraw the fast track designation if the FDA believes that the designation is no longer supported by data emerging in the clinical trial process.

Second, in 2012, Congress enacted the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA. This law established a new regulatory scheme allowing for expedited review of products designated as “breakthrough therapies.” A product may be designated as a breakthrough therapy if it is intended, either alone or in combination with one or more other products, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. The FDA may take certain actions with respect to breakthrough therapies, including holding meetings with the sponsor throughout the development process; providing timely advice to the product sponsor regarding development and approval; involving more senior staff in the review process; assigning a cross-disciplinary project lead for the review team; and taking other steps to design the clinical trials in an efficient manner.

Third, the FDA may designate a product for priority review if it is a product designed to treat a serious condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness. The FDA determines, on a case-by-case basis, whether the proposed product represents a significant improvement when compared with other available therapies. Significant improvement may be illustrated by evidence of increased effectiveness in the treatment of a condition, elimination or substantial reduction of a treatment-limiting product reaction, documented enhancement of patient compliance that may lead to improvement in serious outcomes and evidence of safety and effectiveness in a new subpopulation. A priority review designation is intended to direct overall attention and resources to the evaluation of such applications, and to shorten the FDA’s goal for taking action on a marketing application from ten months to six months.

Accelerated Approval Pathway

The FDA may grant accelerated approval to a product for a serious or life-threatening condition that provides meaningful therapeutic advantage to patients over existing treatments based upon a determination that the product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit. The FDA may also grant accelerated approval for such a condition when the product has an effect on an intermediate

 

- 106 -


Table of Contents

clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality, or IMM, and that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. Products granted accelerated approval must meet the same statutory standards for safety and effectiveness as those granted traditional approval.

For the purposes of accelerated approval, a surrogate endpoint is a marker, such as a laboratory measurement, radiographic image, physical sign or other measure that is thought to predict clinical benefit, but is not itself a measure of clinical benefit. Surrogate endpoints can often be measured more easily or more rapidly than clinical endpoints. An intermediate clinical endpoint is a measurement of a therapeutic effect that is considered reasonably likely to predict the clinical benefit of a product, such as an effect on IMM. The FDA has limited experience with accelerated approvals based on intermediate clinical endpoints, but has indicated that such endpoints generally may support accelerated approval where the therapeutic effect measured by the endpoint is not itself a clinical benefit and basis for traditional approval, if there is a basis for concluding that the therapeutic effect is reasonably likely to predict the ultimate clinical benefit of a product.

The accelerated approval pathway is most often used in settings in which the course of a disease is long and an extended period of time is required to measure the intended clinical benefit of a product, even if the effect on the surrogate or intermediate clinical endpoint occurs rapidly. Thus, accelerated approval has been used extensively in the development and approval of products for treatment of a variety of cancers in which the goal of therapy is generally to improve survival or decrease morbidity and the duration of the typical disease course requires lengthy and sometimes large trials to demonstrate a clinical or survival benefit.

The accelerated approval pathway is usually contingent on a sponsor’s agreement to conduct, in a diligent manner, additional post-approval confirmatory studies to verify and describe the product’s clinical benefit. As a result, a product candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post-marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of Phase 4 or post-approval clinical trials to confirm the effect on the clinical endpoint. Failure to conduct required post-approval studies, or confirm a clinical benefit during post-marketing studies, would allow the FDA to withdraw the product from the market on an expedited basis. All promotional materials for product candidates approved under accelerated regulations are subject to prior review by the FDA.

The FDA’s Decision on an NDA

Based on the FDA’s evaluation of the NDA and accompanying information, including the results of the inspection of the manufacturing facilities, the FDA may issue an approval letter or a complete response letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the product with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing or information in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. If and when those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

If the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use for the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess the drug’s safety after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution restrictions or other risk management mechanisms, including REMS, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-market studies or surveillance programs. After approval, many types of

 

- 107 -


Table of Contents

changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.

Post-Approval Requirements

Drugs manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims, are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing, annual user fee requirements for any marketed products and the establishments at which such products are manufactured, as well as new application fees for supplemental applications with clinical data.

In addition, drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.

Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

    restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, suspension of the approval, or complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

    fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

    refusal of the FDA to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs;

 

    product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

 

    injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.

In addition, the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical products is subject to the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, or PDMA, and its implementing regulations, as well as the Drug Supply Chain Security Act, or DSCA, which regulate the distribution and tracing of prescription drugs and prescription drug samples at the federal level, and set minimum standards for the regulation of drug distributors by the states. The PDMA, its implementing regulations and state laws limit the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical product samples,

 

- 108 -


Table of Contents

and the DSCA imposes requirements to ensure accountability in distribution and to identify and remove counterfeit and other illegitimate products from the market.

Abbreviated New Drug Applications for Generic Drugs

In 1984, with passage of the Hatch-Waxman Amendments to the FDCA, Congress established an abbreviated regulatory scheme authorizing the FDA to approve generic drugs that are shown to contain the same active ingredients as, and to be bioequivalent to, drugs previously approved by the FDA pursuant to NDAs. To obtain approval of a generic drug, an applicant must submit an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, to the agency. An ANDA is a comprehensive submission that contains, among other things, data and information pertaining to the active pharmaceutical ingredient, bioequivalence, drug product formulation, specifications and stability of the generic drug, as well as analytical methods, manufacturing process validation data and quality control procedures. ANDAs are “abbreviated” because they generally do not include preclinical and clinical data to demonstrate safety and effectiveness. Instead, in support of such applications, a generic manufacturer may rely on the preclinical and clinical testing previously conducted for a drug product previously approved under an NDA, known as the reference-listed drug, or RLD.

Specifically, in order for an ANDA to be approved, the FDA must find that the generic version is identical to the RLD with respect to the active ingredients, the route of administration, the dosage form, the strength of the drug and the conditions of use of the drug. At the same time, the FDA must also determine that the generic drug is “bioequivalent” to the innovator drug. Under the statute, a generic drug is bioequivalent to a RLD if “the rate and extent of absorption of the drug do not show a significant difference from the rate and extent of absorption of the listed drug…”

Upon approval of an ANDA, the FDA indicates whether the generic product is “therapeutically equivalent” to the RLD in its publication “Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations,” also referred to as the “Orange Book.” Physicians and pharmacists consider a therapeutic equivalent generic drug to be fully substitutable for the RLD. In addition, by operation of certain state laws and numerous health insurance programs, the FDA’s designation of therapeutic equivalence often results in substitution of the generic drug without the knowledge or consent of either the prescribing physician or patient.

Under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, the FDA may not approve an ANDA until any applicable period of non-patent exclusivity for the RLD has expired. The FDCA provides a period of five years of non-patent data exclusivity for a new drug containing a new chemical entity. For the purposes of this provision, a new chemical entity, or NCE, is a drug that contains no active moiety that has previously been approved by the FDA in any other NDA. An active moiety is the molecule or ion responsible for the physiological or pharmacological action of the drug substance. In cases where such NCE exclusivity has been granted, an ANDA may not be filed with the FDA until the expiration of five years unless the submission is accompanied by a Paragraph IV certification, in which case the applicant may submit its application four years following the original product approval.

The FDCA also provides for a period of three years of exclusivity if the NDA includes reports of one or more new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability or bioequivalence studies, that were conducted by or for the applicant and are essential to the approval of the application. This three-year exclusivity period often protects changes to a previously approved drug product, such as a new dosage form, route of administration, combination or indication. Three-year exclusivity would be available for a drug product that contains a previously approved active moiety, provided the statutory requirement for a new clinical investigation is satisfied. Unlike five-year NCE exclusivity, an award of three-year exclusivity does not block the FDA from accepting ANDAs seeking approval for generic versions of the drug as of the date of approval of the original drug product. The FDA typically makes decisions about awards of data exclusivity shortly before a product is approved.

 

- 109 -


Table of Contents

505(b)(2) NDAs

As an alternative path to FDA approval for modifications to formulations or uses of products previously approved by the FDA pursuant to an NDA, an applicant may submit an NDA under Section 505(b)(2) of the FDCA. Section 505(b)(2) was enacted as part of the Hatch-Waxman Amendments and permits the filing of an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies not conducted by, or for, the applicant. If the 505(b)(2) applicant can establish that reliance on FDA’s previous findings of safety and effectiveness is scientifically and legally appropriate, it may eliminate the need to conduct certain preclinical or clinical studies of the new product. The FDA may also require companies to perform additional studies or measurements, including clinical trials, to support the change from the previously approved reference drug. The FDA may then approve the new product candidate for all, or some, of the label indications for which the reference drug has been approved, as well as for any new indication sought by the 505(b)(2) applicant.

Hatch-Waxman Patent Certification and the 30-Month Stay

Upon approval of an NDA or a supplement thereto, NDA sponsors are required to list with the FDA each patent with claims that cover the applicant’s product or an approved method of using the product. Each of the patents listed by the NDA sponsor is published in the Orange Book. When an ANDA applicant files its application with the FDA, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the reference product in the Orange Book, except for patents covering methods of use for which the ANDA applicant is not seeking approval. To the extent that the Section 505(b)(2) applicant is relying on studies conducted for an already approved product, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the Orange Book to the same extent that an ANDA applicant would.

Specifically, the applicant must certify with respect to each patent that:

 

    the required patent information has not been filed;

 

    the listed patent has expired;

 

    the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or

 

    the listed patent is invalid, unenforceable or will not be infringed by the new product.

A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product’s listed patents or that such patents are invalid or unenforceable is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents or indicates that it is not seeking approval of a patented method of use, the application will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired (other than method of use patents involving indications for which the applicant is not seeking approval).

If the ANDA or 505(b)(2) applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the FDA has accepted the ANDA or the 505(b)(2) application for filing. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days after the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the application until the earlier of 30 months after the receipt of the Paragraph IV notice, expiration of the patent, or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the applicant. The ANDA or 505(b)(2) application also will not be approved until any applicable non-patent exclusivity listed in the Orange Book for the branded reference drug has expired.

 

- 110 -


Table of Contents

Pediatric Studies and Exclusivity

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, an NDA or supplement thereto must contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations, and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. With enactment of the FDASIA in 2012, sponsors must also submit pediatric study plans prior to the assessment of data. FDASIA sets forth the specific timing of the submission of the pediatric study plan. Those plans must contain an outline of the proposed pediatric study or studies the applicant plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, any deferral or waiver requests and any other information required by regulation. The applicant, the FDA and the FDA’s internal review committee must then review the information submitted, consult with each other and agree upon a final plan. The FDA or the applicant may request an amendment to the plan at any time.

The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements. Additional requirements and procedures relating to deferral requests and requests for extension of deferrals are contained in FDASIA. Unless and until FDA promulgates a regulation stating otherwise, the pediatric data requirements do not apply to products with orphan designation.

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of non-patent marketing exclusivity in the United States and, if granted, provides for the attachment of an additional six months of marketing protection to the term of any existing regulatory exclusivity, including the non-patent and orphan exclusivity. This six-month exclusivity may be granted if an NDA sponsor submits pediatric data that fairly respond to a written request from the FDA for such data. The data do not need to show the product to be effective in the pediatric population studied. If reports of requested pediatric studies are submitted to and accepted by the FDA within the statutory time limits, whatever statutory or regulatory periods of exclusivity or patent protection cover the product are extended by six months. This is not a patent term extension, but it effectively extends the regulatory period during which the FDA cannot approve another application. With regard to patents, the six-month pediatric exclusivity period will not attach to any patents for which an ANDA or 505(b)(2) applicant submitted a paragraph IV patent certification, unless the NDA sponsor or patent owner first obtains a court determination that the patent if valid and infringed by the proposed product.

Orphan Drug Designation and Exclusivity

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a drug product as an “orphan drug” if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, generally meaning that it affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more in cases in which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a drug product available in the United States for treatment of the disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product. A company must request orphan drug designation before submitting an NDA for the drug and rare disease or condition. If the request is granted, the FDA will disclose the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential use. Orphan drug designation does not shorten the PDUFA goal dates for the regulatory review and approval process, although it does convey certain advantages such as tax benefits and exemption from the PDUFA application fee.

If a product with orphan designation receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation or for a select indication or use within the rare disease or condition for which it was designated, the product generally will receive orphan drug exclusivity. Orphan drug exclusivity means that the FDA may not approve another sponsor’s marketing application for the same drug for the same indication for seven years, except in certain limited circumstances. Orphan exclusivity does not block the approval of a different drug for the same rare disease or condition, nor does it block the approval of the same drug for different indications. If a drug designated as an orphan drug ultimately receives marketing approval for an indication broader than what was designated in its orphan drug application, it may not be entitled to exclusivity. Orphan

 

- 111 -


Table of Contents

exclusivity will not bar approval of another product under certain circumstances, including if a subsequent product with the same drug for the same indication is shown to be clinically superior to the approved product on the basis of greater efficacy or safety, or providing a major contribution to patient care, or if the company with orphan drug exclusivity is not able to meet market demand.

Patent Term Restoration and Extension

A patent claiming a new drug product may be eligible for a limited patent term extension, also known as patent term restoration, under the Hatch-Waxman Act, which permits a patent restoration of up to five years for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review. Patent term extension is generally available only for drug products whose active ingredient has not previously been approved by the FDA. The restoration period granted is typically one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of an NDA, plus the time between the submission date of an NDA and the ultimate approval date. Patent term extension cannot be used to extend the remaining term of a patent past a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug product is eligible for the extension, and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent in question. A patent that covers multiple drugs for which approval is sought can only be extended in connection with one of the approvals. The United States PTO reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension in consultation with the FDA.

Review and Approval of Drugs in Europe and other Foreign Jurisdictions

In addition to regulations in the United States, a manufacturer is subject to a variety of regulations in foreign jurisdictions to the extent they choose to sell any drug products in those foreign countries. Even if a manufacturer obtains FDA approval of a product, it must still obtain the requisite approvals from regulatory authorities in foreign countries prior to the commencement of clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries. To obtain regulatory approval of an investigational drug or biological product in the European Economic Area, or EEA, which is composed of the 28 Member States of the European Union plus Norway Iceland and Liechtenstein, a manufacturer must submit a marketing authorization application to the European Commission and EU Member State Competent Authorities. For other countries outside of the European Union, such as countries in Eastern Europe, Latin America or Asia, the requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. In all cases, clinical trials are to be conducted in accordance with GCP and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

Clinical Trial Approval in the European Union

Pursuant to the currently applicable Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC and the Directive 2005/28/EC on GCP, an applicant must obtain the approval from the competent national authority of the EU Member State in which the clinical trial is to be conducted. If the clinical trial is conducted in different EU Member States, the competent authorities in each of these EU Member States must provide their approval for the conduct of the clinical trial. Furthermore, the applicant may only start a clinical trial at a specific study site after the competent ethics committee has issued a favorable opinion.

In April 2014, the EU adopted a new Clinical Trials Regulation (EU) No 536/2014, which is set to replace the current Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC. The new Clinical Trials Regulation will be directly applicable in and binding in all 28 EU Member States without the need for any national implementing legislation. The new Clinical Trials Regulation (EU) No 536/2014 will become applicable no earlier than 28 May 2016. It will overhaul the current system of approvals for clinical trials in the EU. Specifically, the new legislation aims at simplifying and streamlining the approval of clinical trials in the EU. Under the new coordinated procedure for the approval of clinical trials, the sponsor of a clinical trial will be required to submit a single application for approval of a clinical trial to a reporting EU Member State (RMS) through an EU Portal. The submission

 

- 112 -


Table of Contents

procedure will be the same irrespective of whether the clinical trial is to be conducted in a single EU Member State or in more than one EU Member State. The Clinical Trials Regulation also aims to streamline and simplify the rules on safety reporting for clinical trials.

Marketing Authorization

In the EEA, medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA.

There are two types of MAs:

 

    The Community MA, which is issued by the European Commission through the Centralized Procedure, based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use (CHMP) of the EMA and which is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA. The Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products and medicinal products indicated for the treatment of AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or which are in the interest of public health in the EU. Under the Centralized Procedure, the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of a marketing authorization application is 210 days (excluding clock stops, when additional written or oral information is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions asked by the CHMP). Accelerated evaluation might be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when the authorization of a medicinal product is of major interest from the point of view of public health and in particular from the viewpoint of therapeutic innovation. Under the accelerated procedure the standard 210 days review period is reduced to 150 days.

 

    National MAs, which are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only cover their respective territory, are available for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MA can be recognized in another Member States through the Mutual Recognition Procedure. If the product has not received a National MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure. This application is identical to the application that would be submitted to the EMA for authorization through the centralized procedure. The reference EU Member State prepares a draft assessment and drafts of the related materials within 120 days after receipt of a valid application. The resulting assessment report is submitted to the concerned EU Member States who, within 90 days of receipt must decide whether to approve the assessment report and related materials. If a concerned EU Member State cannot approve the assessment report and related materials due to concerns relating to a potential serious risk to public health, disputed elements may be referred to the European Commission, whose decision is binding on all EU Member States.

A marketing authorization may be granted only to an applicant established in the EU. Regulation No. 1901/2006 provides that prior to obtaining a marketing authorization in the EU, an applicant must demonstrate compliance with all measures included in a Pediatric Investigation Plan, or PIP, approved by the Pediatric Committee of the EMA, covering all subsets of the pediatric population, unless the EMA has granted a product-specific waiver, a class waiver or a deferral for one or more of the measures included in the PIP.

Regulatory Data Exclusivity in the European Union

In the European Union, innovative medicinal products authorized in the EU on the basis of a full marketing authorization application (as opposed to an application for marketing authorization that relies on data

 

- 113 -


Table of Contents

available in the marketing authorization dossier for another, previously approved, medicinal product) are entitled to eight years of data exclusivity. During this period, applicants for authorization of generics of these innovative products cannot rely on data contained in the marketing authorization dossier submitted for the innovative medicinal product. During an additional two-year period of market exclusivity, a generic marketing authorization application can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced, but no generic medicinal product can be marketed until the expiration of the market exclusivity. The overall ten-year period will be extended to a maximum of eleven years if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to authorization, is held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies. Even if a compound is considered to be a new chemical entity so that the innovator gains the prescribed period of data exclusivity, another company may market another version of the product if such company obtained marketing authorization based on an MAA with a complete independent data package of pharmaceutical tests, preclinical tests and clinical trials.

Periods of Authorization and Renewals in the EU

A marketing authorization is valid for five years, in principle, and it may be renewed after five years based on a reevaluation of the risk-benefit balance by the EMA or by the competent authority of the relevant EU Member State. To that end, the marketing authorization holder must provide the EMA or the relevant competent authority of the EU Member State with a consolidated version of the file in respect of quality, safety and efficacy, including all variations introduced since the marketing authorization was granted, at least six months before the marketing authorization ceases to be valid. Once renewed, the marketing authorization is valid for an unlimited period, unless the European Commission or the relevant competent authority of the EU Member State decides, on justified grounds relating to pharmacovigilance, to proceed with one additional five-year renewal period. Any marketing authorization that is not followed by the marketing of the medicinal product on the EU market (in the case of the centralized procedure) or on the market of the EU Member State which delivered the marketing authorization within three years after authorization ceases to be valid.

Regulatory Requirements after Marketing Authorization

Similarly to the U.S., both marketing authorization holders and manufacturers of medicinal products are subject to comprehensive regulatory oversight by the EMA and the competent authorities of the individual EU Member States both before and after grant of the manufacturing and marketing authorizations.

The holder of an EU marketing authorization for a medicinal product must also comply with EU pharmacovigilance legislation and its related regulations and guidelines, which entail many requirements for conducting pharmacovigilance, or the assessment and monitoring of the safety of medicinal products. These rules can impose on central marketing authorization holders for medicinal products the obligation to conduct a labor-intensive collection of data regarding the risks and benefits of marketed products and to engage in ongoing assessments of those risks and benefits, including the possible requirement to conduct additional clinical studies.

The manufacturing process for medicinal products in the EU is highly regulated and regulators may shut down manufacturing facilities that they believe do not comply with regulations. Manufacturing requires a manufacturing authorization, and the manufacturing authorization holder must comply with various requirements set out in the applicable EU laws, regulations and guidance, including Directive 2001/83/EC, Directive 2003/94/EC, Regulation (EC) No 726/2004 and the European Commission Guidelines for Good Manufacturing Practice. These requirements include compliance with EU cGMP standards when manufacturing medicinal products and active pharmaceutical ingredients, including the manufacture of active pharmaceutical ingredients outside of the EU with the intention to import the active pharmaceutical ingredients into the EU. Similarly, the distribution of medicinal products into and within the EU is subject to compliance with the applicable EU laws, regulations and guidelines, including the requirement to hold appropriate authorizations for distribution granted by the competent authorities of the EU Member States.

 

- 114 -


Table of Contents

In the EU, the advertising and promotion of our products are subject to EU Member States’ laws governing promotion of medicinal products, interactions with physicians, misleading and comparative advertising and unfair commercial practices. In addition, other legislation adopted by individual EU Member States may apply to the advertising and promotion of medicinal products. These laws require that promotional materials and advertising in relation to medicinal products comply with the product’s Summary of Product Characteristics, or SmPC, as approved by the competent authorities. Promotion of a medicinal product that does not comply with the SmPC is considered to constitute off-label promotion. The off-label promotion of medicinal products is prohibited in the EU. The applicable laws at EU level and in the individual EU Member States also prohibit the direct-to-consumer advertising of prescription-only medicinal products. These laws may further limit or restrict the advertising and promotion of our products to the general public and may also impose limitations on our promotional activities with health care professionals.

Orphan Drug Designation and Exclusivity in the EU

Regulation (EC) No 141/2000 and Regulation (EC) No. 847/2000 provide that a product can be designated as an orphan medicinal product by the European Commission if its sponsor can establish: that the product is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of (1) a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition affecting not more than five in ten thousand persons in the EU when the application is made, or (2) a life-threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition in the EU and that without incentives the medicinal product is unlikely to be developed. For either of these conditions, the applicant must demonstrate that there exists no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention or treatment of the condition in question that has been authorized in the EU or, if such method exists, the medicinal product will be of significant benefit to those affected by that condition. Once authorized, orphan medicinal products are entitled to ten years of market exclusivity in all EU Member States and in addition a range of other benefits during the development and regulatory review process including scientific assistance for study protocols, authorization through the centralized marketing authorization procedure covering all member countries and a reduction or elimination of registration and marketing authorization fees. However, marketing authorization may be granted to a similar medicinal product with the same orphan indication during the ten-year period with the consent of the marketing authorization holder for the original orphan medicinal product or if the manufacturer of the original orphan medicinal product is unable to supply sufficient quantities. Marketing authorization may also be granted to a similar medicinal product with the same orphan indication if this product is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior to the original orphan medicinal product. In addition, the period of market exclusivity may be reduced to six years if it can be demonstrated based on available evidence that the original orphan medicinal product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity.

Pharmaceutical Coverage, Pricing and Reimbursement

In the United States and markets in other countries, patients who are prescribed treatments for their conditions and providers performing the prescribed services generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the associated healthcare costs. Patients are unlikely to use our products unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our products. Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of products approved by the FDA and other government authorities. Even if our product candidate is approved, sales of our products will depend, in part, on the extent to which third-party payors, including government health programs in the United States such as Medicare and Medicaid, commercial health insurers and managed care organizations, provide coverage, and establish adequate reimbursement levels for, such products. The process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for setting the price or reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged, examining the medical necessity, reviewing the cost-effectiveness of medical products and services and imposing controls to manage costs. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific products on an approved list, also known as a formulary, which might not include all of the approved products for a particular indication.

 

- 115 -


Table of Contents

In order to secure coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, a company may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of the product, in addition to the costs required to obtain FDA or other comparable marketing approvals. Nonetheless, product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost effective. A decision by a third-party payor not to cover our product candidate could reduce physician utilization of our products once approved and have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, a payor’s decision to provide coverage for a product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Further, one payor’s determination to provide coverage for a drug product does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage and reimbursement for the product, and the level of coverage and reimbursement can differ significantly from payor to payor. Third-party reimbursement and coverage may not be available to enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development.

The containment of healthcare costs also has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments and the prices of drugs have been a focus in this effort. Governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit a company’s revenue generated from the sale of any approved products. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which a company or its collaborators receive marketing approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

Outside the United States, ensuring adequate coverage and payment for our product candidate will face challenges. Pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control in many countries. Pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can extend well beyond the receipt of regulatory marketing approval for a product and may require us to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost effectiveness of our product candidate or products to other available therapies. The conduct of such a clinical trial could be expensive and result in delays in our commercialization efforts.

In the European Union, pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been agreed. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular drug candidate to currently available therapies or so called health technology assessments, in order to obtain reimbursement or pricing approval. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. European Union member states may approve a specific price for a product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the product on the market. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for products, but monitor and control prescription volumes and issue guidance to physicians to limit prescriptions. Recently, many countries in the European Union have increased the amount of discounts required on pharmaceuticals and these efforts could continue as countries attempt to manage healthcare expenditures, especially in light of the severe fiscal and debt crises experienced by many countries in the European Union. The downward pressure on health care costs in general, particularly prescription drugs, has become intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after reimbursement has been obtained. Reference pricing used by various European Union member states, and parallel trade, i.e., arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced member states, can further reduce prices. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products, if approved in those countries.

 

- 116 -


Table of Contents

Healthcare Law and Regulation

Healthcare providers and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of drug products that are granted marketing approval. Arrangements with providers, consultants, third-party payors and customers are subject to broadly applicable fraud and abuse, anti-kickback, false claims laws, reporting of payments to physicians and teaching physicians and patient privacy laws and regulations and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain our business and/or financial arrangements. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, include the following:

 

    the United States federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, paying, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

    the federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act, and civil monetary penalties laws, which prohibit individuals or entities from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false, fictitious or fraudulent or knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

 

    the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created additional federal criminal laws that prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

    HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, and their respective implementing regulations, including the Final Omnibus Rule published in January 2013, which impose obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

    the federal transparency requirements known as the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively the PPACA, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report annually to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, within the United States Department of Health and Human Services, information related to payments and other transfers of value made by that entity to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members; and

 

    analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to healthcare items or services that are reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers.

Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government in addition to requiring drug manufacturers to report information related to payments to physicians and other health care providers or marketing expenditures. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

 

- 117 -


Table of Contents

Healthcare Reform

A primary trend in the United States healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. There have been a number of federal and state proposals during the last few years regarding the pricing of pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical products, limiting coverage and reimbursement for drugs and other medical products, government control and other changes to the healthcare system in the United States.

By way of example, the United States and state governments continue to propose and pass legislation designed to reduce the cost of healthcare. In March 2010, President Obama signed into law the PPACA, which, among other things, includes changes to the coverage and payment for products under government health care programs. Among the provisions of the PPACA of importance to our potential drug candidates are:

 

    an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs, although this fee would not apply to sales of certain products approved exclusively for orphan indications;

 

    expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs by, among other things, allowing states to offer Medicaid coverage to certain individuals with income at or below 133% of the federal poverty level, thereby potentially increasing a manufacturer’s Medicaid rebate liability;

 

    expanded manufacturers’ rebate liability under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program by increasing the minimum rebate for both branded and generic drugs and revising the definition of “average manufacturer price,” or AMP, for calculating and reporting Medicaid drug rebates on outpatient prescription drug prices and extending rebate liability to prescriptions for individuals enrolled in Medicare Advantage plans;

 

    addressed a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected;

 

    expanded the types of entities eligible for the 340B drug discount program;

 

    established the Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program by requiring manufacturers to provide a 50% point-of-sale-discount off the negotiated price of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period as a condition for the manufacturers’ outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D;

 

    a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research;

 

    the Independent Payment Advisory Board, or IPAB, which has authority to recommend certain changes to the Medicare program to reduce expenditures by the program that could result in reduced payments for prescription drugs. However, the IPAB implementation has been not been clearly defined. PPACA provided that under certain circumstances, IPAB recommendations will become law unless Congress enacts legislation that will achieve the same or greater Medicare cost savings; and

 

    established the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation within CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending, potentially including prescription drug spending. Funding has been allocated to support the mission of the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation from 2011 to 2019.

 

- 118 -


Table of Contents

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since enactment of the PPACA. For example, in August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2012 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and, due to the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, will remain in effect through 2025 unless Congress takes additional action. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

There have been, and likely will continue to be, legislative and regulatory proposals at the foreign, federal and state levels directed at broadening the availability of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. Such reforms could have an adverse effect on anticipated revenues from product candidates that we may successfully develop and for which we may obtain marketing approval and may affect our overall financial condition and ability to develop product candidates.

Employees

As of December 31, 2015, we had 15 full-time permanent employees, of which five work in administration and operations and ten work in research and development.

Facilities

We currently lease 8,300 square feet at 113 Cedar Street, Suite S-7, Milford, Massachusetts for our offices and laboratories. The term of the lease terminates on March 31, 2018. We are in discussions with the landlord for our facility to add additional laboratory and office space at our current location in the first half of 2016, which we expect would meet our needs through 2018.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings.

 

- 119 -


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers and directors as of December 31, 2015.

 

Name

   Age     

Positions

Martin Driscoll

     56      President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

R. P. “Kris” Iyer, PhD

     66       Chief Scientific Officer and Director

Nezam H. Afdhal, MD

     59      Chief Medical Officer

Jonathan Freve

     38       Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

David Arkowitz (1)(2)

     54      Director

Jonathan Bates (1) (3)

     56       Director

Kurt M. Eichler (1)(2) (3)

     58       Director

Scott Rakestraw, PhD (4)

     53       Director Nominee

 

(1) Member of the audit committee

(2) Member of the compensation committee

(3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee

(4) Dr. Rakestraw will commence serving as a member of our board upon the closing of this offering.

Martin Driscoll has been our President, Chief Executive Officer and Director since August 2015 and in September 2015, Mr. Driscoll was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors. From October 2010 until July 2015, he served as CEO of Asmacure Ltée, a venture-backed clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company, which was acquired by a privately held Canadian life sciences company in July 2015. Prior to Asmacure, from March 2008 until July 2010, Mr. Driscoll was the Chief Executive Officer and a director of Javelin Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a publicly traded developer of acute care pain products that was acquired in July 2010 by Hospira, Inc. Prior to that, he served in various senior management roles at Schering-Plough Corporation, ViroPharma, Inc. and Reliant Pharmaceuticals, Inc. In 2007, Mr. Driscoll co-founded Pear Tree Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a privately held developer of women’s healthcare products. He serves on the board of directors of MetaStat, Inc., a publicly traded company, and Asmacure Inc., a privately held company, and previously served on the board of directors of two publicly traded companies: Javelin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Genta, Inc., and two privately held companies: Asmacure Ltée and Pear Tree Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mr. Driscoll holds a B.Sc. in communications from the University of Texas at Austin. We believe that Mr. Driscoll is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his service as our President and Chief Executive Officer and his experience in the biotechnology industry.

R. P. “Kris” Iyer, PhD is one of our founders and has been our Chief Scientific Officer and a member of our board of directors since our inception in 2002. Dr. Iyer was co-founder and VP of Discovery at Origenix Technologies, Inc., a clinical-stage biotech company, from 1998 to 2002. From 1993 to 1998, Dr. Iyer was a Senior Scientist and Associate Director of the Discovery Group at Hybridon, Inc. (now known as Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc.). Previously, Dr. Iyer was a Professor of Medicinal Chemistry at the University of Bombay, a Visiting Scientist at the University of Texas, M. D. Anderson Cancer Center and a Visiting Scientist at the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research at FDA/NIH. Dr. Iyer received his BS, with honors, in chemistry and physics, his BS degrees in the Technology of Pharmaceuticals and Fine Chemicals and his MS in Medicinal and Pharmaceutical Chemistry from the University of Bombay. He received a PhD degree in Pharmaceutical Sciences from the University of the Pacific in Stockton, California and carried out postdoctoral work at the Oak Ridge National Laboratory and at Johns Hopkins University. We believe that Dr. Iyer is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his decades of experience in biotechnology and research.

Nezam H. Afdhal, MD has been our Chief Medical Officer since November 2015 and served as a consultant to us from early 2011 to November 2015. Dr. Afdhal has served as a Senior Physician in Hepatology at the Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center since January 2015 and served as Chief of Hepatology from

 

- 120 -


Table of Contents

January 2000 to December 2014. Dr. Afdhal has also served as a Professor of Medicine at Harvard Medical School since 2000. Dr. Afdhal serves on the scientific advisory board of multiple pharmaceutical companies, including Gilead Sciences, Inc., GlaxoSmithKline Plc, Bristol Myers Squibb Company and Novartis Pharmaceuticals. Dr. Afdhal received his MB BCh degree in 1981 from the Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland and did fellowship training at University College in Dublin and at Boston University School of Medicine.

Jonathan Freve, CPA , has been our Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary since January 2015. From March 2014 to November 2014, he served as the Senior Director of Finance of Santaris Pharma A/S, which was acquired by F. Hoffmann-LaRoche Ltd., a biotechnology company. Prior to Santaris, Mr. Freve was the Controller of Brookfield Renewable Energy Partners, L.P., a company that owns, operates and develops renewable power generation facilities, from April 2011 to March 2014. Mr. Freve served as Corporate Controller of Virtusa Corporation, an information technology consulting company, from October 2007 to April 2011. Mr. Freve began his career at the FASB and PricewaterhouseCoopers, where he worked in the audit and transaction services practices. Mr. Freve is a certified public accountant in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and holds a BBA in accounting from the University of Massachusetts Amherst.

David Arkowitz has been a member of our board of directors since January 2014. Mr. Arkowitz has served as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Visterra, Inc., a biotechnology company, since September 2013. Prior to joining Visterra, he served as Chief Financial Officer and General Manager at Mascoma Corporation, which was acquired by Lallemand, Inc., a bioconversion company, from June 2011 to September 2013. From April 2007 to May 2011, Mr. Arkowitz was Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Business Officer of AMAG Pharmaceuticals, a specialty pharmaceutical company. Prior to his tenure at AMAG, he served as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc., which was acquired by Merck & Co., a biopharmaceutical company. Earlier in his career, he spent more than thirteen years at Merck & Co. including as Vice President and Controller of the U.S. Human Health division and as Controller of the Global Research and Development division. Mr. Arkowitz served on the board of directors of Aegerion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from 2007 to 2009 and ImpactRx Inc. from 2005 to 2009. Mr. Arkowitz has a BA in Mathematics from Brandeis University and an MBA in Finance from Columbia University Business School. We believe that Mr. Arkowitz is qualified to serve on our board of directors because he brings more than 20 years of finance and operations leadership experience in the healthcare, life sciences and biotechnology industries.

Jonathan Bates has been a member of our board of directors since 2008 and served as our Secretary and Treasurer from 2008 to 2015. He has been a Managing Director of Altexa, Inc., a company that develops international and domestic businesses across industry sectors from energy to international trade, since 2005. Mr. Bates is also the founder of HB Financial Services, Inc., a financial services company. We believe that Mr. Bates is qualified to serve on our board of directors because he has worked extensively on behalf of companies with investment banks, public relations firms and broker-dealers to help these companies achieve their expansion goals.

Kurt M. Eichler has been a member of our board of directors since July 2015. Since his retirement from LCOR, Inc. in October 2013, Mr. Eichler has been self-employed in several real estate related investment and development ventures. Mr. Eichler worked in several management and executive capacities at LCOR from 1982 through his retirement in 2013, most recently as Executive Vice President and Principal. From 1979 to 1982, Mr. Eichler worked at Merrill Lynch Hubbard Inc. in the Real Estate Debt and Equity Finance Group. Mr. Eichler previously served on the board of directors of two privately held start-up companies, Dara Biosciences, Inc. and MiMedx Group, Inc., and currently serves on the board of directors of Maia Yogurt. Mr. Eichler holds a BS in Business Administration from the University of Wyoming. We believe that Mr. Eichler is qualified to serve on our board of directors because he brings decades of business, operational and board of director experience, including 31 years at LCOR and service on the board of several biotechnology start-up companies.

Scott L. Rakestraw, PhD will commence serving as a member of our board of directors upon the closing of this offering. Dr. Rakestraw is founder and has served as President of The Branta Group LLC, a healthcare capital investment and strategic advisory firm, since May 2003. Prior to The Branta Group, Dr. Rakestraw co-founded Orchid GeneShield, formerly a business unit of Orchid BioSciences, Inc. (which was

 

- 121 -


Table of Contents

acquired by Laboratory Corporation of America in 2011) in 2000, and served as Chief Business Officer of Orchid BioSciences from May 2000 to May 2003. From February 1997 to April 2000, Dr. Rakestraw served as Vice President of Business Development and General Manager of Biopharmaceuticals of Altus Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. From January 1990 to February 1997, he held various investment, business development, research and development and marketing positions at DuPont Ventures, an investment arm of E. I. Du Pont de Nemours and Company. Mr. Rakestraw previously served on the board of directors of CellScape Corporation, a private molecular diagnostics company, and Altus Pharmaceuticals. He is a member of the Advisory Board of the Center for Surgery, Innovation and Bioengineering at the Massachusetts General Hospital/Harvard Medical School, the Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering Advisory Board of the University of Illinois and the Biomedical Engineering Advisory Board of Rutgers University. Dr. Rakestraw holds a BS in Chemical Engineering from the University of Illinois and a PhD in Chemical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. We believe Dr. Rakestraw is qualified to serve on our board of directors because he brings more than 25 years of experience in the biotechnology industry, including both operational and strategic experience.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors, director nominees or executive officers.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that will become effective as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and apply to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior financial officers. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on the investor relations page on our website. We intend to post any amendment to our code of business conduct and ethics, and any waivers of such code for directors and executive officers, on our website or in filings under the Exchange Act.

Classified Board of Directors

In accordance with our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered, three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Effective upon the closing of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    The class I directors will be Jonathan Bates and Kris Iyer, and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016;

 

    The class II directors will be Kurt Eichler and David Arkowitz, and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017; and

 

    The class III directors will be Martin Driscoll and Scott Rakestraw, and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018.

Our proposed restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will go into effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control of our company. Our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding voting stock entitled to vote in the election of directors. Any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

 

- 122 -


Table of Contents

In selecting board members, our board may consider many factors, such as personal and professional integrity, ethics and values; experience in corporate management, such as serving as an officer or former officer of a publicly held company; experience as a board member or executive officer of another publicly held company; diversity of expertise and experience in substantive matters pertaining to our business relative to other board members; and diversity of background and perspective, including, but not limited to, with respect to age, gender, race, place of residence and specialized experience.

Director Independence

Rule 5605 of the Nasdaq Listing Rules requires a majority of a listed company’s board of directors to be comprised of independent directors within one year of listing. In addition, the Nasdaq Listing Rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Under Rule 5605(a)(2), a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of our board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

Compensation committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10C-1, the board must consider, for each member of a compensation committee of a listed company, all factors specifically relevant to determining whether a director has a relationship to such company which is material to that director’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member, including, but not limited to: the source of compensation of the director, including any consulting advisory or other compensatory fee paid by such company to the director; and whether the director is affiliated with the company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

In December 2015, our board of directors undertook a review of the composition of our board of directors and its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that each of our directors, with the exception of Martin Driscoll and Kris Iyer, is an “independent director” as defined under Rule 5606(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. Upon joining our board of directors, Dr. Rakestraw will also qualify as an independent director. Our board of directors determined that David Arkowitz, Jonathan Bates and Kurt Eichler, who will comprise our audit committee following this offering, and Kurt Eichler and David Arkowitz, who will comprise our compensation committee following this offering, satisfy the independence standards for such committees established by the SEC and the Nasdaq Listing Rules, as applicable. In making such determinations, our board of directors considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or as otherwise determined by our board of directors.

 

- 123 -


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

David Arkowitz, Jonathan Bates and Kurt Eichler, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors, comprise our audit committee. David Arkowitz is the chair of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that David Arkowitz, Jonathan Bates and Kurt Eichler satisfy the requirements for independence under Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Arkowitz qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined in the SEC rules, and satisfies the financial sophistication requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

    appointing, overseeing, and if need be, terminating any independent auditor;

 

    assessing the qualification, performance and independence of our independent auditor;

 

    reviewing the audit plan and pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditor;

 

    reviewing our financial statements and related disclosures;

 

    reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our accounting and financial reporting processes, systems of internal control and disclosure controls and procedures;

 

    reviewing our overall risk management framework;

 

    overseeing procedures for the treatment of complaints on accounting, internal accounting controls, or audit matters;

 

    reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor the results of our annual audit, reviews of our quarterly financial statements and our publicly filed reports;

 

    reviewing and approving related person transactions; and

 

    preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.

Effective as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our audit committee will operate under a written charter adopted by our board of directors, which satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the applicable listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market.

Compensation Committee

David Arkowitz and Kurt Eichler, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors, comprise our compensation committee. Kurt Eichler is the chair of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that David Arkowitz and Kurt Eichler meet the requirements for independence under the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market and the Exchange Act. The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

    reviewing the elements and amount of total compensation for all executive officers;

 

    formulating and recommending any proposed changes in the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer for approval by the board;

 

    reviewing and approving any changes in the compensation for executive officers, other than our Chief Executive Officer;

 

    administering our equity compensation plans;

 

- 124 -


Table of Contents
    reviewing annually our overall compensation philosophy and objectives, including compensation program objectives, target pay positioning and equity compensation; and

 

    preparing the compensation committee report that the SEC will require in our annual proxy statement.

Effective as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our compensation committee will operate under a written charter adopted by our board of directors, which satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the applicable listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Jonathan Bates and Kurt Eichler, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors, comprise our nominating and corporate governance committee. Jonathan Bates is the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

    evaluating and making recommendations regarding the composition, organization and governance of our board of directors and its committees;

 

    identifying, recruiting and nominating director candidates to the board if and when necessary;

 

    evaluating and making recommendations regarding the creation of additional committees or the change in mandate or dissolution of committees;

 

    reviewing and making recommendations with regard to our corporate governance guidelines and compliance with laws and regulations; and

 

    reviewing and approving conflicts of interest of our directors and corporate officers, other than related person transactions reviewed by the audit committee.

Effective as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter adopted by our board of directors, which satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the applicable listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is or has been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the compensation committee or the board of directors (or other board committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve on our compensation committee or our board of directors.

Director Compensation

Under our director compensation program, each of our non-employee directors is paid an annual retainer of $30,000 for service on our board of directors. If our chairman is a non-employee director, he or she will instead be paid an annual retainer of $50,000. In addition, effective July 1, 2015, each of our non-employee directors who serves on a committee receives an additional annual retainer of $7,500 per committee on which he or she serves. Beginning on January 1, 2016, a director may elect to receive the cash retainer in the form of stock options. We also reimburse our non-employee directors for reasonable travel and other expenses incurred in connection with attending board of director and committee meetings.

 

- 125 -


Table of Contents

We currently do not have an equity compensation policy for our non-employee directors. On May 14, 2014, we granted an award of 50,000 shares of our common stock to David Arkowitz in connection with him joining our board. The stock was fully vested upon grant. On March 31, 2015, we granted each of our non-employee directors options to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.32 per share, and on August 20, 2015, upon his election to our board, we granted Kurt Eichler options to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.22 per share. In each case, such options were granted pursuant to our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan. Each of the options granted to Mr. Arkowitz, Mr. Bates and Mr. Macdonald was vested as to 37.5% of the shares upon grant, vested as to an additional 6.25% of the original number of shares each month thereafter, and were vested in full on January 1, 2016. The option granted to Mr. Eichler was vested as to 31.25% of the shares upon grant and vests as to an additional 6.25% of the original number of shares each month thereafter, vesting in full on July 1, 2016. The vesting of the option granted to Mr. Macdonald, our former chairman of the board who resigned in September 2015, was accelerated in full and the exercise period was extended in connection with his resignation.

After this offering, our board of directors intends to approve a compensation policy for our non-employee directors. This policy will be intended to provide a total compensation package that enables us to attract and retain qualified and experienced individuals to serve as directors and to align our directors’ interests with those of our stockholders.

2015 Director Compensation Table

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash ($)
     Stock
Awards
($) (1)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total ($)  

David Arkowitz

     41,250         63,600               104,850   

Jonathan Bates

     41,250         63,600        56,250 (2)       161,100   

Kurt M. Eichler (3)

     15,000         44,200               59,200  

Guy Macdonald (4)

     45,000         91,600 (5)              136,600  

 

(1) Amounts listed represent the aggregate fair value amount computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 7, Stockholders’ Equity, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2) Mr. Bates earned consulting fees in the amount of $56,250 in 2015 pursuant to his consulting agreement as described in the section entitled “Agreements with Directors” below.

(3) Mr. Eichler joined our board of directors in July 2015.

(4) Mr. Macdonald served as chairman of our board of directors from March 2010 until his resignation in September 2015.

(5) Mr. Macdonald’s option award was modified in connection with his resignation. As a result of this modification, this amount includes both the grant date fair value of his option award as well as the incremental value associated with the modification.

Agreements with Directors

Mr. Bates received his consulting fees under a consulting agreement with us originally entered into on January 1, 2013. Under the consulting agreement, Mr. Bates provided management and operations support and advised us on financial matters, investor relations and communications and corporate development initiatives, and received fees of $6,250 per month. In November 2015, the consulting agreement was terminated.

 

- 126 -


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section discusses material components of our executive compensation program for the following individuals, each of whom is one of our “named executive officers” for 2015:

 

    Martin Driscoll, our President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Douglas J. Jensen, our former President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Nezam Afdhal, our Chief Medical Officer; and

 

    Jonathan Freve, our Chief Financial Officer.

We plan to engage a compensation consultant to assist us with a thorough review of all elements of our executive compensation program, including the function and design of our equity incentive programs, to evaluate the need for revisions to our executive compensation program to ensure our program is competitive with the companies with which we compete for executive talent and is appropriate for a public company. Actual compensation programs we adopt in connection with or following the completion of this offering may differ materially from our current programs summarized in this discussion.

2015 Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers during 2015.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary ($)      Bonus ($) (2)      Option
Awards ($) (3)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total ($)  

Martin Driscoll
Chief Executive Officer

     2015       $ 131,247       $       $ 2,773,446      $ 2,917 (6)     $ 2,907,610   

Douglas J. Jensen
Former Chief Executive Officer (1)

     2015       $ 218,500       $       $ 210,000 (4)     $ 208,092 (5)     $ 636,592   

Nezam Afdhal, MD
Chief Medical Officer

     2015       $ 52,500       $       $ 1,411,000      $ 246,550 (6)     $ 1,710,050   

Jonathan Freve
Chief Financial Officer

     2015       $ 205,000       $       $ 360,000      $ 7,198 (7)     $ 572,198   

 

(1) Mr. Jensen resigned as President and Chief Executive Officer on August 17, 2015.

(2) The board of directors has not yet approved annual bonuses for 2015.

(3) The amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 7 to our financial statements.

(4) Mr. Jensen’s option award was modified pursuant to his Transition Agreement. As a result of this modification, this amount includes both the grant date fair value of his option award as well as the incremental value associated with the modification.

(5) Consists of travel related costs of $9,063, employer matching contributions under our 401(k) plan of $7,199, severance payments of $103,000 and $88,830 made during 2015 related to Board approved additional compensation associated with prior period tax liabilities associated with equity grants.

(6) Consists of $245,500 of fees earned or paid in cash for consulting services prior to joining the Company and $1,050 of employer matching contributions under our 401(k) plan.

(7) Consists of employer matching contributions under our 401(k) plan.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

Base salary. We use base salaries to recognize the experience, skills, knowledge and responsibilities required of all our employees, including our named executive officers. None of our named executive officers is currently party to an employment agreement or other agreement or arrangement that provides for automatic or scheduled increases in base salary. In connection with his resignation, we agreed to make severance payments to Mr. Jensen pursuant to a separation agreement entered into with him. See “—Employment Agreements, Severance and Change in Control Agreements” for additional information.

 

- 127 -


Table of Contents

Annual bonus. Our board of directors may, in its discretion, award bonuses to our named executive officers from time to time. We typically establish annual bonus targets based around a set of specified corporate goals for our named executive officers and conduct an annual performance review to determine the attainment of such goals. For 2016, we expect that bonuses will be based on the achievement of corporate and individual goals. Our management may propose bonus awards to the compensation committee of the board or the board primarily based on such review process. Our board of directors makes the final determination of the eligibility requirements for and the amount of such bonus awards.

Equity incentives. Although we do not have a formal policy with respect to the grant of equity incentive awards to our executive officers or any formal equity ownership guidelines applicable to them, we believe that equity grants provide our executives with a strong link to our long-term performance, create an ownership culture and help to align the interests of our executives and our stockholders. In addition, we believe that equity grants with a time-based vesting feature promote executive retention because this feature incentivizes our executive officers to remain in our employment during the vesting period. Accordingly, our compensation committee and board of directors periodically review the equity incentive compensation of our named executive officers and from time to time may grant equity incentive awards to them. In 2015, we granted Mr. Driscoll an option to purchase 1,180,190 shares of our common stock, Mr. Jensen an option to purchase 75,000 shares of our common stock, Dr. Afdhal options to purchase 600,000 shares of our common stock and Mr. Freve options to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Year End

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding stock options held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2015:

 

Name

   Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
Exercisable (#)
    Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options Unexercisable (#)
     Option Exercise
Price ($/share)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Martin Driscoll

     (1)       1,180,190       $ 3.22         8/16//2025   

Douglas J. Jensen

     75,000 (2)             $ 2.32         12/31/2016   

Nezam Afdhal, M.D

     93,750 (3)       6,250       $ 2.32         3/30/2025   
     (4)       500,000       $ 3.24         10/31/2025   

Jonathan Freve

    

(5)  
   
150,000
  
   $
2.32
  
    
3/30/2025
  
     (6)       50,000       $ 2.92         7/29/2025   

 

(1) This option was granted on August 17, 2015 and vests as to 295,047 shares on August 17, 2016, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments thereafter through August 17, 2019.

(2) This option was granted on March 31, 2015 and was vested in full on September 3, 2015.

(3) This option was granted on March 31, 2015 and vested as to 25,000 shares on January 1, 2015, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments thereafter through January 1, 2016.

(4) This option was granted on November 1, 2015 and vests as to 125,000 shares on November 1, 2016, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments thereafter through November 1, 2019.

(5) This option was granted on March 31, 2015 and vests as to 37,500 shares on January 1, 2016, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments thereafter through January 1, 2019.

(5) This option was granted on July 30, 2015 and vests as to 12,500 shares on July 1, 2016, with the remaining 37,500 shares vesting in equal monthly installments thereafter through July 1, 2019.

Other Elements of Compensation

401(k) Plan. We maintain a 401(k) defined contribution plan for substantially all of our employees. Eligible employees may make pretax contributions to the 401(k) plan up to statutory limits. At the election of our board of directors, we may elect to match employee contributions. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we paid a 3% match contribution.

Health/Welfare Plans . All of our full-time employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans, including: medical and dental benefits; medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts; and short- and long-term disability insurance.

 

- 128 -


Table of Contents

We believe the perquisites described above are necessary and appropriate to provide a competitive compensation package to our named executive officers.

Executive Officer Employment Agreements, Severance and Change in Control Arrangements

Martin Driscoll

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Driscoll, our chief executive officer, on August 7, 2015. The employment agreement establishes Mr. Driscoll’s title as our president and chief executive officer, his base salary, his eligibility to receive an annual bonus of up to 30% of his base salary, and his eligibility to receive employee benefits that are generally made available to all employees. The employment agreement also provides for certain benefits upon termination of his employment under specified conditions. Pursuant to his agreement, we granted Mr. Driscoll an option to purchase 1,180,190 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.22 per share pursuant to the 2014 Plan. The option vests, subject to his continued employment with us, as follows: 295,047 shares on August 17, 2016 and the balance of the shares in thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments thereafter.

Mr. Driscoll’s employment with us is “at will”, and either Mr. Driscoll or we may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without notice. In the event that Mr. Driscoll’s employment is terminated by us without cause or by Mr. Driscoll for good reason (each as defined in the employment agreement), subject to Mr. Driscoll’s execution of a release, we have agreed to continue to pay Mr. Driscoll his then-current base salary for a period of 12 months and to pay COBRA continuation premiums on his behalf for medical and dental benefits to him and covered members of his family for a period of up to 12 months. In addition, upon a change in control of our company (as defined in the employment agreement), the stock option granted to Mr. Driscoll pursuant to his employment agreement, as described above, will vest in full.

Douglas Jensen

Mr. Jensen served as our chief executive officer until his resignation in August 2015. In May 2015, we entered into a Transition Agreement with Mr. Jensen that terminated his prior employment agreement. Under the Transition Agreement, Mr. Jensen continued to serve as our president and chief executive officer for a transition period that ended on August 17, 2015 when Mr. Driscoll was hired. During the transition period, Mr. Jensen continued to receive the annual base salary and benefits provided for under his employment agreement, provided, however, Mr. Jensen was not eligible to receive an annual bonus. Upon the end of the transition period, Mr. Jensen resigned from his employment with us and from his positions as a member of our board of directors and as an officer, but agreed to make himself available to assist us in the transition to new leadership for a period of three months following the end of the transition period. In consideration for his assistance following the transition period, we agreed to, subject to the execution and non-revocation of a release by Mr. Jensen, provide him with (i) 18 months of salary continuation, (ii) continued health and dental insurance coverage for Mr. Jensen and his family for 18 months or until Mr. Jensen becomes eligible for coverage through another employer, (iii) accelerated vesting of the options granted to Mr. Jensen on March 25, 2015 and an extension of the exercise period of these options, (iv) an extended period during which he can exercise such options to December 31, 2016 and (v) reimbursement of reasonable legal fees, up to a maximum of $12,500, incurred in connection with the negotiation of the transition agreement. In connection with the execution of the transition agreement, Mr. Jensen also entered a non-competition and non-solicitation agreement pursuant to which he agreed not to solicit employees or customers or otherwise compete with us for one-year following his termination in the geographical areas within which we did business at the time of such termination.

Nezam H. Afdhal, MD

We entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Afdhal, our chief medical officer, on November 1, 2015. The employment agreement establishes Dr. Afdhal’s title as our chief medical officer, his base salary, his eligibility to receive an annual bonus of up to 30% of his base salary, and his eligibility to receive employee benefits that are generally made available to all employees. The employment agreement also provides for certain

 

- 129 -


Table of Contents

benefits upon termination of his employment under specified conditions. Additionally, pursuant to his employment agreement, we agreed to grant Dr. Afdhal an option to purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value of our common stock as of the date of grant as determined by our board of directors. The option will vest, subject to his continued employment with us, as follows: 125,000 shares on the first anniversary of the date of his employment agreement and the balance of the shares in thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments thereafter.

Dr. Afdhal’s employment with us is “at will”, and either Dr. Afdhal or we may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without notice. In the event that Dr. Afdhal’s employment is terminated by us without cause (each as defined in the employment agreement), subject to Dr. Afdhal’s execution of a release, we have agreed to continue to pay his then-current base salary for a period of 12 months and to pay COBRA continuation premiums on his behalf for medical and dental benefits to him and covered members of his family for a period of up to 12 months. In addition, in the event that Dr. Afdhal’s employment is terminated by us without cause or by Dr. Afdhal for good reason (each as defined in the employment agreement) upon a change in control (as defined in the employment agreement), or within 12 months following a change in control of our company, subject to Dr. Afdhal’s execution of a general release of potential claims against us, the stock option granted to Mr. Afdhal pursuant to his employment agreement, as described above, will vest in full.

Jonathan Freve

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Freve, our chief financial officer, on December 1, 2015. The employment agreement establishes Mr. Freve’s title as our chief financial officer, his base salary, his eligibility to receive an annual bonus of up to 30% of his base salary, and his eligibility to receive employee benefits that are generally made available to all employees. The employment agreement also provides for certain benefits upon termination of his employment under specified conditions. On March 31, 2015, we granted Mr. Freve an option to purchase 150,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.32 per share pursuant to our 2014 Plan. The option vests, subject to his continued employment with us, as follows: 37,500 on January 1, 2016 and the balance of the shares in thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments thereafter. On July 30, 2015, we granted Mr. Freve an option to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.92 per share pursuant to our 2014 Plan. The option vests, subject to his continued employment with us, as follows: 12,500 on July 1, 2016 and the balance of the shares in thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments thereafter.

Mr. Freve’s employment with us is “at will”, and either Mr. Freve or we may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without notice. In the event that Mr. Freve’s employment is terminated by us without cause (as defined in the employment agreement), subject to Mr. Freve’s execution of a release, we have agreed to continue to pay Mr. Freve his then-current base salary for a period of 12 months and to pay COBRA continuation premiums on his behalf for medical and dental benefits to him and covered members of his family for a period of up to 12 months. In addition, in the event that Mr. Freve’s employment is terminated by us without cause upon a change in control (as defined in the employment agreement), or within 12 months following a change in control of our company, subject to Mr. Freve’s execution of a general release of potential claims against us, all stock options held as of the date of termination shall vest in full.

R.P. “Kris” Iyer, PhD

We entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Iyer, our chief scientific officer, in December 2015. The employment agreement establishes Dr. Iyer’s title as our chief scientific officer, his base salary, his eligibility to receive an annual bonus of up to 30% of his base salary, and his eligibility to receive employee benefits that are generally made available to all employees. The employment agreement also provides for certain benefits upon termination of his employment under specified conditions. On March 31, 2015, pursuant to our 2014 Plan, we granted Dr. Iyer an option to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.32 per share. The option vests, subject to his continued employment with us, as follows: 12,500 on January 1, 2016 and the balance of the shares in thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments thereafter.

 

- 130 -


Table of Contents

Dr. Iyer’s employment with us is “at will”, and either Dr. Iyer or we may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without notice. In the event that Dr. Iyer’s employment is terminated by us without cause or by Dr. Iyer for good reason (each as defined in the employment agreement), subject to Dr. Iyer’s execution of a release, we have agreed to continue to pay Dr. Iyer his then-current base salary for a period of 12 months plus the pro rata portion of any bonus earned pursuant to his employment agreement for the portion of the year during which he was employed by the Company, to provide medical and dental benefits to him and covered members of his family for a period of up to 12 months and all stock options held as of the date of termination shall vest in full. In the event that Dr. Iyer’s employment is terminated by us without cause or by Dr. Iyer for good reason within two years of a change in control of our company (as defined in the employment agreement), we have agreed to pay, in lieu of the salary and bonus payments stated above, a lump sum payment equal to 12 months of his then-current base salary plus the pro rata portion of any bonus earned pursuant to his employment agreement for the portion of the year during which he was employed by the Company.

Stock Incentive Plans

2014 Stock Incentive Plan

The 2014 stock incentive plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards. Our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors are eligible to receive awards under our 2014 Plan; however, incentive stock options may only be granted to our employees. Our board of directors administers the 2014 Plan and may delegate to such administration to one or more committees or subcommittees.

The 2014 Plan provides that a maximum of 3,000,000 shares of our common stock are authorized for issuance under the plan. If an award under the 2014 Plan expires, is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised, is forfeited in whole or in part, or results in any common stock not being issued, the unused common stock covered by such award will again be available for new grants under the 2014 Plan. Shares of common stock tendered to us by a participant to exercise an award or satisfy tax withholding obligations shall be added to the number of shares of common stock available for grant under the 2014 Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, incentive stock options are subject to any limitations under the Code.

The 2014 Plan does not have a fixed expiration date, however, no incentive stock options may be granted under the 2014 Plan after 2024 and our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2014 Plan at any time.

Upon the occurrence of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of our common stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, we shall equitably adjust (or make substitute awards, if applicable), in the manner determined by our board of directors:

 

    the number and class of securities available under the 2014 Plan;

 

    the number and class of securities and exercise price per share of each outstanding option;

 

    the share and per-share provisions and the measurement price of each outstanding stock appreciation right;

 

    the number of shares subject to and the repurchase price per share subject to each outstanding;

 

    restricted stock award; and

 

    the share and per-share-related provisions and the purchase price, if any, of each other outstanding award under the 2014 Plan.

 

- 131 -


Table of Contents

Upon the occurrence of a merger or consolidation of our company with or into another entity as a result of which all of our common stock is converted into or exchanged for the right to receive cash, securities or other property or is cancelled; a transfer or disposition of all of our common stock for cash, securities or other property pursuant to a share exchange or other transaction; or a liquidation or dissolution of our company, our board of directors may, on such terms as our board of directors determines, take any one or more of the following actions pursuant to the 2014 Plan, as to some or all outstanding awards, other than restricted stock awards (except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in an applicable award agreement or another agreement between us and the participant):

 

    provide that such awards shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof);

 

    upon written notice to a plan participant, provide that the participant’s unexercised awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction unless exercised by the participant (to the extent then exercisable) within a specified period;

 

    provide that outstanding awards shall become exercisable, realizable, or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an award shall lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon such transaction;

 

    in the event of a transaction under the terms of which holders of common stock will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the transaction, make or provide for a cash payment to a plan participant with respect to each award held by a participant;

 

    provide, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution of the company, awards;

 

    shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds; or

 

    any combination of the foregoing.

Our board of directors is not obligated under the 2014 Plan to treat all awards, all awards held by a participant, or all awards of the same type, identically.

Upon the occurrence of any corporate transaction described above, other than our liquidation or dissolution, our repurchase and other rights with respect to outstanding restricted stock awards will continue for the benefit of our successor and will, unless our board of directors determines otherwise, apply to the cash, securities or other property which our common stock was converted into or exchanged for in the transaction in the same manner and to the same extent as they applied to such restricted stock, provided that the board may provide for termination or deemed satisfaction of such repurchase or other rights under the instrument evidencing any restricted stock or other agreement between a participant and us, either initially or by amendment. Upon our liquidation or dissolution, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the restricted stock award agreement or any other agreement between the plan participant and us, all restrictions and conditions on all restricted stock awards then outstanding will automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied.

Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the exercisability of any option or time at which any restrictions shall lapse or be removed from any restricted stock award, as the case may be.

As of December 31, 2015, there were options to purchase 2,441,929 shares of our common stock outstanding under the 2014 Plan, at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.02 per share, and no options had been exercised. On and after the effective date of the 2015 Plan described below, we will grant no further stock options or other awards under the 2014 Plan.

 

- 132 -


Table of Contents

2015 Stock Incentive Plan

In December 2015, our board of directors adopted the 2015 Plan, which will be approved by our stockholders prior to the closing of this offering, and which will become effective upon the closing of this offering. The 2015 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights and other stock-based awards. Upon effectiveness of the 2015 Plan, the number of shares of our common stock that will be reserved for issuance under the 2015 Plan will be the sum of (1) 3,000,000 shares, plus (2) such additional number of shares of our common stock as is equal to the sum of (i) the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan that remain available for grant under the 2014 Plan immediately prior to the closing of this initial public offering and (ii) the number of shares of our common stock subject to awards granted under the 2014 Plan which awards expire, terminate or are otherwise surrendered, canceled, forfeited or repurchased by us at their original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right.

Our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors will be eligible to receive awards under the 2015 Plan; however, incentive stock options may only be granted to our employees.

Subject to any limitation in the 2015 Plan, our board of directors, or any committee or officer to which our board of directors has delegated authority, will select the recipients of awards and determine:

 

    the number of shares of common stock covered by options and the dates upon which those options become exercisable;

 

    the exercise price of options;

 

    the duration of options;

 

    the methods of payment of the exercise price of options; and

 

    the number of shares of common stock subject to any restricted stock or other stock-based awards and the terms and conditions of such awards, including the issue price, conditions for repurchase, repurchase price and performance conditions, if any.

Upon a merger or other reorganization event, our board of directors, may take, in its sole discretion, any one or more of the following actions pursuant to the 2015 Plan, as to some or all outstanding awards, other than restricted stock awards:

 

    provide that all outstanding awards will be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation;

 

    upon written notice to a participant, provide that the participant’s unexercised options or awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction unless exercised by the participant within a specified period following the date of such notice;

 

    provide that outstanding awards will become exercisable, realizable or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an award will lapse, in whole or in part, prior to or upon the reorganization event;

 

    in the event of a reorganization event pursuant to which holders of our common stock will receive a cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event, make or provide for a cash payment to the participants equal to the excess, if any, of the acquisition price times the number of shares of our common stock subject to such outstanding awards (to the extent then exercisable at prices not in excess of the acquisition price), over the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding awards and any applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of such awards; and

 

- 133 -


Table of Contents
    provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution, awards convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds.

Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event other than a liquidation or dissolution, the repurchase and other rights under each outstanding restricted stock award will continue for the benefit of the successor company and will, unless our board of directors may otherwise determine, apply to the cash, securities or other property into which our common stock is converted pursuant to the reorganization event. Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event involving a liquidation or dissolution, all restrictions and conditions on each outstanding restricted stock award will automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied, unless otherwise provided in the agreement evidencing the restricted stock award.

No award may be granted under the 2015 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2015 Plan. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2015 Plan at any time, except that stockholder approval will be required to comply with applicable law or stock market requirements.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

As permitted by Delaware law, we have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation, which will be effective as of the closing date of this offering, that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors. Our restated certificate of incorporation limits the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breaches of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations do not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies, including injunctive relief or rescission. If Delaware law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limiting of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law as so amended.

As permitted by Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation that will be effective as of the closing date of this offering will also provide that:

 

    we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law;

 

    we may indemnify our other employees and other agents to the same extent that we indemnify our officers and directors, unless otherwise determined by our board of directors; and

 

    we will advance expenses to our directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by law.

The indemnification provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation that will be effective as of the closing of this offering are not exclusive. In addition, we plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. We expect that each of these indemnification agreements will provide, among other things, that we will indemnify such director or executive officer to the fullest extent

 

- 134 -


Table of Contents

permitted by law for claims arising in his or her capacity as a director or officer, as applicable, provided that he or she acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. We expect that each of these indemnification agreements will provide that in the event that we do not assume the defense of a claim against a director or officer, as applicable, we will be required to advance his or her expenses in connection with his or her defense, provided that he or she undertakes to repay all amounts advanced if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by us.

We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, which we refer to as the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we understand that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

In addition, we maintain standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided to our directors and officers against losses arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and to us with respect to payments which may be made by us to such directors and officers pursuant to the above indemnification provisions or otherwise as a matter of law.

 

- 135 -


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following describes transactions since January 1, 2013, to which we have been a party and, in which:

 

    the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers, or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, or their affiliates or immediate family members, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, from unrelated third parties.

2012 Convertible Note and Warrant Financing

Between March 2012 and April 2013, we sold convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $10.8 million in a private placement to new and existing stockholders. We refer to these notes as the 2012 Notes. The 2012 Notes were non-interest bearing and had a maturity date of February 15, 2013. During 2013, the 2012 Notes converted into 5,381,249 shares of our common stock.

In connection with the issuance and sale of the 2012 Notes, we issued warrants to the purchasers of the 2012 Notes that are exercisable for 2,690,623 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $2.00 per share. The warrants will terminate upon the closing of this offering if not exercised prior to such date.

The following table sets forth the aggregate original principal amount of the 2012 Notes purchased by our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, and affiliates or immediate family members of our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, as well as the number of shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the 2012 Notes and underlying the warrants issued in connection with the purchase of the 2012 Notes.

 

Name

   Original Principal
Amount of Notes
     Common Stock Issued
upon Conversion of
Notes
     Number of Warrant
Shares
 

E. Burke Ross (1)

   $ 250,000        125,000        62,500  

Brian Thebault (2)

   $         1,000,000        500,000        250,000  

Kurt Eichler

   $ 600,000        300,000        150,000  

 

(1) ADEC Private Equity Investments, LLC purchased the note in the original principal amount of $250,000 and a warrant to purchase 62,500 shares of common stock, and now holds the 125,000 shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the note. Mr. Ross, as manager of ADEC Private Equity Investments, LLC, has sole voting and investment power over the shares of common stock and the warrant.

(2) Hilltop III, LLC purchased the note in the original principal amount of $1,000,000 and a warrant to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock, and now holds the 500,000 shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the note. Mr. Thebault, as manager of Hilltop III, LLC has sole voting and investment power over the shares of common stock and the warrant.

2013 Convertible Note and Warrant Financing

Between October 2013 and July 2014, we sold convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $6.9 million in a private placement to new and existing stockholders. We refer to these notes as the 2013 Notes. The 2013 Notes accrued interest at a rate equal to 8% per year and had a maturity date of December 31, 2014. In December 2014, the 2013 Notes converted into 3,308,668 shares of our common stock.

In connection with the issuance and sale of the 2013 Notes, we issued warrants to the purchasers of the 2013 Notes to purchase an aggregate of 764,787 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.25 per share. The warrants will terminate upon the closing of this offering if not exercised prior to such date.

 

- 136 -


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the aggregate original principal amount of the 2013 Notes purchased by our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, and affiliates or immediate family members of our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, as well as the number of shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the 2013 Notes and underlying the warrants issued in connection with the purchase of the 2013 Notes.

 

Name

   Original Principal
Amount of Notes
     Common Stock Issued
upon Conversion of
Notes
     Number of Warrant
Shares
 

E. Burke Ross (1)

   $ 600,000         289,987         66,666  

Brian Thebault

   $ 200,000        96,350        22,222  

Kurt Eichler

   $           1,500,000        722,630        166,664  

Peter Lacaillade Jr. (2)

   $           1,050,000         507,477         116,666   

 

(1) The E. Burke Ross, Jr. Revocable Trust purchased the note in the original principal amount of $600,000 and a warrant to purchase 66,666 shares of common stock, and now holds the 289,987 shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the note. Mr. Ross, as trustee of The E. Burke Ross, Jr. Revocable Trust, has sole voting and investment power over the shares of common stock and the warrant.

(2) The E. Burke Ross Jr. Descendants’ GST Investment Trust purchased the note in the original principal amount of $1,000,000 and a warrant to purchase 111,111 shares of common stock, and now holds 483,312 shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the note. Mr. Lacaillade, as trustee of The E. Burke Ross Jr. Descendants’ GST Investment Trust, has sole voting and investment power over the shares of common stock and the warrant. The Olivia A. Lutz Trust 2014 purchased the note in the original principal amount of $50,000 and a warrant to purchase 5,555 shares of common stock, and now holds 24,165 shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the note. Mr. Lacaillade, as a trustee of The Olivia A. Lutz Trust 2014, has shared voting and investment power over the shares of common stock and the warrant.

Common Stock Financings

In December 2014, we sold 3,854,056 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $3.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $11.6 million. The following table sets forth the number of shares purchased by our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, and affiliates or immediate family members of our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, as well as the purchase price of such shares.

 

Name

   Shares of Common Stock      Purchase Price  

E. Burke Ross (1)

     666,667       $         2,000,001   

Kurt Eichler

     666,666       $ 1,999,998   

Peter Lacaillade Jr. (2)

     1,000,000       $ 3,000,000   

 

(1) Represents 666,667 shares of common stock purchased by The E. Burke Ross, Jr. Revocable Trust. Mr. Burke, as trustee of The E. Burke Ross, Jr. Revocable Trust, has sole voting and investment power over the shares.

(2) Represents 1,000,000 shares of common stock purchased by The E. Burke Ross Jr. Descendants’ GST Investment Trust. Mr. Lacaillade, as the trustee of The E. Burke Ross Jr. Descendants’ GST Investment Trust, has sole voting and investment power over the shares.

In February 2015, we sold 3,361,933 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $3.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $10.1 million. The following table sets forth the number of shares purchased by our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, and affiliates or immediate family members of our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, as well as the purchase price of such shares.

 

Name

   Shares of Common Stock      Purchase Price  

E. Burke Ross (1)

     91,666       $ 274,998  

Brian Thebault (2)

     700,000       $ 2,100,000   

Peter Lacaillade Jr. (3)

     400,000       $         1,200,000  

 

(1) Represents 91,666 shares of common stock purchased by The E. Burke Ross, Jr. Revocable Trust. Mr. Burke, as trustee of The E. Burke Ross, Jr. Revocable Trust, has sole voting and investment power over the shares.

 

- 137 -


Table of Contents

(2) Represents 700,000 shares of common stock purchased by Hilltop III, LLC. Mr. Thebault, as manager of Hilltop III, LLC has sole voting and investment power over the shares.

(3) Represents 400,000 shares of common stock purchased by The E. Burke Ross Jr. Descendants’ GST Investment Trust 2014. Mr. Lacaillade, as the trustee of The E. Burke Ross Jr. Descendants’ GST Investment Trust 2014, has sole voting and investment power over the shares.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our certificate of incorporation, as amended, provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors that may be broader in scope than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. See the “Executive Compensation—Indemnification of Officers and Directors” section of this prospectus for a further discussion of these arrangements.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors plans to adopt written policies and procedures, which will become effective as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, for the review of any transaction, arrangement or relationship in which our company is a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and one of our executive officers, directors, director nominees or 5% stockholders, or their immediate family members, each of whom we refer to as a “related person” has a direct or indirect material interest.

If a related person proposes to enter into such a transaction, arrangement or relationship, which we refer to as a ‘‘related person transaction,’’ the related person must report the proposed related person transaction to our chief financial officer. The policy calls for the proposed related person transaction to be reviewed and approved by our audit committee. Whenever practicable, the reporting, review and approval will occur prior to entry into the transaction. If advance review and approval is not practicable, the committee will review, and, in its discretion, may ratify the related person transaction. The policy also permits the chairman of the audit committee to review and, if deemed appropriate, approve proposed related person transactions that arise between committee meetings, subject to ratification by the committee at its next meeting. Any related person transactions that are ongoing in nature will be reviewed annually.

A related person transaction reviewed under the policy will be considered approved or ratified if the audit committee authorizes it after full disclosure of the related person’s interest in the transaction. As appropriate for the circumstances, the committee will review and consider:

 

    the related person’s interest in the related person transaction;

 

    the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the related person transaction;

 

    the approximate dollar value of the amount of the related person’s interest in the transaction without regard to the amount of any profit or loss;

 

    whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of our business;

 

    whether the terms of the transaction are no less favorable to us than terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third party;

 

    the purpose of, and the potential benefits to us of, the transaction; and

 

    any other information regarding the related person transaction or the related person in the context of the proposed transaction that would be material to investors in light of the circumstances of the particular transaction.

 

- 138 -


Table of Contents

The audit committee may approve or ratify the transaction only if the committee determines that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is in our best interests. The committee may impose any conditions on the related person transaction that it deems appropriate.

The policy provides that transactions involving compensation of executive officers shall be reviewed and approved by the compensation committee in the manner specified in its charter.

 

- 139 -


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2015 as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock in this offering, for:

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, who beneficially owned more than 5% of our common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities and include shares of our common stock subject to options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws.

The column entitled “Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned—Before Offering” is based on 24,184,474 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2015, after giving effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock into 1,000,000 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering. The column entitled ‘‘Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned—After Offering’’ is based on shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering, including the shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding shares of common stock subject to options and warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2015. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

- 140 -


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc., 113 Cedar Street, Milford, MA 01757.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

  Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
    Percentage
Beneficially Owned 

– Before Offering
    Percentage
Beneficially
Owned –After
Offering

5%+ Stockholders:

     

Peter Lacaillade Jr. (1)

    2,057,476       8.5  

Kurt Eichler (2)

    2,019,710        8.2  

Douglas Jensen (3)

    1,956,250        8.1  

R.P. “Kris” Iyer, PhD (4)

    1,938,541        8.0  

Brian Thebault (5)

    1,568,572        6.4  

E. Burke Ross (6)

    1,260,820        5.2  
Other Directors and other Named Executive Officers:      

Martin Driscoll

               

Jonathan Bates (7)

    607,025        2.5  

Nezam Afdhal (8)

    225,000        0.9  

David Arkowitz (9)

    90,000        0.4  

Jonathan Freve (10)

    40,624        0.2  

All Current Directors and Officers as a Group
(7 persons) (11)

    4,920,900        19.9  

 

(1) Consists of (i) 483,312 shares of common stock and 111,111 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2015 held by The E. Burke Ross, Jr. Descendants’ GST Insurance Trust, over which Mr. Lacaillade as trustee, has sole voting and investment power, (ii) 1,400,000 shares of common stock a held by The E. Burke Ross, Jr. Descendants’ GST Investment Trust 2014, over which Mr. Lacaillade as trustee, has sole voting and investment power and (iii) 57,498 shares of common stock and 5,555 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2015 held by the Olivia Lutz Insurance Trust 2014, over which Mr. Lacaillade as a trustee, has shared voting and investment power. The principal business address for The E. Burke Ross, Jr. Descendants’ GST Insurance Trust and The E. Burke Ross, Jr. Descendants’ GST Investment Trust 2014 is c/o JDJ Family Office Services, PO Box 962409, Boston, MA 02196. The principal business address for the Olivia Lutz Insurance Trust 2014 is c/o ADEC Private Equity Investments LLC, 172 S. Ocean Blvd., Palm Beach, FL 33480. The warrants referenced in this note will terminate upon the closing of this offering if not exercised prior to such date.

(2) Consists of (i) 1,529,296 shares held by Kurt Eichler and 13,750 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options held by Mr. Eichler exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2015, (ii) 160,000 shares of our common stock held by Mr. Eichler’s children and (iii) warrants held by Mr. Eichler’s children to purchase a total of 316,664 shares of our common stock exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2015. The warrants referenced in this note will terminate upon the closing of this offering if not exercised prior to such date.

(3) Consists of 1,881,250 shares of our common stock held by Douglas Jensen and 75,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2015.

(4) Consists of 1,925,000 shares of common stock held by R. P. Iyer and 13,541 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2015.

(5) Consists of (i) 1,200,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase a total of 250,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2015 held by Hilltop III, LLC, and (ii) 96,350 shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase a total of 22,222 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2015 held by Brian Thebault, manager of Hilltop III, LLC. Brian Thebault, as manager of Hilltop III, LLC has sole voting and investment power over the shares held by Hilltop III, LLC. The principal business address for Hilltop III, LLC and Brian Thebault is 310 South Street, Morristown, NJ 07960. The warrants referenced in this note will terminate upon the closing of this offering if not exercised prior to such date.

(6) Consists of (i) 125,000 shares of common stock and 62,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2015 held by ADEC Private Equity Investments, LLC, over which Mr. Ross, as manager of ADEC Private Equity Investments, LLC, has sole voting and investment power, and (ii) 1,006,654 shares of common stock and 66,666 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2015 held by The E. Burke Ross, Jr. Revocable Trust, over which Mr. Ross, as trustee of The E. Burke Ross, Jr. Revocable Trust, has sole voting and investment power. The principal business address for each of these entities is c/o ADEC Private Equity Investments LLC, 172 S. Ocean Blvd., Palm Beach, FL 33480. The warrants referenced in this note will terminate upon the closing of this offering if not exercised prior to such date.

(7) Consists of 567,025 shares held by Jonathan Bates and 40,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2015.

(8) Consists of 125,000 shares held by Nezam Afdhal and 100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2015.

(9) Consists of 50,000 shares held by David Arkowitz and 40,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2015.

(10) Consists of 40,624 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2015.

(11) Consists of (i) 4,356,321 shares of common stock, (ii) 247,915 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2015 and (iii) 316,664 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 2015. The warrants referenced in this note will terminate upon the closing of this offering if not exercised prior to such date.

 

- 141 -


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

As of December 31, 2015, we had outstanding 23,184,474 shares of common stock, held by 209 stockholders of record and 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by one stockholder of record. In addition, immediately prior to this offering, we had outstanding warrants to purchase 4,727,270 shares of our common stock, and outstanding options to purchase 2,441,929 shares of our common stock. The warrants will terminate upon the closing of this offering if not exercised prior to such date.

The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws that will be in effect upon closing of this offering. Copies of these documents are filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Common Stock

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. An election of directors by our stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Other matters shall be decided by the affirmative vote of our stockholders having a majority in voting power of the votes cast by the stockholders present or represented and voting on such matter, except as otherwise disclosed below.

Our bylaws provide that the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, if present in person or by proxy, represent a quorum for the transaction of business at stockholders meetings, except where a separate vote by a class of capital stock is required, the holders of a majority in voting power of such class, if present by remote communication or by proxy, represent a quorum for such matter. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of our common stock do not have preemptive or conversion rights, or other subscription rights. There are no redemption provisions applicable to the common stock.

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and with rights and preferences that may be fixed or designated by our board of directors without any further action by our stockholders. Following the conversion of our currently outstanding preferred stock upon the closing of this offering, we will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and have no current intentions of issuing any shares of preferred stock.

The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock.

 

- 142 -


Table of Contents

Stock Options and Warrants

As of December 31, 2015, we have outstanding warrants to purchase 4,727,270 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $2.00 to $3.00. The warrants will terminate upon the closing of this offering if not exercised prior to such date.

As of December 31, 2015, we have outstanding options to purchase 2,441,929 shares of our common stock at a weighted average price of $3.02 per share. The stock options expire 10 years after their grant date.

Registration Rights

We are a party to a stock purchase agreement, dated as of December 17, 2003 with BioHEP Technologies Ltd. (formerly known as Micrologix Biotech, Inc.), which we refer to as the BioHEP Agreement. Upon the closing of this offering, BioHEP, or its successor, will have the right to require us to register 1,050,000 shares of our common stock under the Securities Act under specified circumstances as described below and will have incidental registration rights as described below, including for this purpose 1,000,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock upon the closing of this offering.

Demand Registration Rights

Beginning on the date that is six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, subject to specified limitations set forth in the BioHEP Agreement, at any time BioHEP, or its successor, may demand in writing that we register BioHEP’s shares under the Securities Act. We are not obligated to file a registration statement pursuant to this demand provision on more than two occasions, subject to specified exceptions.

Incidental Registration Rights

If, at any time after the closing of this offering, we propose to file a registration statement to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of any of our stockholders, other than pursuant to the demand registration rights described above and other than pursuant to a Form S-8, BioHEP, or its successor, is entitled to notice of registration and, subject to specified exceptions, we will be required to use reasonable commercial efforts to register BioHEP’s shares that they request that we register.

Expenses

Pursuant to the BioHEP Agreement, we are required to pay all registration expenses, including registration fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of our counsel and accountants and reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel representing BioHEP, or its successor, other than any underwriting discounts and commissions, related to any demand or incidental registration. The BioHEP Agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, pursuant to which we are obligated to indemnify any selling stockholders in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to them.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, Inc.

Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “SBPH”.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company.

 

- 143 -


Table of Contents

Delaware Law

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prevents some Delaware corporations from engaging, under some circumstances, in a business combination, which includes a merger or sale of at least 10% of the corporation’s assets with any interested stockholder, meaning a stockholder who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock, unless:

 

    the transaction is approved by the board of directors prior to the time that the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder;

 

    upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or

 

    at or subsequent to such time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

If Section 203 applied to us, the restrictions could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, could discourage attempts to acquire us.

Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaw Provisions

Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws include a number of provisions that may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control of our management team, including the following:

 

    Board of Directors Vacancies . Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships. In addition, the number of directors constituting the full board of directors shall not be changed without the affirmative vote of the board of directors. These provisions hinder a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees.

 

    Classified Board . Our restated certificate of incorporation and proposed restated bylaws provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors. The existence of a classified board could delay a successful tender offeror from obtaining majority control of our board of directors, and the prospect of that delay might deter a potential offeror. Pursuant to Delaware law, the directors of a corporation having a classified board may be removed by the stockholders only for cause, and pursuant to our restated certificate of incorporation, by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the votes that all stockholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors. In addition, stockholders will not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of directors.

 

    Stockholder Action ; Special Meeting of Stockholders . Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. Our restated certificate of incorporation further provides that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors and our chief executive officer, or upon the request of the holders of a majority of our issued and outstanding common stock.

 

- 144 -


Table of Contents
    Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations . Our restated bylaws provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our restated bylaws also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders.

 

    Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock . Under our restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by the board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock enables our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.

 

    Exclusive Forum . Our restated certificate of incorporation specifies that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the corporation; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the corporation to the corporation or the corporation’s stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL; and (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. We believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law by chancellors particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. However, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against us, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

 

- 145 -


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding warrants and options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock or impair our ability to raise equity capital.

Upon the completion of this offering, a total of             shares of common stock will be outstanding. This total excludes an additional 4,727,270 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2,441,929 shares issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2015. All of the             shares of newly issued common stock sold by us in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining 24,184,474 shares of common stock that are outstanding at the completion of this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Lock-Up Agreements

Our directors, executive officers and certain of our stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements under which they have generally agreed not to sell or otherwise transfer their shares for a period of 180 days after the date of the underwriting agreement. For additional information, see Underwriting—Lock-Up Agreements .” As a result of these contractual restrictions, shares of our common stock subject to lock-up agreements will not be eligible for sale until these agreements expire or the underwriters waive or release the shares of our common stock from these restrictions. Following the lock-up period, all such shares of our common stock will be eligible for resale in the United States only if they are registered for resale under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144, is available.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the closing of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is our affiliate or who was our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months may sell any unrestricted securities, as well as restricted securities that the person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, under Rule 144. Affiliates selling restricted or unrestricted securities may sell a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately after this offering; and

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to such sale.

 

- 146 -


Table of Contents

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, approximately 24,184,474 shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale under Rule 144, including shares eligible for resale immediately upon the closing of this offering as described above. We cannot estimate the number of shares of our common stock that our existing stockholders will elect to sell under Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, any of our employees, consultants or advisors, other than our affiliates, who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock plan or other written agreement is eligible to resell these shares 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the holding period requirements of Rule 144 and without regard to the volume of such sales or the availability of public information about us. Approximately 297,915 shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale in accordance with Rule 701.

Registration Statement on Form S-8

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock to be issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan. Shares covered by that registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, subject to vesting of such shares.

 

- 147 -


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a discussion of material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder. For purposes of this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner (other than a partnership or other pass-through entity) of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision of the United States;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust, if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or if the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

This discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or persons who hold their common stock through partnerships or other entities that are pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A partner in a partnership or other pass-through entity that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock through a partnership or other pass-through entity, as applicable.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. In addition, the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, could challenge one or more of the tax consequences described in this prospectus.

We assume in this discussion that each non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes, the alternative minimum tax, or the Medicare tax on net investment income. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

 

    insurance companies;

 

    tax-exempt organizations;

 

    financial institutions;

 

    brokers or dealers in securities;

 

    pension plans;

 

    controlled foreign corporations;

 

- 148 -


Table of Contents
    passive foreign investment companies;

 

    non-U.S. governments;

 

    owners that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment or who have elected to mark securities to market; and

 

    certain U.S. expatriates.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, ESTATE AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

Distributions

As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not expect to make cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we make distributions in respect of our common stock, those distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, subject to the tax treatment described in this section. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to the holder’s tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below under the heading “Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock.” Any such distributions will also be subject to the discussion below under the heading “FATCA.”

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements (generally including provision of a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States). However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed in the hands of the non-U.S. holder at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates as would apply if such holder were a United States person (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty and the specific methods available to them to satisfy these requirements.

A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

 

- 149 -


Table of Contents

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below under the heading “FATCA,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on gain recognized on a disposition of our common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States; in these cases, the non-U.S. holder will be taxed on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates as would apply if it were a U.S. person, and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) may also apply;

 

    the non-U.S. holder is a non-resident alien present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the net gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder recognized in the taxable year of the disposition, if any; or

 

    we are or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter) a “U.S. real property holding corporation” unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder actually or constructively owned no more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. Generally, a corporation is a “U.S. real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its “U.S. real property interests” (as defined in the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations) equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming, a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If we are a U.S. real property holding corporation and either our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market or a non-U.S. holder actually or constructively owns more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, during the applicable testing period, such non-U.S. holder’s gain on the disposition of shares of our common stock generally will be taxed in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders generally will have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a United States person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Generally, a non-U.S. holder will comply with such procedures if it provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-BEN-E (or other applicable Form W-8), or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. holder, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, as described above under “Distributions,” will generally be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

Information reporting and backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or non-U.S., unless the holder certifies its status as a non-United States person and satisfies certain other requirements, or

 

- 150 -


Table of Contents

otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-United States person (as defined in the Code) where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

Federal Estate Tax

Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

FATCA

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock if paid to a foreign entity unless (i) if the foreign entity is a “foreign financial institution,” the foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding and certification obligations, (ii) if the foreign entity is not a “foreign financial institution,” the foreign entity identifies certain of its U.S. owners or (iii) the foreign entity is otherwise exempt under FATCA.

Withholding under FATCA generally applies (1) to payments of dividends on our common stock made after June 30, 2014, and (2) to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock made after December 31, 2018. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this section. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of any tax withheld. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

The preceding discussion of material U.S. federal tax considerations is for information only. It is not legal or tax advice. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed changes in applicable laws.

 

- 151 -


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

William Blair & Company, L.L.C. and Wedbush Securities Inc. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Name

   Number
of Shares

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Wedbush Securities Inc.

  

BTIG, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to such underwriter’s name in the table above bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the above table. Any shares issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other shares that are the subject of this offering.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act relating to losses or claims resulting from material misstatements in or omissions from this prospectus, the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, certain free writing prospectuses that may be used in the offering and in any marketing materials used in connection with this offering and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of this offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Per Share      Without
Option
     With
Option
 

Initial public offering price

     $                     $                     $               

Underwriting discount and commissions

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $                        $                    $                

 

- 152 -


Table of Contents

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $            , which includes legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with the registration and listing of our common stock. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $         as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “SBPH.”

No Sales of Similar Securities

We have agreed not to sell or transfer any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with shares of our common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of William Blair & Company, L.L.C. and Wedbush Securities Inc. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

    file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

 

    offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any shares of our common stock;

 

    sell any option or contract to purchase any shares of our common stock;

 

    purchase any option or contract to sell any shares of our common stock;

 

    grant any option, right or warrant to purchase any shares of our common stock;

 

    make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock;

 

    enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of our common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise;

 

    accelerate the vesting of any option or warrant or the lapse of any repurchase right; or

 

    publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

Our executive officers and directors and certain of our other stockholders have agreed not to sell or transfer any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with shares of our common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining

 

- 153 -


Table of Contents

the written consent of William Blair & Company, L.L.C. and Wedbush Securities Inc. Specifically, each has agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

    offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any shares of our common stock;

 

    sell any option or contract to purchase any shares of our common stock;

 

    purchase any option or contract to sell any shares of our common stock;

 

    grant any option, right or warrant to purchase any shares of our common stock;

 

    make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock;

 

    enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of our common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise;

 

    make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock; or

 

    publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

Listing

We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “SBPH.” In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

    the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representative believes to be comparable to us;

 

    our financial information;

 

    the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

    an assessment of our management, its past and present operations and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenue;

 

    the present state of our product development; and

 

    the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop. It is also possible that after this offering the shares of our common stock will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

 

- 154 -


Table of Contents

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing shares of our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of our common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising this option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through this option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of this option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of our common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the closing of this offering.

The underwriters may also impose penalty bids. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, one or more of the underwriters may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of their Internet subscription customers. Any such underwriter may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on the Internet websites maintained by any such underwriter. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the websites of any such underwriter is not part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may engage in from time to time in the future certain investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates, for which they

 

- 155 -


Table of Contents

have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for additional information.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative for any such offer; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

- 156 -


Table of Contents

Canada

The common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations . Any resale of the common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts , or NI 33-105, the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

The common stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

- 157 -


Table of Contents
  (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the common stock pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (a) to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

  (b) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

 

  (c) where the transfer is by operation of law.

Switzerland

The common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common stock or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, or the common stock have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of common stock has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. Accordingly, no public distribution, offering or advertising, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, and no distribution to any non-qualified investor, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, shall be undertaken in or from Switzerland, and the investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under CISA does not extend to acquirers of common stock.

United Arab Emirates

This offering has not been approved or licensed by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, or the UAE, Securities and Commodities Authority of the UAE and/or any other relevant licensing authority in the UAE including any licensing authority incorporated under the laws and regulations of any of the free zones established and operating in the territory of the UAE, in particular the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA, a regulatory authority of the Dubai International Financial Centre, or DIFC. The offering does not constitute a public offer of securities in the UAE, DIFC and/or any other free zone in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law, Federal Law No 8 of 1984 (as amended), DFSA Offered Securities Rules and Nasdaq Dubai Listing Rules, accordingly, or otherwise. The common stock may not be offered to the public in the UAE and/or any of the free zones.

The common stock may be offered and issued only to a limited number of investors in the UAE or any of its free zones who qualify as sophisticated investors under the relevant laws and regulations of the UAE or the free zone concerned.

 

- 158 -


Table of Contents

France

This prospectus (including any amendment, supplement or replacement thereto) is not being distributed in the context of a public offering in France within the meaning of Article L. 411-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier).

This prospectus has not been and will not be submitted to the French Autorité des marchés financiers, or the AMF, for approval in France and accordingly may not and will not be distributed to the public in France.

Pursuant to Article 211-3 of the AMF General Regulation, French residents are hereby informed that:

 

  (a) the transaction does not require a prospectus to be submitted for approval to the AMF;

 

  (b) persons or entities referred to in Point 2°, Section II of Article L.411-2 of the Monetary and Financial Code may take part in the transaction solely for their own account, as provided in Articles D. 411-1, D. 734-1, D. 744-1, D. 754-1 and D. 764-1 of the Monetary and Financial Code; and

 

  (c) the financial instruments thus acquired cannot be distributed directly or indirectly to the public otherwise than in accordance with Articles L. 411-1, L. 411-2, L. 412-1 and L. 621-8 to L. 621-8-3 of the Monetary and Financial Code.

This prospectus is not to be further distributed or reproduced (in whole or in part) in France by the recipients of this prospectus. This prospectus has been distributed on the understanding that such recipients will only participate in the issue or sale of our common stock for their own account and undertake not to transfer, directly or indirectly, our common stock to the public in France, other than in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and in particular with Articles L. 411-1 and L. 411-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.

 

- 159 -


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. The underwriters are represented by Latham & Watkins LLP, Chicago, Illinois, in connection with certain legal matters related to this offering.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for each of the years then ended have been audited by RSM US LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report thereon, and included in this prospectus and registration statement in reliance upon such report and upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Upon the closing of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may read and copy this information at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about registrants, like us, that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of that site is www.sec.gov .

 

- 160 -


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Financial Statements:

  

Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-4   

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-5   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Milford, Massachusetts

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ RSM US LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

August 3, 2015

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

     December 31,     September 30,   
     2013     2014     2015  
           (unaudited)  

ASSETS

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,301      $ 1,570      $ 7,119   

Escrow receivable

            11,562          

Marketable securities

                   3,580   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     656        547        586   

Deferred financing costs, net

     434                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     7,391        13,679        11,285   

Marketable securities

                   4,121   

Deferred tax asset

     125                 

Property and equipment, net

     113        126        389   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,629      $ 13,805      $ 15,795   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

      

Current liabilities:

      

Convertible notes

   $ 3,616      $      $   

Accounts payable

     369        348        517   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     611        1,257        724   

Deferred tax liability

     125                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     4,721        1,605        1,241   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments (Note 9)

      

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value—authorized, 5,000,000 shares; 1,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014, and September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

                     

Common stock, $0.0001 par value—authorized, 50,000,000 shares; 12,373,259, 19,810,041 and 23,184,474 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014, and September 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively

     1        2        2   

Additional paid-in capital

     15,800        34,803        44,778   

Accumulated deficit

     (12,893     (22,605     (30,223

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                   (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     2,908        12,200        14,554   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,629      $ 13,805      $ 15,795   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements .

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In Thousands)

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
            2013                     2014             2014     2015  
                (unaudited)  

Grant revenue

  $ 651      $ 738      $ 578      $ 841   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

Research and development

    3,966        6,132        5,050        4,779   

General and administrative

    1,756        2,412        1,744        3,695   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    5,722        8,544        6,794        8,474   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (5,071     (7,806     (6,216     (7,633

Other income (expense):

       

Interest income

    12        1        1        21   

Interest expense

    (1,951     (1,907     (1,323     (6

Gain on change in fair value of warrant liability

    54                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (6,956)        (9,712     (7,538     (7,618

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

                         (3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

  $ (6,956   $ (9,712   $ (7,538   $ (7,621
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share – basic and diluted

  $ (0.60   $ (0.78   $ (0.61   $ (0.34
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding – basic and diluted

    11,667,564        12,473,377        12,398,717        22,578,440   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share – basic and diluted (unaudited)

    $ (0.72)        $ (0.32
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average number of shares outstanding – basic and diluted (unaudited)

      13,473,377          23,578,440   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In Thousands, Except Share Data)

 

    Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Other
Comprehensive
Income (loss)
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balance at December 31, 2012

    1,000,000      $        6,784,810      $ 1      $ 1,943      $ (5,937   $      $ (3,993

Reclassification of warrant liability to equity

                                1,524                      1,524   

Issuance of common stock for services

                  207,200               234                      234   

Conversion of 2012 Notes into common stock

                  5,381,249               10,762                      10,762   

Issuance of common stock in connection with 2012 Convertible Financing

                                122                      122   

Issuance of warrants in connection with 2012 Convertible Financing

                                747                      747   

Issuance of warrants in connection with 2013 Convertible Financing

                                468                      468   

Net loss

                             (6,956            (6,956
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

    1,000,000               12,373,259        1        15,800        (12,893            2,908   

Issuance of common stock for services

                  156,000               264                      264   

Exercise of warrants

                  118,058               250                      250   

Increase in fair value of amended conversion feature (Note 6)

                                92                      92   

Conversion of 2013 Notes into common stock

                  3,308,668               7,444                      7,444   

Issuance of warrants in connection with 2013 Convertible Financing

                                334                      334   

Issuance of common stock in connection with 2014 Financing, net

                  3,854,056        1        10,619                      10,620   

Net loss

                                       (9,712            (9,712
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

    1,000,000               19,810,041        2        34,803        (22,605            12,200   

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                                693                      693   

Exercise of warrants (unaudited)

                  12,500               25                      25   

Issuance of common stock in connection with 2014 Financing, net (unaudited)

        

 

  

    3,361,933     

 

  

    9,257                      9,257   

Net unrealized loss on marketable securities (unaudited)

                                              (3     (3

Net loss (unaudited)

                                       (7,618            (7,618
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

    1,000,000               23,184,474        2        44,778        (30,223     (3     14,554   

Pro forma conversion of preferred stock into common stock (unaudited)

    (1,000,000            1,000,000                                      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma balance at September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

         $        24,184,474      $ 2      $ 44,778      $ (30,223   $ (3   $ 14,544   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements .

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In Thousands)

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
          2013                 2014                 2014                 2015        
                (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

Net loss

  $ (6,956   $ (9,712   $ (7,538   $ (7,618

Adjustments for:

       

Depreciation

    28        42        33        61   

Non-cash stock-based compensation

    234        264        85        693   

Gain on change in fair value of warrant liability

    (54                     

Non-cash interest expense

    1,925        1,372        924          

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

       

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (226     109        69        (39

Accounts payable

    (463     (21     255        169   

Accrued expenses and other

    124        569        291        392   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (5,388     (7,377     (5,881     (6,342
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

       

Purchase of marketable securities

                         (7,704

Purchases of property and equipment

    (85     (55     (48     (324
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (85     (55     (48     (8,028
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes and warrants

    9,596        2,975        2,975          

Payment of financing costs related to convertible notes

    (488     (506     (506       

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

                         21,648   

Payment of financing costs related to issuance of common stock

           (18            (1,754

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

           250               25   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by financing activities

    9,108        2,701        2,469        19,919   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    3,635        (4,731     (3,460     5,549   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    2,666        6,301        6,301        1,570   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 6,301      $ 1,570      $ 2,841      $ 7,119   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities:

       

Issuance of common stock upon conversion of convertible notes and accrued interest

  $ 10,762      $ 7,536      $      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Escrow receivable from issuance of common stock

  $      $ 11,562      $      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock warrants to brokers in connection with sale of common stock

  $      $ 382      $      $ 334   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reclassification of warrant liability to stockholders’ equity

  $ 1,524      $      $      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock warrants to brokers in connection with convertible note financings

  $ 361      $ 77      $ 77      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock to brokers in connection with convertible note financings

  $ 122      $      $      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

 

 

 

1. NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Business

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company engaged in the discovery and development of a novel class of therapeutics using a proprietary small molecule nucleic acid hybrid, or SMNH, chemistry platform. Since inception in 2002, the Company built the technology platform and product pipeline using a capital-efficient, semi-virtual business model, supported by grants and direct funding from the United States National Institutes of Health (“NIH”) as well as through private financings. In September 2015, the Company formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, Sperovie Biosciences, Inc. The entity did not have any assets or operations as of September 30, 2015.

The Company’s success is dependent upon its ability to successfully complete clinical development and obtain regulatory approval of its product candidates, successfully commercialize approved products, generate revenue, and, ultimately, attain profitable operations.

Basis of Presentation and Liquidity

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States (“U.S.”) generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position for the periods presented.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going-concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company has incurred losses from operations and negative operating cash flows since inception, and expects to incur additional operating losses. The Company believes that its cash resources of approximately $1,570,000 at December 31, 2014, together with the proceeds received in January 2015 from the sale of common stock in December 2014, as well as the additional $10,100,000 received in connection with an additional closing of the sale of common stock (see Note 7), will be sufficient to allow the Company to fund its current operating plan and continue as a going concern through at least December 31, 2015.

Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation

In July 2015, the Company’s board of directors authorized the Company to submit a draft registration statement to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) permitting the Company to sell shares of its common stock to the public. The unaudited pro forma balance as of September 30, 2015 on the statement of stockholders equity, reflects the automatic conversion of all of the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”) (Note 7) into 1,000,000 shares of common stock as if it occurred on September 30, 2015.

Unaudited pro forma net loss per share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of all Preferred Stock for the year ended December 31, 2014, and the nine months ended September 30, 2015, into shares of the Company’s common stock as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying balance sheet as of September 30, 2015, statements of operations and comprehensive loss and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, and statement of stockholders’ equity for

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

 

 

 

the nine months ended September 30, 2015, are unaudited. The interim unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position as of September 30, 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes related to the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, and as of September 30, 2015, are unaudited. The results for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, are not indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2015, any other interim periods or any future year or period.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities (including clinical trial accruals), the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases estimates and assumptions on historical experience when available and on various factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Significant estimates relied upon in preparing the accompanying financial statements related to the fair value of common stock and other equity instruments, accounting for stock-based compensation, income taxes, useful lives of long-lived assets, and accounting for certain accruals. The Company evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. The Company’s actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents are stated at fair value and include short-term, highly liquid investments with remaining maturities of 90 days or less at the date of purchase. Cash equivalents consisted solely of money market funds during all periods.

Included in cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and September 30, 2015, are money market fund investments of $1,012,000, $650,000 and $5,819,000, respectively, which are reported at fair value (Note 4).

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. Substantially all of the Company’s cash is held at financial institutions that management believes to be of high-credit quality. Deposits with these financial institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits; however, these deposits may be redeemed upon demand and, therefore, bear minimal risk.

The Company had one source of revenue, grants from the NIH, during all periods presented, representing 100% of total revenue for each period.

Investments in Marketable Securities

The Company invests excess cash balances in short-term and long-term marketable securities. The Company classifies investments in marketable securities as either held-to-maturity or available-for-sale based on facts and

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

 

 

 

circumstances present at the time of purchase. At each balance sheet date presented, all investments in securities are classified as available-for-sale. The Company reports available-for-sale investments at fair value at each balance sheet date and includes any unrealized holding gains and losses (the adjustment to fair value) in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and are included in other income. If any adjustment to fair value reflects a decline in the value of the investment, the Company considers all available evidence to evaluate the extent to which the decline is “other than temporary,” including the intention to sell and, if so, mark the investment to market through a charge to our statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Costs associated with maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation and amortization are provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives:

 

Asset Category

 

     

Useful Life

 

Equipment

    5-7 years

Furniture and fixtures

    5 years

Leasehold improvements

    10 years or the remaining term of respective lease, if shorter

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets to be held and used are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. When such events occur, the Company compares the carrying amounts of the assets to their undiscounted expected future cash flows. If the undiscounted cash flows are insufficient to recover the carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded for the difference between the carrying value and fair value of the asset. To date, no such impairment has occurred.

Deferred Financing and Public Offering Costs

Financing costs incurred in connection with the issuance and sale of the Company’s convertible notes and warrants (see Note 6) were capitalized and amortized to interest expense over the term of the convertible notes issued using the effective interest method. Amortization of deferred financing costs were $819,000 and $704,000 in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $514,000 and $0 in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015, there were no such costs remaining on the balance sheets.

Deferred public offering costs, which primarily consist of direct and incremental legal and accounting fees relating to the public offering, are capitalized. The deferred public offering costs will be offset against public offering proceeds upon the consummation of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, or significantly delayed, deferred costs will be expensed. No amounts were deferred as of December 31, 2013 or 2014. As of September 30, 2015, $284,000 of deferred public offering costs were recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying balance sheet.

Deferred Rent

The Company’s operating lease includes rent escalation payment terms and other incentives received from landlords. Deferred rent represents the difference between actual operating lease payments due and straight-line

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

 

 

 

rent expense over the term of the lease, which is recorded in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities. Deferred rent was $11,000 and $7,000 as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $6,000 as of September 30, 2015.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following criteria are met: there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the fee is fixed or determinable, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. Generally, these criteria are met and revenue from grants from the NIH, which subsidizes certain of our research projects, is recognized as efforts are expended and as eligible project costs are incurred.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred for the Company’s research activities, including discovery efforts, and the development of product candidates, which include:

 

    expenses incurred under agreements with third parties, including contract research organizations, or CROs, that conduct research, preclinical activities and clinical trials on the Company’s behalf as well as contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs, that manufacture drug products for use in the Company’s preclinical and clinical trials;

 

    salaries, benefits and other related costs, including stock-based compensation expense, for personnel in the Company’s research and development functions;

 

    costs of outside consultants, including their fees, stock-based compensation and related travel expenses;

 

    the cost of laboratory supplies and acquiring, developing and manufacturing preclinical study and clinical trial materials;

 

    costs related to compliance with regulatory requirements; and

 

    facility-related expenses, which include direct depreciation costs and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities and other operating costs.

The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred. The Company recognizes external development costs based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using information provided to the Company by its vendors and its clinical investigative sites. Payments for these activities are based on the terms of the individual agreements, which may differ from the pattern of costs incurred, and are reflected in the Company’s financial statements as prepaid or accrued research and development expenses.

Convertible Note Financings

The Company evaluates and accounts for embedded and freestanding features in its convertible notes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. If the feature meets the definition of a derivative, professional standards generally provide three criteria that require companies to bifurcate the derivative from their host instruments and account for them as freestanding derivative financial instruments. These three criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instruments are not clearly and closely

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

 

 

 

related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not re-measured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument. Proceeds are first allocated to freestanding and embedded derivatives required to be recognized at fair value and the residual proceeds are allocated to the convertible notes.

Warrants

The Company reviews the terms of all warrants issued and classifies the warrants as a component of permanent equity if they are freestanding financial instruments that are legally detachable and separately exercisable, contingently exercisable, do not embody an obligation for the Company to repurchase its own shares, and permit the holders to receive a fixed number of shares of common stock upon exercise. In addition, the warrants must require physical settlement and may not provide any guarantee of value or return. Warrants that meet these criteria are initially recorded at their grant date fair value and are not subsequently remeasured.

Warrants are classified as liabilities if they are freestanding financial instruments that permit the holders to purchase mandatory redeemable equity instruments or they otherwise do not meet the criteria for equity classification. Liability-classified warrants are initially recorded at fair value and remeasured at each period end while these instruments are outstanding or until they meet the criteria for equity classification. Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are recognized in other income (expense) in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for all stock-based payment awards granted to employees and nonemployees using a fair value method. The Company’s stock-based payments include stock options and grants of common stock, including common stock subject to vesting. The measurement date for employee awards is the date of grant, and stock-based compensation costs are recognized as expense over the employees’ requisite service period, which is the vesting period, on a straight-line basis. The measurement date for nonemployee awards is the date the services are completed, resulting in periodic adjustments to stock-based compensation during the vesting period for changes in the fair value of the awards. Stock-based compensation costs for nonemployees are recognized as expense over the vesting period on a straight-line basis. Stock-based compensation is classified in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive loss based on the department to which the related services are provided.

Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consisted of cash equivalents, marketable securities, convertible notes, accounts payable, and warrant liabilities. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and accounts payable approximate their fair value due to the short-term nature of those financial instruments. The fair value of the marketable securities and liability-classified warrants are remeasured each reporting period as described in Note 4.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company is required to disclose information on all assets and liabilities reported at fair value that enables an assessment of the inputs used in determining the reported fair values. ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

 

 

 

Disclosures (“ASC 820”), establishes a hierarchy of inputs used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, and are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The fair value hierarchy applies only to the valuation inputs used in determining the reported fair value of the investments and is not a measure of the investment credit quality. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

Level 1—Valuations based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2—Valuations based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3—Valuations that require inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis include cash equivalents, marketable securities and warrant liabilities.

Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic net loss attributable to common stockholders per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted net loss attributable to common stockholders per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock and dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period, determined using the treasury-stock method and the as if-converted method, for convertible securities, if inclusion of these instruments is dilutive.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of existing assets and liabilities and for loss and credit carryforwards using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The Company assesses its income tax positions and records tax benefits based upon management’s evaluation of the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date. For those tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, the Company records the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority having full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit is recognized in the financial statements. The Company classifies

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

 

 

 

interest and penalties associated with such uncertain tax positions as a component of interest expense. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and September 30, 2015, the Company has not identified any material uncertain tax positions.

Guarantees and Indemnifications

As permitted under Delaware law, the Company indemnifies its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was, serving at the Company’s request in such capacity. The term of the indemnification is for the officer’s or director’s lifetime.

The Company leases laboratory and office space in Milford, Massachusetts, under a non-cancelable operating lease. The Company has standard indemnification arrangements under this lease that requires it to indemnify the landlord against any liability for injury, loss, accident, or damage from any claims, actions, proceedings, or costs resulting from certain acts, breaches, violations, or nonperformance under the Company’s lease.

Through September 30, 2015, the Company had not experienced any losses related to these indemnification obligations and no material claims were outstanding. The Company does not expect significant claims related to these indemnification obligations, and consequently, concluded that the fair value of these obligations is negligible, and no related reserves were established.

Segment Information

Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. The Company views its operations and manages its business in one operating segment and does not track expenses on a program-by-program basis.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASC 606”), which amends the guidance for revenue recognition to replace numerous industry-specific requirements. ASC 606 implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. ASC 606 also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. The amendments in ASC 606 are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is not permitted. In July 2015, the FASB approved the deferral of adoption by one year. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the effect the adoption of ASC 606 may have on its financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). ASU 2014-15 requires management to assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related disclosures in certain circumstances. The requirements of

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

 

 

 

ASU 2014-15 will be effective for the annual financial statement period beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adopting the provisions of ASU 2015-15.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest (“ASU 2015-03”). ASU 2015-03 simplifies the presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The requirements of ASU 2015-03 will be effective for the annual financial statement issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. Management does not believe the adoption of the provisions of ASU 2015-03 will have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

2. NET LOSS PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

The following table summarizes the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders of the Company (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2013      2014      2014      2015  
                   (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (6,956)       $ (9,712)       $ (7,538)       $ (7,618)   

Weighted-average number of common shares-basic and diluted

     11,667,564         12,473,377         12,398,717         22,578,440   

Net loss per common share-basic and diluted

   $ (0.60)       $ (0.78)       $ (0.61)       $ (0.34)   

Because the Company has reported a net loss for all periods presented, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share.

The following potentially dilutive securities outstanding, prior to the use of the treasury stock method or if-converted method, have been excluded from the computation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding, because such securities had an antidilutive impact due to the losses reported:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2013      2014      2014      2015  
                   (unaudited)  

Preferred Stock

     1,000,000         1,000,000         1,000,000         1,000,000   

Common Stock warrants

     3,858,446         4,470,816         4,280,547         4,727,270   

Common Stock issuable upon conversion of convertible notes

     1,748,403                 3,247,001           

Stock options

                             1,941,929   

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

 

 

 

 

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and September 30, 2015, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     September 30,  
     2013     2014     2015  
                 (unaudited)  

Equipment

   $       117      $       152      $ 383   

Furniture and fixtures

     9        24        55   

Leasehold improvements

     71        71        133   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     197        247        571   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (84     (121     (182
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 113      $ 126      $       389   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, was $28,000 and $42,000, respectively, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, was $33,000 and $61,000, respectively. In addition, the Company wrote off approximately $5,000 of fully depreciated assets during 2014.

 

4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value are performed in a manner to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

A summary of the assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and September 30, 2015 is as follows (in thousands):

 

          Fair Value Measurement Using  
    Carrying
Value
    Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
    Significant
other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

December 31, 2013

       

Money market funds (1)

  $ 1,012      $ 1,012      $      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

       

Money market funds (1)

  $ 650      $ 650      $      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

September 30, 2015

       

Money market funds (1) (unaudited)

  $ 5,819      $ 5,819      $      $   

Fixed income securities (unaudited)

    7,701               7,701          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

  $ 13,520      $     5,819      $         7,701      $         —   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1) Money market funds are included within cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying balance sheets recognized at fair value.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

 

 

 

A rollforward of the liability-classified warrants during 2013 recognized at fair value based on unobservable inputs (Level 3) is as follows (in thousands):

 

Beginning balance, January 1, 2013

   $       1,065   

Issuance of liability-classified warrants

     513   

Change in fair value

     (54

Reclassification to equity

     (1,524
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $   
  

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

   $   
  

 

 

 

During 2013, certain of the Company’s warrants met the equity classification requirements (see Note 6) and the then current fair value of those warrants was reclassified to equity.

Prior to the reclassification adjustment, the liability-classified warrants were valued and revalued using a probability-weighted option pricing model which considered the probabilities of the exercise scenarios. The following assumptions were used to value these warrants in 2013:

 

Volatility

     85

Years to liquidity

     4   

Risk free rate

     0.65

 

5. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and September 30, 2015, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September 30,  
     2013      2014      2015  
                   (unaudited)  

Broker commissions

   $         313       $ 925       $     —   

Clinical

     68         159         51   

Compensation and benefits

     23         42         511   

Accounting and legal

     191         110         151   

Other

     16         21         11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 611       $         1,257       $         724   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6. CONVERTIBLE NOTES

2012 Convertible Financing

Between March 2012 and February 2013, the Company entered into Note and Warrant Purchase Agreements (the “2012 Convertible Financing”). Pursuant to these agreements, the Company issued and sold notes in the aggregate principal amount of $10,763,000 (the “2012 Notes”) and warrants to investors at multiple closings between March 2012 and April 2013. The 2012 Notes were non-interest bearing.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

 

 

 

The 2012 Notes were convertible into shares sold by the Company in its next equity financing, as defined, subject to mutual agreement by the 2012 Noteholders and the Company, at the price paid per share of the next equity financing or were automatically convertible into shares of common stock at a conversion price of $2.00 per share upon completion of a corporate transaction, as defined, an IPO or at maturity, February 15, 2013. The Company assessed the embedded features of the 2012 Notes noting that the only features requiring bifurcation and derivative accounting were the conditional conversion upon the next equity financing and redemption upon an event of default. However, the probabilities of occurrence of either of these features were considered to be remote and, therefore, the value of this compound derivative was de minimis.

In conjunction with the sale and issuance of the 2012 Notes, the Company issued warrants to the investors that were exercisable for either an aggregate of 2,690,623 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $2.00 per share if the 2012 Notes converted into common stock or if the 2012 Notes converted upon the next equity financing, the warrants were exercisable for shares of stock sold in the next equity financing with an exercise price equal to the price paid per share in such financing. The warrants have a term of five years and will expire between 2017 and 2018, or earlier upon an IPO or corporate transaction.

For the 2012 Notes and related warrants issued through April, 2013, the Company valued the warrants at issuance using a probability-weighted option pricing model in which the Company assumed a de minimis probability that the warrants would be exercisable into the shares of a next qualified financing as the probability of the 2012 Notes converting upon a next equity financing was determined to be remote. However, given the variable nature of the exercise terms, these warrants were classified as liabilities on the Company’s balance sheets and were recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss. At maturity, the 2012 Notes converted into common stock and the exercise terms of the warrants became fixed and, therefore, the fair value these warrants was reclassified into stockholders’ equity with no further changes in fair value being recorded.

The Company initially recorded the proceeds allocated to the common stock warrants upon each issuance totaling $1,094,000 and $1,030,000 in 2012 and 2013, respectively, as a discount to the original principal borrowings of the 2012 Notes of $5,075,000 and $5,688,000 in 2012 and 2013, respectively.

The Company engaged various brokers to assist the Company with the 2012 Convertible Financing. These brokers earned commissions payable in cash and warrants exercisable for common stock at $2.00 per share for a period of five years; however, one broker received shares of common stock rather than warrants. The Company recorded issuance costs related to the broker commissions as deferred financing costs in the amounts of $717,000 and $752,000 during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The 2012 deferred financing costs included $419,000 of cash commissions, $248,000 related to the fair value of warrants to purchase 290,875 shares of common stock and $49,000 related to the issuance of 33,000 shares of common stock in lieu of warrants. The 2013 deferred financing costs included $466,000 of cash commissions, $230,000 related to the fair value of warrants to purchase 288,186 shares of common stock and $57,000 related to the issuance of 38,200 shares of common stock. The Company amortized the discount on the 2012 Notes and the related deferred financing costs to interest expense using the effective interest method over the contractual term of the 2012 Notes and recorded interest expenses of $1,880,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013. See Note 7 for additional information regarding the warrants.

The 2012 Notes converted into 5,381,249 shares of common stock pursuant to their stated terms in 2013.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

 

 

 

2013 Convertible Financing

Between October 2013 and July 2014, the Company entered into Note and Warrant Purchase Agreements (the “2013 Convertible Financing”). Pursuant to these agreements, the Company issued and sold notes in the aggregate principal amount of $6,883,000 (the “2013 Notes”) and warrants to investors at multiple closings between October 2013 and July 2014. The Company issued $3,908,000 and $2,975,000 of the 2013 Notes during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The 2013 Notes accrued interest at a rate of 8% per annum.

Unpaid principal and accrued interest were due and payable on demand, on or after the December 31, 2014, upon a written notice from each holder of the 2013 Notes. All outstanding principal and accrued interest was convertible as follows:

Mandatory Conversions

Unpaid principal and accrued interest were automatically convertible into: (a) the shares of capital stock sold by the Company at the next equity financing following the issuance date of the 2013 Notes with gross proceeds of at least $15,000,000, at a conversion price that equals the lesser of the issuance price per share in the equity financing or $2.25, or (b) common stock upon an IPO, at a conversion price that equals the lesser of the IPO per share price or $2.25. On December 29, 2014, the size of the minimum next equity financing was reduced to $5,000,000. In connection with this change, the Company assessed the resulting change in fair value of the conversion feature to be greater than 10% of the carrying value of the 2013 Notes, which resulted in extinguishment accounting. The Company recorded the $92,000 increase in fair value as an additional discount to the 2013 Notes with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital.

Optional Conversions

At the investor’s option, unpaid principal and accrued interest on the 2013 Notes was convertible into common stock: (a) at any time prior to December 31, 2014 and mandatory conversion dates at a conversion price of $2.25 per share, or (b) at any time within 10 days after December 31, 2014 at a conversion price of $2.00 per share.

The Company assessed the embedded features of the 2013 Notes noting that no conversion or redemption features were required to be separated and accounted for as derivatives.

In conjunction with the issuance and sale of the 2013 Notes, the investors received warrants to purchase a total of 764,787 shares of common stock at $2.25 per share, of which warrants to purchase 434,241 and 330,546 shares of common stock were issued during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The warrants have a term of five years and will expire between 2018 and 2019, or earlier upon an IPO or corporate transaction.

The Company allocated the proceeds between the 2013 Notes and warrants based on their relative fair values as the warrants were deemed to be equity classified. The Company initially recorded the fair value allocated to the common stock warrants upon each issuance totaling $337,000 and $257,000 during 2013 and 2014, respectively, as a discount to the original principal borrowings of the 2013 Notes.

The Company engaged various brokers to assist the Company with the 2013 Convertible Financing. These brokers earned commissions payable in cash and warrants exercisable for common stock at $2.25 per share for a

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

 

 

 

period of five years or upon an IPO or corporate transaction. One broker received 11,000 shares of common stock in lieu of warrants. The Company recorded issuance costs related to the broker commissions of $460,000 and $270,000 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, which were recorded as deferred financing costs. The 2013 deferred financing costs included $313,000 of cash commissions, $131,000 related to the fair value of warrants to purchase 154,521 shares of common stock and $16,000 related to the issuance of 11,000 shares of common stock. The 2014 deferred financing costs included $192,000 of cash commissions and $77,000 related to the fair value of warrants to purchase 91,555 shares of common stock.

The Company amortized the discounts on the 2013 Notes and the related deferred financing costs to interest expense using the effective interest method over the contractual term of the 2013 Notes and recorded interest expense of $45,000 and $1,371,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. See Note 7 for additional information regarding the warrants.

The principal and accrued interest of the 2013 Notes converted into 3,308,668 shares of common stock pursuant to their stated terms on December 31, 2014.

 

7. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company issued common stock to consultants and advisors as compensation for services and recognized expense equal to the fair value of the shares issued.

On December 31, 2014, the Company sold 3,854,056 shares of common stock for $3.00 per share, of which the proceeds were held in escrow and released to the Company in January 2015. This balance was recorded as escrow receivable as of December 31, 2014. During February 2015, the Company raised an additional $10,100,000 from the sale of 3,361,933 shares of common stock to existing and new investors. Collectively, these financing activities are referred to as the “2014 Financing.”

The Company engaged one broker to assist the Company with the 2014 Financing. The broker earned commissions payable in cash and warrants exercisable for common stock at $3.00 per share for a period of five years, subject to earlier termination upon an IPO or corporate transaction. The Company recorded issuance costs related to cash broker commissions of $925,000 in connection with the December 2014 closing, and $829,000 in connection with the February 2015 closing, which the Company recorded as a reduction in proceeds. In addition, the Company issued warrants to purchase 308,324 and 268,954 shares of common stock in connection with the December and February closings of the 2014 Financing, which were equity classified and valued at $382,000 and $334,000, respectively.

Preferred Stock

The rights, preferences and privileges of the Preferred Stock are as follows:

Voting

The holder of Preferred Stock is entitled to vote on all matters and is entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is then convertible.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

 

 

 

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the Company, the holder of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Company to the holders of common stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount equal to $1.00 per share, the original issue price, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such share.

Any remaining assets legally available for distribution after satisfaction of the liquidation preferences of the Preferred Stock shall be distributed to the holders of common stock on a pro rata basis based upon the number of shares of common stock held by the common stockholders.

Conversion

Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible into one share of common stock, at any time, at the option of the holder. In addition, the Series A shares convert on a 1:1 ratio. Each share of Preferred Stock will automatically convert into common stock upon the closing of a public offering under the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Warrants

A summary of warrant activities during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the nine months ended September 30, 2015, is as follows:

 

     Warrants  

Warrants outstanding, January 1, 2013

     1,559,625   

Grants

     2,298,821   

Exercises

       

Expirations/cancellations

       
  

 

 

 

Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2013

     3,858,446   

Grants

     730,425   

Exercises

     (118,055)   

Expirations/cancellations

       
  

 

 

 

Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2014

     4,470,816   

Grants (unaudited)

     268,954   

Exercises (unaudited)

     (12,500)   

Expirations/cancellations (unaudited)

       
  

 

 

 

Warrants outstanding, September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

           4,727,270   
  

 

 

 

2014 Stock Incentive Plan

In April 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (“the 2014 Plan”). The Company’s 2014 Plan provides for the issuance of common stock, stock options and other stock-based awards to employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors. As of December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015, the Board had authorized 500,000 and 3,000,000 shares of common stock to be issued under the 2014 Plan, respectively. Awards under the 2014 Plan may include options (incentive and non-statutory), stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units or dividend equivalent right, or a combination of them. Under the

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

 

 

 

2014 Plan, the Board, or a committee authorized by the Board, determines the number of shares of common stock to be granted pursuant to the awards, as well as the exercise price and terms of such awards.

The exercise price of incentive stock options cannot be less than the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant. Stock options awarded under the 2014 Plan expire 10 years after the grant date, unless the Board sets a shorter term. During 2014, 100,000 shares of common stock were issued to a consultant for services under the 2014 Plan and recognized stock-based compensation expense equal to the fair value of the shares issued. During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, stock options to purchase 1,945,000 shares were issued to employees, directors and consultants under the 2014 Plan and recognized stock-based compensation expense of $693,000 was recorded. As of December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015, 400,000 and 958,000 shares remain available for future grants under the 2014 Plan, respectively.

The following table summarizes the option activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, under the 2014 Plan:

 

     Options     Weighted-Average
Exercise Price Per
Share
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

          $   

Granted (unaudited)

     1,944,929        2.94   

Exercised (unaudited)

              

Cancelled (unaudited)

     (3,000     2.32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

     1,941,929      $ 2.94   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable at September 30, 2015 (unaudited)

     324,239      $                     2.43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

No stock options were granted prior to 2015 pursuant to the 2014 Plan. All stock options granted have a ten-year term. The fair value of each stock option granted is estimated on the grant date using a Black-Scholes stock option pricing model based on the following assumptions: an expected term of six years; expected stock price volatility of 87%; a risk free rate of 1.4%; and a dividend yield of 0%. The weighted-average fair value of stock options granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 was $2.18. As of September 30, 2015, all options granted are expected to vest and the weighted-average remaining contractual life of all options is 10 years.

The board of directors determined the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant based on a number of objective and subjective factors, including third party valuations. As the Company’s stock is not traded publicly, the computation of expected volatility is based on the historical volatilities of peer companies. The peer companies include organizations that are in the same industry, with similar size and stage of growth. The Company estimates that the expected life of the options granted using the simplified method allowable under Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share Based Payments . The interest rate for grants pursuant to the 2014 Plan is based on the U.S. Treasury bill rates for U.S. treasury bills with terms commensurate with the expected term of the option grants on the grant date of the option.

The Company recorded a total of $693,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2015, as stock-based compensation expense relating to outstanding stock options granted pursuant to the 2014 Plan. Of this amount, $506,000 and $187,000 was recorded in general and administrative expense and research and development expense, respectively. The Company accelerated the vesting of options to purchase 88,333 shares of common stock, which resulted in a charge to stock-based compensation expense of $85,000 during the three months ended September 30, 2015. The fair value of stock options vested during the nine months ended September 30, 2015

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

 

 

 

was $591,000. At September 30, 2015, there was $3,446,000 of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense relating to stock options granted pursuant to the 2014 Plan, which will be recognized over the weighted-average remaining vesting period of 3.7 years. Total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense may be adjusted for future changes in the estimated forfeiture rate.

Reserved Shares

As of December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015, the Company has reserved the following shares of common stock for potential conversion of the Preferred Stock, convertible notes, exercise of warrants and outstanding options and shares available for grant under the 2014 Plan:

 

     December 31,
2014
     September 30,
2015
 
            (unaudited)  

Preferred stock

     1,000,000         1,000,000   

2012 Convertible Financing warrants

     3,207,184         3,194,684   

2013 Convertible Financing warrants

     955,308         955,308   

2014 Financing warrants

     308,324         577,278   

2014 Stock Incentive Plan

     400,000         2,900,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,870,816         8,627,270   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

8. INCOME TAXES

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. Federal Tax Rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013     2014  

U.S. statutory federal income tax rate

     34.0     34.0

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

     4.8     4.8

Interest expense – deferred financing costs

     (2.9 )%      (2.6 )% 

R&D credit

     0.8     1.2

Change in valuation allowance

     (37.1 )%      (37.3 )% 

Other

     0.4     (0.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     0.0     0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2014  

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 3,566      $ 6,838   

Research and development credits

     199        307   

Accrued expenses

     67        43   

Property and equipment

     3        10   

Other – net

     7        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

     3,842        7,201   

Deferred tax liability

     (127       

Valuation allowance

     (3,715     (7,201
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset and liability

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

 

 

 

Because of the Company’s recurring losses since inception, management has concluded that it is more likely than not that the benefits of losses to date which result in deferred tax assets will not be realized and, accordingly, the Company provided a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance increased by approximately $2,038,000 and $3,486,000 in 2013 and 2014, respectively, due to the increase in the deferred tax assets (primarily due to the net operating loss carryforwards). At December 31, 2014, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $17,401,000 and $17,444,000, respectively available to reduce future taxable income, if any. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards expire beginning in 2029 and ending in 2035. At December 31, 2014, the Company had available federal and state income tax credits of approximately $294,000 and $21,000, respectively, which are available to reduce future income taxes, if any, through 2035.

Realization of the future tax benefits is dependent on many factors, including the Company’s ability to generate taxable income within the net operating loss carryforward period. Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, certain substantial changes in the Company’s ownership, including a sale of the Company or significant changes in ownership due to sales of equity, may have limited, or may limit in the future, the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that could be used annually to offset future taxable income.

The Company files tax returns in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. For Federal income taxes, the tax years 2011 through 2014 remain open to examination by the Internal Revenue Service. For Massachusetts income taxes, the tax years 2005 through 2007 and 2009 through 2014 remain open to examination by the Massachusetts Department of Revenue as carryforward attributes generated in years past may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service or state tax authorities if they have or will be used in a future period. The Company is currently not under examination by the Internal Revenue Service or any other jurisdictions for any tax years. The Company has not recorded any interest or penalties on any unrecognized tax benefits since its inception. The Company does not believe material uncertain tax positions have arisen to date.

 

9. COMMITMENTS

Leases

The Company entered into the lease for the Milford, Massachusetts facility in February 2013. Prior to February 2013, the Company rented the same facility on a month-to-month basis. Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was $35,000 and $53,000, respectively, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, was $40,000 and $55,000, respectively.

Future minimum commitments due under all leases at December 31, 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

      

2015

   $ 55     

2016

     4     

2017

     —     

2018

     —     
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $         59     
  

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Information as of September 30, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 is unaudited)

 

 

 

In April 2015, the Company amended the lease for its headquarters in Milford, Massachusetts to extend the term of the lease through March 31, 2018 and expand the leased laboratory space. Prior to the amendment, the lease term expired in March 2016. The total payments due during the three-year term provided for by the amendment are $255,000. The amounts in the table only include amounts due under the original lease.

Contingencies

The Company is subject to claims in the ordinary course of business, however, the Company is not currently a party to any pending or threatened litigation, the outcome of which would be expected to have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or the results of its operations. The Company accrues for contingent liabilities to the extent that the liability is probable and estimable, but there are no accruals for contingent liabilities in these financial statements.

During May 2015, the Company entered into a transition agreement with the Company’s former President and Chief Executive Officer that terminated his employment agreement. Under the transition agreement, he continued to serve as our president and chief executive officer for a transition period that ended on August 17, 2015. Following the transition period, the Company is continuing to make 18 monthly payments totaling $464,000 and also provide benefits consistent with the coverage that was provided prior to the execution of the transition agreement. The remaining unpaid balance is included in accrued compensation and benefits at September 30, 2015 (see Note 5).

 

10. 401(k) PLAN

The Company has a 401(k)-defined contribution plan (the “401(k) Plan”) for substantially all of its employees. Eligible employees may make pretax contributions to the 401(k) Plan up to statutory limits. At the election of its Board, the Company may elect to match employee contributions. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, the Company paid a 3% match which amounted to $23,000, $26,000, $20,000 and $33,000, respectively.

 

11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company incurred advisory fees of $68,000 and $81,000 to one of its Directors, in addition to director fees, during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through January 4, 2016, the date on which the financial statements were available to be issued and has determined that no additional subsequent events occurred that would require recognition in these financial statements.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

 

 

 

                     Shares

 

LOGO

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

Prospectus

                    , 2016

 

 

William Blair

Wedbush PacGrow

BTIG

Through and including             , 2016 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus) federal securities law may require all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Part II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the listing fee.

 

     Amount

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $5,791

FINRA filing fee

     *

Nasdaq filing fee

     *

Accountants’ fees and expenses

     *

Legal fees and expenses

     *

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     *

Transfer Agent’s fees and expenses

     *

Printing and engraving expenses

     *

Miscellaneous

     *
  

 

Total expenses

       $    *        
  

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that no director of the Registrant shall be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding to which he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Our restated certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon the closing of the offering provides that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding shares of capital stock issued by us within the past three years. Also included is the consideration received by us for such shares and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

(a)     Issuance of Capital Stock, Convertible Promissory Notes and Warrants

During 2012, we issued 240,000 shares of common stock to employees and consultants. The common stock had an estimated fair value ranging from $1.10 to $1.48 per share and was fully vested at the time of issuance.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Between March 2012 and February 2013, we sold convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $10.8 million in a private placement to new and existing stockholders. We refer to these notes as the 2012 Notes. The 2012 Notes were non-interest bearing and were convertible into shares sold in our next equity financing, as defined, at the price paid per share of the next equity financing or were automatically convertible into shares of common stock at a conversion price of $2.00 per share upon completion of a corporate transaction, as defined, or of an initial public offering or at maturity. In February 2013, the 2012 Notes matured and automatically converted into 5,381,249 shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $2.00 per share.

In connection with the issuance and sale of the 2012 Notes, we issued warrants to the purchasers of the 2012 Notes that were exercisable for either 2,690,623 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $2.00 per share if the 2012 Notes converted into common stock or if the 2012 Notes converted upon the next equity financing, the warrants were exercisable for shares of stock sold in the next equity financing with an exercise price equal to the price paid per share in such financing. We also issued warrants to purchase 579,061 shares of comment stock with an exercise price of $2.00 per share and 38,200 shares of common stock in lieu of warrants to brokers in connection with the 2012 Notes. The warrants have a term of five years and will expire between 2017 and 2018, or upon an initial public offering or corporate transaction, if earlier.

During 2013, we issued 158,000 shares of common stock to directors and advisors. The common stock had an estimated fair value ranging from $1.48 to $1.54 per share and was fully vested at the time of issuance.

Between October 2013 and July 2014, we sold convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $6.9 million in a private placement to new and existing stockholders. We refer to these notes as the 2013 Notes. The 2013 Notes accrue interest at a rate equal to 8% per year and were convertible into (A) shares sold in our next equity financing, as defined, at the lesser of (i) the price paid per share of the next equity financing or (ii) $2.25 per share, (B) shares of common stock at a conversion price of the lesser of (i) the price paid per share of common stock by the public, or (ii) $2.25 per share, or (C) shares of common stock at $2.00 share at maturity, February 15, 2013. In December 2014, the 2013 Notes converted into 3,308,668 shares of our common stock.

In connection with the issuance and sale of the 2013 Notes, we issued warrants to the purchasers of the 2013 notes to purchase an aggregate of 764,787 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.25 per share. We also issued warrants to purchase 246,076 shares of comment stock with an exercise price of $2.25 per share and 11,000 shares of common stock in lieu of warrants to brokers in connection with the issuance of the 2012 Notes. The warrants have a term of five years and will expire between 2018 and 2019, or upon an initial public offering or corporate transaction.

During 2014, we issued 156,000 shares of common stock to directors, consultants and advisors. The common stock had an estimated fair value ranging from $1.59 to $1.69 per share and was fully vested upon the issuance date.

In December 2014 and February 2015, we sold 3,854,056 and 3,361,933 shares of our common stock, respectively, for a purchase price of $3.00 per share. In connection with the issuance and sale of these shares, we issued warrants to the brokers to purchase an aggregate 577,278 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.

The securities described in this section (a) of Item 15 were issued to investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. The recipients of securities in the transactions described above represented that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the securities for their own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time and appropriate legends were affixed to the instruments representing such securities issued in such transactions.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

(b) Stock Option Grants

Between March 31, 2015, the first date on which we granted stock options, and January 5, 2016, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 2,444,929 shares of our common stock with exercise prices ranging from $2.32 to $3.24 per share, to certain of our employees and directors in connection with services provided to us by such parties pursuant to our 2014 stock incentive plan. These are the only options that we granted in the past three years.

The issuances of stock options and the shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of the options described in this paragraph (b) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees, directors and consultants, in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act, relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

The exhibits to the registration statement are listed in the Exhibit Index attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or notes.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)(a)(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”);

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of this registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or any material change to such information in this registration statement.

(2) That, for the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:

(i) each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

(ii) each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii) or (x) for the purpose of providing the information required by Section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;. provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date.

(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the

 

II-5


Table of Contents

event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Milford, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on this 5th day of January, 2016.

 

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
By:   /s/ Martin Driscoll
 

Martin Driscoll

President and Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Martin Driscoll and Jonathan Freve, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Martin Driscoll

   President, Chief Executive Officer and   January 5, 2016
Martin Driscoll    Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive
Officer)
 

/s/ Jonathan Freve

   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and   January 5, 2016
Jonathan Freve    Secretary (Principal Financial and Accounting
Officer)
 

/s/ R.P. “Kris” Iyer, PhD

   Chief Scientific Officer and Director   January 5, 2016
R.P. “Kris” Iyer, PhD     

/s/ Jonathan Bates

   Director   January 5, 2016
Jonathan Bates     

/s/ David Arkowitz

   Director   January 5, 2016
David Arkowitz     

/s/ Kurt Eichler

   Director   January 5, 2016
Kurt Eichler     

 

II-7


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.
  Exhibit Description
3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
3.2   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be effective upon the closing of this offering
3.3   Bylaws of the Registrant
3.4   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to be effective upon the closing of this offering
4.1*   Form of the Registrant’s common stock certificate
5.1*   Opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
10.1   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and each of its directors and officers
10.2#   2014 Stock Incentive Plan
10.3#   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2014 Stock Incentive Plan
10.4#   Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under 2014 Stock Incentive Plan
10.5#   2015 Stock Incentive Plan
10.6#   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2015 Stock Incentive Plan
10.7#   Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under 2015 Stock Incentive Plan
10.8   Lease between the Registrant and The Route 495 Commerce Park Limited Partnership, dated February 5, 2013, as amended April 7, 2015
10.9*   License Agreement between Registrant and BioHEP Technologies Ltd. (formerly known as Micrologix Biotech Inc.), dated December 8, 2003, as amended April 30, 2008 and January 1, 2009
10.10#   Executive Employment Agreement between Registrant and R.P. Kris Iyer, PhD dated December 16, 2015
10.11#   Executive Employment Agreement between Registrant and Douglas Jensen dated March 1, 2013
10.12#   Transition Agreement between the Registrant and Douglas Jensen dated May 27, 2015
10.13#   Consulting Agreement between Registrant and Jonathan Bates dated January 1, 2013, as amended
10.14#   Employment Agreement between Registrant and Martin Driscoll dated August 7, 2015
10.15#   Employment Agreement between Registrant and Jonathan P. Freve dated December 1, 2015
10.16#   Employment Agreement between Registrant and Nezam H. Afdhal, MD dated November 1, 2015
10.17   Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and BioHEP Technologies Ltd. (formerly known as Micrologix Biotech, Inc.), dated as of December 17, 2003, as amended on April 30, 2008
21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1*   Consent of Law Offices of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2   Consent of RSM US LLP
24.1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

* To be filed by amendment.

# Indicates management contract or compensatory plan

Exhibit 3.1

 

     

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 01:03 PM 05/12/2008

FILED 01:03 PM 05/12/2008

SRV 080532649 – 4557165 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

(A Delaware Corporation)

I, the undersigned, for the purposes of incorporating and organizing a corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), do execute this Certificate of Incorporation and do hereby certify as follows:

FIRST. The name of the corporation is Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

SECOND. The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Suite 600, One Commerce Center, 1201 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, New Castle County. The name of its registered agent at such address is Agents and Corporations, Inc.

THIRD. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

FOURTH. (a)  Authorized Capital . The total number of shares of all classes of stock, which the Corporation shall have authority to issue, is 55,000,000, of which 50,000,000 shares, par value of $0.0001 shall be designated as Common Stock (“Common Stock”), and 5,000,000 shares, par value of $0.0001, shall be designated as Preferred Stock (“Preferred Stock”).

(b) Common Stock .

(i) Dividends . Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the requirements, if any, with respect to the setting aside of sums as sinking funds or redemption or purchase accounts for the benefit of such holders and subject to any other conditions that may be fixed in or pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (c) of this Article Fourth, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors on the Common Stock out of assets which are legally available therefore. Any such dividends shall be divided among the holders of the Common Stock on a pro rata basis.

(ii) Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and liabilities of the Corporation and after distribution to the holders of Preferred Stock of the amounts fixed in or pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (c) of this Article Fourth, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation, tangible and intangible, of whatever kind available for distribution to stockholders. Any such assets shall be divided among the holders of Common Stock on a pro rata basis.

(iii) Voting . Except as may otherwise be required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock fixed in or pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Article Fourth, each holder of Common Stock shall have one vote for each share of Common Stock held by such holder on each matter submitted to a vote of the stockholders.

(c) Preferred Stock .

(i) General . Shares of the Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, the shares of each series to have any designations and powers, preferences and rights, and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, as are stated and expressed in any resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such series adopted by the Board of Directors as hereinafter prescribed (a “Preferred Stock Designation”).

(ii) Authority of Board of Directors; Preferred Stock Designation . Authority is hereby expressly granted to and vested in the Board of Directors to authorize the issuance of the Preferred Stock from time to time in one or more series, and with respect to each series of the Preferred Stock, to fix and state by the resolution or resolutions from time to time adopted providing for the issuance thereof the following:

(1) whether or not the series is to have voting rights, full, special or limited, or is to be without voting rights, and whether or not such series is to be entitled to vote as a separate class either alone or together with the holders of one or more other classes or series of stock;

(2) the number of shares to constitute the series and the designations thereof;


(3) the preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, with respect to any series;

(4) whether or not the shares of any series shall be redeemable at the option of the Corporation or the holders thereof or upon the happening of any specified event, and, if redeemable, the redemption price or prices (which may be payable in the form of cash, notes, securities or other property), and the time or times at which and the terms and conditions upon which such shares shall be redeemable and the manner of redemption;

(5) whether or not the shares of a series shall be subject to the operation of retirement or sinking funds to be applied to the purchase or redemption of such shares for retirement, and, if such retirement or sinking fund or funds are to be established, the periodic amount thereof, and the terms and provisions relative to the operation thereof;

(6) the dividend rate, whether dividends are payable in cash, stock of the Corporation or other property, the conditions upon which and the times when such dividends are payable, the preference to or the relation to the payment of dividends payable on any other class or classes or series of stock, whether or not such dividends shall be cumulative or noncumulative, and if cumulative, the date or dates from which such dividends shall accumulate;

(7) the preferences, if any, and the amounts thereof which the holders of any series thereof shall be entitled to receive upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation;

(8) whether or not the shares of any series, at the option of the Corporation or the holder thereof or upon the happening of any specified event, shall be convertible into or exchangeable for the shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock, securities or other property of the Corporation and the conversion price or prices or ratio or ratios or the rate or rates at which such conversion or exchange may be made, with such adjustments, if any, as shall be stated and expressed or provided for in such resolution or resolutions; and

(9) any other special rights and protective provisions with respect to any series that the Board of Directors may deem advisable.

(iii) Separate Series; Increase or Decrease in Authorized Shares . The shares of each series of Preferred Stock may vary from the shares of any other series thereof in any or ail of the foregoing respects and in any other manner. The Board of Directors may increase the number of shares of Preferred Stock designated for any existing series by a resolution adding to such series authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock not designated for any other series. Unless otherwise provided in the Preferred Stock Designation, the Board of Directors may decrease the number of shares of Preferred Stock designated for any existing series by a resolution subtracting from such series authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock designated for such existing series, and the shares so subtracted shall become authorized, unissued and undesignated shares of Preferred Stock.

(d) General .

(i) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation may issue shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock from time to time for such consideration (not less than the par value thereof) as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, which is expressly authorized to fix the same in its absolute discretion. Shares so issued for which the consideration shall have been paid or delivered to the Corporation shall be deemed fully paid stock and shall not be liable to any further call or assessment thereon, and the holders of such shares shall not be liable for any further payments in respect of such shares.

(ii) Subject to the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation shall have authority to create and issue rights and options entitling their holders to purchase shares of the capital stock of the Corporation of any class or series or other securities of the Corporation, and such rights and options shall be evidenced by instrument approved by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall be empowered to set the exercise price, duration, times for exercise and other terms of such rights or options.

(iii) No stockholder of the Corporation shall by reason of his or her holding shares of any class of capital stock of the Corporation have any preemptive or preferential right to acquire or subscribe for any additional, unissued or treasury shares (whether now or hereafter acquired) of any class of capital stock of the Corporation now or hereafter to be authorized, or any notes, debentures, bonds or other securities convertible into or carrying any right, option or warrant to subscribe for or acquire shares of any class of capital stock of the Corporation now or hereafter to be authorized, whether or not the issuance of any such shares or such notes, debentures, bonds or other securities would adversely affect the dividends or voting or other rights of that stockholder.

(iv) Cumulative voting of shares of any capital stock having voting rights shall not be permitted.


FIFTH. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is Douglas Jensen, 113 Cedar Street, Suite 7, Milford, MA 01757

SIXTH. The Board of Directors is authorized to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws of the Corporation.

SEVENTH. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot except and to the extent provided in the Bylaws.

EIGHTH. (a) The number of directors of the Corporation shall be not less than three, the exact number of which and the method by which the directors shall be elected shall be as set forth in the Bylaws.

(b) Any vacancies on the Board of Directors shall be filled by the holders of Common Stock or by directors elected by the holders of Common Stock in the manner provided for in the Bylaws.

(c) Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock.

NINTH. A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent that such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as currently in effect or as the same may hereafter be amended. If the DGCL is hereafter amended to eliminate or limit further the liability of a director, then, in addition to the elimination and limitation of liability provided by the preceding sentence, the liability of each director shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended. Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Article Ninth shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation that exists at the time of such amendment, modification or repeal.

TENTH. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, including the advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, and in accordance with the Bylaws, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by the Corporation (a “Covered Person”) (including the heirs, executors, administrators and estate of such Covered Person), against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article Tenth with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation. Without limiting the generality or the effect of the foregoing, the Corporation may enter into one or more agreements with any person that provide for indemnification greater or different than that provided in this Article Tenth. No amendment or repeal of this Article Tenth shall adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder or pursuant hereto immediately prior to such amendment or repeal.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this Certificate of Incorporation this      day of May 2008.

 

/s/ Douglas Jensen

Douglas Jensen

Incorporator


LOGO


RESOLVED : That the Corporation be and hereby is authorized and directed to establish and create a new class of Preferred Stock to be designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), which class shall consist of 4,000 shares, which shares shall have the rights and preferences set forth below:

1. General Rights and Obligations . The rights, obligations and privileges with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock are governed by and are subject to the Stock Purchase Agreement between the Corporation and Micrologix Biotech, Inc. relating thereto, the terms hereof, applicable provisions of the Chapter 156B of the Massachusetts General Laws (“MGL ch. 156B”), as amended from time to time, and all other laws that are binding on the Company. In addition, the Series A Preferred Stock is subject to the provisions relating thereto in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended from time to time (“Articles”) and By-laws, as amended from time to time (the “Bylaws”).

2. Dividends . No dividends shall be payable on or in respect to the Series A Preferred Stock.

3. Liquidation Rights . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or not, the holder(s) of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, before any amount shall be paid to holders of Common Stock, an amount per share equal to $250.00 (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations or similar events and hereafter referred to as the “Original Issue Price” of the Preferred Shares). If upon the occurrence of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets and surplus funds distributed to the holder(s) of Series A Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets and surplus funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the aggregate amount payable to each of such holders pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence. If upon the occurrence of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, after the payment to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock of the preferential amount, assets or surplus funds remain in the Company, the holders of the Company’s Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all such remaining assets and surplus funds.

4. Voting Rights . Each holder of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have such voting rights as are conferred upon them in MGL ch. 156B, the Articles and the By-laws. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to vote for any election of directors of the Company, including elections for the purpose of filling a vacancy, except as may be required by law.

5. Conversion to Common Stock . The Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible into Common Stock of the Company as follows:

(a) Definitions. For purposes of this Section 5 and elsewhere herein the following definitions shall apply:

(i) “Common Stock Equivalents” means Convertible Securities and rights entitling the holder thereof to receive directly, or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock without the payment of any consideration by such holder for such additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents.

 

-2A-


(ii) “Conversion Price” means initially $250 for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment from time to time pursuant to this Section 5.

(iii) “Conversion Ratio” means the ratio which reflects the number of shares of Common Stock into which one share of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted. The initial Conversion Ratio shall be 1:1 (one share of Common Stock for each share of Series A Preferred Stock), and shall be subject to adjustment from time to time pursuant to Section 5(c)(ii).

(iv) “Convertible Securities” means any indebtedness or shares of stock or other securities, including options, convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, including without limitation Series A Preferred Stock.

(v) “ Holder ” means any person or entity that is the registered holder of all or any of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

(vi) “Issuance Date” means the date upon which the Series A Preferred Stock was first issued to Micrologix.

(vii) “Securities Not Counted for Adjustments” means (A) Common Stock issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock; (B) Common Stock issuable pursuant to any securities convertible or exercisable into or exchangeable for Common Stock previously adjusted for pursuant to Section 5(c)(i); (C) options to purchase Common Stock of the Company (including Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of such options) issued to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company; (D) capital stock of any class issuable upon any subdivision, recombination, split-up or reverse stock split of all outstanding shares of such class of capital stock; (E) Common Stock or securities issued or issuable to banks, lenders or landlords as an incentive or which is required to be issued as a precondition of the loan or lease, as the case may be, provided that the aggregate of such Common Stock or securities does not exceed 5% of the then outstanding shares of the of the capital stock of the Company on an as-converted basis or (F) Common Stock issuable by the Company pursuant to a public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, subsequent to an IPO (as hereinafter defined).

 

-2B-


(b) Conversion at Holder’s Option. Each Holder shall have the right (the “Conversion Right”) at any time to convert all or from time to time to convert any part of its Series A Preferred Stock into fully paid shares of Common Stock on the following basis:

(i) Conversion Notice – A Holder may exercise a Holder’s Conversion Right by notice (the “Conversion Notice”) in writing delivered to the Company. The Conversion Notice shall specify the number of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Specified Shares”) the Holder delivering the Conversion Notice wishes to be converted, be signed by the Holder and may be accompanied by the certificates representing the Series A Preferred Stock to be converted.

(ii) Conversion Procedure – Effective as of the date of receipt of a duly signed Conversion Notice and accompanying share certificate or certificates, the Company shall issue and promptly deliver to the Holder tendering the Conversion Notice a certificate representing fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock in the number equal to the Conversion Ratio in effect multiplied by the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock being converted pursuant to the Conversion Notice. If less than all the shares of Series A Preferred Stock represented by any certificate are converted, the Company shall at its expense promptly issue and promptly deliver a new share certificate to the Holder for the balance of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock not converted.

(c) Adjustments to Conversion Price and Conversion Ratio . Subject to the other provisions of this Section 5, the Conversion Price and Conversion Ratio in effect from time to time for the Series A Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment in certain cases as follows below.

(i) Adjustment for Dilutive Share Issuances. In the event the Company shall at any time after the Issuance Date issue or sell (A) any Common Stock (or shall be deemed to have issued Common Stock pursuant to this Section 5), (B) securities to purchase or acquire Common Stock, (C) or securities convertible or exercisable into or exchangeable for Common Stock, in each case pursuant to a financing or the acquisition of another corporation or entity (or its assets) (collectively a “Dilutive Financing”) then the Conversion Price shall immediately be adjusted to an amount equal to the consideration paid and/or payable for each share of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to such Dilutive Financing.

(ii) Stock Splits, Dividends, Distributions and Combinations. In the event the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the Issuance Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision (including reverse splits) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive any other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, then, as of such record date (or the date of such

 

-2C-


distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Ratio shall simultaneously be adjusted upon the happening of such event by multiplying the Conversion Ratio in effect immediately prior to such event by the following fraction:

(A) the numerator of which is the number of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately after completion of the event, and

(B) the denominator of which is the number of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the event.

Any such adjustments shall be successive and each resulting new Conversion Ratio shall continue in effect until the next adjustment (if any) is made.

If at any time and from time to time after the Issuance Date, the Common Stock is changed into a different class or classes of shares, whether by reclassification, recapitalization, reorganization, arrangement, amalgamation, or merger, then each Holder shall have the right thereafter to convert its Series A Preferred Stock into the kind and amount of shares and other securities and property receivable upon such change by holders of the number of shares of Common Stock into which the Series A Preferred Stock could have been converted immediately prior to such change.

(iii) Other Events. Upon the occurrence of any event not specifically denominated in this Section 5 as adjusting the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Conversion Ratio (the “Other Events”) that, in the reasonable exercise of the business judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company requires, on equitable principles, the adjustment of the Conversion Price or Conversion Ratio, such Conversion Price or Conversion Ratio will be equitably adjusted. The Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock may request the Board of Directors of the Company to review adjusting the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Conversion Ratio for such Other Events.

(iv) Miscellaneous Conversion Matters. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock the full number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of all the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and shall, at its own expense, take all such actions and obtain all such permits and orders as may be necessary to enable the Company lawfully to issue such Common Stock upon the conversion of such Series A Preferred Stock.

(v) Excluded Events. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5 to the contrary, the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be adjusted by virtue of the issuance by the Company of any Securities Not Counted for Adjustments (as defined above).

 

-2D-


(vi) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Conversion Ratio pursuant to this Section 5, the Company, at its expense upon request by any Holder of Series A Preferred Stock, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each Holder of the Series A Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company shall, upon the written request at any time of any Holder of Series A Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price at the time in effect, (C) the Conversion Ratio at the time in effect, and (D) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of Series A Preferred Stock.

For all purposes of this Section 5(c), the following provisions shall also be applicable:

(A) CASH CONSIDERATION. In the event of the issuance or sale of additional Common Stock or Convertible Securities for cash, the consideration received by the Company therefor shall be deemed to be the amount of cash received by the Company for such securities (or, if such securities are offered by the Company for subscription, the subscription price, or, if such securities are sold to underwriters or dealers for public offering without a subscription offering, the initial public offering price), without deducting therefrom any compensation or discount paid or allowed to underwriters or dealers or others performing similar services or for any expenses incurred in connection therewith.

(B) NON-CASH CONSIDERATION. In the event of the issuance (otherwise than upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities) or sale of additional Common Stock or Convertible Securities for a consideration other than cash or a consideration a part of which shall be other than cash, the fair value of such consideration as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in the good faith exercise of its business judgment, irrespective of the accounting treatment thereof, shall be deemed to be the value, for purposes of this Section 5, of the consideration other than cash received by the Company for such securities.

 

-2E-


(C) CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES. In the event the Company shall in any manner issue any Convertible Securities, the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of the total maximum amount of such Convertible Securities at the time such Convertible Securities first become convertible or exchangeable shall (as of the date of issue or sale of Convertible Securities) be deemed to be issued and to be outstanding for the purpose of Section 5(c)(i) and to have been issued for the sum of the amount (if any) paid for such Convertible Securities and the amount (if any) payable upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities at the time such Convertible Securities first become convertible or exchangeable: provided that, no further adjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be made upon the actual issuance of any such Common Stock or Convertible Securities or upon the conversion or exchange of any such Convertible Securities.

(d) Resolution of Calculation and Adjustment Questions . If at any such time a question arises with respect to adjustments or calculations made under this Section 5, such questions shall be determined by the accountants or auditors of the Company, or, if requested in writing by the Holder, by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, including the Supplementary Procedures for Large Complex Disputes. The determination of such arbitrator shall be binding upon the Company and the Holder. The arbitration shall take place in New York, New York. The arbitrator shall apply the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions.

(e) No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of the Articles or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer or assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed by the Company under this Section 5, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 5 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion and redemption rights of the Holders of Series A Preferred Stock against impairment.

(f) No Fractional Shares . No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded to the next smaller whole share. Whether or not fractional shares are issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the Holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion. The value of any fractional share issuable upon conversion shall be paid in cash by the Company.

 

-2F-


(g) Automatic Conversion . Immediately upon the effectiveness of the Company’s initial registration statement on Form S-1 (the “IPO Effective Date”) pursuant to which Common Stock is sold to the public by the Company (or selling stockholders, if any) in a public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (an “IPO”), each share of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding (other than Series A Preferred Stock which are being redeemed pursuant to Section 6 below) shall, at the option of the Holder, be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Ratio for such Series A Preferred Stock then in effect. On and after said conversion date, notwithstanding that any certificates for the shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered for conversion, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock evidenced thereby shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding, and all rights with respect thereto shall forthwith cease and terminate, except only the rights of the Holder (i) to receive the shares of Common Stock to which such Holder shall be entitled upon conversion thereof and (ii) to receive the amount of cash payable in respect of any fractional share of Common Stock to which such Holder shall be entitled. In the event that any Holder of Series A Preferred Stock presents such Holder’s certificate therefor for surrender to the Company or its transfer agent upon such conversion, a certificate for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series A Preferred Stock surrendered were convertible on such conversion date promptly will be issued and delivered to such Holder.

6. Redemption .

(a) Redemption Upon an IPO . The Company shall give notice to the Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock of its intent to effect an IPO (the “IPO Notice”). Each such Holder shall then have the right to request the Company to redeem all or any portion of such Holder’s Preferred Shares. Such Holder shall make such request, stating the number of Preferred Shares such Holder desires to redeem, by delivering a written notice signed by the Holder (the “Redemption Notice”) within twenty (20) days of the date of the IPO Notice. The Company shall redeem the Preferred Shares so requested at a price equal to $250.00 per Preferred Share being redeemed (the “Redemption Price”). Such redemption shall be deemed to have occurred on the IPO Effective Date. The Redemption Price shall be payable by the Company on any date (the “Redemption Payment Date”) not later than 30 days after the conclusion of the IPO, On and after the IPO Effective Date, any rights of any Holder with respect to those Preferred Shares being redeemed by the Company, shall cease and terminate, except for the right to receive the Redemption Price for such Preferred Shares, and such Preferred Shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, whether or not the certificates representing such Preferred Shares shall have been received by the Company.

(b) Expiry Redemption . So long as the Series A Preferred Stock has not been converted to Common Stock pursuant to Section 5 above or redeemed pursuant to Section 6(a) above, on December 15, 2011 and on December 15 of each year thereafter (each such date being referred to as the “Series A Preferred Share Expiry Date”), each Holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall then have the right to

 

-2G-


request the Company to redeem all or any portion of such Holder’s Series A Preferred Shares. Such Holder shall make such request, stating the number of Series A Preferred Shares such Holder desires to redeem, by delivering a notice (the “Expiry Redemption Notice”) to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date of the Series A Preferred Share Expiry Date. The Company shall redeem the Series A Preferred Shares so requested at the Redemption Price. The Redemption Price shall be payable by the Company not later than 30 days after receipt of the Expiry Redemption Notice. On and after the Series A Preferred Share Expiry Date, any rights of any Holder with respect to those shares of Series A Preferred Stock being redeemed by the Company, shall cease and terminate, except for the right to receive the Redemption Price for such shares, and such shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, whether or not the certificates representing such shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have been received by the Company.

(c) Redemption Subject to Applicable Law . If the Company is not permitted by insolvency provisions or other provisions of applicable law to redeem all or any portion of the Series A Preferred Shares required to be redeemed hereunder (if not otherwise converted, as the case may be), the Company shall, pursuant to the terms of this Section 6, redeem only the maximum number of Series A Preferred Shares (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) it is then permitted to redeem and shall make any payment to the holder of the Series A Preferred Shares required by this Agreement.

7. Make Whole Obligation . If, upon the Company becoming obligated to redeem or convert any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 5 or 6 hereof, the Company is not permitted by applicable law to redeem or convert any portion of the shares the Series A Preferred Stock required to be redeemed (if not otherwise converted as the case may be) or converted, the holders of such shares shall be entitled to retain the shares which have not been permitted to be redeemed or converted, as the case may be, and the Company shall redeem or convert the balance of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock as soon as it is lawfully permitted to do so.

8. Transfer . The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be freely transferable by the holders thereof except as set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement, the By-Laws, the Articles, and any other agreement entered into by the holder of such shares which may place restrictions on transfer thereof.

 

-2H-


9. Right of Participation.

(a) Definitions . For purposes of this Section 9 the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(i) “ Equity Percentage ” means, as to any Holder, that percentage figure which expresses the ratio that (A) the number of shares of issued and outstanding Common Stock then owned by such Holder bears to (B) the aggregate number of shares of issued and outstanding Common Stock then owned by all holders of Common Stock and Convertible Securities of the Company. For purposes solely of the computation set forth in clauses (A) and (B) above, Convertible Securities (as defined in Section 5) shall be treated as having been converted or exchanged for Common Stock at the rate(s) or price(s) at which such Convertible Securities are convertible or exchangeable in effect at the time in question.

(ii) “ Excluded Securities ” shall mean (A) Common Stock issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock or pursuant to a public offering of the Common Stock of the Company registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; (B) options to purchase Common Stock of the Company (including Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of such options) issued to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company; provided that the aggregate number of shares issuable upon the exercise of such options does not exceed 10% of the then outstanding shares of the of the capital stock of the Company on an as-converted basis; (C) capital stock of any class issuable upon any subdivision, recombination, split-up or reverse stock split of all outstanding shares of such class of capital stock; (D) Common Stock or securities issued or issuable to banks, lenders or landlords, provided that the aggregate of such Common Stock or securities does not exceed 5% of the then outstanding shares of the of the capital stock of the Company on an as-converted basis; (E) Common Stock or other securities issued or issuable to third parties in connection with strategic partnerships or alliances, joint ventures or other licensing transactions, provided that the aggregate of such Common Stock or Securities does not exceed 5% of the then outstanding shares of the of the capital stock of the Company on an as-converted basis; and (F) Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation or entity (or its assets).

(iii) Offered Securities shall mean (A) any shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or any other equity security of the Company, (B) any convertible debt security or (C) any option, warrant or other right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any such equity security or convertible debt security, but shall not include the Excluded Securities.

(b) Right of Participation to Purchase Securities .

(i) The Company shall not issue or sell any Offered Securities (the “Proposed Issue”) unless in each case the Company shall offer to sell to each Holder (the “Offer”) up to its then existing Equity Percentage of the Offered Securities on the terms set forth herein and at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as those of the Proposed Issue.

 

-2I-


(ii) The Company shall deliver to each Holder written notice of the Offer, specifying the price and terms and conditions of the Proposed Issue (the “Offer Notice”). The Offer by its terms shall remain open and irrevocable for a period often (10) days from the date of delivery of the Offer Notice to each Holder (the “10-Day Period”).

(iii) Each Holder shall evidence its intention to accept the Offer to purchase up to its then existing Equity Percentage of the Offered Securities by delivering a written notice signed by the Holder (the “Notice of Acceptance”). The Notice of Acceptance must be delivered to the Company not later than the last day of the 10-Day Period, and shall specify the percentage of the Offered Securities (but no more than its then existing Equity Percentage) that it elects to acquire (the “Elected Percentage”).

(iv) If one or more Holders tenders its Notice of Acceptance prior to the end of the 10-Day Period, the Company shall proceed to schedule a closing of the sale of the Offered Securities for which it has received a Notice of Acceptance, as well as a closing of the remaining securities under the Proposed Issue (the “Remaining Securities”), at which closing each Holder that tendered a Notice of Acceptance shall purchase from the Company its Elected Percentage upon the terms and conditions specified in the Offer Notice, which terms and conditions shall also apply to the purchase of the Remaining Securities. The obligation of any Holder to purchase its Elected Percentage of the Offered Securities at such closing is further conditioned upon the preparation of a purchase agreement embodying the terms of the Offer, which shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to such Holder and its counsel.

(v) If no Holder tenders a Notice of Acceptance, the Company shall have ninety (90) days from the expiration of 10-Day Period to sell the Offered Securities to any other person or persons, but only upon terms and conditions which are in all material respects (including, without limitation, price and interest rate) no more favorable to such other person or persons, and no less favorable to the Company, than those set forth in the Offer Notice.

(c) The rights granted under this Section 9 shall only apply if the price for the Offered Securities (which shall include the actual purchase price for such Offered Securities plus, in the case of any Convertible Securities, any amount payable upon conversion or exchange thereof as of the first date such Convertible Securities are eligible for conversion or exchange) is less than or equal to the then Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock.

(d) The rights granted to the Holders under this Section 9 shall expire on the day immediately preceding the IPO Effective Date.

 

-2J-


10. Covenants . In addition to any other rights provided by law, the Company shall not take any of the following actions.

(a) Holders of Series A Preferred Stock . So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, the Company shall not without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock voting together as a class:

(i) amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, the Articles or the Company’s By-laws if such action would alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of or the restrictions provided for the benefit of the Series A Preferred Stock, or increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

(ii) authorize or issue shares of any class or series of stock not authorized in the Articles having any liquidation preference or priority as to assets superior to any such liquidation preference or priority of the Series A Preferred Stock; or authorize or issue shares of stock of any class or series of any bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations convertible into or exchangeable for, or having option rights to purchase, any shares of stock of this Company having any liquidation preference or priority as to assets superior to any such liquidation preference or priority of the Series A Preferred Stock;

(iii) reclassify any class or series of any Common Stock into shares having any liquidation preference or priority as to assets superior to or on a parity with any such liquidation preference or priority of the Series A Preferred Stock; or

(iv) apply any of its assets to the redemption, retirement, purchase or acquisition, directly or indirectly, through subsidiaries or otherwise, of any shares of any class or series of Common Stock, except from employees, advisors, officers, directors and consultants of, and persons performing services for the Company or its subsidiaries on terms approved by the Board of Directors upon termination of employment or association.

 

-2K-


LOGO

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), certifies that:

A. The name of the Corporation is Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 12, 2008.

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation.

C. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Martin Driscoll, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on [            ], 2015.

By:                                         

Martin Driscoll,

President and CEO

EXHIBIT A

FIRST. The name of the Corporation is Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

SECOND. The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Suite 600, One Commerce Center, 1201 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, New Castle County. The name of its registered agent at such address is Agents and Corporations, Inc.

THIRD. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

FOURTH. (a) Authorized Capital. The total number of shares of all classes of stock, which the Corporation shall have authority to issue, is 210,000,000, of which 200,000,000 shares, par value of $0.0001 shall be designated as Common Stock (“Common Stock”), and 10,000,000 shares, par value of $0.0001, shall be designated as Preferred Stock (“Preferred Stock”).

(b) Common Stock.

(i) General . The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock of any series as may be designated by the Board of Directors upon any issuance of the Preferred Stock of any series.

(ii) Dividends. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the requirements, if any, with respect to the setting aside of sums as sinking funds or redemption or purchase accounts for the benefit of such holders and subject to any other conditions that may be fixed in or pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (c) of this Article FOURTH, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors on the Common Stock out of assets which are legally available therefore.

(iii) Liquidation. In the event of any dissolution or liquidation, after distribution to the holders of Preferred Stock, if any, of the amounts fixed in or pursuant to the rights, preferences or privileges of the Preferred Stock, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation, tangible and intangible, of whatever kind available for distribution to stockholders.

(iv) Voting. The holders of the Common Stock shall have voting rights at all meetings of stockholders, each such holder being entitled to one vote for each share thereof held by such holder; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (which, as used herein, shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation.


The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

(c) Preferred Stock.

(i) General. Shares of the Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, the shares

of each series to have any designations and powers, preferences and rights, and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, as are stated and expressed herein and in any resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such series adopted by the Board of Directors as hereinafter prescribed (a “Preferred Stock Designation”). Any shares of Preferred Stock which may be redeemed, purchased or acquired by the Corporation may be reissued except as otherwise provided by law.

(ii) Authority of Board of Directors; Preferred Stock Designation. Authority is hereby expressly granted to and vested in the Board of Directors to authorize the issuance of the Preferred Stock from time to time in one or more series, and with respect to each series of the Preferred Stock, to fix and state by the resolution or resolutions from time to time adopted providing for the issuance of the shares thereof and by filing a certificate of designations relating thereto in accordance with the DGCL:

(1) whether or not the series is to have voting rights, full, special or limited, or is to be without voting rights, and whether or not such series is to be entitled to vote as a separate class either alone or together with the holders of one or more other classes or series of stock;

(2) the number of shares to constitute the series and the designations thereof;

(3) the preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, with respect to the series, including with respect to any other series of Preferred Stock;

(4) whether or not the shares of the series shall be redeemable at the option of the Corporation or the holders thereof or upon the happening of any specified event, and, if redeemable, the redemption price or prices (which may be payable in the form of cash, notes, securities or other property), and the time or times at which and the terms and conditions upon which such shares shall be redeemable and the manner of redemption;

(5) whether or not the shares of the series shall be subject to the operation of retirement or sinking funds to be applied to the purchase or redemption of such shares for retirement, and, if such retirement or sinking fund or funds are to be established, the periodic amount thereof, and the terms and provisions relative to the operation thereof;

(6) the dividend rate, whether dividends are payable in cash, stock of the Corporation or other property, the conditions upon which and the times when such dividends are payable, the preference to or the relation to the payment of dividends payable on any other class or classes or series of stock, whether or not such dividends shall be cumulative or noncumulative, and if cumulative, the date or dates from which such dividends shall accumulate;

(7) the preferences, if any, and the amounts thereof which the holders of the series shall be entitled to receive upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation;

(8) whether or not the shares of the series, at the option of the Corporation or the holder thereof or upon the happening of any specified event, shall be convertible into or exchangeable for the shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock, securities or other property of the Corporation and the conversion price or prices or ratio or ratios or the rate or rates at which such conversion or exchange may be made, with such adjustments, if any, as shall be stated and expressed or provided for in such resolution or resolutions; and

(9) any other special rights and protective provisions with respect to the series that the Board of Directors may deem advisable.

(iii) Number of Authorized Shares of Preferred Stock . The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.


(d) General.

(i) No stockholder of the Corporation shall by reason of his or her holding shares of any class of capital stock of the Corporation have any preemptive or preferential right to acquire or subscribe for any additional, unissued or treasury shares (whether now or hereafter acquired) of any class of capital stock of the Corporation now or hereafter to be authorized, or any notes, debentures, bonds or other securities convertible into or carrying any right, option or warrant to subscribe for or acquire shares of any class of capital stock of the Corporation now or hereafter to be authorized, whether or not the issuance of any such shares or such notes, debentures, bonds or other securities would adversely affect the dividends or voting or other rights of that stockholder.

(ii) Cumulative voting of shares of any capital stock having voting rights shall not be permitted.

FIFTH . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

SIXTH. This Article SIXTH is inserted for the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation.

(a) General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

(b) Number of Directors; Election of Directors . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be established by the Board of Directors. Election of directors need not be by written ballot, except as and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

(c) Classification . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board of Directors shall be and is divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to Class I, Class II or Class III at the time such classification becomes effective.

(d) Terms of Office . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders following the annual meeting of stockholders at which such director was elected; provided that each director initially assigned to Class I shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation; each director initially assigned to Class II shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s second annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation; and each director initially assigned to Class III shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s third annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation; provided further, that the term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor and be subject to his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

(e) Quorum . The greater of (i) a majority of the directors at any time in office and (ii) one third of the number of directors fixed pursuant to Section (b) of this Article SIXTH shall constitute a quorum of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than such a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

(f) Action at Meeting . Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors unless a greater number is required by law or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

(g) Removal . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, directors of the Corporation may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors.

(h) Vacancies . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancy or newly created directorship in the Board of Directors, however occurring, shall be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and shall not be filled by the stockholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen, subject to the election and qualification of a successor and to such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.


(i) Stockholder Nominations and Introduction of Business, Etc . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for election of directors and other business to be brought by stockholders before a meeting of stockholders shall be given in the manner provided by the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SEVENTH. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the DGCL, and subject to the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors is authorized to adopt, amend or repeal any and all provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of this Corporation (and notwithstanding that some lesser percentage may be specified by law), no provision of the Bylaws of the Corporation shall be amended, modified or repealed by the stockholders of the Corporation, nor shall any provision of the Bylaws of the Corporation inconsistent with any such provision be adopted by the stockholders of the Corporation, unless such action is approved, in addition to any other vote required by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors.

EIGHTH: Notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of this Corporation (and notwithstanding that some lesser percentage may be specified by law), no provision of Articles SIXTH, SEVENTH, EIGHTH, TENTH or ELEVENTH of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be amended, modified or repealed, nor shall any provision of the Bylaws of the Corporation inconsistent with any such provision be adopted by the stockholders of the Corporation, unless approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors.

NINTH. The Corporation shall provide indemnification as follows:

(a) Actions, Suits and Proceedings Other than by or in the Right of the Corporation . The Corporation shall indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan) (all such persons being referred to hereafter as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974), and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(b) Actions or Suits by or in the Right of the Corporation . The Corporation shall indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made under this Section (b) of this Article NINTH in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent, that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of such liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which the Court of Chancery of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) Indemnification for Expenses of Successful Party . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article NINTH, to the extent that an Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections (a) and (b) of this Article NINTH, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, or on appeal from any such action, suit or proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith.


(d) Notification and Defense of Claim . As a condition precedent to an Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified, such Indemnitee must notify the Corporation in writing as soon as practicable of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnitee for which indemnity will or could be sought. With respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation is so notified, the Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense and/or to assume the defense thereof at its own expense, with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee. After notice from the Corporation to Indemnitee of its election so to assume such defense, the Corporation shall not be liable to Indemnitee for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, other than as provided below in this Section (d) of this Article NINTH. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Corporation, (ii) counsel to Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest or position on any significant issue between the Corporation and Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such action, suit, proceeding or investigation or (iii) the Corporation shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel for Indemnitee shall be at the expense of the Corporation, except as otherwise expressly provided by this Article NINTH. The Corporation shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Corporation or as to which counsel for Indemnitee shall have reasonably made the conclusion provided for in clause (ii) above. The Corporation shall not be required to indemnify Indemnitee under this Article NINTH for any amounts paid in settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation effected without its written consent. The Corporation shall not settle any action, suit, proceeding or investigation in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Corporation nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any proposed settlement.

(e) Advance of Expenses . Subject to the provisions of Section (f) of this Article NINTH, in the event of any threatened or pending action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation receives notice under this Article NINTH, any expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in defending an action, suit, proceeding or investigation or any appeal therefrom shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such matter; provided, however, that the payment of such expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of such matter shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay all amounts so advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article NINTH; and provided further that no such advancement of expenses shall be made under this Article NINTH if it is determined (in the manner described in Section (f) of this Article NINTH) that (i) Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, or (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such undertaking shall be accepted without reference to the financial ability of Indemnitee to make such repayment.

(f) Procedure for Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . In order to obtain indemnification or advancement of expenses pursuant to Section (a), (b), (c) or (e) of this Article NINTH, an Indemnitee shall submit to the Corporation a written request. Any such advancement of expenses shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days after receipt by the Corporation of the written request of Indemnitee, unless (i) the Corporation has assumed the defense pursuant to Section 4 of this Article NINTH (and none of the circumstances described in Section (d) of this Article NINTH that would nonetheless entitle the Indemnitee to indemnification for the fees and expenses of separate counsel have occurred) or (ii) the Corporation determines within such 60 day period that Indemnitee did not meet the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section (a), (b) or (e) of this Article NINTH, as the case may be. Any such indemnification, unless ordered by a court, shall be made with respect to requests under Section (a) or (b) of this Article NINTH only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination by the Corporation that the indemnification of Indemnitee is proper because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section (a) or (b) of this Article NINTH, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made in each instance (i) by a majority vote of the directors of the Corporation consisting of persons who are not at that time parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question (“disinterested directors”), whether or not a quorum, (ii) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by majority vote of disinterested directors, whether or not a quorum, (iii) if there are no disinterested directors, or if the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel (who may, to the extent permitted by law, be regular legal counsel to the Corporation) in a written opinion, or (iv) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

(g) Remedies . Subject to Article TWELFTH, the right to indemnification or advancement of expenses as granted by this Article NINTH shall be enforceable by Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction. Neither the failure of the Corporation to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Corporation pursuant to Section (f) of this Article NINTH that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. Indemnitee’s expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred in connection with successfully establishing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such proceeding shall also be indemnified by the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any suit brought by Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder it shall be a defense that the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.


(h) Limitations . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article NINTH, except as set forth in Section (g) of this Article NINTH, the Corporation shall not indemnify an Indemnitee pursuant to this Article NINTH in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee unless the initiation thereof was approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article NINTH, the Corporation shall not indemnify an Indemnitee to the extent such Indemnitee is reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, and in the event the Corporation makes any indemnification payments to an Indemnitee and such Indemnitee is subsequently reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, such Indemnitee shall promptly refund indemnification payments to the Corporation to the extent of such insurance reimbursement.

(i) Subsequent Amendment . No amendment, termination or repeal of this Article NINTH or of the relevant provisions of the DGCL or any other applicable laws shall adversely affect or diminish in any way the rights of any Indemnitee to indemnification under the provisions hereof with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation arising out of or relating to any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such amendment, termination or repeal.

(j) Other Rights . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article NINTH shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in any other capacity while holding office for the Corporation, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. Nothing contained in this Article NINTH shall be deemed to prohibit, and the Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into, agreements with officers and directors providing indemnification rights and procedures different from those set forth in this Article NINTH. In addition, the Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by its Board of Directors, grant indemnification rights to other employees or agents of the Corporation or other persons serving the Corporation and such rights may be equivalent to, or greater or less than, those set forth in this Article NINTH.

(k) Partial Indemnification . If an Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Article NINTH to indemnification by the Corporation for some or a portion of the expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) or amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation and any appeal therefrom but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) or amounts paid in settlement to which Indemnitee is entitled.

(l) Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan) against any expense, liability or loss incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

(m) Savings Clause . If this Article NINTH or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Indemnitee as to any expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) and amounts paid in settlement in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal or administrative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article NINTH that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

(n) Definitions . Terms used herein and defined in Section 145(h) and Section 145(i) of the DGCL shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in such Section 145(h) and Section 145(i).

TENTH Except to the extent that the DGCL prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability. No amendment to or repeal of this provision shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. If the DGCL is amended to permit further elimination or limitation of the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended.


ELEVENTH: Notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of this Corporation, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary specified by law, no action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of this Corporation may be taken without such a meeting, and the power of stockholders of this Corporation to consent in writing to the taking of such action without a meeting is hereby specifically denied.

TWELFTH: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, other employee or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s By-Laws (in each case, as they may be amended from time to time) or governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article TWELFTH.

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS

OF

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

     1   

1.1

 

Registered Office

     1   

1.2

 

Other Offices

     1   

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

2.1

 

Place Of Meetings

     1   

2.2

 

Annual Meeting

     1   

2.3

 

Special Meeting

     1   

2.4

 

Notice Of Stockholders’ Meetings

     2   

2.5

 

Manner Of Giving Notice; Affidavit Of Notice

     2   

2.6

 

Quorum

     2   

2.7

 

Adjourned Meeting; Notice

     3   

2.8

 

Organization; Conduct of Business

     3   

2.9

 

Voting

     3   

2.10

 

Waiver Of Notice

     3   

2.11

 

Stockholder Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting

     4   

2.12

 

Record Date For Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents

     5   

2.13

 

Proxies

     5   

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

     6   

3.1

 

Powers

     6   

3.2

 

Number Of Directors

     6   

3.3

 

Election, Qualification And Term Of Office Of Directors

     6   

3.4

 

Resignation And Vacancies

     6   

3.5

 

Place Of Meetings; Meetings By Telephone; Exclusion of Director

     7   

3.6

 

Regular Meetings

     8   

3.7

 

Special Meetings; Notice

     8   

3.8

 

Quorum

     8   

3.9

 

Waiver Of Notice

     9   

3.10

 

Board Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting

     9   

3.11

 

Fees And Compensation Of Directors

     9   

3.12

 

Approval Of Loans To Officers

     9   

3.13

 

Removal Of Directors

     10   

3.14

 

Chairman Of The Board Of Directors

     10   

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

     10   

4.1

 

Committees Of Directors

     10   

4.2

 

Committee Minutes

     11   

4.3

 

Meetings And Action Of Committees

     11   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

     11   

5.1

 

Officers

     11   

5.2

 

Appointment Of Officers

     11   

5.3

 

Subordinate Officers

     11   

5.4

 

Removal And Resignation Of Officers

     12   

5.5

 

Vacancies In Offices

     12   

5.6

 

Chief Executive Officer

     12   

5.7

 

President

     12   

5.8

 

Vice Presidents

     12   

5.9

 

Secretary

     13   

5.10

 

Chief Financial Officer

     13   

5.11

 

Representation Of Shares Of Other Corporations

     13   

5.12

 

Authority And Duties Of Officers

     14   

ARTICLE VI - INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND OTHER AGENTS

     14   

6.1

 

Indemnification Of Directors And Officers

     14   

6.2

 

Indemnification Of Others

     14   

6.3

 

Payment Of Expenses In Advance

     15   

6.4

 

Indemnity Not Exclusive

     15   

6.5

 

Insurance

     15   

6.6

 

Conflicts

     15   

ARTICLE VII - RECORDS AND REPORTS

     16   

7.1

 

Maintenance And Inspection Of Records

     16   

7.2

 

Inspection By Directors

     16   

ARTICLE VIII - GENERAL MATTERS

     17   

8.1

 

Checks

     17   

8.2

 

Execution Of Corporate Contracts And Instruments

     17   

8.3

 

Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares

     17   

8.4

 

Special Designation On Certificates

     18   

8.5

 

Lost Certificates

     18   

8.6

 

Construction; Definitions

     18   

8.7

 

Dividends

     18   

8.8

 

Fiscal Year

     19   

8.9

 

Seal

     19   

8.10

 

Transfer Of Stock

     19   

8.11

 

Stock Transfer Agreements

     19   

8.12

 

Registered Stockholders

     19   

8.13

 

Facsimile Signature

     19   

ARTICLE IX - AMENDMENTS

     20   

 

-ii-


BYLAWS

OF

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

 

  1.1 Registered Office .

The registered office of the corporation shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware. The name of the registered agent of the corporation at such location is National Corporate Research, Ltd.

 

  1.2 Other Offices .

The Board of Directors or an executive officer delegated by the Board of Directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

  2.1 Place Of Meetings .

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the registered office of the corporation.

 

  2.2 Annual Meeting .

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, time and place, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors each year. At the meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

  2.3 Special Meeting .

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than thirty percent of the votes at that meeting.


If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the chairman of the board, the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, any vice president, or the secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of this Article II, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after the receipt of the request, the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

 

  2.4 Notice Of Stockholders’ Meetings .

All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be in writing and shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these Bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place (if any), date and hour of the meeting, and in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

  2.5 Manner Of Giving Notice; Affidavit Of Notice .

Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic mail or other electronic transmission, in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

  2.6 Quorum .

The holders of a majority of the shares of stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (a) the chairman of the meeting or (b) the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting to another place (if any), date or time.

 

-2-


  2.7 Adjourned Meeting; Notice .

When a meeting is adjourned to another place (if any), date or time, unless these Bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place (if any) thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the place (if any), date and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

  2.8 Organization; Conduct of Business .

(a) Such person as the Board of Directors may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, the chief executive officer of the Corporation or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as Chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary of the Corporation, the Secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the Chairman of the meeting appoints.

(b) The Chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The date and time of opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

 

  2.9 Voting .

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.12 of these Bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder. All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law and except as otherwise set forth in the certificate of incorporation, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively.

 

  2.10 Waiver Of Notice .

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic mail or other

 

-3-


electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice, or any waiver of notice by electronic transmission, unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

  2.11 Stockholder Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting .

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is (i) signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, and (ii) delivered to the Corporation in accordance with Section 228(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days of the date the earliest dated consent is delivered to the Corporation, a written consent or consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed in this Section. A telegram, cablegram, electronic mail or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this Section to the extent permitted by law. Any such consent shall be delivered in accordance with Section 228(d)(1) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing (including by electronic mail or other electronic transmission as permitted by law). If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the General Corporation Law of Delaware if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and written consent have been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

-4-


  2.12 Record Date For Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents .

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action.

If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date:

(a) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(b) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent (including consent by electronic mail or other electronic transmission as permitted by law) is delivered to the corporation.

(c) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, if such adjournment is for thirty (30) days or less; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

  2.13 Proxies .

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by an instrument in writing or by an electronic transmission permitted by law filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, facsimile, electronic or telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(e) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

-5-


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

 

  3.1 Powers .

Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

  3.2 Number Of Directors .

Upon the adoption of these Bylaws, the number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be not less than 4 and not more than 13, with the exact number within that range to be set by resolution of the Board of Directors. Thereafter, the number of directors may be changed by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, subject to Section 3.4 of these Bylaws. Except as otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these Bylaws or any voting agreement then in effect signed by holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote in an election of directors, no reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.

 

  3.3 Election, Qualification And Term Of Office Of Directors .

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these Bylaws, and unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or any voting agreement then in effect signed by holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote in an election of directors or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

Unless otherwise specified in the certificate of incorporation, elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

  3.4 Resignation And Vacancies .

Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the attention of the Secretary of the corporation. Except as otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or in a voting agreement then in effect signed by holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote in an election of directors, when one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

 

-6-


Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any voting agreement then in effect signed by holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote in an election of directors or these Bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class shall first be filled in accordance with any voting agreement then in effect signed by holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote in an election of directors or, if no such voting agreement is then in effect or applicable:

(a) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(b) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the votes represented by the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such vacancy or increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 30% of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.

 

  3.5 Place Of Meetings; Meetings By Telephone; Exclusion of Director .

The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

-7-


The Board of Directors may exclude a director from any portion of a meeting that deals with a matter with which such director has a conflict of interest.

 

  3.6 Regular Meetings .

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

 

  3.7 Special Meetings; Notice .

Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, any vice president, the secretary or directors holding a majority of the votes held by all directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail, facsimile, electronic transmission, or telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered personally or by facsimile, electronic transmission, telephone or telegram, it shall be delivered at least 48 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

 

  3.8 Quorum .

At all meetings of the Board of Directors, directors holding a majority of the total number of votes held by all directors (including fractional votes, if any) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the votes (including fractional votes, if any) present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

 

-8-


  3.9 Waiver Of Notice .

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic mail or other electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

  3.10 Board Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting .

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

 

  3.11 Fees And Compensation Of Directors .

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. No such compensation shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

  3.12 Approval Of Loans To Officers .

The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

-9-


  3.13 Removal Of Directors .

Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation, by these Bylaws or by any voting agreement then in effect signed by holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote in an election of directors, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors; provided, however, that if the stockholders of the corporation are entitled to cumulative voting, if less than the entire Board of Directors is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his removal would be sufficient to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board of Directors.

Except as otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these Bylaws or any voting agreement then in effect signed by holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote in an election of directors, no reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.

 

  3.14 Chairman Of The Board Of Directors .

The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chairman of the Board of Directors who may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, be considered an officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

 

  4.1 Committees Of Directors .

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate 1 or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the General Corporate Law of Delaware to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

 

-10-


  4.2 Committee Minutes .

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

  4.3 Meetings And Action Of Committees .

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone), Section 3.6 (regular meetings), Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice), Section 3.8 (quorum), Section 3.9 (waiver of notice), and Section 3.10 (action without a meeting) of these Bylaws, with such changes in the context of such provisions as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee, that special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

 

  5.1 Officers .

The officers of the corporation shall be a chairman, chief executive officer or president or both, a secretary, and a chief financial officer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these Bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

  5.2 Appointment Of Officers .

The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 or 5.5 of these Bylaws, shall be appointed by the Board of Directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

 

  5.3 Subordinate Officers .

The Board of Directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or the president to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

-11-


  5.4 Removal And Resignation Of Officers .

Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom the power of removal is conferred by the Board of Directors. Any removal is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of a removed officer under any contract to which such officer is a party.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation or the officer under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

  5.5 Vacancies In Offices .

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

  5.6 Chief Executive Officer .

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the board, if any, the chief executive officer of the corporation (if such an officer is appointed) shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He or she shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of chief executive officer of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

 

  5.7 President .

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the board (if any) or the chief executive officer, the president shall have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and other officers of the corporation. He or she shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation and such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

 

  5.8 Vice Presidents .

In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer and president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the

 

-12-


president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors, these Bylaws, the president or the chairman of the board.

 

  5.9 Secretary .

The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the Board of Directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors and stockholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors required to be given by law or by these Bylaws. He or she shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws.

 

  5.10 Chief Financial Officer .

The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital retained earnings and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

The chief financial officer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to the president, the chief executive officer, or the directors, upon request, an account of all his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Bylaws.

 

  5.11 Representation Of Shares Of Other Corporations .

The chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the chief financial officer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer or the president

 

-13-


or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by the person having such authority.

 

  5.12 Authority And Duties Of Officers .

In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the stockholders.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND OTHER AGENTS

 

  6.1 Indemnification Of Directors And Officers .

The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, indemnify each of its directors and officers against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.1, a “director” or “officer” of the corporation includes any person (a) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (b) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (c) who was a director or officer of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

 

  6.2 Indemnification Of Others .

The corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, to indemnify each of its employees and agents (other than directors and officers) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.2, an “employee” or “agent” of the corporation (other than a director or officer) includes any person (a) who is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, (b) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (c) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

 

-14-


  6.3 Payment Of Expenses In Advance .

Expenses incurred in defending any action or proceeding for which indemnification is required pursuant to Section 6.1 or for which indemnification is permitted pursuant to Section 6.2 following authorization thereof by the Board of Directors shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified party to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the indemnified party is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article VI.

 

  6.4 Indemnity Not Exclusive .

The indemnification provided by this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, to the extent that such additional rights to indemnification are authorized in the certificate of incorporation

 

  6.5 Insurance .

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

  6.6 Conflicts .

No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Article VI, except where such indemnification or advance is mandated by law or the order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, in any circumstance where it appears:

(a) That it would be inconsistent with a provision of the certificate of incorporation, these Bylaws, a resolution of the stockholders or an agreement in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of the action asserted in the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid, which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification; or

(b) That it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly imposed by a court in approving a settlement.

 

-15-


ARTICLE VII

RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

  7.1 Maintenance And Inspection Of Records .

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive offices or at such place or places as designated by the Board of Directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these Bylaws as amended to date, accounting books, and other records.

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.

A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in each such stockholder’s name, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law. The stock list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law. This list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

  7.2 Inspection By Directors .

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

 

-16-


ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL MATTERS

 

  8.1 Checks .

From time to time, the Board of Directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

 

  8.2 Execution Of Corporate Contracts And Instruments .

The Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

  8.3 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares .

The shares of a corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairman or vice-chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

-17-


  8.4 Special Designation On Certificates .

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

  8.5 Lost Certificates .

Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or the owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

  8.6 Construction; Definitions .

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

  8.7 Dividends .

The directors of the corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in (a) the General Corporation Law of Delaware or (b) the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

The directors of the corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

-18-


  8.8 Fiscal Year .

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and may be changed by the Board of Directors.

 

  8.9 Seal .

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which may be altered at pleasure, and may use the same by causing it or a facsimile thereof, to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

  8.10 Transfer Of Stock .

Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

 

  8.11 Stock Transfer Agreements .

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

  8.12 Registered Stockholders .

The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

  8.13 Facsimile Signature

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

-19-


ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

The Bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws upon the directors. The fact that the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

-20-

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

OF

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              

Page

 

ARTICLE I

  

STOCKHOLDERS

     1   
   1.1    Place of Meetings      1   
   1.2    Annual Meeting      1   
   1.3    Special Meetings      1   
   1.4    Notice of Meetings      5   
   1.5    Voting List      6   
   1.6    Quorum      6   
   1.7    Adjournments      7   
   1.8    Voting and Proxies      7   
   1.9    Action at Meeting      7   
   1.10    Nomination of Directors      8   
   1.11    Notice of Business at Annual Meetings      12   
   1.12    Conduct of Meetings      15   
   1.13    No Action by Consent in Lieu of a Meeting      16   

ARTICLE II

  

DIRECTORS

     17   
   2.1    General Powers      17   
   2.2    Number, Election and Qualification      17   
   2.3    Chairman of the Board; Vice Chairman of the Board      17   
   2.4    Classes of Directors      17   
   2.5    Terms of Office      17   
   2.6    Quorum      18   
   2.7    Action at Meeting      18   
   2.8    Removal      18   
   2.9    Vacancies      18   
   2.10    Resignation      18   
   2.11    Regular Meetings      19   
   2.12    Special Meetings      19   
   2.13    Notice of Special Meetings      19   
   2.14    Meetings by Conference Communications Equipment      19   
   2.15    Action by Consent      19   
   2.16    Committees      20   
   2.17    Compensation of Directors      20   

 

i


ARTICLE III

  

OFFICERS

     21   
   3.1    Titles      21   
   3.2    Election      21   
   3.3    Qualification      21   
   3.4    Tenure      21   
   3.5    Resignation and Removal      21   
   3.6    Vacancies      22   
   3.7    President; Chief Executive Officer      22   
   3.8    Vice Presidents      22   
   3.9    Secretary and Assistant Secretaries      22   
   3.10    Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers      23   
   3.11    Salaries      24   
   3.12    Delegation of Authority      24   

ARTICLE IV

  

CAPITAL STOCK

     24   
   4.1    Issuance of Stock      24   
   4.2    Stock Certificates; Uncertificated Shares      24   
   4.3    Transfers      25   
   4.4    Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates      26   
   4.5    Record Date      26   
   4.6    Regulations      27   

ARTICLE V

  

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     27   
   5.1    Fiscal Year      27   
   5.2    Corporate Seal      27   
   5.3    Waiver of Notice      27   
   5.4    Voting of Securities      27   
   5.5    Evidence of Authority      28   
   5.6    Certificate of Incorporation      28   
   5.7    Severability      28   
   5.8    Pronouns      28   

ARTICLE VI

  

AMENDMENTS

     28   

 

ii


ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings . All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or, if not so designated, at the principal office of the corporation.

1.2 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled annual meeting of stockholders.

1.3 Special Meetings .

(a) A special meeting of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer. A special meeting of stockholders shall be called by the Secretary upon written request to the Secretary (each such request, a “Special Meeting Request” and such meeting, a “Stockholder Requested Special Meeting”) by the record holder or holders of Net Long Shares (as defined below) representing, at the time such request is validly submitted by the holders of the Requisite Percentage (as defined below), in the aggregate at least a majority of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast on each of the matters proposed to be considered at the special meeting (the “Requisite Percentage”), and who have complied in full with the requirements set forth in these By-laws. A special meeting of stockholders may be held at such date and time as may be designated by the Board of Directors (or by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer in the case of a special meeting being called by such person); provided, however, that the date of any Stockholder Requested Special Meeting shall be not more than 90 days after a Special Meeting Request(s) satisfying the requirements set forth in these By-laws and representing the Requisite Percentage is received by the

 


Secretary. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the proposals set forth in the notice of such special meeting given in accordance with Section 1.4 hereof. The corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders.

For purposes of determining the Requisite Percentage, “Net Long Shares” mean those shares of outstanding capital stock of the corporation as to which the stockholder(s) of record making the Special Meeting Request or beneficial owner(s), if any, on whose behalf the Special Meeting Request is being made (each such record owner and beneficial owner, a “Requesting Stockholder”) possesses the sole power to vote or direct the voting, the sole economic incidents of ownership (including the sole right to profits and the sole risk of loss) and the sole power to dispose of or direct the disposition. The number of shares calculated in accordance with the foregoing shall not include any shares (i) sold by such stockholder in any transaction that has not been settled or closed, (ii) borrowed by such stockholder for any purpose or purchased by such stockholder pursuant to an agreement to resell or (iii) subject to any option, warrant, derivative or other agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether any such agreement, arrangement or understanding is to be settled with shares of common stock of the corporation or with cash based on the notional amount of shares subject thereto, in any such case which has, or is intended to have, the purpose or effect of (A) reducing in any manner, to any extent or at any time in the future, such stockholder’s right to vote or direct the voting and full right to dispose or direct the disposition of any of such shares or (B) offsetting to any degree gain or loss arising from the sole economic ownership of such shares by such stockholder. Whether shares constitute “Net Long Shares” shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, which determination shall be conclusive and binding on the corporation, the Requesting Stockholder and all others.

(b) In order for a Stockholder Requested Special Meeting to be called, one or more Special Meeting Requests must be signed by the record holders of shares representing in the aggregate at least the Requisite Percentage and by each of the beneficial owners, if any, on whose behalf the Special Meeting Request is being made. Each Special Meeting Request shall be delivered to the Secretary at the corporation’s principal executive offices and shall be accompanied by a written notice setting forth the same information and representations described in (i) Section 1.10(b) as to any nominations proposed to be presented at the special

 

2


meeting and as to the stockholder(s) proposing such nominations and/or (ii) Section 1.11(b) as to the business proposed to be conducted at the special meeting and as to the stockholder(s) proposing such business. In addition to the foregoing, a Special Meeting Request must include: (x) documentary evidence satisfactory to the corporation of the number of Net Long Shares owned by the Requesting Stockholder(s) as of the date on which the Special Meeting Request is delivered to the Secretary, provided that, if the stockholder submitting the Special Meeting Request is not the beneficial owner of such shares, then to be valid, the Special Meeting Request must also include documentary evidence (or, if not simultaneously provided with the Special Meeting Request, such documentary evidence must be delivered to the Secretary within 10 days after the date on which the Special Meeting Request is delivered to the Secretary) of the number of Net Long Shares owned by the beneficial owner(s) as of the date on which the Special Meeting Request is delivered to the Secretary; (y) an acknowledgment of the Requesting Stockholder(s) that any decrease after the date on which the Special Meeting Request is delivered to the Secretary in the number of Net Long Shares held by such stockholder shall be deemed a revocation of the Special Meeting Request with respect to such shares and that such shares will no longer be included in determining whether the Requisite Percentage has been satisfied; and (z) a commitment by the Requesting Stockholder(s) to continue to satisfy the Requisite Percentage through the date of the Stockholder Requested Special Meeting and to promptly notify the corporation upon any decrease occurring between the date on which the Special Meeting Request is delivered to the Secretary and the date of the Stockholder Requested Special Meeting in the number of Net Long Shares owned by such stockholder.

Each Requesting Stockholder is required to update and supplement the Special Meeting Request delivered pursuant to this Section 1.3, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice (including, as applicable, the information and representations described in Section 1.10(b) and 1.11(b)) shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of the Stockholder Requested Special Meeting, and such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than 10 days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of such meeting. The Requesting Stockholder(s) shall also promptly provide the corporation such other information as it may reasonably request in connection with confirming full compliance with the requirements set forth in these By-laws.

 

3


(c) In determining whether a special meeting of stockholders has been requested by the Requisite Percentage, multiple Special Meeting Requests delivered to the Secretary will be considered together only if (i) each Special Meeting Request identifies substantially the same purpose or purposes of the special meeting and substantially the same matters proposed to be acted on at the special meeting, in each case as determined by the Board of Directors (which, if such purpose is the nominating of a person or persons for election to the Board of Directors, will mean that the exact same person or persons are nominated in each relevant Special Meeting Request), and (ii) such Special Meeting Requests have been dated and delivered to the Secretary within 60 days of the earliest dated Special Meeting Request. A stockholder may revoke a Special Meeting Request at any time by written revocation delivered to the Secretary. If, following such revocation, there are unrevoked requests from stockholders representing in the aggregate less than the Requisite Percentage, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may cancel the special meeting.

(d) At any Stockholder Requested Special Meeting, the business transacted shall be limited to the purpose(s) stated in the Special Meeting Request; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall have the authority in its discretion to submit additional matters to the stockholders and to cause other business to be transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.3, a Stockholder Requested Special Meeting shall not be held if (i) the Special Meeting Request does not comply with these By-laws, (ii) the business specified in the Special Meeting Request is not a proper subject for stockholder action under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, (iii) the Board of Directors has called or calls for an annual or special meeting of stockholders to be held within 90 days after the Secretary receives the Special Meeting Request and the Board of Directors determines that the business of such meeting includes (among any other matters properly brought before the annual or special meeting) the business specified in the Special Meeting Request, (iv) the Special Meeting Request is received by the Secretary during the period commencing 90 days prior to the anniversary date of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders and ending on the date of the final adjournment of the next annual meeting of stockholders, (v) an identical or

 

4


substantially similar item (a “Similar Item”) was presented at any meeting of stockholders held within 90 days prior to receipt by the Secretary of the Special Meeting Request (and, for purposes of this clause (v), the nomination, election or removal of directors shall be deemed a “Similar Item” with respect to all items of business involving the nomination, election or removal of directors, the changing the size of the Board of Directors and the filling of vacancies and/or newly created directorships), or (vi) the Special Meeting Request was made in a manner that involved a violation of Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or other applicable law.

(e) Except to the extent previously determined by the Board of Directors in connection with a Special Meeting Request, the chairman of the Stockholder Requested Special Meeting shall determine at such meeting whether any nomination of other proposed business to be transacted by the stockholders has not been properly brought before the special meeting and, if he or she should so determine, the chairman shall declare that such nomination of other proposed business was not properly brought before the meeting and such nomination or other proposed business shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.3, unless otherwise required by law, if the Requesting Stockholder(s) (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the special meeting to present a nomination or other proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the corporation. For purposes of this Section 1.3, “qualified representative of the stockholder” shall have the same meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1.10(e) hereof.

1.4 Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given to stockholders, any notice shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to (in a manner consistent with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. The notices of all meetings shall state the place, date and time of the meeting and the means of remote

 

5


communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If notice is given by mail, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. If notice is given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed given at the time specified in Section 232 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

1.5 Voting List . The Secretary shall prepare, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 1.5 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

1.6 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person, present by means of remote communication in a manner, if any, authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided, however, that where a separate vote by a class or classes or series of capital stock is required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote on such matter, present in person, present by means of remote communication in a manner, if any, authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole

 

6


discretion, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on such matter. A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.

1.7 Adjournments . Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these By-laws by the chairman of the meeting or by the stockholders present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum. It shall not be necessary to notify any stockholder of any adjournment of less than 30 days if the time and place of the adjourned meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which adjournment is taken, unless after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

1.8 Voting and Proxies . Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person (including by means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting) or may authorize another person or persons to vote for such stockholder by a proxy executed or transmitted in a manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized agent and delivered (including by electronic transmission) to the Secretary of the corporation. No such proxy shall be voted upon after three years from the date of its execution, unless the proxy expressly provides for a longer period.

1.9 Action at Meeting . When a quorum is present at any meeting, any matter other than the election of directors to be voted upon by the stockholders at such meeting shall be decided by the vote of the holders of shares of stock having a majority in voting power of the votes cast by the holders of all of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting and voting affirmatively or negatively on such matter (or if there are two or more classes or series of

 

7


stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class or series, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of that class or series present or represented at the meeting and voting affirmatively or negatively on such matter), except when a different vote is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws. When a quorum is present at any meeting, any election by stockholders of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election.

1.10 Nomination of Directors .

(a) Except for (1) any directors entitled to be elected by the holders of preferred stock, (2) any directors elected in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly-created directorship or (3) as otherwise required by applicable law or stock exchange regulation, at any meeting of stockholders, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures in this Section 1.10 shall be eligible for election as directors. Nomination for election to the Board of Directors at a meeting of stockholders may be made (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who (x) timely complies with the notice procedures in Section 1.10(b), (y) is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of such notice and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (z) is entitled to vote at such meeting.

(b) To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received in writing by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation as follows: (i) in the case of an election of directors at an annual meeting of stockholders, not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that (x) in the case of the annual meeting of stockholders of the corporation to be held in 2016 or (y) in the event that the date of the annual meeting in any other year is advanced by more than 30 days, or delayed by more than 60 days, from the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice must be so received not earlier than the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (A) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and (B) the tenth day following the day on which notice of the date of such annual meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting

 

8


was made, whichever first occurs; or (ii) in the case of a special meeting of stockholders called, in accordance with Section 1.3, for the purpose of electing directors and provided that the nomination made by the stockholder is for one of the director positions to be filled at such special meeting, not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (x) the 90th day prior to such special meeting and (y) the tenth day following the day on which notice of the date of such special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of such special meeting was made, whichever first occurs. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of a meeting (or the public disclosure thereof) commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice.

The stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth: (A) as to each proposed nominee (1) such person’s name, age, business address and, if known, residence address, (2) such person’s principal occupation or employment, (3) the class and series and number of shares of stock of the corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned, beneficially or of record, by such person, (4) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among (x) the stockholder, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made and the respective affiliates and associates of, or others acting in concert with, such stockholder and such beneficial owner, on the one hand, and (y) each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert with such nominee(s), on the other hand, including all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K if the stockholder making the nomination and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith were the “registrant” for purposes of such Item and the proposed nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant, and (5) any other information concerning such person that must be disclosed as to nominees in proxy solicitations pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”); and (B) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made (1) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (2) the class and series and number of shares of stock of the corporation that are, directly or indirectly,

 

9


owned, beneficially or of record, by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (3) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding between or among such stockholder and/or such beneficial owner and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are being made or who may participate in the solicitation of proxies in favor of electing such nominee(s), (4) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, swaps, profit interests, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by, or on behalf of, such stockholder or such beneficial owner, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or such beneficial owner with respect to shares of stock of the corporation, (5) any other information relating to such stockholder and such beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (6) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person(s) named in its notice and (7) a representation whether such stockholder and/or such beneficial owner intends or is part of a group which intends (x) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s outstanding capital stock reasonably believed by such stockholder or such beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee (and such representation shall be included in any such proxy statement and form of proxy) and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such nomination (and such representation shall be included in any such solicitation materials). Not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting, the information required by Items (A)(1)-(5) and (B)(1)-(5) of the prior sentence shall be supplemented by the stockholder giving the notice to provide updated information as of the record date. In addition, to be effective, the stockholder’s notice must be accompanied by the written consent of the proposed nominee to serve as a director if elected. The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as the corporation may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the corporation or whether such nominee would be independent under applicable Securities and

 

10


Exchange Commission and stock exchange rules and the corporation’s publicly disclosed corporate governance guidelines. A stockholder shall not have complied with this Section 1.10(b) if the stockholder (or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made) solicits or does not solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s nominee in contravention of the representations with respect thereto required by this Section 1.10.

(c) The chairman of any meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.10 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such stockholder’s nominee in compliance with the representations with respect thereto required by this Section 1.10), and if the chairman should determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.10, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting and such nomination shall not be brought before the meeting.

(d) Except as otherwise required by law, nothing in this Section 1.10 shall obligate the corporation or the Board of Directors to include in any proxy statement or other stockholder communication distributed on behalf of the corporation or the Board of Directors information with respect to any nominee for director submitted by a stockholder.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.10, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the meeting to present a nomination, such nomination shall not be brought before the meeting, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominee may have been received by the corporation. For purposes of this Section 1.10, to be considered a “qualified representative of the stockholder”, a person must be authorized by a written instrument executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such written instrument or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the written instrument or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

 

11


(f) For purposes of this Section 1.10, “public disclosure” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

1.11 Notice of Business at Annual Meetings .

(a) At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (1) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (2) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (3) properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, (i) if such business relates to the nomination of a person for election as a director of the corporation, the procedures in Section 1.10 must be complied with and (ii) if such business relates to any other matter, the business must constitute a proper matter under Delaware law for stockholder action and the stockholder must (x) have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary in accordance with the procedures in Section 1.11(b), (y) be a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of such notice and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (z) be entitled to vote at such annual meeting.

(b) To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received in writing by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that (x) in the case of the annual meeting of stockholders of the corporation to be held in 2016 or (y) in the event that the date of the annual meeting in any other year is advanced by more than 30 days, or delayed by more than 60 days, from the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice must be so received not earlier than the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (A) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and (B) the tenth day following the day on which notice of the date of such annual meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting

 

12


was made, whichever first occurs. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting (or the public disclosure thereof) commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice.

The stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth: (A) as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (1) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, (2) the text of the proposal (including the exact text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the By-laws, the exact text of the proposed amendment), and (3) the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, and (B) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made (1) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (2) the class and series and number of shares of stock of the corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned, beneficially or of record, by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (3) a description of any material interest of such stockholder or such beneficial owner and the respective affiliates and associates of, or others acting in concert with, such stockholder or such beneficial owner in such business, (4) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding between or among such stockholder and/or such beneficial owner and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business or who may participate in the solicitation of proxies in favor of such proposal, (5) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, swaps, profit interests, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by, or on behalf of, such stockholder or such beneficial owner, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or such beneficial owner with respect to shares of stock of the corporation, (6) any other information relating to such stockholder and such beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the business proposed pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (7) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting and (8) a representation whether such stockholder and/or such

 

13


beneficial owner intends or is part of a group which intends (x) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal (and such representation shall be included in any such proxy statement and form of proxy) and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal (and such representation shall be included in any such solicitation materials). Not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting, the information required by Items (A)(3) and (B)(1)-(6) of the prior sentence shall be supplemented by the stockholder giving the notice to provide updated information as of the record date. Notwithstanding anything in these By-laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting of stockholders except in accordance with the procedures in this Section 1.11; provided that any stockholder proposal which complies with Rule 14a-8 of the proxy rules (or any successor provision) promulgated under the Exchange Act and is to be included in the corporation’s proxy statement for an annual meeting of stockholders shall be deemed to comply with the notice requirements of this Section 1.11. A stockholder shall not have complied with this Section 1.11(b) if the stockholder (or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made) solicits or does not solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such stockholder’s proposal in contravention of the representations with respect thereto required by this Section 1.11.

(c) The chairman of any annual meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether business was properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.11 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s proposal in compliance with the representation with respect thereto required by this Section 1.11), and if the chairman should determine that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.11, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting and such business shall not be brought before the annual meeting.

(d) Except as otherwise required by law, nothing in this Section 1.11 shall obligate the corporation or the Board of Directors to include in any proxy statement or other stockholder communication distributed on behalf of the corporation or the Board of Directors information with respect to any proposal submitted by a stockholder.

 

14


(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.11, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual meeting to present business, such business shall not be considered, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such business may have been received by the corporation.

(f) For purposes of this Section 1.11, the terms “qualified representative of the stockholder” and “public disclosure” shall have the same meaning as in Section 1.10.

1.12 Conduct of Meetings .

(a) Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the Chairman’s absence by the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the Vice Chairman’s absence by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence, by the President, or in the President’s absence by a Vice President, or in the absence of all of the foregoing persons by a chairman designated by the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the Secretary’s absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders of the corporation as it shall deem appropriate including, without limitation, such guidelines and procedures as it may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules, regulations and procedures as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting and prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following:

 

15


(i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as shall be determined; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

(c) The chairman of the meeting shall announce at the meeting when the polls for each matter to be voted upon at the meeting will be opened and closed. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations or changes thereto may be accepted.

(d) In advance of any meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is present, ready and willing to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of such inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law. Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by a duly appointed inspector or duly appointed inspectors.

1.13 No Action by Consent in Lieu of a Meeting . Stockholders of the corporation may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

 

16


ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

2.1 General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

2.2 Number, Election and Qualification . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the number of directors of the corporation shall be established by the Board of Directors. Election of directors need not be by written ballot. Directors need not be stockholders of the corporation.

2.3 Chairman of the Board; Vice Chairman of the Board . The Board of Directors may appoint from its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board, neither of whom need be an employee or officer of the corporation. If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, such Chairman shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned by the Board of Directors and, if the Chairman of the Board is also designated as the corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, shall have the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer prescribed in Section 3.7 of these By-laws. If the Board of Directors appoints a Vice Chairman of the Board, such Vice Chairman shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or, in the Chairman’s absence, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

2.4 Classes of Directors . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board of Directors shall be and is divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. The allocation of directors among classes shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

2.5 Terms of Office . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual

 

17


meeting of stockholders following the annual meeting of stockholders at which such director was elected; provided that each director initially assigned to Class I, Class II or Class III shall serve for the term specified in the Certificate of Incorporation; provided further, that the term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor and be subject to his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.6 Quorum . The greater of (a) a majority of the directors at any time in office and (b) one-third of the number of directors established by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 2.2 of these By-laws shall constitute a quorum of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than such a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

2.7 Action at Meeting . Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors, unless a greater number is required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

2.8 Removal . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, directors of the corporation may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors.

2.9 Vacancies . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancy or newly-created directorship on the Board of Directors, however occurring, shall be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and shall not be filled by the stockholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen, subject to the election and qualification of a successor or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.10 Resignation . Any director may resign by delivering a resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation at its principal office or to the Chairman of the Board,

 

18


the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event.

2.11 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

2.12 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place designated in a call by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, two or more directors, or by one director in the event that there is only a single director in office.

2.13 Notice of Special Meetings . Notice of the date, place and time of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director (a) in person or by telephone at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (b) by sending an electronic transmission, or delivering written notice by hand, to such director’s last known business, home or electronic transmission address at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting, or (c) by sending written notice by first-class mail to such director’s last known business or home address at least 72 hours in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

2.14 Meetings by Conference Communications Equipment . Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

2.15 Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all

 

19


members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the written consents or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.16 Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as the Board of Directors thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these By-laws for the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-laws, or the resolution of the Board of Directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

2.17 Compensation of Directors . Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary entities in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

 

20


ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

3.1 Titles . The officers of the corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, including one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

3.2 Election . The Chief Executive Officer, President, Treasurer and Secretary shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Other officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at such meeting or at any other meeting.

3.3 Qualification . No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

3.4 Tenure . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, each officer shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the resolution electing or appointing such officer, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.5 Resignation and Removal . Any officer may resign by delivering a resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation at its principal office or to the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event. Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, no officer who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any compensation as an officer for any period following such officer’s resignation or removal, or any right to damages on

 

21


account of such removal, whether such officer’s compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise, unless such compensation is expressly provided for in a duly authorized written agreement with the corporation.

3.6 Vacancies . The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy occurring in any office for any reason and may, in its discretion, leave unfilled for such period as it may determine any offices other than those of Chief Executive Officer, President, Treasurer and Secretary. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term of such officer’s predecessor and until a successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.7 President; Chief Executive Officer . Unless the Board of Directors has designated another person as the corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general charge and supervision of the business of the corporation subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of chief executive or that are delegated to such officer by the Board of Directors. The President shall perform such other duties and shall have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer (if the President is not the Chief Executive Officer) may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Chief Executive Officer or the President (if the President is not the Chief Executive Officer), the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and when so performing such duties shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.

3.8 Vice Presidents . Each Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

3.9 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as

 

22


are incident to the office of the secretary, including without limitation the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to attend all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors and keep a record of the proceedings, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the chairman of the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

3.10 Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . The Treasurer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. In addition, the Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories selected in accordance with these By-laws, to disburse such funds as ordered by the Board of Directors, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board of Directors statements of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation.

The Assistant Treasurers shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

 

23


3.11 Salaries . Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

3.12 Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

4.1 Issuance of Stock . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of any shares of the authorized capital stock of the corporation held in the corporation’s treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such lawful consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

4.2 Stock Certificates; Uncertificated Shares . The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock of the corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board of Directors, representing the number of shares held by such holder registered in certificate form. Each such certificate shall be signed in a manner that complies with Section 158 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-laws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of stockholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

 

24


If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of each certificate representing shares of such class or series of stock, provided that in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of each certificate representing shares of such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a copy of the full text of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 202(a) or 218(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or, with respect to Section 151 of General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

4.3 Transfers . Shares of stock of the corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-laws. Transfers of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only on the books of the corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of stock of the corporation. Subject to applicable law, shares of stock represented by certificates shall be transferred only on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or the authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require.

 

25


Uncertificated shares may be transferred by delivery of a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or the authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-laws.

4.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the corporation may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity and posting of such bond as the corporation may require for the protection of the corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

4.5 Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action. Such record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and such record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action to which such record date relates.

If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on which the meeting is held. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

 

26


A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

4.6 Regulations . The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of shares of stock of the corporation shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Fiscal Year . Except as from time to time otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on the first day of January of each year and end on the last day of December in each year.

5.2 Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

5.3 Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, a written waiver signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before, at or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in any such waiver. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

5.4 Voting of Securities . Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Treasurer may waive notice of, vote, or appoint any person or persons to vote, on behalf of the corporation at, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact for this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at, any meeting of stockholders or securityholders of any other entity, the securities of which may be held by this corporation.

 

27


5.5 Evidence of Authority . A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

5.6 Certificate of Incorporation . All references in these By-laws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time.

5.7 Severability . Any determination that any provision of these By-laws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these By-laws.

5.8 Pronouns . All pronouns used in these By-laws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENTS

These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

28

Exhibit 10.1

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of                     , 20     by and between Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                     (“Indemnitee”). This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all previous Agreements between the Company and Indemnitee covering the subject matter of this Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as [directors] [officers] or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;


WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Certificate of Incorporation and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve a[n] [director] [and] [officer]. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee’s employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), if any, is at will, and the Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), other applicable formal severance policies duly adopted by the Board, or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s By-laws, and the DGCL. The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in force after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as a[n] [director] [or] [officer] of the Company, as provided in Section 16 hereof.

Section 2. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a) References to “agent” shall mean any person who is or was a director, officer, or employee of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company or other person authorized by the Company to act for the Company, to include such person serving in such capacity as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or other official of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company.

(b) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

i. Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing [fifty (50%)] or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities unless the change in relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

-2-


ii. Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(b)(i), 2(b)(iii) or 2(b)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

iii. Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

iv. Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

v. Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 2(b), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(A) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

(B) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

-3-


(C) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(c) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership or joint venture, trust or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(d) “Disinterested Director” shall mean a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 14(d) only, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise. The parties agree that for the purposes of any advancement of Expenses for which Indemnitee has made written demand to the Company in accordance with this Agreement, all Expenses included in such demand that are certified by affidavit of Indemnitee’s counsel as being reasonable shall be presumed conclusively to be reasonable. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “Independent Counsel” shall mean a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other

 

-4-


party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(h) The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, legislative, or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him (or a failure to take action by him) or of any action (or failure to act) on his part while acting pursuant to his Corporate Status, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement. If the Indemnitee believes in good faith that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, this shall be considered a Proceeding under this paragraph.

(i) Reference to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

Section 3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe that

 

-5-


his conduct was unlawful. The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide to the fullest extent permitted by law for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws, vote of its stockholders or disinterested directors or applicable law.

Section 4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court (as hereinafter defined) or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted by law. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 6. Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

Section 7. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

-6-


Section 8. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding.

(b) For purposes of Section 8(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:

i. to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL, and

ii. to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

Section 9. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnification payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

(b) for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (as defined in Section 2(b) hereof) or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); or

(c) except as provided in Section 14(d) of this Agreement, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

 

-7-


Section 10. Advances of Expenses. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary (other than Section 14(d)), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) not initiated by Indemnitee, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. In accordance with Section 14(d), advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. The Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement, which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to repay the amounts advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. No other form of undertaking shall be required other than the execution of this Agreement. This Section 10 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 9.

Section 11. Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Proceeding. The omission by Indemnitee to notify the Company hereunder will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(b) The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

Section 12. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s

 

-8-


entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company; and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or Expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. The Company promptly will advise Indemnitee in writing with respect to any determination that Indemnitee is or is not entitled to indemnification, including a description of any reason or basis for which indemnification has been denied.

(b) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 12(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 12(b). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have

 

-9-


been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by such court or by such other person as such court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 12(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

Section 13. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 11(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b) Subject to Section 14(e), if the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 12 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 13(b) shall not apply (i) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination the Board has resolved to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose

 

-10-


within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat, or (ii) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement.

(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(d) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with the reasonable care by the Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 13(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(e) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 14. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Subject to Section 14(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5, 6 or 7 or the last sentence of Section 12(a) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3, 4 or 8 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, or (vi) in the event that the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively,

 

-11-


Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 14(a); provided , however , that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to the Indemnitee hereunder. The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company if, in the case of indemnification, Indemnitee is wholly successful on the underlying claims; if Indemnitee is not wholly successful on the underlying claims, then such indemnification shall be only to the extent Indemnitee is successful on such underlying claims or otherwise as permitted by law, whichever is greater.

 

-12-


(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement of Indemnitee to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

Section 15. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such claim or of the commencement of a Proceeding, as the case may be, to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

 

-13-


(e) The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

Section 16. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a [director] [or] [officer] of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement relating thereto. The indemnification and advancement of expenses rights provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

Section 17. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 18. Enforcement.

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject

 

-14-


matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 19. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

Section 20. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

Section 21. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

(b) If to the Company to:

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

113 Cedar Street

Milford, Massachusetts 01757

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 22. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

-15-


Section 23. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably RL&F Service Corp., 920 North King Street, 2 nd Floor, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801 as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 24. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 25. Miscellaneous. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.     INDEMNITEE
By:  

 

   

 

Name:       Name:  
Office:       Address:  

 

       

 

       

 

 

-16-

Exhibit 10.2

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

2014 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purpose

The purpose of this 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) of Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), is to advance the interests of the Company’s stockholders by enhancing the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who are expected to make important contributions to the Company and by providing such persons with equity ownership opportunities and performance-based incentives that are intended to better align the interests of such persons with those of the Company’s stockholders. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “ Company ” shall include any of the Company’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations thereunder (the “ Code ”) and any other business venture (including, without limitation, joint venture or limited liability company) in which the Company has a controlling interest, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”); provided , however , that such other business ventures shall be limited to entities that, where required by Section 409A of the Code, are eligible issuers of service recipient stock (as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii)(E), or applicable successor regulation).

2. Eligibility

All of the Company’s employees, officers and directors, as well as consultants and advisors to the Company (as such terms consultants and advisors are defined and interpreted for purposes of Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) (or any successor rule)) are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan. Each person who is granted an Award under the Plan is deemed a “ Participant .” “ Award ” means Options (as defined in Section 5), SARs (as defined in Section 6), Restricted Stock (as defined in Section 7), Restricted Stock Units (as defined in Section 7) and Other Stock-Based Awards (as defined in Section 8).

3. Administration and Delegation

(a) Administration by the Board . The Plan will be administered by the Board. The Board shall have authority to grant Awards and to adopt, amend and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices relating to the Plan as it shall deem advisable. The Board may construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and any Award agreements entered into under the Plan. The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient to carry the Plan into effect and it shall be the sole and final judge of such expediency. All decisions by the Board shall be made in the Board’s sole discretion and shall be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or in any Award.

 

1


(b) Appointment of Committees . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board (each, a “ Committee ”). All references in the Plan to the “ Board ” shall mean the Board or a Committee of the Board to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee.

4. Stock Available for Awards

(a) Number of Shares . Subject to adjustment under Section 9, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 500,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”), any or all of which Awards may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section 5(b)). If any Award expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised, is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right), or results in any Common Stock not being issued, the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Further, shares of Common Stock tendered to the Company by a Participant to exercise an Award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations arising with respect to an Award shall be added to the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. However, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the two immediately preceding sentences shall be subject to any limitations under the Code. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

(b) Substitute Awards . In connection with a merger or consolidation of an entity with the Company or the acquisition by the Company of property or stock of an entity, the Board may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted by such entity or an affiliate thereof. Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Board deems appropriate in the circumstances, notwithstanding any limitations on Awards contained in the Plan. Substitute Awards shall not count against the overall share limit set forth in Section 4(a), except as may be required by reason of Section 422 and related provisions of the Code.

5. Stock Options

(a) General . The Board may grant options to purchase Common Stock (each, an “ Option ”) and determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Option, the exercise price of each Option and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option, including conditions relating to applicable federal or state securities laws, as it considers necessary or advisable.

(b) Incentive Stock Options . An Option that the Board intends to be an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code (an “ Incentive Stock Option ”) shall only be granted to employees of Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc., any of Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code, and shall be subject to and shall be construed consistently with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. An Option that is not intended to

 

2


be an Incentive Stock Option shall be designated a “ Nonstatutory Stock Option .” The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Option (or any part thereof) that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option is not an Incentive Stock Option or if the Company converts an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c) Exercise Price . The Board shall establish the exercise price of each Option and specify the exercise price in the applicable Option agreement. The exercise price shall be not less than 100% of the fair market value per share of Common Stock, as determined by (or in a manner approved by) the Board (“ Fair Market Value ”), on the date the Option is granted. “ Fair Market Value ” of a share of Common Stock for purposes of the Plan will be determined as follows:

(1) if the Common Stock is not publicly traded, the Board will determine the Fair Market Value for purposes of the Plan using any measure of value it determines to be appropriate (including, as it considers appropriate, relying on appraisals) in a manner consistent with the valuation principles under Code Section 409A, except as the Board may expressly determine otherwise;

(2) if the Common Stock trades on a national securities exchange, the closing sale price (for the primary trading session) on the date of grant; or

(3) if the Common Stock does not trade on any such exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as reported by an authorized OTCBB market data vendor as listed on the OTCBB website (otcbb.com) on the date of grant.

For any date that is not a trading day, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock for such date will be determined by using the closing sale price or average of the bid and asked prices, as appropriate, for the immediately preceding trading day and with the timing in the formulas above adjusted accordingly. The Board can substitute a particular time of day or other measure of “closing sale price” or “bid and asked prices” if appropriate because of exchange or market procedures or can, in its sole discretion, use weighted averages either on a daily basis or such longer period as complies with Code Section 409A.

The Board has sole discretion to determine the Fair Market Value for purposes of the Plan, and all Awards are conditioned on the participants’ agreement that the Administrator’s determination is conclusive and binding even though others might make a different determination.

(d) Duration of Options . Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable option agreement; provided, however , that no Option will be granted with a term in excess of 10 years.

(e) Exercise of Options . Options may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a notice of exercise in a form of notice (which may be electronic) approved by the Company, together with payment in full (in a manner specified in Section 5(f)) of the exercise price for the number of shares for which the Option is exercised. Shares of Common Stock subject to the Option will be delivered by the Company as soon as practicable following exercise.

 

3


(f) Payment Upon Exercise . Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall be paid for as follows:

(1) in cash or by check, payable to the order of the Company;

(2) when the Common Stock is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), except as may otherwise be provided in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by (i) delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding or (ii) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding;

(3) when the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act and to the extent provided for in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant valued at their Fair Market Value, provided (i) such method of payment is then permitted under applicable law, (ii) such Common Stock, if acquired directly from the Company, was owned by the Participant for such minimum period of time, if any, as may be established by the Board in its discretion and (iii) such Common Stock is not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements;

(4) to the extent provided for in the applicable Nonstatutory Stock Option agreement or approved by the Board in its sole discretion, by delivery of a notice of “net exercise” to the Company, as a result of which the Participant would receive (i) the number of shares underlying the portion of the Option being exercised less (ii) such number of shares as is equal to (A) the aggregate exercise price for the portion of the Option being exercised divided by (B) the Fair Market Value on the date of exchange;

(5) to the extent permitted by applicable law and provided for in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by (i) delivery of a promissory note of the Participant to the Company on terms determined by the Board, or (ii) payment of such other lawful consideration as the Board may determine; or

(6) by any combination of the above permitted forms of payment.

 

4


6. Stock Appreciation Rights

(a) General . The Board may grant Awards consisting of stock appreciation rights (“ SARs ”) entitling the holder, upon exercise, to receive an amount of Common Stock or cash or a combination thereof (such form to be determined by the Board) determined by reference to appreciation, from and after the date of grant, in the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock over the measurement price established pursuant to Section 6(b). The date as of which such appreciation is determined shall be the exercise date.

(b) Measurement Price . The Board shall establish the measurement price of each SAR and specify it in the applicable SAR agreement. The measurement price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the SAR is granted.

(c) Duration of SARs . Each SAR shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable SAR agreement; provided , however , that no SAR will be granted with a term in excess of 10 years.

(d) Exercise of SARs . SARs may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a notice of exercise in a form (which may be electronic) approved by the Company, together with any other documents required by the Board.

7. Restricted Stock; Restricted Stock Units

(a) General . The Board may grant Awards entitling recipients to acquire shares of Common Stock (“ Restricted Stock ”), subject to the right of the Company to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price (or to require forfeiture of such shares if issued at no cost) from the recipient in the event that conditions specified by the Board in the applicable Award are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction period or periods established by the Board for such Award. The Board may also grant Awards entitling the recipient to receive shares of Common Stock or cash to be delivered at the time such Award vests (“ Restricted Stock Units ”) (Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units are each referred to herein as a “ Restricted Stock Award ”).

(b) Terms and Conditions for All Restricted Stock Awards . The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award, including the conditions for vesting and repurchase (or forfeiture) and the issue price, if any.

(c) Additional Provisions Relating to Restricted Stock .

(1) Dividends . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, any dividends (whether paid in cash, stock or property) declared and paid by the Company with respect to shares of Restricted Stock (“ Accrued Dividends ”) shall be paid to the Participant only if and when such shares become free from the restrictions on transferability and forfeitability that apply to such shares. Each payment of Accrued Dividends will be made no later than the end of the calendar year in which the dividends are paid to stockholders of that class of stock or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the lapsing of the restrictions on transferability and the forfeitability provisions applicable to the underlying shares of Restricted Stock.

 

5


(2) Stock Certificates . The Company may require that any stock certificates issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock, as well as dividends or distributions paid on such Restricted Stock, shall be deposited in escrow by the Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company (or its designee). At the expiration of the applicable restriction periods, the Company (or such designee) shall deliver the certificates no longer subject to such restrictions to the Participant or if the Participant has died, to his or her Designated Beneficiary. “ Designated Beneficiary ” means (i) the beneficiary designated, in a manner determined by the Board, by a Participant to receive amounts due or exercise rights of the Participant in the event of the Participant’s death or (ii) in the absence of an effective designation by a Participant, “ Designated Beneficiary ” the Participant’s estate.

(d) Additional Provisions Relating to Restricted Stock Units .

(1) Settlement . Upon the vesting of and/or lapsing of any other restrictions (i.e., settlement) with respect to each Restricted Stock Unit, the Participant shall be entitled to receive from the Company one share of Common Stock or (if so provided in the applicable Award agreement) an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock. The Board may, in its discretion, provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units shall be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the election of the Participant in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code.

(2) Voting Rights . A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units.

(3) Dividend Equivalents . The Award agreement for Restricted Stock Units may provide Participants with the right to receive an amount equal to any dividends or other distributions declared and paid on an equal number of outstanding shares of Common Stock (“ Dividend Equivalents ”). Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participants, may be settled in cash and/or shares of Common Stock and may be subject to the same restrictions on transfer and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock Units with respect to which paid, in each case to the extent provided in the applicable Award agreement.

8. Other Stock-Based Awards

(a) General . Other Awards of shares of Common Stock, and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares of Common Stock or other property, may be granted hereunder to Participants (“ Other Stock-Based-Awards ”). Such Other Stock-Based Awards shall also be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock-Based Awards may be paid in shares of Common Stock or cash, as the Board shall determine.

(b) Terms and Conditions . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock-Based Award, including any purchase price applicable thereto.

 

6


9. Adjustments for Changes in Common Stock and Certain Other Events

(a) Changes in Capitalization . In the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, (i) the number and class of securities available under the Plan, (ii) the number and class of securities and exercise price per share of each outstanding Option, (iii) the share and per-share provisions and the measurement price of each outstanding SAR, (iv) the number of shares subject to and the repurchase price per share subject to each outstanding Restricted Stock Award and (v) the share and per-share-related provisions and the purchase price, if any, of each outstanding Other Stock-Based Award, shall be equitably adjusted by the Company (or substituted Awards may be made, if applicable) in the manner determined by the Board. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event the Company effects a split of the Common Stock by means of a stock dividend and the exercise price of and the number of shares subject to an outstanding Option are adjusted as of the date of the distribution of the dividend (rather than as of the record date for such dividend), then an optionee who exercises an Option between the record date and the distribution date for such stock dividend shall be entitled to receive, on the distribution date, the stock dividend with respect to the shares of Common Stock acquired upon such Option exercise, notwithstanding the fact that such shares were not outstanding as of the close of business on the record date for such stock dividend.

(b) Reorganization Events .

(1) Definition . A “ Reorganization Event ” shall mean: (a) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity as a result of which all of the Common Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for the right to receive cash, securities or other property or is cancelled, (b) any transfer or disposition of all of the Common Stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property pursuant to a share exchange or other transaction or (c) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(2) Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Awards Other than Restricted Stock .

(i) In connection with a Reorganization Event, the Board may take any one or more of the following actions as to all or any (or any portion of) outstanding Awards other than Restricted Stock on such terms as the Board determines (except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in an applicable Award agreement or another agreement between the Company and the Participant): (i) provide that such Awards shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, provide that all of the Participant’s unexercised Awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Reorganization Event unless exercised by the Participant (to the extent then exercisable) within a specified period following the date of such notice, (iii) provide that outstanding Awards shall become exercisable, realizable, or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an Award shall lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon such Reorganization Event, (iv) in the event of a Reorganization Event under the terms of which holders of Common Stock will receive upon

 

7


consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the Reorganization Event (the “ Acquisition Price ”), make or provide for a cash payment to Participants with respect to each Award held by a Participant equal to (A) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the vested portion of the Award (after giving effect to any acceleration of vesting that occurs upon or immediately prior to such Reorganization Event) multiplied by (B) the excess, if any, of (I) the Acquisition Price over (II) the exercise, measurement or purchase price of such Award and any applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of such Award, (v) provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, Awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (if applicable, net of the exercise, measurement or purchase price thereof and any applicable tax withholdings) and (vi) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this Section 9(b)(2), the Board shall not be obligated by the Plan to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, identically.

(ii) Notwithstanding the terms of Section 9(b)(2)(i), in the case of outstanding Restricted Stock Units that are subject to Section 409A of the Code: (i) if the applicable Restricted Stock Unit agreement provides that the Restricted Stock Units shall be settled upon a “change in control event” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i), and the Reorganization Event constitutes such a “change in control event”, then no assumption or substitution shall be permitted pursuant to Section 9(b)(2)(i)(i) and the Restricted Stock Units shall instead be settled in accordance with the terms of the applicable Restricted Stock Unit agreement; and (ii) the Board may only undertake the actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 9(b)(2)(i) if the Reorganization Event constitutes a “change in control event” as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i) and such action is permitted or required by Section 409A of the Code; if the Reorganization Event is not a “change in control event” as so defined or such action is not permitted or required by Section 409A of the Code, and the acquiring or succeeding corporation does not assume or substitute the Restricted Stock Units pursuant to clause (i) of Section 9(b)(2)(i), then the unvested Restricted Stock Units shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event without any payment in exchange therefor.

(iii) For purposes of Section 9(b)(2)(i)(i), an Award (other than Restricted Stock) shall be considered assumed if, following consummation of the Reorganization Event, such Award confers the right to purchase or receive pursuant to the terms of such Award, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Award immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event, the consideration (whether cash, securities or other property) received as a result of the Reorganization Event by holders of Common Stock for each share of Common Stock held immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock); provided , however , that if the consideration received as a result of the Reorganization Event is not solely common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), the Company may, with the consent of the acquiring or succeeding corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise or settlement of the Award to consist solely of such number of shares of common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) that the Board determined to be equivalent in value (as of the date of such determination or another date specified by the Board) to the per share consideration received by holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock as a result of the Reorganization Event.

 

8


(3) Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Restricted Stock . Upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the repurchase and other rights of the Company with respect to outstanding Restricted Stock shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor and shall, unless the Board determines otherwise, apply to the cash, securities or other property which the Common Stock was converted into or exchanged for pursuant to such Reorganization Event in the same manner and to the same extent as they applied to such Restricted Stock; provided , however , that the Board may provide for termination or deemed satisfaction of such repurchase or other rights under the instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, either initially or by amendment. Upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event involving the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, all restrictions and conditions on all Restricted Stock then outstanding shall automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied.

10. General Provisions Applicable to Awards .

(a) Transferability of Awards . Awards (or any interest in an Award, including, prior to exercise, any interest in shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of an Option or SAR) shall not be sold, assigned, transferred (including by establishing any short position, put equivalent position (as defined in Rule 16a-1 issued under the Exchange Act) or call equivalent position (as defined in Rule 16a-1 issued under the Exchange Act)), pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered by the person to whom they are granted, either voluntarily or by operation of law, and, during the life of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant; except that Awards, other than Awards subject to Section 409A of the Code, may be transferred to family members (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) under the Securities Act) through gifts or (other than Incentive Stock Options) domestic relations orders or to an executor or guardian upon the death or disability of the Participant. The Company shall not be required to recognize any such permitted transfer until such time as such permitted transferee shall deliver to the Company a written instrument, as a condition to such transfer, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Award. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, shall include references to authorized transferees. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Section 10(a) shall be deemed to restrict a transfer to the Company.

(b) Documentation . Each Award shall be evidenced in such form (written, electronic or otherwise) as the Board shall determine. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

(c) Board Discretion . Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award need not be identical, and the Board need not treat Participants uniformly.

 

9


(d) Termination of Status . The Board shall determine the effect on an Award of the disability, death, termination or other cessation of employment, authorized leave of absence or other change in the employment or other status of a Participant and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, or the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary, may exercise rights under the Award.

(e) Withholding . The Participant must satisfy all applicable federal, state, and local or other income and employment tax withholding obligations before the Company will deliver stock certificates or otherwise recognize ownership of Common Stock under an Award. The Company may decide to satisfy the withholding obligations through additional withholding on salary or wages. If the Company elects not to or cannot withhold from other compensation, the Participant must pay the Company the full amount, if any, required for withholding or have a broker tender to the Company cash equal to the withholding obligations. Payment of withholding obligations is due before the Company will issue any shares on exercise, vesting or release from forfeiture of an Award or at the same time as payment of the exercise or purchase price unless the Company determines otherwise. If provided for in an Award or approved by the Board in its sole discretion, a Participant may satisfy such tax obligations in whole or in part by delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock, including shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value; provided , however , except as otherwise provided by the Board, that the total tax withholding where stock is being used to satisfy such tax obligations cannot exceed the Company’s minimum statutory withholding obligations (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income). Shares used to satisfy tax withholding requirements cannot be subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements.

(f) Amendment of Award .

(1) The Board may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or realization, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The Participant’s consent to such action shall be required unless (i) the Board determines that the action, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under the Plan or (ii) the change is permitted under Section 9.

(2) The Board may, without stockholder approval, amend any outstanding Award granted under the Plan to provide an exercise price per share that is lower than the then-current exercise price per share of such outstanding Award. The Board may also, without stockholder approval, cancel any outstanding award (whether or not granted under the Plan) and grant in substitution therefor new Awards under the Plan covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock and having an exercise price per share lower than the then-current exercise price per share of the cancelled award.

 

10


(g) Conditions on Delivery of Stock . The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan or to remove restrictions from shares previously issued or delivered under the Plan until (i) all conditions of the Award have been met or removed to the satisfaction of the Company, (ii) in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, all other legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and regulations and any applicable stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Company may consider appropriate to satisfy the requirements of any applicable laws, rules or regulations.

(h) Acceleration . The Board may at any time provide that any Award shall become immediately exercisable in whole or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in whole or in part, as the case may be.

11. Miscellaneous .

(a) No Right To Employment or Other Status . No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award by virtue of the adoption of the Plan, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan, except as expressly provided in the applicable Award.

(b) No Rights As Stockholder . Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock to be distributed with respect to an Award until becoming the record holder of such shares.

(c) Effective Date and Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective on the date on which it is adopted by the Board. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the expiration of 10 years from the earlier of (i) the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board or (ii) the date the Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date.

(d) Amendment of Plan . The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that if at any time the approval of the Company’s stockholders is required as to any modification or amendment under Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision with respect to Incentive Stock Options, the Board may not effect such modification or amendment without such approval. Unless otherwise specified in the amendment, any amendment to the Plan adopted in accordance with this Section 11(d) shall apply to, and be binding on the holders of, all Awards outstanding under the Plan at the time the amendment is adopted, provided the Board determines that such amendment, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Participants under the Plan.

(e) Authorization of Sub-Plans (including Grants to non-U.S. Employees) . The Board may from time to time establish one or more sub-plans under the Plan for purposes of satisfying applicable securities, tax or other laws of various jurisdictions. The Board shall establish such sub-plans by adopting supplements to the Plan containing (i) such limitations on the Board’s discretion under the Plan as the Board deems necessary or desirable or (ii) such

 

11


additional terms and conditions not otherwise inconsistent with the Plan as the Board shall deem necessary or desirable. All supplements adopted by the Board shall be deemed to be part of the Plan, but each supplement shall apply only to Participants within the affected jurisdiction and the Company shall not be required to provide copies of any supplement to Participants in any jurisdiction which is not the subject of such supplement.

(f) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code . Except as provided in individual Award agreements initially or by amendment, if and to the extent (i) any portion of any payment, compensation or other benefit provided to a Participant pursuant to the Plan in connection with his or her employment termination constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and (ii) the Participant is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, in each case as determined by the Company in accordance with its procedures, by which determinations the Participant (through accepting the Award) agrees that he or she is bound, such portion of the payment, compensation or other benefit shall not be paid before the day that is six months plus one day after the date of “separation from service” (as determined under Section 409A of the Code) (the “ New Payment Date ”), except as Section 409A of the Code may then permit. The aggregate of any payments that otherwise would have been paid to the Participant during the period between the date of separation from service and the New Payment Date shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum on such New Payment Date, and any remaining payments will be paid on their original schedule.

The Company makes no representations or warranty and shall have no liability to the Participant or any other person if any provisions of or payments, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not to satisfy the conditions of that section.

(g) Limitations on Liability . Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as a director, officer, other employee, or agent of the Company will be liable to any Participant, former Participant, spouse, beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the Plan, nor will such individual be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument he or she executes in his or her capacity as a director, officer, other employee, or agent of the Company. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each director, officer, other employee, or agent of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan has been or will be delegated, against any cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the Board’s approval) arising out of any act or omission to act concerning the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or bad faith.

(h) Governing Law . The provisions of the Plan and all Awards made hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such state that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

12


SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

2014 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

CALIFORNIA SUPPLEMENT

Pursuant to Section 11(e) of the Plan, the Board has adopted this supplement for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 25102(o) of the California Law:

Any Awards granted under the Plan to a Participant who is a resident of the State of California on the date of grant (a “ California Participant ”) shall be subject to the following additional limitations, terms and conditions:

1. Additional Limitations on Options .

(a) Maximum Duration of Options . No Options granted to California Participants shall have a term in excess of 10 years measured from the Option grant date.

(b) Minimum Exercise Period Following Termination . Unless a California Participant’s employment is terminated for cause (as defined by applicable law, the terms of the Plan or option grant or a contract of employment), in the event of termination of employment of such Participant, such Participant shall have the right to exercise an Option, to the extent that such Participant is entitled to exercise such Option on the date employment terminated, until the earlier of: (i) at least six months from the date of termination, if termination was caused by such Participant’s death or disability, (ii) at least 30 days from the date of termination, if termination was caused other than by such Participant’s death or disability and (iii) the Option expiration date.

2. Additional Limitations for Other Stock-Based Awards . The terms of all Awards granted to a California Participant under Section 8 of the Plan shall comply, to the extent applicable, with Sections 260.140.42, 260.140.45 and 260.140.46 of the California Code of Regulations.

3. Additional Limitations on Timing of Awards . No Award granted to a California Participant shall become exercisable, vested or realizable, as applicable to such Award, unless the Plan has been approved by the holders of a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting securities by the later of (i) within 12 months before or after the date the Plan was adopted by the Board, or (ii) prior to or within 12 months of the granting of any Award to a California Participant.

4. Additional Restriction Regarding Recapitalizations, Stock Splits, Etc . For purposes of Section 9 of the Plan, in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or other distribution of the Company’s securities underlying the Award without the receipt of consideration by the Company, the number of securities purchasable, and in the case of Options, the exercise price of such Options, must be proportionately adjusted.

5. Additional Limitations on Transferability of Awards . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10(a) of the Plan, an Award granted to a California Participant may not be transferred to an executor or guardian upon the disability of the Participant.

 

13


SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

Amendment to

2014 Stock Incentive Plan

The 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) of Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to Section 11(d) thereof, is hereby amended as follows:

The first sentence of Section 4 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Subject to adjustment under Section 9, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 1,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”), any or all of which Awards may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section 5(b)).”

 

Approved by the Board of Directors: February 16, 2015
Approved by the Stockholders: March 10, 2015


SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

Amendment to

2014 Stock Incentive Plan

The 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) of Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to Section 11(d) thereof, is hereby amended as follows:

The first sentence of Section 4 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Subject to adjustment under Section 9, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 3,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”), any or all of which Awards may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section 5(b)).”

 

Approved by the Board of Directors: August 8, 2015
Approved by the Stockholders: August 14, 2015

Exhibit 10.3

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

Incentive Stock Option Agreement

Granted Under 2014 Stock Incentive Plan

1. Grant of Option .

This agreement evidences the grant by Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), on [            , 20    ] (the “Grant Date”) to [            ], an employee of the Company (the “Participant”), of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Company’s 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), a total of [            ] shares (the “Shares”) of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) at $[            ] per Share. Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on [            , 20    ] [date is ten years minus one day from grant date] (the “Final Exercise Date”).

It is intended that the option evidenced by this agreement shall be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Code”). Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term “Participant”, as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.

2. Vesting Schedule .

This option will become exercisable (“vest”) as to 25% of the original number of Shares on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (as defined below) and as to an additional 2.0833% of the original number of Shares at the end of each successive month following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date until the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date. On the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, this option will be exercisable as to all Shares. For purposes of this Agreement, “Vesting Commencement Date” shall mean [                    ].

The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all Shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.

3. Exercise of Option .

(a) Form of Exercise . Each election to exercise this option shall be accompanied by a completed Notice of Stock Option Exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , signed by the Participant, and received by the Company at its principal office, accompanied by this agreement, and payment in full in the manner provided in the Plan. The Participant may purchase less than the number of Shares covered hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share or for fewer than ten whole shares.


(b) Continuous Relationship with the Company Required . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, this option may not be exercised unless the Participant, at the time he or she exercises this option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date, an employee or officer of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company as defined in Section 424(e) or (f) of the Code (an “Eligible Participant”).

(c) Termination of Relationship with the Company . If the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason, then, except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the right to exercise this option shall terminate three months after such cessation (but in no event after the Final Exercise Date), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise this option on the date of such cessation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the Final Exercise Date, violates the non-competition or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon such violation.

(d) Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability . If the Participant dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) prior to the Final Exercise Date while he or she is an Eligible Participant and the Company has not terminated such relationship for “cause” as specified in paragraph (e) below, this option shall be exercisable, within the period of one year following the date of death or disability of the Participant, by the Participant (or in the case of death by an authorized transferee), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this option was exercisable by the Participant on the date of his or her death or disability, and further provided that this option shall not be exercisable after the Final Exercise Date.

(e) Termination for Cause . If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined below), the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of employment. If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant is given notice by the Company of the termination of his or her employment by the Company for Cause, and the effective date of such employment termination is subsequent to the date of delivery of such notice, the right to exercise this option shall be suspended from the time of the delivery of such notice until the earlier of (i) such time as it is determined or otherwise agreed that the Participant’s employment shall not be terminated for Cause as provided in such notice or (ii) the effective date of such termination of employment (in which case the right to exercise this option shall, pursuant to the preceding sentence, terminate upon the effective date of such termination of employment). If the Participant is party to an employment or severance agreement with the Company that contains a definition of “cause” for termination of employment, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such agreement. Otherwise, “Cause” shall mean willful misconduct by the Participant or willful failure by the Participant to perform his or her responsibilities to the Company (including, without limitation, breach by the Participant of any provision of any employment, consulting, advisory, nondisclosure, non-competition or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Company), as determined by the Company, which determination shall be conclusive. The Participant’s employment shall be considered to have been terminated for Cause if the Company determines, within 30 days after the Participant’s resignation, that termination for Cause was warranted.

 

2


4. Company Right of First Refusal .

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . If the Participant proposes to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, by operation of law or otherwise (collectively, “transfer”) any Shares acquired upon exercise of this option, then the Participant shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company. The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of such Shares the Participant proposes to transfer (the “Offered Shares”), the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.

(b) Company Right to Purchase . For 30 days following its receipt of such Transfer Notice, the Company shall have the option to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares at the price and upon the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice. In the event the Company elects to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares, it shall give written notice of such election to the Participant within such 30-day period. Within 10 days after his or her receipt of such notice, the Participant shall tender to the Company at its principal offices the certificate or certificates representing the Offered Shares to be purchased by the Company, duly endorsed in blank by the Participant or with duly endorsed stock powers attached thereto, all in a form suitable for transfer of the Offered Shares to the Company. Promptly following receipt of such certificate or certificates, the Company shall deliver or mail to the Participant a check in payment of the purchase price for such Offered Shares; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in the Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company may pay for the Offered Shares on the same terms and conditions as were set forth in the Transfer Notice; and provided further that any delay in making such payment shall not invalidate the Company’s exercise of its option to purchase the Offered Shares.

(c) Shares Not Purchased By Company . If the Company does not elect to acquire all of the Offered Shares, the Participant may, within the 30-day period following the expiration of the option granted to the Company under subsection (b) above, transfer the Offered Shares which the Company has not elected to acquire to the proposed transferee, provided that such transfer shall not be on terms and conditions more favorable to the transferee than those contained in the Transfer Notice. Notwithstanding any of the above, all Offered Shares transferred pursuant to this Section 4 shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4 and such transferee shall, as a condition to such transfer, deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Section 4.

(d) Consequences of Non-Delivery . After the time at which the Offered Shares are required to be delivered to the Company for transfer to the Company pursuant to subsection (b) above, the Company shall not pay any dividend to the Participant on account of such Offered Shares or permit the Participant to exercise any of the privileges or rights of a stockholder with respect to such Offered Shares, but shall, insofar as permitted by law, treat the Company as the owner of such Offered Shares.

 

3


(e) Exempt Transactions . The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 4:

(1) any transfer of Shares to or for the benefit of any spouse, child or grandchild of the Participant, or to a trust for their benefit;

(2) any transfer pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); and

(3) the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including pursuant to a merger or consolidation);

provided , however , that in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (1) above, such Shares shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4.

(f) Assignment of Company Right . The Company may assign its rights to purchase Offered Shares in any particular transaction under this Section 4 to one or more persons or entities.

(g) Termination . The provisions of this Section 4 shall terminate upon the earlier of the following events:

(1) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; or

(2) the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock, assets or business of the Company, by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise (other than a merger or consolidation in which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were beneficial owners of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% (determined on an as-converted basis) of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the resulting, surviving or acquiring corporation in such transaction).

(h) No Obligation to Recognize Invalid Transfer . The Company shall not be required (1) to transfer on its books any of the Shares which shall have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Section 4, or (2) to treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.

(i) Legends . The certificate representing Shares shall bear a legend substantially in the following form (in addition to, or in combination with, any legend required by applicable federal and state securities laws and agreements relating to the transfer of the Company securities):

“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company, as provided in a certain stock option agreement with the Company.”

 

4


5. Agreement in Connection with Initial Public Offering .

The Participant agrees, in connection with the initial underwritten public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, (i) not to (a) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any other securities of the Company or (b) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, whether any transaction described in clause (a) or (b) is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise, during the period beginning on the date of the filing of such registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the offering (plus up to an additional 34 days to the extent requested by the managing underwriters for such offering in order to address FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4) or any similar successor provision), and (ii) to execute any agreement reflecting clause (i) above as may be requested by the Company or the managing underwriters at the time of such offering. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock or other securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the “lock-up” period.

6. Tax Matters .

(a) Withholding . No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this option.

(b) Disqualifying Disposition . If the Participant disposes of Shares acquired upon exercise of this option within two years from the Grant Date or one year after such Shares were acquired pursuant to exercise of this option, the Participant shall notify the Company in writing of such disposition.

7. Transfer Restrictions .

(a) This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

(b) The Participant agrees that he or she will not transfer any Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless the transferee, as a condition to such transfer, delivers to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of Section 4 and Section 5; provided that such a written confirmation shall not be required with respect to (1) Section 4 after such provision has terminated in accordance with Section 4(g) or (2) Section 5 after the completion of the lock-up period in connection with the Company’s initial underwritten public offering.

 

5


8. Provisions of the Plan .

This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including the provisions relating to amendments to the Plan), a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this option to be executed under its corporate seal by its duly authorized officer. This option shall take effect as a sealed instrument.

 

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

By:

   

Name:

Title:

Signature Page to Incentive Stock Option Agreement

 

7


PARTICIPANT’S ACCEPTANCE

The undersigned hereby accepts the foregoing option and agrees to the terms and conditions thereof. The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Company’s 2014 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

PARTICIPANT:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

SPOUSAL CONSENT: 1

 

Name:

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

1   If the Participant resides in a community property state, it is desirable to have the Participant’s spouse also accept the option by signature here. The following are community property states: Arizona, California, Idaho, Louisiana, Nevada, New Mexico, Texas, and Washington. Although Wisconsin is not formally a community property state, it has laws governing the division of marital property similar to community property states and it may be desirable to have a Wisconsin Participant’s spouse also accept the option.

 

8


NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE

Date: [            ] 2

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

113 Cedar Street, Suite S-7

Milford, MA 01757

Attention: Treasurer

Dear Sir or Madam:

I am the holder of an Incentive Stock Option granted to me under the Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) 2014 Stock Incentive Plan on [          ] 3 for the purchase of [          ] 4 shares of Common Stock of the Company at a purchase price of $[          ] 5 per share.

I hereby exercise my option to purchase [          ] 6 shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”), for which I have enclosed [          ] 7 in the amount of [          ] 8 . Please register my stock certificate as follows:

 

  [Name(s):    _______________________ 9   
     _______________________   
  Address:    _______________________   
     _______________________]   

 

2   Enter the date of exercise.
3   Enter the date of grant.
4   Enter the total number of shares of Common Stock for which the option was granted.
5   Enter the option exercise price per share of Common Stock.
6   Enter the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased upon exercise of all or part of the option.
7   Enter “cash”, “personal check” or if permitted by the option or Plan, “stock certificates No. XXXX and XXXX”.
8   Enter the dollar amount (price per share of Common Stock times the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased), or the number of shares tendered. Fair market value of shares tendered, together with cash or check, must cover the purchase price of the shares issued upon exercise.
9   Enter name(s) to appear on stock certificate: (a) Your name only; (b) Your name and other name (i.e., John Doe and Jane Doe, Joint Tenants With Right of Survivorship); or (c) In the case of a Nonstatutory option only, a Child’s name, with you as custodian (i.e., Jane Doe, Custodian for Tommy Doe). Note: There may be income and/or gift tax consequences of registering shares in a Child’s name.

 

9


I represent, warrant and covenant as follows:

1. I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act.

2. I have had such opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company.

3. I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

4. I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

5. I understand that (i) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (ii) the Shares cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is then available; (iii) in any event, the exemption from registration under Rule 144 will not be available for at least one year and even then will not be available unless a public market then exists for the Common Stock, adequate information concerning the Company is then available to the public, and other terms and conditions of Rule 144 are complied with; and (iv) there is now no registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to any stock of the Company and the Company has no obligation or current intention to register the Shares under the Securities Act.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)

 

10

Exhibit 10.4

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement

Granted Under 2014 Stock Incentive Plan

1. Grant of Option .

This agreement evidences the grant by Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), on March 26, 2015 (the “Grant Date”) to [            ], an employee, consultant or director of the Company (the “Participant”), of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Company’s 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), a total of [            ] shares (the “Shares”) of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) at $2.32 per Share. Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on March 25, 2015 (the “Final Exercise Date”).

It is intended that the option evidenced by this agreement shall not be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Code”). Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term “Participant”, as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.

2. Vesting Schedule .

This option will become exercisable (“vest”) as to 25% of the original number of Shares on the Vesting Commencement Date (as defined below) and as to an additional 6.25% of the original number of Shares at the end of each successive month following the Vesting Commencement Date until the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date. On the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, this option will be exercisable as to all Shares. For purposes of this Agreement, “Vesting Commencement Date” shall mean January 1, 2015.

The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all Shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.

3. Exercise of Option .

(a) Form of Exercise . Each election to exercise this option shall be accompanied by a completed Notice of Stock Option Exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , signed by the Participant, and received by the Company at its principal office, accompanied by this agreement, and payment in full in the manner provided in the Plan. The Participant may purchase less than the number of Shares covered hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share or for fewer than ten whole shares.

(b) Continuous Relationship with the Company Required . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, this option may not be exercised unless the Participant, at the time he or she exercises this option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date, an employee, officer or director of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or any other entity the employees, officers, directors, consultants, or advisors of which are eligible to receive option grants under the Plan (an “Eligible Participant”).

 

1


(c) Termination of Relationship with the Company . If the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason, then, except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the right to exercise this option shall terminate three months after such cessation (but in no event after the Final Exercise Date), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise this option on the date of such cessation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the Final Exercise Date, violates the non-competition or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon such violation.

(d) Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability . If the Participant dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) prior to the Final Exercise Date while he or she is an Eligible Participant and the Company has not terminated such relationship for “cause” as specified in paragraph (e) below, this option shall be exercisable, within the period of one year following the date of death or disability of the Participant, by the Participant (or in the case of death by an authorized transferee), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this option was exercisable by the Participant on the date of his or her death or disability, and further provided that this option shall not be exercisable after the Final Exercise Date.

(e) Termination for Cause . If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant’s employment or other relationship with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined below), the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of employment or other relationship. If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant is given notice by the Company of the termination of his or her employment or other relationship by the Company for Cause, and the effective date of such employment or other termination is subsequent to the date of the delivery of such notice, the right to exercise this option shall be suspended from the time of the delivery of such notice until the earlier of (i) such time as it is determined or otherwise agreed that the Participant’s employment or other relationship shall not be terminated for Cause as provided in such notice or (ii) the effective date of such termination of employment or other relationship (in which case the right to exercise this option shall, pursuant to the preceding sentence, terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of employment or other relationship). If the Participant is party to an employment, consulting or severance agreement with the Company that contains a definition of “cause” for termination of employment or other relationship, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such agreement. Otherwise, “Cause” shall mean willful misconduct by the Participant or willful failure by the Participant to perform his or her responsibilities to the Company (including, without limitation, breach by the Participant of any provision of any employment, consulting, advisory, nondisclosure, non-competition or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Company), as determined by the Company, which determination shall be conclusive. The Participant’s employment or other relationship shall be considered to have been terminated for “Cause” if the Company determines, within 30 days after the Participant’s resignation, that termination for Cause was warranted.

 

2


4. Company Right of First Refusal .

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . If the Participant proposes to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, by operation of law or otherwise (collectively, “transfer”) any Shares acquired upon exercise of this option, then the Participant shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company. The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of such Shares the Participant proposes to transfer (the “Offered Shares”), the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.

(b) Company Right to Purchase . For 30 days following its receipt of such Transfer Notice, the Company shall have the option to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares at the price and upon the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice. In the event the Company elects to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares, it shall give written notice of such election to the Participant within such 30-day period. Within 10 days after his or her receipt of such notice, the Participant shall tender to the Company at its principal offices the certificate or certificates representing the Offered Shares to be purchased by the Company, duly endorsed in blank by the Participant or with duly endorsed stock powers attached thereto, all in a form suitable for transfer of the Offered Shares to the Company. Promptly following receipt of such certificate or certificates, the Company shall deliver or mail to the Participant a check in payment of the purchase price for such Offered Shares; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in the Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company may pay for the Offered Shares on the same terms and conditions as were set forth in the Transfer Notice; and provided further that any delay in making such payment shall not invalidate the Company’s exercise of its option to purchase the Offered Shares.

(c) Shares Not Purchased By Company . If the Company does not elect to acquire all of the Offered Shares, the Participant may, within the 30-day period following the expiration of the option granted to the Company under subsection (b) above, transfer the Offered Shares which the Company has not elected to acquire to the proposed transferee, provided that such transfer shall not be on terms and conditions more favorable to the transferee than those contained in the Transfer Notice. Notwithstanding any of the above, all Offered Shares transferred pursuant to this Section 4 shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4 and such transferee shall, as a condition to such transfer, deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Section 4.

(d) Consequences of Non-Delivery . After the time at which the Offered Shares are required to be delivered to the Company for transfer to the Company pursuant to subsection (b) above, the Company shall not pay any dividend to the Participant on account of such Offered Shares or permit the Participant to exercise any of the privileges or rights of a stockholder with respect to such Offered Shares, but shall, insofar as permitted by law, treat the Company as the owner of such Offered Shares.

 

3


(e) Exempt Transactions . The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 4:

(1) any transfer of Shares to or for the benefit of any spouse, child or grandchild of the Participant, or to a trust for their benefit;

(2) any transfer pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); and

(3) the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including pursuant to a merger or consolidation);

provided , however , that in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (1) above, such Shares shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4.

(f) Assignment of Company Right . The Company may assign its rights to purchase Offered Shares in any particular transaction under this Section 4 to one or more persons or entities.

(g) Termination . The provisions of this Section 4 shall terminate upon the earlier of the following events:

(1) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; or

(2) the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock, assets or business of the Company, by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise (other than a merger or consolidation in which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were beneficial owners of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% (determined on an as-converted basis) of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the resulting, surviving or acquiring corporation in such transaction).

(h) N o Obligation to Recognize Invalid Transfer . The Company shall not be required (1) to transfer on its books any of the Shares which shall have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Section 4, or (2) to treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.

(i) Legends . The certificate representing Shares shall bear a legend substantially in the following form (in addition to, or in combination with, any legend required by applicable federal and state securities laws and agreements relating to the transfer of the Company securities):

“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company, as provided in a certain stock option agreement with the Company.”

 

4


5. Agreement in Connection with Initial Public Offering .

The Participant agrees, in connection with the initial underwritten public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, (i) not to (a) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any other securities of the Company or (b) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, whether any transaction described in clause (a) or (b) is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise, during the period beginning on the date of the filing of such registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the offering (plus up to an additional 34 days to the extent requested by the managing underwriters for such offering in order to address FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4) or any similar successor provision), and (ii) to execute any agreement reflecting clause (i) above as may be requested by the Company or the managing underwriters at the time of such offering. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock or other securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the “lock-up” period.

6. Withholding .

No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this option.

7. Transfer Restrictions .

(a) This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

(b) The Participant agrees that he or she will not transfer any Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless the transferee, as a condition to such transfer, delivers to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of Section 4 and Section 5; provided that such a written confirmation shall not be required with respect to (1) Section 4 after such provision has terminated in accordance with Section 4(g) or (2) Section 5 after the completion of the lock-up period in connection with the Company’s initial underwritten public offering.

8. Provisions of the Plan .

This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including the provisions relating to amendments to the Plan), a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this option to be executed under its corporate seal by its duly authorized officer. This option shall take effect as a sealed instrument.

 

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Douglas J. Jensen
Title:   President and CEO

Signature Page to Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement

 

6


PARTICIPANT’S ACCEPTANCE

The undersigned hereby accepts the foregoing option and agrees to the terms and conditions thereof. The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Company’s 2014 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

PARTICIPANT:

 

Address:  

 

 

 

SPOUSAL CONSENT: 1
 
Name:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

1 If the Participant resides in a community property state, it is desirable to have the Participant’s spouse also accept the option by signature here. The following are community property states: Arizona, California, Idaho, Louisiana, Nevada, New Mexico, Texas, and Washington. Although Wisconsin is not formally a community property state, it has laws governing the division of marital property similar to community property states and it may be desirable to have a Wisconsin Participant’s spouse also accept the option.

 

7


NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE

Date: [                    ] 2

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

113 Cedar Street, Suite S-7

Milford, MA 01757

Attention: Treasurer

Dear Sir or Madam:

I am the holder of a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted to me under the Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) 2014 Stock Incentive Plan on [          ] 3 for the purchase of [          ] 4 shares of Common Stock of the Company at a purchase price of $[          ] 5 per share.

I hereby exercise my option to purchase [          ] 6 shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”), for which I have enclosed [          ] 7 in the amount of [          ] 8 . Please register my stock certificate as follows:

 

[Name(s):                                                                     9
                                                                   
Address:                                                                    
                                                                   ]

 

2 Enter date of exercise.
3 Enter the date of grant.
4 Enter the total number of shares of Common Stock for which the option was granted.
5 Enter the option exercise price per share of Common Stock.
6 Enter the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased upon exercise of all or part of the option.
7 Enter “cash”, “personal check” or if permitted by the option or Plan, “stock certificates No. XXXX and XXXX”.
8 Enter the dollar amount (price per share of Common Stock times the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased), or the number of shares tendered. Fair market value of shares tendered, together with cash or check, must cover the purchase price of the shares issued upon exercise.
9 Enter name(s) to appear on stock certificate: (a) Your name only; (b) Your name and other name (i.e., John Doe and Jane Doe, Joint Tenants With Right of Survivorship); or (c) In the case of a Nonstatutory option only, a Child’s name, with you as custodian (i.e., Jane Doe, Custodian for Tommy Doe). Note: There may be income and/or gift tax consequences of registering shares in a Child’s name.

 

8


I represent, warrant and covenant as follows:

1. I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act.

2. I have had such opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company.

3. I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

4. I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

5. I understand that (i) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (ii) the Shares cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is then available; (iii) in any event, the exemption from registration under Rule 144 will not be available for at least one year and even then will not be available unless a public market then exists for the Common Stock, adequate information concerning the Company is then available to the public, and other terms and conditions of Rule 144 are complied with; and (iv) there is now no registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to any stock of the Company and the Company has no obligation or current intention to register the Shares under the Securities Act.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

(Signature)

 

9

Exhibit 10.5

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

2015 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

1.  Purpose

The purpose of this 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) of Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), is to advance the interests of the Company’s stockholders by enhancing the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who are expected to make important contributions to the Company and by providing such persons with equity ownership opportunities and performance-based incentives that are intended to better align the interests of such persons with those of the Company’s stockholders. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “ Company ” shall include any of the Company’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations thereunder (the “ Code ”) and any other business venture (including, without limitation, joint venture or limited liability company) in which the Company has a controlling interest, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).

2.  Eligibility

All of the Company’s employees, officers and directors, as well as consultants and advisors to the Company (as such terms are defined and interpreted for purposes of Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any successor form) are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan. Each person who is granted an Award under the Plan is deemed a “ Participant .” “ Award ” means Options (as defined in Section 5), SARs (as defined in Section 6), Restricted Stock (as defined in Section 7), Restricted Stock Units (as defined in Section 7) and Other Stock-Based Awards (as defined in Section 8).

3.  Administration and Delegation

(a)  Administration by Board of Directors . The Plan will be administered by the Board. The Board shall have authority to grant Awards and to adopt, amend and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices relating to the Plan as it shall deem advisable. The Board may construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and any Award agreements entered into under the Plan. The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient and it shall be the sole and final judge of such expediency. All decisions by the Board shall be made in the Board’s sole discretion and shall be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or in any Award.

(b)  Appointment of Committees . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board (a “ Committee ”). All references in the Plan to the “ Board ” shall mean the Board or a Committee of the Board or the officers referred to in Section 3(c) to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee or officers.

 

1


(c)  Delegation to Officers . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the power to grant Options and other Awards that constitute rights under Delaware law (subject to any limitations under the Plan) to employees or officers of the Company and to exercise such other powers under the Plan as the Board may determine, provided that the Board shall fix the terms of such Awards to be granted by such officers (including the exercise prices of such Awards, which may include a formula by which the exercise prices will be determined) and the maximum number of shares subject to such Awards that the officers may grant;  provided further , however, that no officer shall be authorized to grant such Awards to any “executive officer” of the Company (as defined by Rule 3b-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) or to any “officer” of the Company (as defined by Rule 16a-1 under the Exchange Act). The Board may not delegate authority under this Section 3(c) to grant Restricted Stock, unless Delaware law then permits such delegation.

4.  Stock Available for Awards

(a)  Number of Shares; Share Counting .

(1)  Authorized Number of Shares . Subject to adjustment under Section 9, Awards may be made under the Plan (any or all of which Awards may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options, as defined in Section 5(b)) for up to such number of shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”) as is equal to the sum of:

(A) 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock; plus

(B) such additional number of shares of Common Stock as is equal to the sum of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Company’s 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Existing Plan ”) that remain available for grant under the Existing Plan immediately prior to the closing of the Company’s initial public offering and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to awards granted under the Existing Plan which awards expire, terminate or are otherwise surrendered, canceled, forfeited or repurchased by the Company at their original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right (subject, however, in the case of Incentive Stock Options to any limitations of the Code).

Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

(2)  Share Counting . For purposes of counting the number of shares available for the grant of Awards under the Plan:

(A) all shares of Common Stock covered by SARs shall be counted against the number of shares available for the grant of Awards under the Plan;  provided, however , that (i) SARs that may be settled only in cash shall not be so counted and (ii) if the Company grants an SAR in tandem with an Option for the same number of shares of Common Stock and provides that only one such Award may be exercised (a “ Tandem SAR ”), only the shares covered by the Option, and not the shares covered by the Tandem SAR, shall be so counted, and the expiration of one in connection with the other’s exercise will not restore shares to the Plan;

 

2


(B) if any Award (i) expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised or is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right) or (ii) results in any Common Stock not being issued (including as a result of an SAR that was settleable either in cash or in stock actually being settled in cash), the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards;  provided, however , that (1) in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the foregoing shall be subject to any limitations under the Code, (2) in the case of the exercise of an SAR, the number of shares counted against the shares available under the Plan and against the sublimits listed in the first clause of Section 4(a)(2) shall be the full number of shares subject to the SAR multiplied by the percentage of the SAR actually exercised, regardless of the number of shares actually used to settle such SAR upon exercise and (3) the shares covered by a Tandem SAR shall not again become available for grant upon the expiration or termination of such Tandem SAR; and

(C) shares of Common Stock delivered (either by actual delivery, attestation or net exercise) to the Company by a Participant to (i) purchase shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an Award or (ii) satisfy tax withholding obligations (including shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation) shall not be added back to the number of shares available for the future grant of Awards.

(b)  Substitute Awards . In connection with a merger or consolidation of an entity with the Company or the acquisition by the Company of property or stock of an entity, the Board may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted by such entity or an affiliate thereof. Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Board deems appropriate in the circumstances, notwithstanding any limitations on Awards contained in the Plan. Substitute Awards shall not count against the overall share limit set forth in Section 4(a)(1) or any sublimit contained in the Plan, except as may be required by reason of Section 422 and related provisions of the Code.

5.  Stock Options

(a)  General . The Board may grant options to purchase Common Stock (each, an “ Option ”) and determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Option, the exercise price of each Option and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option, including conditions relating to applicable federal or state securities laws, as it considers necessary or advisable.

(b)  Incentive Stock Options . An Option that the Board intends to be an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code (an “ Incentive Stock Option ”) shall only be granted to employees of Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc., any of Spring Bank Pharmaceutical Inc.’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code, and shall be subject to and shall be construed consistently with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. An Option that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall be designated a “ Nonstatutory Stock Option .” The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Option (or any part thereof) that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option is not an Incentive Stock Option or if the Company converts an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

3


(c)  Exercise Price . The Board shall establish the exercise price of each Option and specify the exercise price in the applicable Option agreement. The exercise price shall be not less than 100% of the fair market value per share of Common Stock as determined by (or in a manner approved by) the Board (“ Fair Market Value ”) on the date the Option is granted;  provided  that if the Board approves the grant of an Option with an exercise price to be determined on a future date, the exercise price shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on such future date.

(d)  Duration of Options . Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable option agreement;  provided, however , that no Option will be granted with a term in excess of 10 years.

(e)  Exercise of Options . Options may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a notice of exercise in a form (which may be electronic) approved by the Company, together with payment in full (in the manner specified in Section 5(f)) of the exercise price for the number of shares for which the Option is exercised. Shares of Common Stock subject to the Option will be delivered by the Company as soon as practicable following exercise.

(f)  Payment Upon Exercise . Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall be paid for as follows:

(1) in cash or by check, payable to the order of the Company;

(2) except as may otherwise be provided in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by (i) delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding or (ii) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding;

(3) to the extent provided for in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant valued at their Fair Market Value, provided (i) such method of payment is then permitted under applicable law, (ii) such Common Stock, if acquired directly from the Company, was owned by the Participant for such minimum period of time, if any, as may be established by the Board in its discretion and (iii) such Common Stock is not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements;

(4) to the extent provided for in the applicable Nonstatutory Stock Option agreement or approved by the Board in its sole discretion, by delivery of a notice of “net exercise” to the Company, as a result of which the Participant would receive (i) the number of shares underlying the portion of the Option being exercised, less (ii) such number of shares as is equal to (A) the aggregate exercise price for the portion of the Option being exercised divided by (B) the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise;

 

4


(5) to the extent permitted by applicable law and provided for in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by payment of such other lawful consideration as the Board may determine; or

(6) by any combination of the above permitted forms of payment.

6.  Stock Appreciation Rights

(a)  General . The Board may grant Awards consisting of stock appreciation rights (“ SARs ”) entitling the holder, upon exercise, to receive an amount of Common Stock or cash or a combination thereof (such form to be determined by the Board) determined by reference to appreciation, from and after the date of grant, in the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock over the measurement price established pursuant to Section 6(b). The date as of which such appreciation is determined shall be the exercise date.

(b)  Measurement Price . The Board shall establish the measurement price of each SAR and specify it in the applicable SAR agreement. The measurement price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the SAR is granted;  provided  that if the Board approves the grant of an SAR effective as of a future date, the measurement price shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on such future date.

(c)  Duration of SARs . Each SAR shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable SAR agreement;  provided, however , that no SAR will be granted with a term in excess of 10 years.

(d)  Exercise of SARs . SARs may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a notice of exercise in a form (which may be electronic) approved by the Company, together with any other documents required by the Board.

7.  Restricted Stock; Restricted Stock Units

(a)  General . The Board may grant Awards entitling recipients to acquire shares of Common Stock (“ Restricted Stock ”), subject to the right of the Company to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price (or to require forfeiture of such shares if issued at no cost) from the recipient in the event that conditions specified by the Board in the applicable Award are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction period or periods established by the Board for such Award. The Board may also grant Awards entitling the recipient to receive shares of Common Stock or cash to be delivered at the time such Award vests (“ Restricted Stock Units ”) (Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units are each referred to herein as a “ Restricted Stock Award ”).

(b)  Terms and Conditions for All Restricted Stock Awards . The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award, including the conditions for vesting and repurchase (or forfeiture) and the issue price, if any.

(c)  Additional Provisions Relating to Restricted Stock .

(1)  Dividends . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, any dividends (whether paid in cash, stock or property) declared and paid by the Company with

 

5


respect to shares of Restricted Stock (“ Accrued Dividends ”) shall be paid to the Participant only if and when such shares become free from the restrictions on transferability and forfeitability that apply to such shares. Each payment of Accrued Dividends will be made no later than the end of the calendar year in which the dividends are paid to stockholders of that class of stock or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the lapsing of the restrictions on transferability and the forfeitability provisions applicable to the underlying shares of Restricted Stock.

(2)  Stock Certificates . The Company may require that any stock certificates issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock, as well as dividends or distributions paid on such Restricted Stock, shall be deposited in escrow by the Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company (or its designee). At the expiration of the applicable restriction periods, the Company (or such designee) shall deliver the certificates no longer subject to such restrictions to the Participant or if the Participant has died, to his or her Designated Beneficiary. “ Designated Beneficiary ” means (i) the beneficiary designated, in a manner determined by the Board, by a Participant to receive amounts due or exercise rights of the Participant in the event of the Participant’s death or (ii) in the absence of an effective designation by a Participant, the Participant’s estate.

(d)  Additional Provisions Relating to Restricted Stock Units .

(1)  Settlement . Upon the vesting of and/or lapsing of any other restrictions (i.e., settlement) with respect to each Restricted Stock Unit, the Participant shall be entitled to receive from the Company one share of Common Stock or (if so provided in the applicable Award agreement) an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock. The Board may, in its discretion, provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units shall be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the election of the Participant in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code.

(2)  Voting Rights . A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units.

(3)  Dividend Equivalents . The Award agreement for Restricted Stock Units may provide Participants with the right to receive an amount equal to any dividends or other distributions declared and paid on an equal number of outstanding shares of Common Stock (“ Dividend Equivalents ”). Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, may be settled in cash and/or shares of Common Stock and may be subject to the same restrictions on transfer and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock Units with respect to which paid, in each case to the extent provided in the Award agreement.

8.  Other Stock-Based Awards

(a)  General . Other Awards of shares of Common Stock, and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares of Common Stock or other property, may be granted hereunder to Participants (“ Other Stock-Based-Awards ”). Such Other Stock-Based Awards shall also be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock-Based Awards may be paid in shares of Common Stock or cash, as the Board shall determine.

 

6


(b)  Terms and Conditions . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock-Based Award, including any purchase price applicable thereto.

9.  Adjustments for Changes in Common Stock and Certain Other Events

(a)  Changes in Capitalization . In the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock other than an ordinary cash dividend after the Effective Date, (i) the number and class of securities available under the Plan, (ii) the share counting rules and sublimit set forth in Sections 4(a) and 4(b), (iii) the number and class of securities and exercise price per share of each outstanding Option, (iv) the share and per-share provisions and the measurement price of each outstanding SAR, (v) the number of shares subject to and the repurchase price per share subject to each outstanding Restricted Stock Award and (vi) the share and per-share-related provisions and the purchase price, if any, of each outstanding Other Stock-Based Award, shall be equitably adjusted by the Company (or substituted Awards may be made, if applicable) in the manner determined by the Board. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event the Company effects a split of the Common Stock by means of a stock dividend and the exercise price of and the number of shares subject to an outstanding Option are adjusted as of the date of the distribution of the dividend (rather than as of the record date for such dividend), then an optionee who exercises an Option between the record date and the distribution date for such stock dividend shall be entitled to receive, on the distribution date, the stock dividend with respect to the shares of Common Stock acquired upon such Option exercise, notwithstanding the fact that such shares were not outstanding as of the close of business on the record date for such stock dividend.

(b)  Reorganization Events .

(1)  Definition . A “ Reorganization Event ” shall mean: (a) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity as a result of which all of the Common Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for the right to receive cash, securities or other property or is cancelled, (b) any transfer or disposition of all of the Common Stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property pursuant to a share exchange or other transaction or (c) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(2)  Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Awards Other than Restricted Stock .

(A) In connection with a Reorganization Event, the Board may take any one or more of the following actions as to all or any (or any portion of) outstanding Awards other than Restricted Stock on such terms as the Board determines (except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in an applicable Award agreement or another agreement between the Company and the Participant): (i) provide that such Awards shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, provide that all of the Participant’s unexercised Awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Reorganization Event unless exercised by the Participant (to the extent then exercisable) within a specified period following the date of such notice, (iii) provide that outstanding Awards shall

 

7


become exercisable, realizable or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an Award shall lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon such Reorganization Event, (iv) in the event of a Reorganization Event under the terms of which holders of Common Stock will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the Reorganization Event (the “ Acquisition Price ”), make or provide for a cash payment to Participants with respect to each Award held by a Participant equal to (A) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the vested portion of the Award (after giving effect to any acceleration of vesting that occurs upon or immediately prior to such Reorganization Event) multiplied by (B) the excess, if any, of (I) the Acquisition Price over (II) the exercise, measurement or purchase price of such Award and any applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of such Award, (v) provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, Awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (if applicable, net of the exercise, measurement or purchase price thereof and any applicable tax withholdings) and (vi) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this Section 9(b)(2), the Board shall not be obligated by the Plan to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, identically.

(B) Notwithstanding the terms of Section 9(b)(2)(A), in the case of outstanding Restricted Stock Units that are subject to Section 409A of the Code: (i) if the applicable Restricted Stock Unit agreement provides that the Restricted Stock Units shall be settled upon a “change in control event” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i), and the Reorganization Event constitutes such a “change in control event”, then no assumption or substitution shall be permitted pursuant to Section 9(b)(2)(A)(i) and the Restricted Stock Units shall instead be settled in accordance with the terms of the applicable Restricted Stock Unit agreement; and (ii) the Board may only undertake the actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 9(b)(2)(A) if the Reorganization Event constitutes a “change in control event” as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i) and such action is permitted or required by Section 409A of the Code; if the Reorganization Event is not a “change in control event” as so defined or such action is not permitted or required by Section 409A of the Code, and the acquiring or succeeding corporation does not assume or substitute the Restricted Stock Units pursuant to clause (i) of Section 9(b)(2)(A), then the unvested Restricted Stock Units shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event without any payment in exchange therefor.

(C) For purposes of Section 9(b)(2)(A)(i), an Award (other than Restricted Stock) shall be considered assumed if, following consummation of the Reorganization Event, such Award confers the right to purchase or receive pursuant to the terms of such Award, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Award immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event, the consideration (whether cash, securities or other property) received as a result of the Reorganization Event by holders of Common Stock for each share of Common Stock held immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock);  provided, however , that if the consideration received as a result of the Reorganization Event is not solely common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), the Company may, with the consent of the acquiring or succeeding corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise or settlement of the Award to consist solely of such number of shares of common stock

 

8


of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) that the Board determined to be equivalent in value (as of the date of such determination or another date specified by the Board) to the per share consideration received by holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock as a result of the Reorganization Event.

(3)  Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Restricted Stock . Upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the repurchase and other rights of the Company with respect to outstanding Restricted Stock shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor and shall, unless the Board determines otherwise, apply to the cash, securities or other property which the Common Stock was converted into or exchanged for pursuant to such Reorganization Event in the same manner and to the same extent as they applied to such Restricted Stock;  provided however , that the Board may provide for termination or deemed satisfaction of such repurchase or other rights under the instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, either initially or by amendment. Upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event involving the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, all restrictions and conditions on all Restricted Stock then outstanding shall automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied.

10.  General Provisions Applicable to Awards

(a)  Transferability of Awards . Awards shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the person to whom they are granted, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, other than in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and, during the life of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant;  provided, however , that the Board may permit or provide in an Award for the gratuitous transfer of the Award by the Participant to or for the benefit of any immediate family member, family trust or other entity established for the benefit of the Participant and/or an immediate family member thereof if the Company would be eligible to use a Form S-8 under the Securities Act for the registration of the sale of the Common Stock subject to such Award to such proposed transferee;  provided further , that the Company shall not be required to recognize any such permitted transfer until such time as such permitted transferee shall, as a condition to such transfer, deliver to the Company a written instrument in form and substance satisfactory to the Company confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Award. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, shall include references to authorized transferees. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Section 10(a) shall be deemed to restrict a transfer to the Company.

(b)  Documentation . Each Award shall be evidenced in such form (written, electronic or otherwise) as the Board shall determine. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

(c)  Board Discretion . Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award need not be identical, and the Board need not treat Participants uniformly.

 

9


(d)  Termination of Status . The Board shall determine the effect on an Award of the disability, death, termination or other cessation of employment, authorized leave of absence or other change in the employment or other status of a Participant and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, or the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary, may exercise rights under the Award.

(e)  Withholding . The Participant must satisfy all applicable federal, state and local or other income and employment tax withholding obligations before the Company will deliver stock certificates or otherwise recognize ownership of Common Stock under an Award. The Company may decide to satisfy the withholding obligations through additional withholding on salary or wages. If the Company elects not to or cannot withhold from other compensation, the Participant must pay the Company the full amount, if any, required for withholding or have a broker tender to the Company cash equal to the withholding obligations. Payment of withholding obligations is due before the Company will issue any shares on exercise, vesting or release from forfeiture of an Award or at the same time as payment of the exercise or purchase price, unless the Company determines otherwise. If provided for in an Award or approved by the Board in its sole discretion, a Participant may satisfy such tax obligations in whole or in part by delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock, including shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value;  provided, however , except as otherwise provided by the Board, that the total tax withholding where stock is being used to satisfy such tax obligations cannot exceed the Company’s minimum statutory withholding obligations (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income). Shares used to satisfy tax withholding requirements cannot be subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements.

(f)  Amendment of Award . The Board may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or realization, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The Participant’s consent to such action shall be required unless (i) the Board determines that the action, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under the Plan or (ii) the change is permitted under Section 9.

(g)  Conditions on Delivery of Stock . The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan or to remove restrictions from shares previously issued or delivered under the Plan until (i) all conditions of the Award have been met or removed to the satisfaction of the Company, (ii) in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, all other legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and regulations and any applicable stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Company may consider appropriate to satisfy the requirements of any applicable laws, rules or regulations.

(h)  Acceleration . The Board may at any time provide that any Award shall become immediately exercisable in whole or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in whole or in part, as the case may be.

 

10


11.  Miscellaneous

(a)  No Right To Employment or Other Status . No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award by virtue of the adoption of the Plan, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan, except as expressly provided in the applicable Award.

(b)  No Rights As Stockholder . Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock to be distributed with respect to an Award until becoming the record holder of such shares.

(c)  Effective Date and Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective on the later of (i) the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders and (ii) the closing of the Company’s initial public offering (the “ Effective Date ”). No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the expiration of 10 years from the Effective Date, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date.

(d)  Amendment of Plan . The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time provided that (i) to the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code or any successor provision thereto, and the regulations thereunder (“ Section 162(m) ”), no Award granted to a Participant that is intended to comply with Section 162(m) after the date of such amendment shall become exercisable, realizable or vested, as applicable to such Award, unless and until the Company’s stockholders approve such amendment in the manner required by Section 162(m); and (ii) no amendment that would require stockholder approval under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market may be made effective unless and until the Company’s stockholders approve such amendment. In addition, if at any time the approval of the Company’s stockholders is required as to any other modification or amendment under Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision with respect to Incentive Stock Options, the Board may not effect such modification or amendment without such approval. Unless otherwise specified in the amendment, any amendment to the Plan adopted in accordance with this Section 11(d) shall apply to, and be binding on the holders of, all Awards outstanding under the Plan at the time the amendment is adopted, provided the Board determines that such amendment, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Participants under the Plan. No Award shall be made that is conditioned upon stockholder approval of any amendment to the Plan unless the Award provides that (i) it will terminate or be forfeited if stockholder approval of such amendment is not obtained within no more than 12 months from the date of grant and (2) it may not be exercised or settled (or otherwise result in the issuance of Common Stock) prior to such stockholder approval.

(e)  Authorization of Sub-Plans (including for Grants to non-U.S. Employees) . The Board may from time to time establish one or more sub-plans under the Plan for purposes of satisfying applicable securities, tax or other laws of various jurisdictions. The Board shall establish such sub-plans by adopting supplements to the Plan containing (i) such limitations on the Board’s discretion under the Plan as the Board deems necessary or desirable or (ii) such additional terms and conditions not otherwise inconsistent with the Plan as the Board shall deem necessary or

 

11


desirable. All supplements adopted by the Board shall be deemed to be part of the Plan, but each supplement shall apply only to Participants within the affected jurisdiction and the Company shall not be required to provide copies of any supplement to Participants in any jurisdiction which is not the subject of such supplement.

(f)  Compliance with Section 409A of the Code . Except as provided in individual Award agreements initially or by amendment, if and to the extent (i) any portion of any payment, compensation or other benefit provided to a Participant pursuant to the Plan in connection with his or her employment termination constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and (ii) the Participant is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, in each case as determined by the Company in accordance with its procedures, by which determinations the Participant (through accepting the Award) agrees that he or she is bound, such portion of the payment, compensation or other benefit shall not be paid before the day that is six months plus one day after the date of “separation from service” (as determined under Section 409A of the Code) (the “ New Payment Date ”), except as Section 409A of the Code may then permit. The aggregate of any payments that otherwise would have been paid to the Participant during the period between the date of separation from service and the New Payment Date shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum on such New Payment Date, and any remaining payments will be paid on their original schedule.

The Company makes no representations or warranty and shall have no liability to the Participant or any other person if any provisions of or payments, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not to satisfy the conditions of that section.

(g)  Limitations on Liability . Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company will be liable to any Participant, former Participant, spouse, beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the Plan, nor will such individual be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument he or she executes in his or her capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each director, officer, employee or agent of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan has been or will be delegated, against any cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the Board’s approval) arising out of any act or omission to act concerning the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or bad faith.

(h)  Governing Law . The provisions of the Plan and all Awards made hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such state that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

12

Exhibit 10.6

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby grants the following stock option pursuant to its 2015 Stock Incentive Plan. The terms and conditions attached hereto are also a part hereof.

Notice of Grant

 

Name of optionee (the “ Participant ”):

    

Grant Date:

    

Number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock subject to this option (“ Shares ”):

    

Option exercise price per Share: 1

    

Number, if any, of Shares that vest immediately on the grant date:

    

Shares that are subject to vesting schedule:

    

Vesting Start Date:

    

Final Exercise Date: 2

    

Vesting Schedule:

 

  
      
      
      

All vesting is dependent on the Participant remaining an Eligible Participant, as provided herein.

This option satisfies in full all commitments that the Company has to the Participant with respect to the issuance of stock, stock options or other equity securities.

 

    SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
         
  Signature of Participant      
        By:    
  Street Address       Name of Officer
          Title:
  City/State/Zip Code      

 

 

1   This must be at least 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of a Participant that owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or its parent or subsidiary (a “10% Shareholder”)) for the option to qualify as an incentive stock option (an “ISO”) under Section 422 of the Code.
2   The Final Exercise Date must be no more than 10 years (5 years in the case of a 10% Shareholder) from the date of grant for the option to qualify as an ISO. The correct approach to calculate the final exercise date is to use the day immediately prior to the date ten years out from the date of the stock option award grant (5 years in the case of a 10% stockholder). For example, an award granted to someone on April 1, 2015 would expire on March 31, 2025 (not on April 1, 2025).


SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

Incentive Stock Option Agreement

Incorporated Terms and Conditions

1. Grant of Option .

This agreement evidences the grant by the Company, on the grant date (the “ Grant Date ”) set forth in the Notice of Grant that forms part of this agreement (the “ Notice of Grant ”), to the Participant of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Company’s 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant. Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Final Exercise Date set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Final Exercise Date ”).

It is intended that the option evidenced by this agreement shall be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Code ”) to the maximum extent permitted by law. Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term “ Participant ”, as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.

2. Vesting Schedule .

This option will become exercisable (“ vest ”) in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant.

The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all Shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.

3. Exercise of Option .

(a) Form of Exercise . Each election to exercise this option shall be in writing, in the form of the Stock Option Exercise Notice attached as Annex A , signed by the Participant, and received by the Company at its principal office, accompanied by this agreement, or in such other form (which may be electronic) as is approved by the Company, together with payment in full in the manner provided in the Plan. The Participant may purchase less than the number of shares covered hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share.

(b) Continuous Relationship with the Company Required . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, this option may not be exercised unless the Participant, at the time he or she exercises this option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date, an employee, director or officer of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or any other entity the employees, officers, directors, consultants, or advisors of which are eligible to receive option grants under the Plan (an “ Eligible Participant ”).

 

- 2 -


(c) Termination of Relationship with the Company . If the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason, then, except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the right to exercise this option shall terminate three months after such cessation (but in no event after the Final Exercise Date), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise this option on the date of such cessation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the Final Exercise Date, violates the non-competition or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon such violation.

(d) Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability . If the Participant dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) prior to the Final Exercise Date while he or she is an Eligible Participant and the Company has not terminated such relationship for “cause” as specified in paragraph (e) below, this option shall be exercisable, within the period of [one year] following the date of death or disability of the Participant, by the Participant (or in the case of death by an authorized transferee), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this option was exercisable by the Participant on the date of his or her death or disability, and further provided that this option shall not be exercisable after the Final Exercise Date.

(e) Termination for Cause . If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined in the Plan), the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of employment.

4. Tax Matters .

(a) Withholding . No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this option.

(b) Disqualifying Disposition . If the Participant disposes of Shares acquired upon exercise of this option within two years from the Grant Date or one year after such Shares were acquired pursuant to exercise of this option, the Participant shall notify the Company in writing of such disposition.

5. Transfer Restrictions .

This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

6. Provisions of the Plan .

This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including the provisions relating to amendments to the Plan), a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.

 

- 3 -


ANNEX A

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

Stock Option Exercise Notice

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

113 Cedar Street

Milford, MA 01757

Dear Sir or Madam:

I,                          (the “ Participant ”), hereby irrevocably exercise the right to purchase               shares of the Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Shares ”), of Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “ Company ”) at $               per share pursuant to the Company’s 2015 Stock Incentive Plan and a stock option agreement with the Company dated              (the “ Option Agreement ”). Enclosed herewith is a payment of $              , the aggregate purchase price for the Shares. The certificate for the Shares should be registered in my name as it appears below or, if so indicated below, jointly in my name and the name of the person designated below, with right of survivorship.

 

Dated:                                            
   
Signature  
Print Name:  
Address:  
   
   

Name and address of persons in whose name the Shares are to be jointly registered  (if applicable):

   

 

- 4 -

Exhibit 10.7

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby grants the following stock option pursuant to its 2015 Stock Incentive Plan. The terms and conditions attached hereto are also a part hereof.

Notice of Grant

 

Name of optionee (the “ Participant ”):

    

Grant Date:

    

Number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock subject to this option (“ Shares ”):

    

Option exercise price per Share:

    

Number, if any, of Shares that vest immediately on the grant date:

    

Shares that are subject to vesting schedule:

    

Vesting Start Date:

    

Final Exercise Date:

    

Vesting Schedule:

 

  
      
      
      

All vesting is dependent on the Participant remaining an Eligible Participant, as provided herein.

This option satisfies in full all commitments that the Company has to the Participant with respect to the issuance of stock, stock options or other equity securities.

 

    SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
         
  Signature of Participant      
        By:    
  Street Address       Name of Officer
          Title:
  City/State/Zip Code      


SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement

Incorporated Terms and Conditions

1. Grant of Option .

This agreement evidences the grant by the Company, on the grant date (the “ Grant Date ”) set forth in the Notice of Grant that forms part of this agreement (the “ Notice of Grant ”), to the Participant of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Company’s 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant. Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Final Exercise Date set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Final Exercise Date ”).

It is intended that the option evidenced by this agreement shall not be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Code ”). Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term “ Participant ”, as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.

2. Vesting Schedule .

This option will become exercisable (“ vest ”) in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant.

The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all Shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.

3. Exercise of Option .

(a) Form of Exercise . Each election to exercise this option shall be in writing, in the form of the Stock Option Exercise Notice attached as Annex A , signed by the Participant, and received by the Company at its principal office, accompanied by this agreement, or in such other form (which may be electronic) as is approved by the Company, together with payment in full in the manner provided in the Plan. The Participant may purchase less than the number of shares covered hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share.

(b) Continuous Relationship with the Company Required . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, this option may not be exercised unless the Participant, at the time he or she exercises this option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date, an employee, director or officer of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or any other entity the employees, officers, directors, consultants, or advisors of which are eligible to receive option grants under the Plan (an “ Eligible Participant ”).

 

- 2 -


(c) Termination of Relationship with the Company . If the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason, then, except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the right to exercise this option shall terminate three months after such cessation (but in no event after the Final Exercise Date), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise this option on the date of such cessation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the Final Exercise Date, violates the non-competition or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon such violation.

(d) Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability . If the Participant dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) prior to the Final Exercise Date while he or she is an Eligible Participant and the Company has not terminated such relationship for “cause” as specified in paragraph (e) below, this option shall be exercisable, within the period of [one year] following the date of death or disability of the Participant, by the Participant (or in the case of death by an authorized transferee), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this option was exercisable by the Participant on the date of his or her death or disability, and further provided that this option shall not be exercisable after the Final Exercise Date.

(e) Termination for Cause . If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant’s employment or other relationship with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined in the Plan), the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of employment or other relationship.

4. Withholding .

No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this option.

5. Transfer Restrictions .

This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

6. Provisions of the Plan .

This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including the provisions relating to amendments to the Plan), a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.

 

- 3 -


ANNEX A

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

Stock Option Exercise Notice

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

113 Cedar Street

Milford, MA 01757

Dear Sir or Madam:

I,                          (the “ Participant ”), hereby irrevocably exercise the right to purchase               shares of the Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Shares ”), of Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “ Company ”) at $               per share pursuant to the Company’s 2015 Stock Incentive Plan and a stock option agreement with the Company dated              (the “ Option Agreement ”). Enclosed herewith is a payment of $              , the aggregate purchase price for the Shares. The certificate for the Shares should be registered in my name as it appears below or, if so indicated below, jointly in my name and the name of the person designated below, with right of survivorship.

 

Dated:                                            
   
Signature  
Print Name:  
Address:  
   
   

Name and address of persons in whose name the Shares are to be jointly registered  (if applicable):

   

 

- 4 -

Exhibit 10.8

LEASE

ARTICLE I - PARTIES

THE ROUTE 495 COMMERCE PARK LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a limited partnership established under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, BY JON BOVARNICK, AGENT FOR GENERAL PARTNER, DAVID BOVARNICK, having a usual place of business at 56 Kearney Road, Needham, Massachusetts 02494 (hereinafter “LESSOR”), which expression shall include its representatives, successors and assigns where the context so admits, does hereby lease to SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Massachusetts business corporation with a place of business at 113 Cedar Street, Suite S-7. Milford, Massachusetts (hereinafter “LESSEE”), which expression shall include its successors, assigns, and representatives, and the LESSEE hereby leases the following premises described in Article II.

ARTICLE II - PREMISES

A portion of the South Building in the Route 495 Commerce Park, which property comprises two land parcels, with buildings and improvements thereon, and is known as, and situated at, 113-115 Cedar Street, Milford, MA (hereinafter the land and buildings are referred to as “495 Commerce Park”), known as Suite S-7, located at 113 Cedar Street, Milford, Massachusetts, together with the improvements thereto (hereinafter known as the “Leased Premises”) consisting of approximately 5,750 square feet, more or less, together with the right to use in common with others entitled thereto, the parking area and sidewalks and other common facilities and areas of the office/industrial/warehouse building. This Lease is subject to the known easements, restrictions, agreements and encumbrances of record. The Leased Premises are delivered in “as is” condition, with all building systems in good working order and repair, and the Premises will be in broom clean condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, LESSOR shall install new carpet throughout the Premises, shall apply a fresh coat of paint throughout the Premises, shall add a kitchenette, in a mutually agreed location, and shall replace light bulbs in existing lighting fixtures. With Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant will be entitled to complete their own Tenant Improvements at Tenant’s sole expense. Tenant’s Improvements shall include, however, will not be limited to the following: Replace two (2) existing six (6) foot fume hoods, Add two (2) to three (3) additional fume hoods and upgrade the corresponding plumbing and add additional benches.

ARTICLE III - TERM

The term of this Lease shall be for Three (3) years (the “Lease Term” or “Term”), as hereinafter provided, commencing upon substantial completion of LESSOR’S responsibilities to improve the Premises, which date the parties agree to memorialize by letter agreement and which shall be on or before April 1, 2013 (the “Commencement Date”), and terminating thirty-six months from the Commencement Date (the “Termination Date”). In the event this Lease

 

1


commences on a day other than the first of the month, then rent shall be immediately paid for such fractional month, prorated on the basis of a thirty (30) day month, and the term of the Lease shall be deemed to commence on the first day of the calendar month next succeeding. By taking occupancy of the Leased Premises, LESSEE shall be deemed to have accepted the Leased Premises, to have acknowledged that the same are in the condition called hereunder, and to have agreed that as of that time, all of the obligations of the LESSOR imposed under this Lease shall have been performed.

If LESSEE shall be in possession of the Leased Premises or shall not be in breach of any of the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease, at any time during the last year of this Lease Term, then LESSEE shall have the option to renew this Lease for an additional Three (3) Year Term, subject to the Parties rent agreement to establish Rent during the Option Term and as set forth in Paragraph 4.1 below. LESSEE shall be obligated to notify the LESSOR in writing, by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Request, and by e-mail to LESSOR (geminihomes@yahoo.com ), and to its attorney ( jbovarnick84@gmail.com ), on or before April 30, 2015.

ARTICLE IV - RENT

4.1 LESSEE hereby covenants and agrees to pay to LESSOR, without billing or demand and without offset, reduction or counterclaim whatsoever, the fixed minimum rent, during the Term of this Lease, of ONE HUNDRED FIFTY-NINE THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED SIXTY-TWO AND 50/100 ($159,562.50) DOLLARS (hereinafter the “Minimum Rent” or “Rent”), as follows:

Commencing February 1, 2013, and during the first year of the Lease Term, LESSEE shall pay to LESSOR a Minimum Annual Rent of FIFTY-ONE THOUSAND SEVEN HUNDRED FIFTY ($51,750.00) DOLLARS, payable in TWELVE (12) equal, monthly, installments of Four Thousand Three Hundred Twelve and 50/100 ($4,312.50) Dollars, in advance on the first day of each calendar month.

Commencing February 1, 2014, and during the second year of the Lease Term, LESSEE shall pay to LESSOR a Minimum Annual Rent of FIFTY-THREE THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY-SEVEN AND 50/100 ($53,187.50) DOLLARS, payable in TWELVE (12) equal, monthly, installments of Four Thousand Four Hundred Thirty-Two and 30/100 ($4,432.50) Dollars, in advance on the first day of each calendar month.

Commencing February 1, 2015, and during the third year of the Lease Term, LESSEE shall pay to LESSOR a Minimum Annual Rent of FIFTY-FOUR THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED TWENTY-FIVE AND 00/100 ($54,625.00) DOLLARS, payable in TWELVE (12) equal, monthly, installments of Four Thousand Five Hundred Fifty-Two and 09/100 ($4,552.09) Dollars, in advance on the first day of each calendar month.

 

2


During the Three (3) year option, Base Rent shall be set at fair market value rent but in no event shall Base Rent be less than LESSEE’s Rent paid during the third year of the Term. The parties shall work together and agree upon the Rent during the Option Period as an additional conditional for LESSEE having the right to extend the Lease Term. The fair market value Rent agreement shall be in writing and executed by the parties on or before June 30, 2015.

4.2 This lease is a triple net Lease and during the Term of this Lease, and during any Extended Term, the LESSEE shall pay the additional rent described herein (“Triple Net”). The LESSEE hereby covenants and agrees to pay additional rent (hereinafter “Additional Rent”), above the Minimum Rent, Ten and Three Tenths (10.30 %) Percent (hereinafter referred to as “LESSEE’S Proportionate Share for CAM”), for all common area maintenance expenses attributable to the operation and maintenance of 495 Commerce Park including, but not limited to, the following:

a. LESSEE shall pay to the LESSOR, as Additional Rent hereunder, LESSEE’S Proportionate Share of all CAM charges (excluding maintenance to be performed by LESSOR, as described in Article 10.2) including, but not limited to, charges not billed directly to LESSEE, for utilities, fuel, water, sewer, telephone, management fees and electricity furnished for the heating and lighting of common areas and facilities; snow plowing, shoveling, removal, and salting; waste removal; cost of cleaning, maintenance and repairs; landscape maintenance and replacement of trees, shrubs, plants and grass; payments to independent contractors under service contracts for cleaning, operating, managing, maintaining, replacing and repairing the land, buildings and improvements (which payments may be made to affiliates of LESSOR provided the same are at reasonable rates); the cost to procure all types of insurance used and useful in the operation of 495 Commerce Park including, but not limited to, casualty, fire, liability, theft and workman’s compensation; any charge levied by any governmental authority as an inspection, operating permit or license, or user fee or charge and not otherwise included in LESSOR’S real estate taxes; and other reasonable and necessary expenses paid in connection with the management, operation, maintenance, and repair of 495 Commerce Park (collectively the foregoing costs and expenses may be referred to as “Common Area Maintenance Expenses” or “CAM”).

b. With respect to each Fiscal Tax Year, or portion thereof, during the Term, beginning July 1 of each year, the LESSEE shall pay to the LESSOR, as Additional Rent hereunder, Ten and Three Tenths (10.30 %) Percent (hereinafter referred to as “LESSEE’S Proportionate Share for Real Estate Taxes”), of any and all real estate taxes, impositions, charges, levies, assessments, and special assessments of every kind and nature assessed by any governmental authority on the buildings, all of the land and all improvements in, on, or under, 495 Commerce Park including reasonable expenses of any proceeding for abatement of taxes. This payment of Additional Rent shall be prorated should this Lease or any extension thereof terminate before the end of any fiscal year. LESSEE shall make payments on a quarterly basis, as determined by the billing method used by the Town of Milford, within ten (10) days of written notice from LESSOR that such taxes are payable by LESSOR.

 

3


c. All Additional Rent for CAM, for Real Estate Taxes, and for any other monetary lease obligation set forth as Additional Rent, shall be due within ten (10) days of LESSOR’S presentation of a bill to LESSEE for any and all of the common area maintenance expenses, taxes, and costs. In the event that the current available commercial/industrial office space in 495 Commerce Park is increased, then LESSEE’S Proportionate Share will be adjusted so that LESSEE will not be charged for the operating costs of the increased space.

d. If, with respect to any calendar year or fraction thereof, during the Term, LESSOR so notifies LESSEE, then LESSEE shall thereafter pay, as Additional Rent, estimated CAM charges equal to 1/12th of the estimated LESSEE’S Proportionate Share of such CAM charges for the respective calendar year; such payments to be made monthly, at the time and in the fashion herein provided for the payment of the Minimum Annual Rent, with any required additional payment by LESSEE to be made within ten (10) days after the statement of CAM charges is delivered to LESSEE. At the time that LESSOR delivers CAM bills to the LESSEE, LESSOR shall provide a statement for each such billing period showing the CAM charges and, where applicable, LESSOR and LESSEE shall make adjustments for any deficiencies or overages.

If any installment of Rent, whether fixed or additional, is not paid within Five (5) days of its due date then LESSEE shall pay a late charge of Five (5.0%) percent of the total amount of Rent or Additional Rent outstanding for each and every month that the obligation remains unpaid from such due date until the date of payment; which charge shall be immediately due and payable as further Additional Rent. LESSOR shall provide a written notice, at least once annually of any outstanding rent balance.

ARTICLE V - UTILITIES

LESSEE shall pay, directly to the utility company, promptly when due, all bills for water, sewer, electricity, heat and air conditioning and all other utilities that arc furnished to the Leased Premises and separately billed and metered. If the utilities are not separately metered, then LESSEE shall pay Ten and Three Tenths (10.30 %) Percent, as its Proportionate Share, of the total amount due for any shared utility service. LESSOR shall have no obligation to provide utilities or equipment within the Leased Premises except for those utilities that are provided as of the Commencement Date of this Lease. In the event LESSEE requires additional utilities or equipment, the installation and maintenance thereof shall be at LESSEE’S sole obligation, provided that such installation shall be subject to LESSOR’S written consent, which shall not be unreasonable withheld.

 

4


ARTICLE VI - SECURITY DEPOSIT

Upon execution of this Lease, the LESSEE shall pay a security deposit of $4,552.00. The deposit shall be held by LESSOR, without liability for interest, as security for the LESSEE’S performance as herein provided and refunded to LESSEE as described hereinbelow. In all other respects, the Security Deposit will be returned to LESSEE thirty (30) days after LESSEE has vacated the Leased Premises provided LESSOR is reasonably satisfied with the condition of said Leased Premises, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

If all or any part of the Security Deposit is applied to an obligation of LESSEE hereunder, LESSEE shall immediately upon request by LESSOR restore the Security Deposit to the amount held. It shall be deemed an event of default if LESSEE fails to immediately restore the Security Deposit to the then full amount. LESSEE shall not have the right to call upon LESSOR to apply all or any part of the Security Deposit to cure any default or fulfill any obligation of LESSEE, but such use shall be solely in the discretion of LESSOR. Upon any conveyance by LESSOR of its interest under this Lease, the Security Deposit shall be delivered by LESSOR to LESSOR’S grantee or transferee. Upon any such delivery, LESSEE hereby releases LESSOR, herein named, of any and all liability with respect to the Security Deposit, its application and return, and LESSEE agrees to look solely to such grantee or transferee. It is further understood that this provision shall also apply to subsequent grantees and transferees.

ARTICLE VII - USE OF LEASED PREMISES

The LESSEE shall use the Leased Premises solely for the following purposes: research and development and related office and administrative functions. LESSEE shall be entitled to use only 10.30% of the parking spaces, on an unreserved basis, existing as of the date hereof. LESSEE may install an alarm system at its own cost and expense with a duly qualified alarm company provided same docs not interfere with the electrical and lighting systems of the Premises and 495 Commerce Park and provided that LESSOR is given an alarm code to obtain access to the Premises, whenever applicable.

LESSEE shall conform to all reasonable rules and regulations now or hereafter promulgated, if any, by LESSOR for the care and use of the Leased Premises and for 495 Commerce Park as uniformly enforced against all tenants or occupants of said Park.

LESSEE shall keep the Leased Premises equipped with all safety appliances and permits, which relate to LESSEE’S particular use of the Leased Premises or as required by law, ordinance, order or regulation of any public authority. LESSEE shall keep the Leased Premises equipped at all times with adequate fire extinguishers and other such equipment reasonably required by LESSOR and, upon notice by LESSOR, shall make all repairs, alterations, replacements, or additions so required.

LESSEE will not bring into or install in the Leased Premises any heavy equipment or machines without the prior approval of LESSOR as to methods of transportation and installation (LESSOR may prohibit installation if the weight of any such item will exceed weight limits which the floors were designed to carry or bear, or if LESSOR decides that the same will cause vibration or noise to be transmitted to the building structure or to areas outside the Leased

 

5


Premises), nor shall Tenant move any substantial portion of any equipment, machines or trade fixture into or out of the Building except by prior arrangement with and approval of LESSOR, said approval not to be unreasonably withheld, and by reimbursing LESSOR for any expenses and cost incurred in connection therewith. LESSOR agrees that LESSEE shall have the right to install and/or replace, at its sole cost and expense, and with advanced written consent by LESSOR, and only after obtaining all state and municipal licenses, approvals, and permits, two existing six (6) foot fume hoods, two or three additional fume hoods and may upgrade the plumbing required for the fume hoods, and additional benches. Prior to LESSOR’s consent, which consent maybe withheld or delayed until LESSOR is satisfied, LESSEE shall submit to the Town of Milford and to LESSOR all plans, drawings, and schematics to show the location of each installations and improvement and shall highlight for LESSOR any impact that any improvements or installations may have on the land, the Buildings, 495 Commerce Park, and all guests, invitees, tenants, and occupants.

ARTICLE VIII - COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

The LESSEE acknowledges that no trade, business or occupation shall be conducted in the Leased Premises or use made thereof which will be unlawful, improper, noisy or offensive, based upon a reasonable, objective standard, or contrary to any federal or state law or any municipal by-law or ordinance in force in the Town of Milford. The LESSEE is hereby obligated to obtain any and all licenses and permits from any and all governmental departments and agencies which are necessary for conducting LESSEE’S business operations and uses on or about the Leased Premises. The LESSEE shall not violate the provisions of Massachusetts General Law Chapter 21E (Hazardous Waste) by causing hazardous waste to be generated, produced or stored on or about 495 Commerce Park. In the event that hazardous waste is discovered on or about said Park and it is attributable to LESSEE’S operations, LESSEE shall pay all costs and expenses and be subject to all liability resulting from the removal and cleanup of said waste. LESSEE shall indemnify, defend and hold LESSOR harmless for any and all liability arising from such hazardous waste, including costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees.

ARTICLE IX - FIRE INSURANCE

The LESSEE shall not permit any use of the Leased Premises which will make voidable any insurance on the Buildings and Common areas and facilities of 495 Commerce Park or on the contents of said property or which shall be contrary to any law or regulation from time to time established by the New England Fire Rating Association, or any similar body succeeding to its powers. The LESSEE shall on demand reimburse the LESSOR, and all other Lessees, for all extra insurance premiums charged by the insurance companies which result from the LESSEE’S use of the premises.

 

6


ARTICLE X - MAINTENANCE

10.1 LESSEE’S OBLIGATIONS:

The LESSEE agrees to maintain the Leased Premises in as good condition as is on the Commencement Date and during the Term of this Lease, damage by fire and other casualty, taking by eminent domain, and reasonable wear and tear only excepted, and whenever necessary, to replace plate glass and other glass therein, acknowledging that the Leased Premises are now in good order and the glass whole. The LESSEE shall not permit the Leased Premises to be overloaded, damaged, stripped or defaced, nor suffer any waste. LESSEE shall maintain the Leased Premises in a neat, clean and orderly condition at all times during this Lease Term or any extension thereof. LESSEE shall not make any use of the Premises and 495 Commerce Park which is improper, offensive or contrary to any law or ordinance or which will invalidate any of the LESSOR’s insurance and not to conduct any auction, fire, “going out of business” or bankruptcy sales.

The LESSEE shall be responsible for maintaining and repairing, and all attendant costs and expenses related thereto, all of the common areas and facilities of which the Leased Premises shall have the exclusive use and benefit including, but not limited to, the air conditioning unit(s) and duct work, all plumbing and electrical work which is not covered by any insurance. LESSEE shall hire and pay an HVAC contractor who shall perform maintenance and monitor the HVAC system.

10.2 LESSOR’S OBLIGATIONS:

The LESSOR agrees to maintain and repair the roof including, but not limited to, keeping the roof free from the leaking and penetration of rain water. Also, LESSOR agrees to maintain the exterior walls, floor slabs, and other structural components of the Leased Premises necessary to keep them in such good working order and condition as they are on the Commencement Date hereof, or as they may be put in during the term of this Lease, reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire and other casualty excepted, unless such maintenance or repair so required is due to LESSEE’S negligence or the negligence of any employee, agent, or servant or any entity or individual for whose conduct the LESSEE is legally responsible. The shoveling and salting of snow and ice form the sidewalks bordering upon the Leased premises shall be LESSOR’S responsibility.

ARTICLE XI - ALTERATIONS

The LESSEE shall not make structural alterations or additions to the Leased Premises, nor erect or paint any sign or other identification on any window or part of Leased Premises but may make non-structural alterations provided the LESSOR consents prior thereto in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The LESSEE shall obtain any and all permits, licenses and approvals from all governmental departments and agencies prior to the

 

7


commencement of any alteration. All such allowed alterations shall be in conformity with all state and municipal building codes, regulations and by-laws, shall be made at the LESSEE’S sole cost and expense and shall be completed in a first class and professional workmanlike manner within a reasonable time after permits are obtained or, if permits are not required, after LESSOR’S consent is made.

LESSEE shall not permit any mechanic’s liens, or similar liens, to remain upon the Leased Premises for labor and material furnished to LESSEE or claimed to have been furnished to LESSEE in connection with work of any character performed or claimed to have been performed at the direction of LESSEE and shall cause any such Lien to be released and an instrument evidencing discharge of same to be recorded forthwith without any cost to LESSOR. LESSEE shall indemnify, save and hold LESSOR harmless from any and all losses, claims, liens, liabilities, damages, injuries to persons or property, real or personal, and expenses arising from any structural, plumbing, heating, mechanical and electrical problems directly or indirectly related to any alterations. If LESSOR incurs any damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, then LESSEE shall pay the LESSOR those sums so incurred as Additional Rent.

Any alterations or improvements made by the LESSEE shall become the property of the LESSOR at the termination of occupancy as provided herein. However, LESSEE shall be entitled to and responsible for removing its own trade equipment and furniture and shall pay for any damages caused to the Leased Premises by the removal of said property. Any additional work required for LESSEE to use the Leased Premises for the intended purpose shall be at the sole cost and expense of LESSEE.

ARTICLE XII - ASSIGNMENT/SUBLEASING

The LESSEE shall not assign, sublet or license the Leased Premises (all of the foregoing actions are so referred to as an “Assignment”), without first obtaining the LESSOR’S prior written consent; which consent may be withheld. If LESSOR consents to any Assignment then LESSEE shall remain directly and primarily obligated to LESSOR for the payment of all Rent, Additional Rent and for the full performance of all of the terms, obligations, covenants and conditions of this Lease until the lease expires unless LESSOR agrees to execute a written instrument releasing LESSEE from said obligations.

The consent referred to in the foregoing paragraph shall not be required in the case of an Assignment to a parent, subsidiary, other corporation affiliated with the LESSEE or to an entity into which the LESSEE is merged or to an entity which acquires all or substantially all of the assets of LESSEE if, and only if, the financial stability and net worth of the new entity is at least equal to that of the LESSEE. LESSEE shall not offer to make or enter into negotiations with respect to an Assignment to any party which would be of such type, character or condition as to be inappropriate as a lessee for a first class office/industrial/warehouse building.

 

8


LESSEE shall not offer to make or make an Assignment of any portion of the Leased Premises unless Rent owed, whether fixed or additional, and all obligations due hereunder have been paid and satisfied in full and unless the aggregate rent and other charges payable to LESSEE under such Assignment equal or exceed the Minimum Annual Rent, Additional Rent and other charges payable hereunder. LESSEE’S request for consent to an Assignment shall be delivered to LESSOR thirty (30) days prior to the date of the Assignment and said request shall include a copy of the proposed instrument of Assignment, if available, or else a statement of the proposed Assignment in form satisfactory to LESSOR.

LESSEE shall pay to LESSOR, as Additional Rent, LESSOR’S reasonable legal fees and other expenses incurred per proposed Assignment, including fees for review of documents.

If an Assignment occurs then LESSOR may, at any time and from time to time, require that such assignee, subtenant, licensee or occupant (collectively “Assignee”) agree directly with LESSOR to be liable, jointly and severally with LESSEE, for the performance of all LESSEE’S agreements under this Lease (including payment of Rent). LESSOR may collect Rent and other charges from the Assignee and apply the net amount collected to the Rent and other charges herein reserved, but no such assignment or collection shall be deemed a waiver of the provisions herein contained, or the acceptance of the Assignee as a LESSEE, or a release of LESSEE from direct and primary liability for the further performance of any term, condition or covenant on the part of LESSEE herein contained. The consent by LESSOR to an Assignment shall not relieve LESSEE from obtaining the express consent of LESSOR to any further Assignment.

ARTICLE XIII - SUBORDINATION

This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any and all mortgages, deeds of trust and other instruments in the nature of a mortgage, which now or at any time hereafter, become a lien or liens on the property of which the Leased Premises are a part. This Article shall be self-operative and no further instruments or subordination shall be required. In confirmation of such subordination, LESSEE shall, when requested by LESSOR or any mortgagee or their respective successors, promptly execute and deliver such written instruments as shall be necessary to show, acknowledge or confirm the subordination of this Lease to said mortgages, deeds of trust or other such instruments in the nature of a mortgage. If LESSEE fully performs its obligations under the Lease then, with respect to any mortgage or instrument, now or hereafter, becoming a lien or liens on 495 commerce Park, LESSEE’S obligation to subordinate to such mortgage or other instrument shall be conditioned upon the mortgagee agreeing not to unreasonably disturb or interfere with LESSEE’S rights, LESSEE’S quiet enjoyment or with LESSEE’S possession of the Leased premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, LESSEE shall not unreasonably withhold or delay executing a subordination agreement if the lender presents a standard subordination and non-interference agreement utilized industry wide.

 

9


ARTICLE XIV - LESSOR’S ACCESS AND INSPECTION

The LESSOR, its employees, agents and servants, may at reasonable times, with reasonable notice, or in emergency situations, enter all parts of the Leased Premises; to inspect the same; to enforce or carry out any provision of the Lease; to remove placards and signs not approved and affixed, as herein provided, only after LESSOR provides written notice to LESSEE to remove said placards or signs within ten (10) days and LESSEE fails to act; to make repairs and alterations as LESSOR should elect to do; to show the Leased Premises to others during normal business hours; and at any time within nine (9) months before the expiration of the term, to affix to the signs of the corporate park, ground signs or the blank wall of the Building facing Route 495 a notice for letting or selling the Leased Premises and keep the same so affixed without hindrance or molestation.

ARTICLE XV - INDEMNIFICATION

The LESSEE shall indemnify, save and hold the LESSOR harmless from all loss and damage suffered by LESSEE arising from LESSEE’S use of the Leased Premises, from the discovery of hazardous waste pursuant to Article VIII, by the use or escape of water, by the bursting of pipes, and from any claim, liability, or damage resulting from neglect in not removing snow and ice from the roof of the building or by any nuisance made or suffered on the Leased Premises, unless such loss is caused solely by the gross negligence of the LESSOR.

All furnishings, fixtures, equipment, effects and property of every kind, nature and description of LESSEE and of all persons claiming by, through or under LESSEE which, during the Term of this Lease or any occupancy of the Leased Premises by LESSEE elsewhere in the Building, shall be at the sole risk and hazard of LESSEE, and if the whole or any part thereof shall be destroyed or damaged by fire, water or otherwise, or by the leakage or bursting of water pipes, steam pipes, or the pipes, by theft or from any other cause, no part of said loss or damage whatsoever is to be charged to or be borne by LESSOR, except that LESSOR shall in no event be indemnified, held harmless and exonerated from any liability to LESSEE or to other person, for any injury, loss, damage or liability to the extent such indemnity, hold harmless or exoneration is prohibited by law or to the extent the loss or liability is due to the gross negligence of LESSOR, its agents or employees.

ARTICLE XVI - LESSEE’S LIABILITY INSURANCE

The LESSEE shall maintain, with respect to the Leased premises, public liability insurance in the amount of $1,000,000.00 with property damage insurance in limits of $1,000,000.00 in responsible companies qualified to do business in Massachusetts and in good standing therein insuring the LESSOR, parties designated by LESSOR and LESSEE, as their respective interests appear, against all claims, demands or actions for injury or death to persons or damage to property as provided (such amounts may, from time to time, be reasonably increased by LESSOR). The LESSEE shall deposit with the LESSOR certificates for such

 

10


insurance at or prior to the commencement of the Term, and thereafter within twenty (20) days prior to the expiration of any such policies. All such insurance certificates shall name the LESSOR as an additional named insured and they shall not be canceled without at least twenty (20) days prior written notice, sent by Certified Mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to each insured named therein and to the insured’s counsel.

LESSEE shall maintain Worker’s Compensation Insurance so that all LESSEE’S employees, working in or around the Leased Premises, are covered by Worker’s Compensation Insurance in statutory amounts and LESSEE shall furnish LESSOR with certificates evidencing the procurement of said insurance.

If LESSEE fails to comply with any of the foregoing requirements, LESSOR may, after ten (10) days written notice to LESSEE, obtain such insurance on behalf of LESSEE and may keep the same in effect, and LESSEE shall pay LESSOR as additional Rent, the Premium costs thereunder upon demand.

ARTICLE XVII - FIRE, CASUALTY/EMINENT DOMAIN

Should thirty-five (35%) percent or more of LESSEE’S Premises become totally inoperative for more than thirty (30) days due to damage to the Leased Premises caused by fire or other casualty, LESSEE shall notify LESSOR in writing within ten (10) days following said thirty (30) day period. Upon receipt of said notice, LESSEE at its sole discretion may terminate said Lease by giving a written notice of its intent to terminate to LESSOR.

If there is an eminent domain taking of thirty-five (35%) percent of LESSEE’S space and LESSEE is prohibited from having legal access to the Leased Premises, then LESSEE has the right to terminate the lease and vacate the premises unless LESSOR can provide comparable production facilities or parking space in or near 495 Commerce Park. The comparable facilities shall be mutually acceptable to the parties hereto; which means that the new space shall be of sufficient size to permit LESSEE to have one hundred (100%) percent of the capacity LESSEE possessed prior to said taking.

LESSOR shall maintain all risk insurance, upon the building in which the leased premises is situated, with limits not less than full replacement cost. LESSEE shall pay, as additional rent, to LESSOR, LESSEE’S proportionate share of the premiums paid for such insurance within ten (10) days upon receipt of LESSOR’S invoice.

ARTICLE XVIII - DEFAULT AND BANKRUPTCY

An event of Default shall occur if:

 

(a) The LESSEE shall have failed to make any payment of Rent, Additional Rent or other sum herein specified within Five (5) days of its due date; or

 

11


(b) The LESSEE shall breach the observance or performance of any other of the LESSEE’S covenants, agreements, or obligations hereunder and such breach shall not be corrected with (30) days after written notice thereof; or

 

(c) The LESSEE shall be declared bankrupt or insolvent according to law, be in receivership or if any assignment shall be made of LESSEE’S property for the benefit of creditors, then the LESSOR shall have the right thereafter, while such default continues, to re-enter and take immediate and complete control and possession of the Leased Premises, to declare the term of this Lease ended, and remove the LESSEE’S effects, without prejudice to any remedies which might be otherwise used for arrears of rent or other default. The LESSEE shall indemnify the LESSOR against all loss of rent and other payment, which the LESSOR may incur by reason of such termination during the residue of the term.

If the LESSEE shall default, after reasonable notice thereof, except in the case of the payment of Rent, Additional Rent or any other sum due hereunder, in the observance or performance of any conditions or covenants on LESSEE’S part to be observed or performed under or by virtue of any of the provisions in any article of this Lease, then LESSOR, without being under any obligation to do so and without thereby waiving such default, may remedy such default for the account and at the expense of the LESSEE. If LESSEE is in default of any term, condition or covenant of this Lease or if the LESSOR makes any expenditures or incurs any obligations for the payment of money in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding, then such sums owed by LESSEE, paid or obligations incurred, shall be paid to the LESSOR by the LESSEE as Additional Rent with costs and interest at the rate of twenty (20%) per cent per annum.

ARTICLE XIX - NOTICE

All written notices, correspondence, Rent and Additional shall be paid and/or sent to the LESSOR at 56 Kearney Road, Needham, Massachusetts 02494, with a copy of all written notices and correspondence to Jeffrey S. Bovarnick, Esq., by e-mail to jbovarnick84@gmail.com. All notices shall be sent to LESSEE at 113 Cedar Street, Suite S-7, Milford, Massachusetts 01757. Any notice given from either the LESSOR or LESSEE relating to the Leased Premises or to the occupancy thereof, shall be deemed duly served if in hand, by overnight courier with receipt or if addressed and mailed to the other party at the respective addresses herein contained, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or at such other addresses as the parties may from time to time advise in writing.

ARTICLE XX - SURRENDER

The LESSEE shall at the expiration or other termination of this Lease peaceably give up and surrender the Leased Premises without the requirement of any notice. Further, the LESSEE shall surrender carpeting, any electrical meters, alarm systems, and all fixtures and work

 

12


(including partitions) in any way built-in or otherwise attached to the Leased Premises, as property of LESSOR, except such trade fixtures and work LESSOR shall direct LESSEE to remove or which LESSEE may remove without causing damages, losses, claims or injuries to persons or property. LESSEE shall restore and repair all damages, losses, and injuries to persons and property including the Premises, and LESSEE shall indemnify, save and hold LESSOR harmless from any and all losses, claims, liabilities, damages, injuries to persons or property, real or personal, and expenses arising from any removal of personal property; which sums shall be paid by LESSEE as Additional Rent. LESSEE shall remove all LESSEE’S good and effects from the Leased Premises (including, without hereby limiting the generality of the foregoing, all signs and lettering affixed or painted by the LESSEE, either inside or outside the Leased Premises). LESSEE shall deliver to the LESSOR the Leased Premises in a good and broom clean condition (ready for future occupancy or the next Lessee), shall deliver all keys and locks thereto and other fixtures connected therewith and all alterations and additions made to or upon the Leased Premises, damage by fire or other casualty and reasonable wear and tear only excepted.

In the event of the LESSEE’S failure to remove any of LESSEE’S property from the Premises, LESSOR is hereby authorized without the liability to LESSEE for loss and damage thereto, and at the sole risk of LESSEE, to remove and store any of the property at LESSEE’S expense, or to retain same under LESSOR’S control or to sell at public or private sale, without notice of any or all of the property not so removed and to apply the net proceeds of such sale to the payment of any sum due hereunder, or to destroy such property.

If the LESSEE fails to surrender, vacate and deliver-up the Premises either after a default, agreement, judgment for possession or at the Lease Termination Date then LESSEE shall pay LESSOR Rent equal to one and half (1  1 2 ) times the Rent in effect at the time of the holdover until the date that LESSEE completely vacates the Premises together with all costs, expenses, consequential damages and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by LESSOR.

ARTICLE XXI - INTERRUPTIONS

LESSOR shall not be liable to LESSEE for compensation or reduction of any Rent due hereunder by reason of inconvenience or annoyance or for loss of business arising from power losses or shortages or from the necessity of LESSOR or its agents entering the Leased Premises for repairing the Leased Premises or any portion of the Building or Parking Lot however the necessity arises. In case LESSOR is prevented or delayed from making any repairs, alterations or improvements, or furnishing any services or performing any other covenant or duty to be performed on LESSOR’S part, by reason of any cause beyond LESSOR’S control, including, without limitation, strike, lockout, breakdown, accident, order or regulation by or of any governmental authority, or failure of supply, or due to any act or neglect of LESSEE, LESSOR shall not be liable to LESSEE therefor, nor shall LESSEE be entitled to any abatement or reduction of any Rent by reason thereof, nor shall the same give rise to a claim in LESSEE’S favor that such failure constitutes actual or constructive, total or partial, eviction from the Leased Premises.

 

13


LESSOR reserves the right to temporarily stop any service or utility system when necessary by reason of accident or emergency or until necessary repairs have been completed. Except in case of emergency repairs, LESSOR will give LESSEE reasonable advance notice of any contemplated stoppage and will use reasonable efforts to avoid unnecessary inconvenience to LESSEE by reason thereof.

LESSOR agrees to use reasonable efforts to remedy the cause of any interruption, stoppage, suspension or delay described herein as soon as reasonably possible under the circumstances.

ARTICLE XXII - COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

LESSOR hereby warrants that it and no other person or corporation has the right to Lease the Leased Premises hereby demised. So long as LESSEE shall perform each and every covenant to be performed by LESSEE hereunder and not be in default of any such term, covenant or obligation, LESSEE shall have peaceful and quiet possession of the Leased Premises without hindrance on the part of the LESSOR or anyone claiming by, through or under LESSOR.

ARTICLE XXIII - NON WAIVER

No reference to any specific right or remedy shall preclude LESSOR from exercising any other right or from having any other remedy or from maintaining any action to which it may otherwise be entitled either at law or in equity.

LESSOR’S failure to insist upon a strict performance of any covenant of this Lease or to exercise any option to right herein contained shall not be a waiver of relinquishment for the future of such covenant, right or option, but the same shall remain in full force and effect.

ARTICLE XXIV - CAPTIONS AND HEADINGS

The captions and headings used herein are intended only for the convenience of the reference and are not to be used in construing this instrument. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors, successors and assigns.

Each party has cooperated in the drafting and preparation of this Agreement, and therefore in any construction to be made of this Agreement, the same shall not be construed against any party on the basis that the party was the drafter.

ARTICLE XXV - APPLICABLE LAW

This Lease shall be construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. If any provision of this Lease, or portion thereof, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be effected thereby and each provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

14


ARTICLE XXVI - LIABILITY

If two or more individuals, corporations, partnerships or other business associations (or any combination of two or more thereof) shall sign this Lease as LESSEE, the liability of each corporation, partnership or other business association to pay rent and perform all other obligations hereunder shall be deemed to be joint and several. In a like manner, if the LESSEE named in this Lease shall be a partnership or other business association, the members of which are, by virtue of statute or general law, subject to personal liability, the liability of each such members shall be deemed to be joint and several.

ARTICLE XXVII - EXAMINATION

The submission of this Lease for examination does not constitute a reservation of or option for the leased Premises, and this Lease becomes effective only upon full execution and delivery thereof by LESSOR and LESSEE.

ARTICLE XXVIII - ESTOPPEL

LESSEE agrees that at any time and from time to time at reasonable intervals, within seven (7) days after written request by LESSOR, LESSEE will execute, acknowledge and deliver to LESSOR, LESSOR’S mortgagee, or an assignee designated by LESSOR, a writing ratifying this Lease and certifying, if such be the case:

 

(a) that LESSEE has entered into occupancy of the Leased Premises and the date of such entry;

 

(b) that this Lease is in full force and effect, and has not been assigned, modified, or amended in any way (or if there has been any assignment, modification or amendment, identifying the same);

 

(c) that this Lease represents the entire agreement between LESSOR and LESSEE as to the subject matter hereof (or if there has been any assignment, modification or amendment identifying the same);

 

(d) the date of commencement and expiration of the term;

 

(e) that all conditions under this Lease to be performed by LESSOR has been satisfied and all required contributions by LESSOR or LESSEE on account of LESSEE’S improvements have been received (and, and if not, what conditions remain unperformed);

 

15


(f) that to the knowledge of the signer of such writing, no default exists in the performance or observance of any covenant or condition in this Lease and there are no defense or offsets of which the signer may have knowledge; and

 

(g) that Minimum Annual Rent and all other rents have been paid under this Lease. LESSEE hereby irrevocably appoints LESSOR it’s attorney-in-fact to execute such a writing in the event LESSEE shall fail to do so within fifteen (15) days of receipt of LESSOR’S request.

ARTICLE XXIX - UNIFORM SIGN PROGRAM

LESSOR shall pay for the installation of LESSEE’S signage on the tenant’s directory for 495 Commerce Park at the street entrance. LESSEE shall pay for any and all signs, permitted to be installed after LESSOR’S prior written consent, on the building; which sign shall be consistent with the sign criteria and after LESSEE has obtained any and all governmental approvals and permits.

ARTICLE XXX - HAZARDOUS WASTE:

LESSEE shall not produce, dump, flush or in any way introduce any hazardous substances or any other toxic substances into or onto the Buildings, the Land, the plumbing, the sewer system, or other waste disposal system, serving the Leased Premises, the Building, 495 Commerce Park, and all of the land on which 495 Commerce Park is situated and located. LESSEE and LESSOR shall not dispose of any hazardous or toxic substances or wastes in or on the Premises and 495 Commerce Park nor generate, store, use or dispose of any hazardous or toxic substances, except as may be permitted by applicable law, therein or thereon. LESSEE states that it has not generated any Hazardous Waste in or upon 495 Commerce Park nor does it have knowledge that any other lessee of the property has done the same. LESSEE shall indemnify, save and hold LESSOR harmless from and against all costs, fees, expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, losses and damages resulting from or arising out of the generation, storage, use or disposal of hazardous wastes by LESSEE on or about the land, Building, Leased Premises and 495 Commerce Park, including the transport or leaching of any hazardous wastes from the Leased Premises, the Building and 495 Commerce Park.

ARTICLE XXXI - ATTORNEY’S FEES

LESSEE shall pay as Additional Rent all of LESSOR’S costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by LESSOR for any matter relating to this Lease including, but not limited to, any breach by LESSEE of any term, covenant, or condition herein contained, any time LESSOR enforces any of its rights hereunder, anytime LESSOR defends itself due to, arising out of, or related to LESSEE and/or this Lease, or anytime LESSOR attempts to collect any unsatisfied obligation due and owing from LESSEE under this Lease.

 

16


ARTICLE XXXII - ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Lease and the Exhibits hereto constitute the full and complete agreement between the parties with respect to the leasing of the Leased premises and there are no other terms, obligations, covenants, representations, warranties or conditions other then contained herein.

ARTICLE XXXIII - BROKERAGE

Colliers International and CBRE-New England are the brokers of record in this transaction and shall be paid a fee by the Landlord per a separate agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, LESSOR AND LESSEE have caused this Lease to be signed, sealed and delivered on this 5 day of February, 2013.

 

LESSOR:     LESSEE:

THE ROUTE 495 COMMERCE PARK

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

    SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
By:   /s/ Jon Bovarnick     By:   /s/ Doug Jensen
  Jon Bovarnick,       Authorized Representative
 

Agent for General Partner,

David Bovarnick

     

 

17


LEASE AMENDMENT

WHEREAS, THE ROUTE 495 COMMERCE PARK LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, BY ITS GENERAL PARTNER, BY JON BOVARNICK, the General Partner’s Agent, a limited partnership established under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, having a usual place of business at 56 Kearney Road, Needham, Massachusetts 02494 (hereinafter “LESSOR), and SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., with a place of business located at 113 Cedar Street, Suite S-7, Milford, Massachusetts (hereinafter “LESSEE”), have an existing Lease whereby LESSEE uses and occupies Leased Premises known as Suite S-7; and

WHEREAS, LESSOR and LESSEE are desirous of memorializing an agreement to amend the Lease for Suite S-7, including that LEESSEE desires to expand and to lease, use, and occupy additional space known as Suite S-6, as it is adjacent to Suite S-7, and the parties hereto are desirous of having all of the other terms and conditions contained in the Lease remain binding and in full force and effect;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of certain mutual promises and covenants herein contained, the sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and received, the parties hereby agree as follows:

A. ARTICLE II - PREMISES

In addition to the existing Leased Premises, known as Suite S-7, and comprising approximately 5,750, square feet, more or less, LESSEE is hereby expanding its business and its space requirements and is hereby leasing a portion of the South Building in the Route 495 Commerce Park (hereinafter “495 Commerce Park”), known as Suite S-6, located at 113 Cedar Street, Milford, Massachusetts, together with the improvements thereto (hereinafter known as the “Leased Premises”) comprising of approximately 2,550 square feet, more or less, together with the right to use in common with others entitled thereto, the

 

1


parking area and sidewalks and other common facilities and areas of the office/industrial/warehouse building. The new Leased Premises, in addition to the existing Leased Premises, are delivered in “as is” condition with all building systems serving the Premises in good working order and repair, and the Premises will be in broom clean condition. Hereinafter, LESSEE shall have two Leased Premises with approximately 8,300 square feet, more or less.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, LESSOR shall deliver Suite S-6 and Suite S-7, on a “turnkey” basis, based upon a mutually agreed upon space plan and scope of work (as discussed in the walk through on January 8, 2015). The agreement regarding improvements includes that LESSOR shall re-use existing ceiling and lighting throughout (dirty and damaged ceiling tiles will be replaced and bulbs will be replaced where needed). LESSOR shall provide new carpet and floor tile in lab and in hall way and LESSOR shall pay for the labor associated with the flooring work and LESSEE shall pay for the materials needed to complete the flooring work, not to exceed an amount equal to $500.00. Walls will be patched and touched-up with paint where needed but LESSOR is not obligated to repaint entire walls as the Leased Premises was recently painted.

LESSOR commenced construction of the “executive office space” within Suite S-6, and LESSOR has installed carpeting. LESSEE shall have the right to use and occupancy of the Suite S-6 executive office space immediately upon completion of this portion of the improvements so the office space in the Suite S-7 may then be demolished for the continued improvements.

LESSOR’S improvements and build-out shall be exclusive of LESSEE’S furniture, fixtures, cabinetry and millwork in lab areas, equipment, cabling for phone and data, any new supplemental cooling, and specialty items for “labs” (cooling, power, flooring and ceiling) (collectively the “LESSEE’S Improvements”); all of the labor, materials, costs and expenses of the LESSEE’S Improvements shall be borne by LESSEE and shall be LESSEE’S sole and exclusive responsibility and liability.

Additionally, and in the future, LESSEE shall have the right of first refusal on adjacent space that may become available. LESSEE shall have five (5) business days to accept the terms offered by any prospective tenant.

B. ARTICLE III – TERM

The extended Lease term shall be for Three (3) years (the “Extended Lease Term” or “Extended Term”), commencing upon substantial completion of Tenant Improvements which was April 1, 2015 (the Commencement Date”) and terminating on March 31, 2018 at 10:00 a.m. (the “Termination Date”).

 

2


If LESSEE shall not be in default of any Lease or Lease Amendment covenant, promise, or obligation and, after written notice by the LESSOR to the LESSEE of such default, and such default cannot be cured within ten (10) business days, then LESSEE shall have the option to extend the Lease Term for both Suite S-6 and Suite S-7, for one (1), three (3) year Term (the “Option Term”), at the then fair market value for comparable space in the Milford area. Notwithstanding, the new Base Rent that shall take effect on and after April 1, 2018. Rent during the extension term will not include any amortized tenant improvement amount being paid during this extension term. LESSEE shall provide written notice of its intention to exercise this Option at least Nine (9) Months (which shall be on or before June 30, 2017), prior to Lease Termination Date.

C. ARTICLE IV - RENT

4.1 LESSEE hereby covenants and agrees to pay to LESSOR, without billing or demand and without offset, reduction or counterclaim whatsoever, the fixed minimum rent, during the Extended Term of this Lease, of Two Hundred Fifty-Four Thousand Seven Hundred Sixty-Two and 50/100 ($254,762.50) Dollars (hereinafter the “Minimum Rent” or “Rent”), as follows:

During the first year of the Extended Term, beginning on the Commencement date, LESSEE shall pay LESSOR a Minimum Rent for both Suite S-6 and Suite S-7, of Eighty-Two Thousand Six Hundred Eighty-Seven and 50/100 ($82,687.50), payable in equal, monthly, installments of Six Thousand Eight Hundred Ninety and 63/100 ($6,890.63) Dollars, in advance on the first day of each calendar month.

During the second year of the Extended Term, commencing April 1, 2016, (the “Second Year”), LESSEE shall pay LESSOR a Minimum Rent for both Suite S-6 and Suite S-7, of Eighty-Three Thousand Nine Hundred Sixty-Two and 50/100 ($83,962.50), payable in equal, monthly, installments of Six Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety-Six and 88/100 ($6,996.88) Dollars, in advance on the first day of each calendar month.

During the third year of the Extended Term, commencing April 1, 2017,, LESSEE shall pay LESSOR a Minimum Rent for both Suite S-6 and Suite S-7, of Eighty-Eight Thousand One Hundred Twelve and 50/100 ($88,112.50), payable in equal, monthly, installments of Seven Thousand Three Hundred Forty-Two and 71/100 ($7,342.71) Dollars, in advance on the first day of each calendar month.

 

3


4.2 This lease is a triple net Lease and during the Extended Term of this Lease, and during any Option Term, the LESSEE shall pay the additional rent described in said Lease (“Triple Net”). The LESSEE hereby covenants and agrees to pay additional rent (hereinafter “Additional Rent”), above the Minimum Rent, and exclusive of LESSEE’S liability for its share of all Real Estate Taxes (Twenty-One and 40/100 (21.40%) Percent), Fourteen and 70/100 (14.70%) Percent (hereinafter referred to as “LESSEE’S Proportionate Share”), for all common area maintenance expenses attributable to the operation and maintenance of 495 Commerce Park and the Building, and as more fully described in said Lease.

D. ARTICLE XXIX - UNIFORM SIGN PROGRAM

In addition to signage on the directory, LESSEE shall have the right to exterior building signage, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense provided if, and only if, LESSEE obtains LESSOR’S prior written approval, subject to all municipal codes and approvals, and provided LESSEE obtains all governmental permits, licenses, and approvals.

E. ARTICLE XXXII - BROKER’S COMMISSIONS

Each party hereto agrees that this Lease was brought about through CB Richard Ellis – New England (“LESSOR’S Broker”), and Colliers International (“LESSEE’S Broker”). LESSOR shall pay a fee to LESSOR’S Broker and a separate fee to LESSEE’S Broker after said Broker submits a written bill to LESSOR. LESSOR shall hold LESSEE harmless on all Brokers’ commissions due from, and/or generated by, this Lease.

In all other respects, it is understood and agreed that each and every one of the other terms and conditions contained in the Lease shall remain in full force and effect and they shall be binding upon the parties hereto as if each and every term were set forth fully herein.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, LESSOR AND LESSEE have caused this Amendment to Lease to be signed, sealed and delivered on this 7th day of April, 2015.

 

LESSOR:     LESSEE:
THE ROUTE 495 COMMERCE PARK     SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP    
By:   /s/ Jon Bovarnick     By:   /s/ Doug Jensen
  Jon Bovarnick,       Doug Jensen,
  President       CEO and President
  Agent for       Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
  General Partner       and Treasurer

 

5

Exhibit 10.10

 

LOGO

December 1, 2015

Radhakrishnan P. Iyer

15 Quail Hollow Dr.

Shrewsbury, MA 01545

Dear Kris:

On behalf of Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), I am pleased to set forth below the terms of your continued employment with the Company, which will take effect as of the date you counter-sign this letter agreement:

1. You will continue to be employed to serve on a full-time basis as Chief Scientific Officer of the Company. As Chief Scientific Officer, you will be responsible for such duties as are consistent with such position, including but not limited to hiring additional qualified personnel who are necessary to achieve the research and development goals set forth by the Company, plus such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to you by the Company. You shall report to the Chief Executive Officer, you shall continue to perform your duties at the Company’s principal office and you agree to continue to devote your full business time, best efforts, skill, knowledge, attention and energies to the advancement of the Company’s business and interests and to the performance of your duties and responsibilities as an employee of the Company; provided that you may be permitted to engage in other activities, including membership on boards of directors of other businesses or non-for-profit organizations, so long as such activities (a) do not interfere with the performance of your duties under this letter agreement and (b) comply with the terms and conditions of the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time. You agree to abide by the rules, regulations, instructions, personnel practices and policies of the Company and any changes therein that may be adopted from time to time by the Company.

2. Your base salary will continue to be at the rate of $11,372.91 per semi-monthly pay period (which if annualized equals $272,950), less all applicable taxes and withholdings, to be paid in installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices. Such base salary may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with normal business practice and in the sole discretion of the Company.

3. You shall continue to be eligible to receive, for each fiscal year of the Company ending during your employment with the Company, an annual bonus of up to 30% of your annual base salary, whether pursuant to a formal bonus or incentive plan or program of the Company or otherwise. Such bonus, if any, will be approved by the Company in its sole discretion and will be based on both individual and Company performance objectives as developed and determined by the Company in its sole discretion. Any bonus earned by you and approved by the Company under this Section 3 shall be paid to you no later than March 15 th of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such bonus is earned and approved by the Company.

4. You may continue to participate in any and all benefit programs that the Company establishes and makes available to its employees from time to time, provided you are eligible under (and subject to all provisions of) the plan documents governing those programs. The benefit programs made available by the Company, and the rules, terms and conditions for participation in such benefit plans, may be changed by the Company at any time without advance notice.

 

113 Cedar Street, Suite S-7, Milford, Massachusetts 01757 USA TEL 508-473-5993 FAX 508-473-6375


5. You will continue to be eligible for a maximum of four (4) weeks of paid vacation per calendar year to be taken at such times as may be approved in advance by the Company. The number of vacation days for which you are eligible shall accrue at the rate of 1.67 days per month that you are employed during such calendar year. Your accrual and use of vacation time will be pursuant to Company policy, as established and as may be modified in the sole discretion of the Company from time to time.

6. You may be eligible to receive such stock option grants as the Board of Directors of the Company shall deem appropriate.

7. In the event your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, or by you for Good Reason, then (i) the Company shall, during the Severance Period (as defined below), continue to pay you as severance pay your base salary as in effect on the date of termination, (ii) the Company shall pay you the pro rata portion of any bonus earned pursuant to Section 3, which bonus, if any, will be based on both individual and Company performance objectives as developed and determined by the Company in its sole discretion for the portion of the year during which you were employed by the Company, (iii) all options held as of the date of termination shall accelerate in full and become fully vested and exercisable, and the Company’s repurchase right with respect to any capital stock held by you shall terminate, and (iv) the Company shall pay the premiums for you and the covered members of your family to participate in continuation health coverage (“COBRA”) (less such amount as you would have paid in premiums during a comparable period of employment) for the shorter of the Severance Period or the period for which you elect and are eligible for such coverage.

In the event of a Change in Control of the Company (as defined below), if your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, or by you for Good Reason, within two years of such Change in Control, then, then in lieu of any payments to you pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding paragraph, the Company shall pay you within 10 days of such termination a lump sum payment equal to 12 months of your base salary as in effect on the date of termination and the pro rata portion of any bonus earned pursuant to Section 3, which bonus, if any, will be based on both individual and Company performance objectives as developed and determined by the Company in its sole discretion for the portion of the year during which you were employed by the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payment of the amounts payable and the provision of the benefits under this Section 7, (A) shall be contingent upon your execution of a severance and release of claims agreement provided by the Company that you allow to become effective by not revoking your acceptance within 60 days following your last day of employment (or such lesser period as is provided in the severance and release of claims agreement) (the “Revocation Period”), (B) shall constitute your sole remedy in the event of a termination of your employment in the circumstances set forth in this Section 7 and (C) shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit A . The severance pay and benefits provided hereunder will be subject to all applicable taxes and withholdings and will be payable in installments in accordance with the Company’s then-regular payroll practices.

For the purposes of this letter:

“Cause” shall mean (a) a good faith finding by the Company that (i) you have failed to perform your assigned duties for the Company and have failed to remedy such failure within 15 days following written notice from the Company notifying you of such failure, (ii) you have engaged in dishonesty, gross negligence or misconduct or (iii) you have breached this letter or any other agreements to which you are a party with the Company or any policies or procedures of the Company, or (b) your conviction of, or your entry of a pleading of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime involving moral turpitude or any felony;

 

2


“Change in Control” shall mean any of the following:

(a) the acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership of any capital stock of the Company if, after such acquisition, such Person beneficially owns (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) more than 50% of either (x) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (y) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection any acquisition directly from the Company will not be a Change in Control, nor will any acquisition by any individual, entity, or group pursuant to a Business Combination (as defined below) that complies with clause (b) of this definition;

(b) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or share exchange involving the Company or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”), unless, immediately following such Business Combination, the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, respectively, of the resulting or acquiring corporation in such Business Combination (which shall include a corporation that as a result of such transaction owns the Company or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries); or

(c) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

provided that, where required to avoid additional taxation under Section 409A, the event that occurs must also be a “change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation” as defined in Treasury Reg. § 1.409A-3(i)(5);

“Good Reason” for termination shall mean (i) a material diminution in your authority, duties or responsibilities without your prior consent, (ii) a material reduction in your annualized base salary without your prior consent (other than in connection with, and in an amount substantially proportionate to, reductions made by the Company to the annualized base salaries of its other senior executives), or (iii) the relocation of your place of work such that the distance from your residence to your place of work is increased by more than 50 miles. In order to establish a “Good Reason” for terminating employment, you must (a) provide written notice to the Company of the existence of the condition giving rise to the Good Reason, which notice must be provided within 90 days of the initial existence of such condition, (b) provide the Company with 30 days thereafter to cure the condition and (c) if not cured, resign for Good Reason within 30 days following expiration of the cure period; and

“Severance Period” shall mean the period beginning on the Company’s first regular payroll cycle following the effective date of the severance and release of claims agreement and ending on the date 12 months thereafter, provided that if the Revocation Period ends in the calendar year subsequent to the year in which your employment ends, no payment under Section 7 will be made before the first business day in that subsequent year.

8. In exchange for your continued employment with the Company pursuant to the terms and conditions herein, you hereby acknowledge and reaffirm your obligations set forth in the enclosed Invention and Non-Disclosure Agreement and Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement you previously executed for the benefit of the Company, which obligations remain in full force and effect.

 

3


9. You represent that you are not bound by any employment contract, restrictive covenant or other restriction preventing (or that purports to prevent) you from entering into employment with or carrying out your responsibilities for the Company, or which is in any way inconsistent with the terms of this letter.

10. This letter shall not be construed as an agreement, either expressed or implied, to employ you for any stated term, and shall in no way alter the Company’s policy of employment at will, under which both you and the Company remain free to terminate the employment relationship, with or without cause, at any time, with or without notice. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at-will” nature of your employment may only be changed by a written agreement signed by you and an authorized officer of the Company, which expressly states the intention to modify the at-will nature of your employment. Similarly, nothing in this letter shall be construed as an agreement, either express or implied, to pay you any compensation or grant you any benefit beyond the end of your employment with the Company, except as provided herein.

11. As an employee of the Company, you will continue to be required to comply with all Company policies and procedures. Violations of the Company’s policies may lead to immediate termination of your employment. Further, the Company’s premises, including all workspaces, furniture, documents, and other tangible materials, and all information technology resources of the Company (including computers, data and other electronic files, and all internet and email) are subject to oversight and inspection by the Company at any time. Company employees should have no expectation of privacy with regard to any Company premises, materials, resources, or information.

12. This letter agreement and the agreements referenced herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this letter agreement. The resolution of any disputes under this letter will be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

If you agree with the provisions of this letter, please sign the enclosed duplicate of this letter in the space provided below and return it to Martin Driscoll, by December 4, 2015.

 

Very Truly Yours,
Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
By:   /s/ Martin Driscoll
  Name:   Martin Driscoll
  Title:   President and CEO

The foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of my continued employment by Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

Date:   Dec 16, 2015     /s/ Radhakrishnan P. Iyer
      Name: Radhakrishnan P. Iyer

 

4


E XHIBIT A

P AYMENTS SUBJECT TO S ECTION 409A

Subject to the provisions in this Exhibit A, any severance payments or benefits under this letter shall begin only upon the date of the Employee’s “separation from service” (determined as set forth below) which occurs on or after date of the termination of his employment. The following rules shall apply with respect to distribution of the payments and benefits, if any, to be provided to you under this letter:

(i) It is intended that each installment of the severance payments and benefits provided under this letter shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the guidance issued thereunder (“Section 409A”). Neither the Company nor you shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments or benefits except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.

(ii) If, as of the date of your “separation from service” from the Company, you are not a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then each installment of the severance payments and benefits shall be made on the dates and terms set forth in this letter.

(iii) If, as of the date of your “separation from service” from the Company, you are a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then:

(a) Each installment of the severance payments and benefits due under this letter that, in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein, will in all circumstances, regardless of when the separation from service occurs, be. paid within the Short-Term Deferral Period (as hereinafter defined) shall be treated as a short-term deferral within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) to the maximum extent permissible under Section 409A. For purposes of this letter, the “Short-Term Deferral Period” means the period ending on the later of the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the Employee’s tax year in which the separation from service occurs and the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the Company’s tax year in which the separation from service occurs; and

(b) Each installment of the severance payments and benefits due under this letter that is not described in paragraph 3(a) above and that would, absent this subsection, be paid within the six-month period following your “separation from service” from the Company shall not be paid until the date that is six months and one day after such separation from service (or, if earlier, your death), with any such installments that are required to be delayed being accumulated during the six-month period and paid in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day following your separation from service and any subsequent installments, if any, being paid in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein; provided, however, that the preceding provisions of this sentence shall not apply to any installment of severance payments and benefits if and to the maximum extent that that such installment is deemed to be paid under a separation pay plan that does not provide for a deferral of compensation by reason of the application of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) (relating to separation pay upon an involuntary separation from service). Any installments that qualify for the exception under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) must be paid no later than the last day of your second taxable year following the taxable year in which the separation from service occurs.

(iv) The determination of whether and when your separation from service from the Company has occurred shall be made and in a manner consistent with, and based on the presumptions set forth in, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). Solely for purposes of this paragraph, “Company” shall include all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code.

(v) All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this letter shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent that such reimbursements or in-kind benefits are subject to Section 409A.

Exhibit 10.11

CONFIDENTIAL

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), made as of March 1, 2013 (the “Effective Date”), is entered into by Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 113 Cedar Street, Milford, Massachusetts 01757 (the “Company”), and Douglas J. Jensen having an address of 2673 Route 8, Lake Pleasant, NY 12108 (the “Executive”).

In consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties to this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

1. Period of Employment . The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms set forth in this Agreement, from the Effective Date until terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 (the “Employment Period”).

2. Title; Capacity . The Executive shall serve as President and Chief Executive Officer and shall have all authority commensurate with such position including, but not limited to, hiring additional qualified personnel who are necessary to achieve the Company goals set forth by the Board of Directors. The Executive shall be based at the Company’s principal place of business in Milford, Massachusetts. The Executive shall be subject to the supervision of, and shall have such authority (consistent with the foregoing provisions) as is delegated to the Executive by, the Board of Directors. During the Employment Period, the Company will use its best efforts to cause the Executive to continue to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

The Executive hereby accepts such employment and agrees to undertake the duties and responsibilities inherent in such positions and such other duties and responsibilities as the Board of Directors shall from time to time reasonably assign to the Executive. The Executive agrees to devote his entire business time, attention and energies to the business and interests of the Company during the Employment Period; provided however, that the Executive may be permitted to engage in other activities, including membership on boards of directors of other businesses or non-for-profit organizations, so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement. The Executive agrees to abide by the rules, regulations, instructions, personnel practices and policies of the Company, as adopted and amended from time to time by the Company.

3. Compensation and Benefits .

3.1 Salary . As of the Effective Date, the Company shall pay the Executive, in periodic installments in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices, salary at an annual rate of $275,000.00 ($22,916.67 per month).


Executive’s salary shall be reviewed no less frequently than annually, at the beginning of each calendar year, as determined by the Board of Directors (or its Compensation Committee) in its reasonable discretion; provided however that the Board of Directors (or its Compensation Committee) shall strive to keep the Executive’s salary competitive with the average salary paid to a Founder and President and Chief Executive Officer of similarly situated companies.

Bonus and Milestone Incentives During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Company’s then-current bonus plan and/or program. The target bonus is 30% of base salary. The Executive shall receive the annual bonus no later than 60 days after the end of each calendar year as determined by the Board of Directors (or its Compensation Committee) in its discretion according to the then-current policies and procedures that the Company has in place for the award of such annual bonuses. Bonus payable will be determined by the Board of Directors and will be dependent on the achievement of the Corporate Goals.

3.2 Additional Compensation: (i) Participation in Annual Stock Option program. If the Company puts in place an annual stock option program the individual will be entitled to participate at a level equal to his responsibility and performance. (iv) The Executive will be entitled to participate on the same basis with all other officers and employees of the Company in the Company’s standard benefits package made generally available to all other officers and employees including 401(k), group health, disability and life insurance programs, and other fringe benefits. The Company will ensure that Executive has Directors and Officers Liability Insurance in an amount that is sufficient and customary for enterprises like those of the Company.

3.3 Benefits . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all benefit programs that the Company establishes and makes available to its employees, if any, to the extent that Executive’s position, tenure, salary, age, health and other qualifications make him or her eligible to participate. The Executive shall be entitled to 20 business days paid vacation per year plus holidays recognized by the government of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts for its employees. All vacation time will be subject to the then-current policies and procedures that the Company has in place and shall be taken at such times as may be approved by the Board of Directors.

3.4 Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other expenses incurred or paid by the Executive in connection with, or related to, the performance of his duties, responsibilities or services under this Agreement, in accordance with policies and procedures, and subject to limitations, adopted by the Company from time to time.

3.5 Withholding . All salary, bonus and other compensation payable to the Executive during the Employment Period shall be subject to applicable withholding taxes.

 

Page 2


3.6 Indemnification . The Company will indemnify the Executive to the extent permitted by its charter and by-laws and by applicable law against all costs, charges and expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, incurred or sustained by the Executive in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which the Executive may be made a party by reason of being an officer, director or employee of the Company. In connection with the foregoing, the Executive will be covered under any liability insurance policy that protects officers of the Company. Any amounts paid under this Section 3(h) will be paid at the times and in the manner prescribed by Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) (relating to certain indemnification and liability insurance plans).

3.7 Section 409A of the Code . Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, all expense reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement will be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Code § 409A, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred, and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

4. Termination of Employment Period . The employment of the Executive by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following:

4.1 At the election of the Company, for Cause (as defined below), immediately upon written notice by the Company to the Executive, which notice shall identify the Cause upon which the termination is based. For the purposes of this Section 4.1, “Cause” means any (a) willful failure by the Executive, which failure is not cured within fifteen calendar (15) days of written notice to the Executive from the Company, to perform his or her material responsibilities to the Company, or (b) willful misconduct by the Executive that materially affects the operations or business reputation of the Company. Any determination under this Section 4.1 will be made by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors voting on such determination, with the Executive abstaining from such vote. With respect to any such determination, the Board will act fairly and in utmost good faith and will give the Executive and his counsel an opportunity to appear and be heard at a meeting of the Board of Directors and present evidence on the Executive’s behalf. No act or omission on the Executive’s part will be considered “willful” unless done, or admitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without the Executive’s reasonable belief that such act or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

4.2 Upon the death or disability of the Executive. As used in this Agreement, the term “disability” shall mean the inability of the Executive, due to a physical or mental disability, for a period of 180 days, whether or not consecutive, during any 360-day period to perform the services contemplated under this Agreement, with or without reasonable accommodation as that term is defined under state or federal law. A determination of disability shall be made in the first instance by the Executive’s physician, provided that if the Executive and the Company disagree over the determination made by the Executive’s physician (or if such physician fails to make such a determination in a timely manner), the Executive and the Company shall each select a physician and these two together shall select a third physician, whose determination as to disability shall be binding on all parties.

 

Page 3


4.3 At the election of the Executive, for Good Reason (as defined below), immediately upon written notice by the Executive to the Company, which notice shall identify the Good Reason upon which the termination is based. For the purposes of this Section 4.3, “Good Reason” for termination shall mean (i) any reduction in the annual salary payable to the Executive, (ii) any material diminution or other adverse change in the Executive’s authority, title, or duties without the prior consent of the Executive, (iii) a breach by the Company of the terms of this Agreement, which breach is not remedied by the Company within fifteen calendar (15) days following written notice from the Executive to the Company notifying it of such breach, a requirement that the Executive relocate his principal place of business more than fifty (50) miles from his usual place of business, (v) the Executive’s removal from the Board of Directors (provided that such removal is not in connection with a termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder by the Company), or (vi) failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement by any successor to the Company.

5. Effect of Termination .

5.1 Payments Upon Termination .

(a) In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4.1 or Section 4.2, the Company shall pay to the Executive the salary pursuant to Section 3.1, benefits pursuant to Section 3.5 and expenses incurred pursuant to Section 3.6 through the last day of his or her actual employment by the Company, but, for clarity, shall have no obligation to pay any bonus pursuant to Section 3.2.

(b) In the event the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4.3 then the Company shall continue to pay to the Executive his or her salary pursuant to Section 3.1 as in effect on the date of termination and continue to provide to the Executive benefits pursuant to Section 3.5 during the Severance Period (as defined below), and, in addition, the Executive shall be entitled to a pro rata portion of a bonus pursuant to Section 3.1, if the Board of Directors deems that the Company is eligible to make bonus payments In addition, each stock grant shall become fully vested and exercisable (if applicable) and the Company’s lapsing repurchase right, if any, shall terminate with respect to any shares of common stock acquired by you by exercise or purchase of said stock. The payment to the Executive of the amounts payable under this Section 5.1(b): (i) shall be contingent upon the execution by the Executive of a general release of the Company, its affiliates, stockholders, directors, officers, employees and agents from all claims (other than claims for the amounts payable under this Section 5.1(b)), together with an agreement not to not make any disparaging comments, statements or communications about the Company, its affiliates, stockholders, directors, officers, employees or agents, or its management or business practices, all in a form reasonably provided by the Company; and (ii) shall constitute the sole remedy of the Executive in the event of a termination of the Executive’s employment in the circumstances set forth in this Section 5.1(b), subject to applicable law. For the purposes of this Section 5.1, “Severance Period” means the period beginning on the date of termination and continuing afterward for six months.

 

Page 4


(c) In the event of a Change of Control of the Company as defined below, if within 6 months of any such Change of Control, the Company terminates employment other than for Cause, or if Executive terminates employment for Good Reason, then in lieu of any payments to or on behalf of Executive under section 5.1(b), the Company shall pay Executive within 10 days of such termination a lump sum payment equal to one year of the Executive’s salary and the amount of any bonus compensation paid to Executive during the preceding twelve months (this will be pro rata and dependent on the Board of Directors agreeing to pay out a Bonus for that year) and shall pay the full cost of Executive’s group health and dental insurance for 12 months. A “Change of Control” shall be deemed to take place if (i) any party other than the Company or any of its affiliates becomes a beneficial owner directly or indirectly of securities representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total number of votes that may be cast for the election of directors of the Company and two-thirds of the Board has not consented to such event prior to or within sixty days after its occurrence, provided that if the consent occurs after the event it shall only be valid for the purposes of this section 5.1(c) if a majority of the consenting Board is comprised of directors of the Company who were such immediately prior to the event, (ii) any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any combination of the foregoing, and two- thirds of the Board has not consented to such event prior to or within sixty days after its occurrence, provided that if the consent occurs after the event it shall only be valid for purposes of this section 5.1(c) if a majority of the consenting Board is comprised of directors of the Company who were such immediately prior to the event; or (iii) or within twelve months after a tender offer or exchange offer for voting securities of the Company (other than by the Company) the individuals who were directors of the Company immediately prior to such offer shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board.

5.2 Section 409A of the Code . The Executive and the Company agree that the payment schedule for any payments described in Section 5 may be adjusted as necessary to avoid the application of the provisions of Code Section 409A, provided that no such adjustment shall result in either a decrease of any benefit or payment contemplated herein, nor an increase in the cost of providing such payment or benefit. To that end, this Agreement will be interpreted and administered in accordance with the applicable requirements of, and exemptions from, Code § 409A in a manner consistent with Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(c). To the extent payments and benefits are subject to Code § 409A, this Agreement shall be interpreted, construed and administered in a manner that satisfies the requirements of (i) Code § 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4), (ii) Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1 et seq., and (iii) transitional relief under IRS Notice 2007-86, and (iv) other applicable authority issued by the Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

5.3 Survival . The provisions of Sections 5.1(b), 5.1(c), 6, 7 and 8.5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

5.4 Records . Upon termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder, the Executive will return to the Company any Company property but will be permitted to retain his personal and business contacts.

6. Inventions; Non-Disclosure; Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation . Upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Executive shall enter into the Company’s standard form of Invention and Non-Disclosure Agreement. For clarity, the obligations and covenants of the Executive pursuant to such Invention and Non-Disclosure Agreement constitute material responsibilities of the Executive to the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Page 5


7. Other Agreements . The Executive represents that his or her performance of all the terms of this Agreement and the performance of his or her duties as an employee of the Company do not and will not breach any agreement with any prior employer or other party to which the Executive is a party (including without limitation any nondisclosure or non- competition agreement).

8. Miscellaneous .

8.1 Notices . Any notices delivered under this Agreement shall be deemed duly delivered four (4) business days after it is sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or one business day after it is sent for next-business day delivery via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service, in each case to the address of the recipient set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto. Either party may change the address to which notices are to be delivered by giving notice of such change to the other party in the manner set forth in this Section 8.1.

8.2 Pronouns . Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular forms of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa.

8.3 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the agreements referenced herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

8.4 Amendment . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the Executive.

8.5 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without reference to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof). Any action, suit or other legal proceeding arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement shall be commenced only in a court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (or, if appropriate, a federal court located within Massachusetts), and the Company and the Executive each consents to the jurisdiction of such a court. The Company and the Executive each hereby irrevocably waive any right to a trial by jury in any action, suit or other legal proceeding arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement.

8.6 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any corporation with which, or into which, the Company may be merged or which may succeed to the Company’s assets or business, provided, however, that the obligations of the Executive are personal and shall not be assigned by him or her.

8.7 Waivers . No delay or omission by either party in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by either party hereto on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

 

Page 6


8.8 Captions . The captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement.

8.9 Severability . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.

THE EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE OR SHE HAS CAREFULLY READ THIS AGREEMENT AND UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES TO ALL OF THE PROVISIONS IN THIS AGREEMENT.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year set forth above.

 

SPRING BANK PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
By:   /s/ Jonathan Bates
Name:   Jonathan Bates
Title:   Director
EXECUTIVE

/s/ Douglas J. Jensen

Douglas J. Jensen

 

Page 7

Exhibit 10.12

TRANSITION AGREEMENT

This Transition Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made by and between Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) and Douglas Jensen (“Mr. Jensen”) (collectively, the “Parties”) as of the 27 th day of May 2015.

WHEREAS, the Company and Mr. Jensen are parties to the Executive Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 2013 (the “Employment Agreement”) under which Mr. Jensen currently serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company intends to hire a new President and Chief Executive Officer in connection with its plan to become a public reporting company and desires that Mr. Jensen continue his service as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer during the Transition Period (as defined below);

WHEREAS, the Parties are in dispute over Mr. Jensen’s rights under the Employment Agreement and wish to resolve matters amicably without the need for litigation; and

WHEREAS, the Parties agree that the Employment Agreement is null and void and wish to establish the terms of Mr. Jensen’s employment during the Transition Period and the terms of Mr. Jensen’s separation from the Company upon the completion of the Transition Period;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and conditions set forth below, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Transition Period .

(a) Transition Period – During the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the date three (3) months following the date hereof (unless mutually agreed in writing to an additional three (3) months following such period or sooner terminated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) (the “Transition Period”), Mr. Jensen shall continue to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, subject to the supervision of, and with such authority as is delegated to Mr. Jensen by, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). Mr. Jensen agrees to devote his entire business time, attention and energies to the business and interests of the Company during the Transition Period and to perform his duties professionally, timely and cooperatively. During the Transition Period, Mr. Jensen will continue to receive his current base salary and participate in the Company’s benefit plans (pursuant to the terms and conditions of such plans) consistent with the first two paragraphs of Section 3.1 of the Employment Agreement and Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Employment Agreement.

(b) Termination of Employment – During the Transition Period, the Company retains the right to terminate Mr. Jensen’s employment for Cause (as defined as Mr. Jensen committing an act of fraud or embezzlement against the Company, or an act of deliberate misconduct that results or resulted in a material injury to the Company, or his conviction or entry of a pleading of guilty or nolo contedere to any crime


involving moral turpitude or any felony) immediately upon written notice to Mr. Jensen detailing the reason for such termination, or to terminate Mr. Jensen’s employment without Cause upon 15 days’ prior written notice, and Mr. Jensen retains the right to terminate his employment for any reason upon 15 days’ prior written notice to the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, the last day of Mr. Jensen’s employment is referred to as the “Separation Date”, and the Transition Period shall end on the Separation Date. In the event the Company terminates Mr. Jensen’s employment for Cause, or if Mr. Jensen terminates his employment for any reason, he will not be eligible to receive the Severance Benefits (as defined in Section 2 below), nor will he receive any further salary payments, benefits, or other compensation from the Company following the Separation Date, other than payment for any accrued but unused vacation time and/or reimbursement of business expenses in accordance with Company policy. In the event the Company terminates Mr. Jensen’s employment without Cause during the Transition Period or Mr. Jensen’s employment expires upon the completion of the Transition Period, Mr. Jensen will remain eligible to receive the Severance Benefits in accordance with the terms set forth below.

(b) Resignation from Employment and Director and Officer Positions – As of the Separation Date, Mr. Jensen shall resign from his employment with the Company and from his positions as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors and as an officer of the Company. Mr. Jensen agrees to execute and deliver any documents reasonably necessary to effectuate such resignations, provided that nothing in any such document is inconsistent with any terms set forth in this Agreement. Mr. Jensen hereby irrevocably appoints the Company to be his attorney-in-fact to execute any documents and do anything in his name to effect such resignations in the event that Mr. Jensen fails to promptly submit on the Separation Date his resignation as an officer or director or execute any documents requested by the Company to effectuate Mr. Jensen’s resignation from any and all officer and director positions. A written notification signed by a director or duly authorized officer of the Company that any instrument, document or act falls within the authority conferred by this subsection will be conclusive evidence that it does so. The Company will prepare any documents, pay any filing fees, and bear any other expenses related to the above.

(c) Post-Employment Assistance – For a period of three (3) months following the Separation Date, Mr. Jensen agrees to make himself available by telephone (for calls of reasonable length) or e-mail from time to time, upon reasonable notice, to provide such assistance and information as the Company may reasonably request in connection with its efforts to make a smooth transition to new leadership, including, without limitation, information concerning Mr. Jensen’s former duties and responsibilities and/or his knowledge of the Company’s business and operations. Mr. Jensen acknowledges and agrees that his eligibility to receive the Severance Benefits described below is, in part, consideration for this post-employment assistance, and that he will not be entitled to receive any compensation or benefits for such assistance other than what he is entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Company agrees that such requests will not unreasonably interfere with Mr. Jensen’s personal or professional obligations, and that it shall reimburse Mr. Jensen for any reasonable and documented out of pocket costs he incurs for complying with this paragraph.

 

- 2 -


  2. Severance Benefits . In return for Mr. Jensen’s compliance with the terms hereof, and subject to his execution of the Additional Release of Claims attached hereto as Attachment A (the “Additional Release”) in a timely manner as set forth in Section 15 below and his non-revocation thereof, the Company will provide Mr. Jensen with the following severance benefits (the “Severance Benefits”), provided he remains eligible pursuant to Section 1 above:

(a) Severance Pay – The Company will provide Mr. Jensen with severance pay in an amount equal to eighteen (18) months of pay at Mr. Jensen’s base salary rate of twenty-five thousand seven hundred and fifty dollars ($25,750) per month, less all applicable taxes and withholdings. The severance pay will be paid to Mr. Jensen in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices; provided, however, that the first payment shall not be made until the first regular payroll date following the date the Additional Release becomes effective and enforceable.

(b) Additional Severance Pay – If the Company terminates the employment of Mr. Jensen without Cause on or prior to the end of the agreed upon Transition Period, the Company will also pay to Mr. Jensen, together with the first payment made pursuant to Section 2(a) above, an additional separation payment equal to the amount of base salary he would have received had he remained employed by the Company during the remainder of the agreed upon Transition Period, plus an amount equal to what the Company would have paid on his behalf for group health and dental coverage had he remained employed during the remainder of the agreed upon Transition Period, less all applicable taxes and withholdings.

(c) Group Health Insurance – Should Mr. Jensen be eligible for and timely elect to continue receiving group health and/or dental insurance coverage under the law known as COBRA, the Company shall, until the earlier of (x) the date that is eighteen (18) months following the Separation Date, or (y) the date that Mr. Jensen becomes eligible for group health and/or dental insurance coverage through another employer (the “COBRA Contribution Period”), pay on Mr. Jensen’s behalf the share of the premium for such coverage that it currently pays on behalf of Mr. Jensen and, if and as applicable, his family, plus any administrative fees for such coverage. The remaining balance of any premium costs, and all premium costs after the COBRA Contribution Period, shall be paid by Mr. Jensen on a monthly basis during the elected period of health insurance coverage under COBRA for as long as, and to the extent that, he remains eligible for COBRA continuation. Mr. Jensen agrees that he will notify the Company in writing at least five (5) days prior to the date on which he becomes eligible to receive group health and/or dental insurance coverage through another employer, if that date is prior to the date that is eighteen (18) months following the Separation Date. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event Mr. Jensen becomes eligible for health insurance benefits but not dental insurance benefits from another employer during the COBRA Contribution Period, the Company’s

 

- 3 -


obligations under this paragraph with respect to health insurance shall immediately cease and Mr. Jensen shall not be entitled to any additional monthly premium payments for health insurance coverage. Similarly, in the event Mr. Jensen becomes eligible for dental insurance benefits but not health insurance benefits from another employer during the COBRA Contribution Period, the Company’s obligations under this paragraph with respect to dental insurance shall immediately cease and Mr. Jensen shall not be entitled to any additional monthly premium payments for dental insurance coverage.

(d) Acceleration of Option Vesting – Effective immediately after the Additional Release becomes effective and enforceable, the Company will accelerate the vesting of the stock options that the Company granted to Mr. Jensen on March 25, 2015 under the Company’s 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), and that Mr. Jensen holds pursuant to a stock option agreement evidencing the grant of such options (the “Option Agreement”), such that Mr. Jensen’s option with respect to the shares under such grant shall become immediately exercisable in full.

(e) Extension of Option Exercise Date – Effective immediately after the Additional Release becomes effective and enforceable, the Company will extend until December 31, 2016 the period during which Mr. Jensen may exercise the stock options, subject to the terms of the Option Agreement and the Plan. Mr. Jensen understands that the stock options subject to this extended exercise period shall cease to be treated for tax purposes as incentive stock options.

(f) Attorney’s Fees – The Company will reimburse Mr. Jensen for reasonable legal fees that he actually expends in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement, in an amount up to a maximum of twelve thousand five hundred dollars ($12,500). Such reimbursement will be made to Mr. Jensen within thirty (30) days following the Company’s receipt of sufficient documentation showing proof of such expense, i.e., copies of all relevant invoices (redacted appropriately to remove any privileged information therein); provided, however, that no reimbursement shall be made prior to the date Mr. Jensen signs this Agreement.

Other than the Severance Benefits, Mr. Jensen will not be eligible for, nor shall he have a right to receive, any payments or benefits from the Company following the Separation Date, other than reimbursement for any business expenses in accordance with Company policy, and payment for any accrued but unused vacation time.

 

  3.

Release by Mr. Jensen . In exchange for the consideration set forth herein, which Mr. Jensen acknowledges he would not otherwise be entitled to receive, Mr. Jensen hereby fully, forever, irrevocably and unconditionally releases, remises and discharges the Company, its affiliates, subsidiaries, parent companies, predecessors, and successors, and all of its and their respective past and present officers, directors, stockholders, investors, partners, members, managers, employees, agents, representatives, plan administrators, attorneys, insurers and fiduciaries (each in their individual and corporate capacities) (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, complaints, demands, actions, causes of action, suits, rights, debts,

 

- 4 -


  sums of money, costs, accounts, reckonings, covenants, contracts, agreements, promises, doings, omissions, damages, executions, obligations, liabilities, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and costs), of every kind and nature that he ever had or now has against any or all of the Released Parties, whether known or unknown, including, but not limited to, any and all claims arising out of or relating to his employment with and/or separation from the Company, including, but not limited to, all claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. § 2000e et seq., the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq ., the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008, 42 U.S.C. § 2000ff et seq., the Family and Medical Leave Act, 29 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq., the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (“WARN”), 29 U.S.C. § 2101 et seq., the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. § 701 et seq., Executive Order 11246, Executive Order 11141, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq., and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), 29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq., all as amended; all claims arising out of the Massachusetts Fair Employment Practices Act, Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 151B, § 1 et seq., the Massachusetts Wage Act, Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 149, § 148 et seq. (Massachusetts law regarding payment of wages and overtime), the Massachusetts Civil Rights Act, Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 12, §§ 11H and 11I, the Massachusetts Equal Rights Act, Mass. Gen. Laws. ch. 93, § 102 and Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 214, § 1C, the Massachusetts Labor and Industries Act, Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 149, § 1 et seq., Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 214, § 1B (Massachusetts right of privacy law), the Massachusetts Maternity Leave Act, Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 149, § 105D, and the Massachusetts Small Necessities Leave Act, Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 149, § 52D, all as amended; all common law claims including, but not limited to, actions in defamation, intentional infliction of emotional distress, misrepresentation, fraud, wrongful discharge, and breach of contract (including, without limitation, all claims arising out of or related to the Employment Agreement); all claims to any non-vested ownership interest in the Company, contractual or otherwise, except as explicitly set forth in Section 2(d) above; all state and federal whistleblower claims to the maximum extent permitted by law; and any claim or damage arising out of his employment with and/or separation from the Company (including a claim for retaliation) under any common law theory or any federal, state or local statute or ordinance not expressly referenced above; provided, however, that (a) nothing in this Agreement prevents Mr. Jensen from filing a charge with, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or a state fair employment practices agency (except that he acknowledges that he may not recover any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding, and explicitly waives any rights or claims to any payment, benefit, attorneys’ fees or other remedial relief in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding and agrees that if any such complaint, charge, or proceeding is filed on his behalf, he shall take all reasonable steps necessary to refuse any damages or individualized relief in connection therewith), and (b) nothing herein shall prevent Mr. Jensen from bringing claims to enforce this Agreement. Further, nothing herein shall release Mr. Jensen’s rights as a stockholder of the Company for matters arising after the date of this Agreement, any rights he may have under the Company’s certificate of incorporation, by-laws, insurance and/or any

 

- 5 -


  indemnification agreement between him and Company (and/or otherwise under law) for indemnification as an officer of the Company for his service to the Company (recognizing that such indemnification is not guaranteed by this Agreement and shall be governed by the instrument or law, if any, providing for such indemnification), or any rights he may have to vested ownership, pension or 401 (K) benefits or interests.

 

  4. Release by the Company . In exchange for the consideration set forth herein, the Company hereby fully, forever, irrevocably and unconditionally releases, remises and discharges Mr. Jensen from any and all claims, complaints, demands, actions, causes of action, suits, rights, debts, sums of money, costs, accounts, reckonings, covenants, contracts, agreements, promises, doings, omissions, damages, executions, obligations, liabilities, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and costs), of every kind and nature, whether known or unknown, that it ever had or now has against Mr. Jensen, including, but not limited to, any and all claims arising out of or relating to Mr. Jensen’s employment with and/or separation from the Company; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this release (a) releases Mr. Jensen from his continuing obligations as set forth in Section 5 below and in Attachments B and C hereto, (b) shall prevent the Company from bringing claims to enforce this Agreement, or (c) releases Mr. Jensen from any claims for fraud or embezzlement, or from any civil claims based on any acts and/or omissions that satisfy the elements of a criminal offense, or from any claims arising out of any deliberate misconduct by him that results or resulted in material injury to the Company

 

  5. Continuing Obligations. Mr. Jensen acknowledges and reaffirms his obligation to keep confidential and not to use or disclose, during the Transition Period or thereafter, any and all non-public information concerning the Company that he acquires or acquired during the course of his employment with the Company, including, but not limited to, any non-public information concerning the Company’s business affairs, business prospects, and financial condition. Mr. Jensen further acknowledges his obligations set forth in the Invention and Non-Disclosure Agreement and the Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement, copies of which are attached hereto as Attachments B and C, respectively, and which Mr. Jensen understands that he must sign together with this Agreement in consideration of his continued employment and the other good and valuable consideration as set forth in this Agreement.

 

  6. Unemployment . The Company agrees not to contest any application Mr. Jensen may make for unemployment benefits following the Separation Date; provided, however, that the Company will not provide any false information to any government entity or fail to correct false information.

 

  7.

Return of Company Property . Mr. Jensen agrees that he will, on the Separation Date or earlier if requested by the Company, return to the Company all keys, files, records (and copies thereof), equipment (including, but not limited to, computer hardware, software and printers, wireless handheld devices, cellular phones, etc.), Company identification and any other Company-owned property in his possession or control and that he will leave intact all electronic Company documents, including but not

 

- 6 -


  limited to those that he developed or helped to develop during his employment. Mr. Jensen further agrees that he will, on the Separation Date or earlier if requested by the Company, cancel all accounts for his benefit, if any, in the Company’s name, including but not limited to, credit cards, telephone charge cards, cellular phone and/or wireless data accounts and computer accounts.

 

  8. Non-Disparagement . Mr. Jensen understands and agrees that, unless required by law or valid subpoena, he shall not make any false, disparaging or derogatory statements to any media outlet, industry group, financial institution or current or former employee, consultant, client or customer of the Company regarding the Company or any of the other Released Parties or regarding the Company’s business affairs, business prospects or financial condition; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be construed as preventing Mr. Jensen from making truthful disclosures to any governmental entity or in any litigation or arbitration. The Company will, in turn, instruct those individuals to whom it makes privy the terms of this Agreement to refrain from making any false, disparaging or derogatory statements about Mr. Jensen; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be construed as requiring the Company to instruct any person not to make truthful disclosures to any governmental entity or in any litigation or arbitration. Further, the members of the Company’s Board of Directors shall not make any false, disparaging or derogatory statements about Mr. Jensen; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be construed as preventing any such person from making truthful disclosures to any governmental entity or in any litigation or arbitration.

 

  9. Amendment . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties and may not be abandoned, supplemented, changed or modified in any manner, orally or otherwise, except by an instrument in writing of concurrent or subsequent date signed by duly authorized representatives of the Parties. This Agreement is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective agents, assigns, heirs, executors, successors (following any merger or acquisition of the Company) and administrators. For the avoidance of doubt, if Mr. Jensen dies before receiving all of the Severance Benefits to which he would otherwise be entitled pursuant to this Agreement, the remainder will, to the extent permitted by law, be paid to his spouse if she is alive at that time, or to his estate, if she is not. For purposes of clarity, if Mr. Jensen dies or becomes qualified for short-term disability benefits before the end of the Transition Period, the date on which such death or qualification occurs shall be the Separation Date, but Mr. Jensen, or his estate, as may be applicable, will still be eligible to receive the Severance Benefits subject to the terms of this Agreement and to the extent permitted by law.

 

  10. Waiver of Rights. No delay or omission by either Party in exercising any rights under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by either Party on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

 

- 7 -


  11. Validity . Should any provision of this Agreement be declared or be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal or invalid, the validity of the remaining parts, terms, or provisions shall not be affected thereby and said illegal or invalid part, term or provision shall be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.

 

  12. Confidentiality . Unless required by law or valid subpoena, the Parties understand and agree that, to the extent permitted by law, the terms and contents of this Agreement, and the contents of the negotiations and discussions resulting in this Agreement, shall be maintained as confidential by them and their agents and representatives and shall not be disclosed except to the extent agreed to in writing by the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Mr. Jensen may share this Agreement with his immediate family, his counsel, his financial advisor and accountant and, to the extent either may request, the office of unemployment and tax authorities, and the Company may share this Agreement with those who have a business reason to know.

 

  13. Cooperation . Mr. Jensen agrees to cooperate fully with the Company, to the extent permitted by law, in the investigation, defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or that may be brought in the future against the Company by any third party or by or on behalf of the Company against any third party. Mr. Jensen agrees that his full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions will include being available to meet with the Company’s counsel, at reasonable times and locations designated by the Company, to prepare for discovery, any mediation, arbitration, trial, administrative hearing or other proceeding, and to act as a witness when requested by the Company, Mr. Jensen agrees that, to the extent permitted by law, he will notify the Company promptly in the event that he is served with a subpoena or in the event that he is asked to provide a third party with information concerning any actual or potential complaint or claim against the Company. The Company will reimburse Mr. Jensen for all reasonable and documented out of pocket costs that he incurs to comply with this paragraph.

 

  14. Nature of Agreement . This Agreement is not and shall not in any way be construed as an admission of liability or wrongdoing on the part of either Party.

 

  15. Time for Consideration . To be eligible to receive the Severance Benefits, Mr. Jensen must sign and return the Additional Release no earlier than the Separation Date, but no later than twenty-one (21) days thereafter.

 

  16. Acknowledgments. Mr. Jensen acknowledges that he has been given a reasonable amount of time to consider this Agreement and twenty-one (21) days following the Separation Date to consider the Additional Release, and that the Company is hereby advising him to consult with an attorney of his own choosing prior to signing this Agreement or the Additional Release. Mr. Jensen understands that he may revoke the Additional Release for a period of seven (7) days after he signs it by notifying the Company in writing, and the Additional Release shall not be effective or enforceable until the expiration of this seven (7) day revocation period. Mr. Jensen understands and agrees that by entering into the Additional Release, he will be waiving any and all rights or claims he might have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, and that he will be eligible to receive consideration beyond that to which he was previously entitled.

 

- 8 -


  17. Voluntary Assent . Mr. Jensen affirms that no other promises or agreements of any kind have been made to or with him by any person or entity whatsoever to cause him to sign this Agreement, and that he fully understands the meaning and intent of this Agreement. Mr. Jensen acknowledges that he had an opportunity to fully discuss and review the terms of this Agreement with an attorney of his own choosing prior to signing this Agreement. Mr. Jensen further states and represents that he has carefully read this Agreement, understands the contents herein, freely and voluntarily assents to all of the terms and conditions hereof and signs his name of his own free act.

 

  18. Tax Provision. In connection with the Severance Benefits and any other monetary payments to be provided to Mr. Jensen pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall withhold and remit to the tax authorities the amounts required under applicable law, and Mr. Jensen shall be responsible for all applicable taxes with respect to such Severance Benefits and other payments under applicable law. The Parties intend that the payments and benefits provided for under this Agreement shall be either exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Further, the parties intend that, for the purposes of Section 409A, each payment under this Agreement shall be considered a separate payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Mr. Jensen acknowledges that he is not relying upon advice or representation of the Company with respect to the tax treatment of any of the Severance Benefits or other payments.

 

  19. Applicable Law . This Agreement and the Additional Release shall be interpreted and construed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to conflict of laws provisions. Mr. Jensen hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, or if appropriate, a federal court located in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (which courts, for purposes of this Agreement and the Additional Release, are the only courts of competent jurisdiction), over any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of, under, or in connection with this Agreement or the Additional Release or the subject matter thereof.

 

  20. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, upon its effective date, contains and constitutes (together with the Additional Release at such time as it becomes effective and enforceable) the entire understanding and agreement between the Parties hereto with respect to Mr. Jensen’s employment with the Company, severance benefits and the settlement of claims against the Company, and cancels all previous oral and written negotiations, agreements, commitments and writings in connection therewith. For purposes of clarity, this Agreement supersedes and cancels any prior employment agreements or arrangements Mr. Jensen may have entered into with the Company, including, without limitation, the Employment Agreement (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be of no force or effect following the date of this Agreement), provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall modify, cancel or supersede Mr. Jensen’s obligations set forth in Section 5 above or in Attachment B hereto.

 

- 9 -


  21. Counterparts . This Agreement and the Additional Release will be executed in duplicate such that each Party will retain a fully-executed original and each original may be executed in two (2) signature counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

- 10 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have set their hands and seals to this Agreement as of the date(s) written below.

 

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.    

/s/ David Arkowitz

    Date:    
By: David Arkowitz      

I hereby agree to the terms and conditions set forth above. I further understand that the Severance Benefits are conditioned upon my timely execution, return and non-revocation of the Additional Release. However, I understand that if I die after I execute this Agreement but before I execute the Additional Release, the Severance Benefits will, to the extent permitted by law, be paid to my spouse if she is alive at that time, or to my estate, if she is not.

 

Douglas Jensen    

/s/ Douglas Jensen

    Date:   5/27/15

 

- 11 -


ATTACHMENT A

ADDITIONAL RELEASE OF CLAIMS

 

1.

Release by Mr. Jensen . In exchange for the consideration set forth herein and in the Agreement to which this Additional Release of Claims (the “Additional Release”) is attached as Attachment A, which Mr. Jensen acknowledges he would not otherwise be entitled to receive, Mr. Jensen hereby fully, forever, irrevocably and unconditionally releases, remises and discharges the Company, its affiliates, subsidiaries, parent companies, predecessors, and successors, and all of its and their respective past and present officers, directors, stockholders, investors, partners, members, managers, employees, agents, representatives, plan administrators, attorneys, insurers and fiduciaries (each in their individual and corporate capacities) (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, complaints, demands, actions, causes of action, suits, rights, debts, sums of money, costs, accounts, reckonings, covenants, contracts, agreements, promises, doings, omissions, damages, executions, obligations, liabilities, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and costs), of every kind and nature that he ever had or now has against any or all of the Released Parties, whether known or unknown, including, but not limited to, any and all claims arising out of or relating to his employment with and/or separation from the Company, including, but not limited to, all claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. § 2000e et seq., the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq., the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, 29 U.S.C. § 621 et seq., the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008, 42 U.S.C. § 2000ff et seq., the Family and Medical Leave Act, 29 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq., the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (“WARN”), 29 U.S.C. § 2101 et seq., the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. § 701 et seq., Executive Order 11246, Executive Order 11141, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq., and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), 29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq., all as amended; all claims arising out of the Massachusetts Fair Employment Practices Act, Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 151B, § 1 et seq., the Massachusetts Wage Act, Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 149, § 148 et seq. (Massachusetts law regarding payment of wages and overtime), the Massachusetts Civil Rights Act, Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 12, §§ 11H and 11I, the Massachusetts Equal Rights Act, Mass. Gen. Laws. ch. 93, § 102 and Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 214, § 1C, the Massachusetts Labor and Industries Act, Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 149, § 1 et seq., Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 214, § 1B (Massachusetts right of privacy law), the Massachusetts Maternity Leave Act, Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 149, § 105D, and the Massachusetts Small Necessities Leave Act, Mass. Gen. Laws ch. 149, § 52D, all as amended; all common law claims including, but not limited to, actions in defamation, intentional infliction of emotional distress, misrepresentation, fraud, wrongful discharge, and breach of contract; all claims to any non-vested ownership interest in the Company, contractual or otherwise, except as explicitly set forth in Section 2(d) of the Agreement; all state and federal whistleblower claims to the maximum extent permitted by law; and any claim or damage arising out of his employment with and/or separation from the Company (including a claim for retaliation) under any common law

 

- 12 -


theory or any federal, state or local statute or ordinance not expressly referenced above; provided, however, that (a) nothing in this Additional Release prevents Mr. Jensen from filing a charge with, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or a state fair employment practices agency (except that he acknowledges that he may not recover any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding, and explicitly waives any rights or claims to any payment, benefit, attorneys’ fees or other remedial relief in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding and agrees that if any such complaint, charge, or proceeding is filed on his behalf, he shall take all reasonable steps necessary to refuse any damages or individualized relief in connection therewith), and (b) nothing herein shall prevent Mr. Jensen from bringing claims to enforce the Agreement or this Additional Release. Further, nothing herein shall release Mr. Jensen’s rights as a stockholder of the Company for matters arising after the date of this Additional Release, any rights he may have under the Company’s certificate of incorporation, by-laws, insurance and/or any indemnification agreement between him and Company (and/or otherwise under law) for indemnification as an officer of the Company for his service to the Company (recognizing that such indemnification is not guaranteed by this Additional Release and shall be governed by the instrument or law, if any, providing for such indemnification), or any rights he may have to vested ownership, pension or 401(K) benefits or interests.

 

2. Release by the Company . In exchange for the consideration set forth herein, the Company hereby fully, forever, irrevocably and unconditionally releases, remises and discharges Mr. Jensen from any and all claims, complaints, demands, actions, causes of action, suits, rights, debts, sums of money, costs, accounts, reckonings, covenants, contracts, agreements, promises, doings, omissions, damages, executions, obligations, liabilities, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and costs), of every kind and nature, whether known or unknown, that it ever had or now has against Mr. Jensen, including, but not limited to, any and all claims arising out of or relating to Mr. Jensen’s employment with and/or separation from the Company; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this release (a) releases Mr. Jensen from his continuing obligations as set forth in Section 5 of the Agreement and in Attachment B thereto, (b) shall prevent the Company from bringing claims to enforce the Agreement or this Additional Release, or (c) releases Mr. Jensen from any claims for fraud or embezzlement, or from any civil claims based on any acts and/or omissions that satisfy the elements of a criminal offense, or from any claims arising out of any deliberate misconduct by him that results or resulted in material injury to the Company.

 

3. Final Compensation . Mr. Jensen acknowledges that he has been reimbursed by the Company for all business expenses incurred in conjunction with the performance of his employment and that no other reimbursements are owed to him. Mr. Jensen acknowledges that he has received all compensation due to him from the Company, including, but not limited to, all wages, bonuses and accrued, unused vacation time, and that he is not eligible or entitled to receive any additional payments or consideration from the Company beyond that provided for in Section 2 of the Agreement.

 

- 13 -


4. Return of Company Property. Mr. Jensen confirms that he has returned to the Company all keys, files, records (and copies thereof), equipment (including, but not limited to, computer hardware, software and printers, wireless handheld devices, cellular phones, etc.), Company identification and any other Company-owned property in his possession or control and that he has left intact all electronic Company documents, including but not limited to those that he developed or helped to develop during his employment. Mr. Jensen further confirms that he has cancelled all accounts for his benefit, if any, in the Company’s name, including but not limited to, credit cards, telephone charge cards, cellular phone and/or wireless data accounts and computer accounts.

 

5. Acknowledgments . Mr. Jensen acknowledges that he has been given twenty-one (21) days following the Separation Date (together with the seven (7) day revocation period described in the next sentence, the “Review Period”) to consider this Additional Release, and that the Company has advised him in writing to consult with an attorney of his own choosing prior to signing this Additional Release. Mr. Jensen understands that he may revoke this Additional Release for a period of seven (7) days after he signs it by notifying the Company in writing, and the Additional Release shall not be effective or enforceable until the expiration of this seven (7) day revocation period. Mr. Jensen understands and agrees that by entering into this Additional Release, he is waiving any and all rights or claims he might have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, and that he has received consideration beyond that to which he was previously entitled. In the event the Review Period begins in one taxable year for Mr. Jensen and ends in the following taxable year, any payments contingent upon Mr. Jensen entering into the Additional Release will be made or commence to be paid on the first regular payroll date in the following taxable year that falls after the date the Additional Release becomes effective and enforceable.

 

6. Voluntary Assent . Mr. Jensen affirms that no other promises or agreements of any kind have been made to or with him by any person or entity whatsoever to cause him to sign this Additional Release, and that he fully understands the meaning and intent of this Additional Release. Mr. Jensen states and represents that he has had an opportunity to fully discuss and review the terms of this Additional Release with an attorney. Mr. Jensen further states and represents that he has carefully read this Additional Release, understands the contents herein, freely and voluntarily assents to all of the terms and conditions hereof, and signs his name of his own free act.

 

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
By:   /s/ Martin Driscoll

I hereby provide this Additional Release as of the date below and acknowledge that the execution of this Additional Release is in further consideration of the Severance Benefits. to which I acknowledge I would not be entitled if I did not enter into this Additional Release (provided, however, that if I die before the time I have been provided in which to execute this Additional

 

- 14 -


Release, I understand that the Severance Benefits will, to the extent permitted by law, be paid to my spouse if she is alive at that time, or to my estate, if she is not). I intend that this Additional Release become a binding agreement between the Company and me if I do not revoke my acceptance in seven (7) days.

 

/s/ Doug Jensen       August 27, 2015
Douglas Jensen       Date

 

- 15 -


Attachment B

S PRING B ANK P HARMACEUTICALS , I NC .

I NVENTION AND N ON -D ISCLOSURE A GREEMENT

This Invention and Non-Disclosure Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) made this      day of May, 2015, is by and between Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Douglas Jensen (the “ Employee ”).

In consideration of the employment or continued employment of the Employee by the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration as set forth in the Transition Agreement to which this Agreement is attached as Attachment B, the Employee and the Company agree as follows:

Condition of Employment .

The Employee acknowledges that Employee’s employment and/or the continuance of that employment with the Company is contingent upon Employee’s agreement to sign and adhere to the provisions of this Agreement. The Employee further acknowledges that the nature of the Company’s business is such that protection of its proprietary and confidential information is critical to the survival and success of the Company’s business.

Proprietary and Confidential Information .

The Employee agrees that all information and know-how, whether or not in writing, of a private, secret or confidential nature concerning the Company’s business or financial affairs (collectively, “ Proprietary Information ”) is and shall be the exclusive property of the Company. By way of illustration, but not limitation, Proprietary Information may include discoveries, ideas, inventions, products, product improvements, product enhancements, processes, methods, techniques, formulas, compositions, compounds, negotiation strategies and positions, projects, developments, plans (including business and marketing plans), research data, clinical data, financial data (including sales costs, profits, pricing methods), personnel data, computer programs (including software used pursuant to a license agreement), customer, prospect and supplier lists, and contacts at or knowledge of customers or prospective customers of the Company. The Employee will not disclose any Proprietary Information to any person or entity other than employees of the Company or use the same for any purposes (other than in the performance of Employee’s duties as an employee of the Company) without written approval by an officer of the Company, either during or after Employee’s employment with the Company, unless and until such Proprietary Information has become public knowledge without fault by the Employee. While employed by the Company, the Employee will use the Employee’s best efforts to prevent unauthorized publication or disclosure of any of the Company’s Proprietary Information.

The Employee agrees that all files, documents, letters, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, models, laboratory notebooks, program listings, computer equipment or devices, computer programs or other written, photographic, or other tangible or intangible material containing Proprietary Information, whether created by the Employee or

 

- 16 -


others, which come into Employee’s custody or possession, shall be and are the exclusive property of the Company to be used by the Employee only in the performance of Employee’s duties for the Company and shall not be copied or removed from the Company premises except in the pursuit of the business of the Company. All such materials or copies thereof and all tangible property of the Company in the custody or possession of the Employee shall be delivered to the Company, upon the earlier of (i) a request by the Company or (ii) termination of Employee’s employment for any reason. After such delivery, the Employee shall not retain any such materials or copies thereof or any such tangible property.

The Employee agrees that Employee’s obligation not to disclose or to use information and materials of the types set forth in paragraphs 2(a) and 2(b) above, and Employee’s obligation to return materials and tangible property, set forth in paragraph 2(b) above, also extends to such types of information, materials and tangible property of customers of the Company or suppliers to the Company or other third parties who may have disclosed or entrusted the same to the Company or to the Employee in the course of the Company’s business.

Developments .

The Employee has attached hereto, as Exhibit A , a list describing all discoveries, ideas, inventions, improvements, enhancements, processes, methods, techniques, developments, software, and works of authorship, whether patentable or not, which were created, made, conceived or reduced to practice by the Employee prior to the Employee’s employment by the Company and which are owned by Employee, which relate directly or indirectly to the current or anticipated future business of the Company, and which are not assigned to the Company hereunder (collectively, “ Prior Developments ”); or, if no such list is attached, Employee represents that there are no Prior Developments. Employee agrees not to incorporate any Prior Developments into any Company product, material, process or service without prior written consent of an officer of the Company. If Employee does incorporate any Prior Development into any Company product, material, process or service, Employee hereby grants to the Company a non-exclusive, worldwide, perpetual, transferable, irrevocable, royalty-free, fully-paid right and license to make, have made, use, offer for sale, sell, import, reproduce, modify, prepare derivative works, display, perform, transmit, distribute and otherwise exploit such Prior Development and to practice any method related thereto.

The Employee will make full and prompt disclosure to the Company of all discoveries, ideas, inventions, improvements, enhancements, processes, methods, techniques, developments, software, and works of authorship, whether patentable or not, which are created, made, conceived or reduced to practice by Employee or under Employee’s direction or jointly with others during Employee’s employment by the Company, whether or not during normal working hours or on the premises of the Company (all of which are collectively referred to in this Agreement as “ Developments ”). The Employee acknowledges that each original work of authorship which is made by the Employee (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of Employee’s employment with the Company and which is protectable by copyright is a “work made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act. The Employee agrees to assign and does hereby assign to the Company (or any person or entity designated by the Company) all Employee’s right, title and interest in and to all Developments (other than Prior Developments listed on Exhibit A , if any) and all related patents, patent

 

- 17 -


applications, copyrights and copyright applications. However, this paragraph 3(b) shall not apply to Developments which do not relate to the business or research and development conducted or planned to be conducted by the Company at the time such Development is created, made, conceived or reduced to practice and which are made and conceived by the Employee not during normal working hours, not on the Company’s premises and not using the Company’s tools, devices, equipment or Proprietary Information. The Employee understands that, to the extent this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of any state which precludes a requirement in an employee agreement to assign certain classes of inventions made by an employee, this paragraph 3(b) shall be interpreted not to apply to any invention which a court rules and/or the Company agrees falls within such classes. The Employee also hereby waives all claims to moral rights in any Developments.

The Employee agrees to cooperate fully with the Company, both during and after Employee’s employment with the Company, with respect to the procurement, maintenance and enforcement of copyrights, patents and other intellectual property rights (both in the United States and foreign countries) relating to Developments. The Employee shall sign all papers, including, without limitation, copyright applications, patent applications, declarations, oaths, formal assignments, assignments of priority rights, and powers of attorney, which the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Development. The Employee further agrees that if the Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure the signature of the Employee on any such papers, any executive officer of the Company shall be entitled to execute any such papers as the agent and the attorney-in-fact of the Employee, and the Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints each executive officer of the Company as Employee’s agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any such papers on Employee’s behalf, and to take any and all actions as the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Development, under the conditions described in this sentence.

Obligations to Third Parties .

The Employee represents that, except as the Employee has disclosed in writing to the Company on Exhibit A attached hereto, the Employee is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from using or disclosing any trade secret or confidential or proprietary information in the course of Employee’s employment with the Company, to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or any other party or to refrain from soliciting employees, customers or suppliers of such previous employer or other party. The Employee further represents that Employee’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement and the performance of Employee’s duties as an employee of the Company do not and will not conflict with or breach any agreement with any prior employer or other party (including, without limitation, any nondisclosure or noncompetition agreement), and that the Employee will not disclose to the Company or induce the Company to use any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.

 

- 18 -


United States Government Obligations .

The Employee acknowledges that the Company from time to time may have agreements with other persons or with the United States Government, or agencies thereof, which impose obligations or restrictions on the Company regarding inventions made during the course of work under such agreements or regarding the confidential nature of such work. The Employee agrees to be bound by all such obligations and restrictions which are made known to the Employee and to take all action necessary to discharge the obligations of the Company under such agreements.

Miscellaneous .

Equitable Remedies . The Employee acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company and are considered by the Employee to be reasonable for such purpose. The Employee agrees that any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement is likely to cause the Company substantial and irrevocable damage which is difficult to measure. Therefore, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the Employee agrees that the Company, in addition to such other remedies which may be available, shall have the right to obtain an injunction from a court restraining such a breach or threatened breach without posting a bond and the right to specific performance of the provisions of this Agreement and the Employee hereby waives the adequacy of a remedy at law as a defense to such relief.

Disclosure of this Agreement . The Employee hereby authorizes the Company to notify others, including but not limited to customers of the Company and any of the Employee’s future employers or prospective business associates, of the terms and existence of this Agreement and the Employee’s continuing obligations to the Company hereunder.

Not Employment Contract . The Employee acknowledges that this Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment, does not imply that the Company will continue Employee’s employment for any period of time and does not change the at-will nature of Employee’s employment.

Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any corporation with which, or into which, the Company may be merged or which may succeed to the Company’s assets or business, provided, however, that the obligations of the Employee are personal and shall not be assigned by Employee. The Employee expressly consents to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof to whose employ the Employee may be transferred without the necessity that this Agreement be re-signed at the time of such transfer.

Severability . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.

Waivers . No delay or omission, by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement will operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion is effective only in that instance and will not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

 

- 19 -


Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without reference to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof). Any action, suit, or other legal proceeding which is commenced to resolve any matter arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement shall be commenced only in a court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (or, if appropriate, a federal court located within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts), and the Company and the Employee each consents to the jurisdiction of such a court. The Company and the Employee each hereby irrevocably waive any right to a trial by jury in any action, suit or other legal proceeding arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement.

Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, between the Employee and the Company relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified, changed or discharged in whole or in part, except by an agreement in writing signed by the Employee and the Company. The Employee agrees that any change or changes in Employee’s duties, salary or compensation after the signing of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

Captions . The captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

- 20 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed the Invention and Non-Disclosure Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:
Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
By:   /s/ David Arkowitz
EMPLOYEE:
/s/ Douglas Jensen
Douglas Jensen

SIGNATURE PAGE TO INVENTION AND NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT


E XHIBIT A

L IST OF P RIOR I NVENTIONS AND O RIGINAL W ORKS OF A UTHORSHIP E XCLUDED

U NDER S ECTION  3( A ) OR C ONFLICTING A GREEMENTS D ISCLOSED UNDER S ECTION  4

 

Title

  

Date

  

Identifying Number or Brief Description

Except as indicated above on this Exhibit A , I have no Prior Developments to disclose pursuant to Section 3(a) of this Agreement and no agreements to disclose pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement

 

EMPLOYEE:
By:  

 

  Name:  

 


Attachment C

S PRING B ANK P HARMACEUTICALS , I NC .

N ON -C OMPETITION AND N ON -S OLICITATION A GREEMENT

This Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) made this this     day of May, 2015, is by and between Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Douglas Jensen (the “ Employee ”).

For good consideration, including the consideration set forth in the Transition Agreement to which this Agreement is attached as Attachment C, and in consideration of the employment or continued employment of the Employee by the Company, the Employee and the Company agree as follows:

1. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation .

Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . While the Employee is employed by the Company and for a period of one (1) year after the termination or cessation of such employment for any reason, the Employee will not directly or indirectly:

(i) in the geographical areas that the Company does business or has done business at the time of the Employee’s termination, engage or assist others in engaging in any business or enterprise (whether as owner, partner, officer, director, employee, consultant, investor, lender or otherwise, except as the holder of not more than 1% of the outstanding stock of a publicly-held company) that is competitive with the Company’s business, including but not limited to any business or enterprise that develops, manufactures, markets, licenses, sells or provides any product or service that competes with any product or service developed, manufactured, marketed, licensed, sold or provided, or planned to be developed, manufactured, marketed, licensed, sold or provided, by the Company while the Employee was employed by the Company; or

(ii) either alone or in association with others, solicit, divert or take away, or attempt to divert or take away, the business or patronage of any of the actual or prospective clients, customers, accounts or business partners of the Company which were contacted, solicited, or served by the Company during the Employee’s employment with the Company; or

(iii) either alone or in association with others (i) solicit, induce or attempt to induce, any employee or independent contractor of the Company to terminate his or her employment or other engagement with the Company, or (ii) hire or recruit, or attempt to hire or recruit, or engage or attempt to engage as an independent contractor, any person who was employed or otherwise engaged by the Company at any time during the term of the Employee’s employment with the Company; provided , that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the recruitment or hiring or other engagement of any individual whose employment or other engagement with the Company has been terminated for a period of six months or longer.

 

- 23 -


Extension . If the Employee violates the provisions of any of the preceding paragraphs of this Section 1, the Employee shall continue to be bound by the restrictions set forth in such paragraph until a period of one (1) year has expired without any violation of such provisions.

Notice of New Business Activity . The Employee agrees that during the non-competition and non-solicitation period, the Employee will give notice to the Company of each new business activity the Employee plans to undertake, at least (10) business days prior to beginning any such activity. The notice shall state the name and address of the individual, corporation, association or other entity or organization (“ Entity ”) for whom such activity is undertaken and the name of the Employee’s business relationship or position with the entity. The Employee further agrees to provide the Company with other pertinent information concerning such business activity as the Company may reasonably request in order to determine the Employee’s continued compliance with his/her obligations under this Agreement.

Miscellaneous .

Equitable Remedies . The Employee acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company and are considered by the Employee to be reasonable for such purpose. The Employee agrees that any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement is likely to cause the Company substantial and irrevocable damage which is difficult to measure. Therefore, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the Employee agrees that the Company, in addition to such other remedies which may be available, shall have the right to obtain an injunction from a court restraining such a breach or threatened breach without posting a bond and the right to specific performance of the provisions of this Agreement and the Employee hereby waives the adequacy of a remedy at law as a defense to such relief.

Obligations to Third Parties . The Employee represents that, except as the Employee has disclosed in writing to the Company, the Employee is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or any other party, or to refrain from soliciting employees, customers or suppliers of such previous employer or other party. The Employee further represents that his/her performance of all the terms of this Agreement and the performance of his/her duties as an employee of the Company does not and will not conflict with or breach any agreement with any prior employer or other party (including, without limitation, any non-competition agreement).

Disclosure of this Agreement . For a period of one year after the termination or cessation of the Employee’s employment for any reason, the Employee agrees to notify any potential, prospective employer or prospective business associate, of the terms and existence of this Agreement and the Employee’s continuing obligations to the Company hereunder.

Not Employment Contract . The Employee acknowledges that this Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment, does not imply that the Company will continue his/her employment for any period of time and does not change the at-will nature of his/her employment.

 

- 24 -


Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any corporation with which, or into which, the Company may be merged or which may succeed to the Company’s assets or business, provided, however, that the obligations of the Employee are personal and shall not be assigned by him or her. The Employee expressly consents to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof to whose employ the Employee may be transferred without the necessity that this Agreement be re-signed at the time of such transfer.

Interpretation . If any restriction set forth in Section 1 is found by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because it extends for too long a period of time or over too great a range of activities or in too broad a geographic area, it shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time, range of activities or geographic area as to which it may be enforceable.

Severability . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.

Waivers . No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement will operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion is effective only in that instance and will not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without reference to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof). Any action, suit, or other legal proceeding which is commenced to resolve any matter arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement shall be commenced only in a court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (or, if appropriate, a federal court located within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts), and the Company and the Employee each consents to the jurisdiction of such a court. The Company and the Employee each hereby irrevocably waive any right to a trial by jury in any action, suit or other legal proceeding arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement.

Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, between the Employee and the Company relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified, changed or discharged in whole or in part, except by an agreement in writing signed by the Employee and the Company. The Employee agrees that any change or changes in his/her duties, salary or compensation after the signing of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

Captions . The captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

- 25 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed the Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:

 

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc .

By:  

/s/ David Arkowitz

 

EMPLOYEE:

/s/ Douglas Jensen

Douglas Jensen

Exhibit 10.13

Consulting Agreement

1. Agreement: Agreement made this 1 st day of January, 2013 will confirm the understanding and agreement (“Engagement” or “Agreement”) between Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals Inc., 113 Cedar St. Suite S-7, Milford, MA 01757 (Company) and Jonathan Bates, (Advisor) an individual resident of Maitland, EL each hereinafter is referred to respectively as a “Company” and “Advisor”.

Company hereby engages Jonathan Bates to act as a non-exclusive advisor to Company with respect to financial and corporate matters as specified below (“Services”) as agreed to by Company and Advisor during the term of the Engagement.

Services: The Services may include but are not limited to the following:

 

    Management and operations support

 

    Strategic advice with respect to financial matters

 

    Investor relations and communications

 

    Evaluation of corporate development initiatives

2. Term: The term of the engagement hereunder shall initially be for 1 year from the date of this letter (“Initial Term”), and shall thereafter be extended only by a written agreement of the parties.

3. Compensation . During the term of Advisors engagement hereunder, the Company agrees to pay the following:

(a) Monthly Cash Advisory Fee. The Company shall pay, to Advisor a fee equal to $6,250 per month, provided, that, should this letter of agreement be terminated for any reason prior to the end of a year with respect to which Advisor has received a Payment, Advisor shall not be obligated to return any portion of such Payment and provided further, that, the first Payment shall be due as of the date hereof and is due the 1 st of each month.

4. Expenses . Company shall reimburse all reasonable and standard practice travel, dining, and business costs and expenses incurred by Advisor, but only in connection with the performance of services rendered to the Company. Expenses must be approved in advance. Payment will be reimbursed within 10 days of Company receiving expense report from Jensen.

 

   Jonathan Bates Advisory Agreement    1 of 4


5. Company Representations. Company represents and warrants that it has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and perform this letter agreement; all corporate action necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this letter agreement has been taken, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation by Company; and execution and performance of this letter agreement by Company will not violate any provision of Company’ charter or bylaws or any agreement or other instrument to which Company is a party or by which it is bound.

6. Confidentiality. Subject to the exclusions and limitations set forth below, all information exchanged between the Parties under this Agreement or during the negotiations preceding this Agreement and relating either to the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any activities contemplated by this Agreement is confidential. Neither party shall disclose to any third party (other than affiliates, subsidiaries, successors, assigns, consultants or advisors to the extent reasonably necessary to provide or utilize the Services hereunder, and as reasonably necessary in communicating with Placement and Sale prospects) any of the other Party’s confidential information disclosed to it; unless required by law, government agency, court order, interrogation, requests for information or documents, subpoenas or civil investigative demands, or needed by a Party to assert claims under this Agreement or defend against claims made against the party of such disclosure in a reasonable time after the disclosure. Each Party shall use reasonable efforts to obtain assurance that the recipient shall treat the information as confidential. In addition, either Party may disclose any such information that becomes generally available to the public, provided it is not the result of disclosure in violation of this Section. Upon termination of this Agreement or request by the disclosing Party, the receiving Party shall return all confidential information of the disclosing Party and destroy any copies and shall confirm in writing this destruction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party may disclose this Agreement and its terms to any potential investor in, a potential Sale or Placement, and their respective representatives.

7. Survivability . This Agreement and any rights, duties or obligations hereunder may not be waived, amended, modified or assigned, in any way, in whole or in part, including by operation of law, without the prior written consent of, and shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and personal representatives of, each of the parties hereto.

8. Enforceability : In case any provisions of this Engagement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this letter Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

9. Trademarks and Intellectual Property . During term of this Agreement, Advisor has a limited, royalty-free non-exclusive license to use all trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights of Company solely in connection with the promotion, advertising, and/or execution of this Agreement. However, Advisor shall acquire no right, title or interest in such trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights other than the license provided for uses mentioned above, nor shall he acquire any license, right or interest in any form of the intellectual property of Company by virtue of this Agreement other than those assigned through a general partnership equity agreement to be formed.

 

   Jonathan Bates Advisory Agreement    2 of 4


10. Miscellaneous.

(a) In their performance hereunder, the Parties are currently and willfully acting as independent contractors, until formation of a future partnership, joint venture or other agency relationship between the Parties.

Neither Party shall make any communication to any person indicating that such Party has the right to act on behalf of, bind or make promises or representatives for the other Party for any reason.

(b) This Agreement and any attached exhibits set forth the entire understanding and agreement of the Parties and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, both oral and written, related thereto. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile and in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. Only a written instrument signed by both Parties may modify this Agreement.

(c) Any notice or communication required or contemplated hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, deposited with an overnight courier, sent by confirmed email, sent by facsimile with a sheet demonstrating successful transmission, or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case to the address or number listed below. Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date it is delivered, mailed, emailed, faxed or sent.

(d) This Agreement shall be binding on Advisor, Company and their respective successors and assigns. Except with respect to an assignment of applicable rights under this Agreement by Company, neither Party may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(e) The laws of the State of Massachusetts shall govern this Agreement, without application of the principles of conflicts of laws.

(f) The parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve any such dispute through good faith negotiation. Any dispute which has not been resolved by negotiation within a 30 day period shall be settled by binding arbitration in Worcester County, MA in accordance with the then current rules of the American Arbitration Association, before one (1) independent and impartial arbitrator, mutually designated by both parties. If the parties cannot agree upon such arbitrator, then the American Arbitrator Association shall be empowered to designate such arbitrator. The arbitrator’s award shall be final and any court having jurisdiction thereof may render judgment thereon. The arbitrator may, subject to any limitations placed on remedies by the terms of this Agreement, grant any relief authorized by law, including but not limited to, equitable relief, declaratory relief, and damages including punitive damages. In the event that any arbitration proceeding or other action is instituted concerning or arising out of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall recover all of such party’s out-of-pocket costs and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in each and every such proceeding. If any judicial proceeding is required to enforce an arbitration ruling or to obtain equitable or injunctive relief, the parties hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of Worcester County, MA. Company:

 

   Jonathan Bates Advisory Agreement    3 of 4


Douglas Jensen

President and CEO

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

113 Cedar Street, Suite S-7

Milford, MA 01757

By:   /s/ Douglas Jensen
Date: 01/01/2013

Accepted and agreed to as of this date first written above.

 

Jonathan Bates
/s/ Jonathan Bates
Jonathan Bates

 

   Jonathan Bates Advisory Agreement    4 of 4

Exhibit 10.14

 

LOGO

August 7, 2015

Martin Driscoll

6160 Stapleford Circle

Dallas, Texas 75252

Dear Martin:

On behalf of Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), I am pleased to offer you employment with the Company. The purpose of this letter is to summarize the terms of your employment with the Company, should you accept our offer:

You will be employed to serve on a full-time basis as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, effective August 17, 2015. As President and Chief Executive Officer, you will be responsible for such duties as are consistent with such positions, plus such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to you by the Company. You shall report to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), you shall perform your duties at the Company’s principal office and you agree to devote your full business time, best efforts, skill, knowledge, attention and energies to the advancement of the Company’s business and interests and to the performance of your duties and responsibilities as an employee of the Company. You agree to abide by the rules, regulations, instructions, personnel practices and policies of the Company and any changes therein that may be adopted from time to time by the Company. In addition, you will be elected to the Board as of August 17, 2015.

Your base salary will be at the rate of $14,583 per semi-monthly pay period (which if annualized equals $350,000), less all applicable taxes and withholdings, to be paid in installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices. Such base salary may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with normal business practice and in the sole discretion of the Company.

You shall be eligible to receive, for each fiscal year of the Company ending during your employment with the Company, an annual bonus of up to 30% of your annual base salary, whether pursuant to a formal bonus or incentive plan or program of the Company or otherwise. Such bonus, if any, will be approved by the Company in its sole discretion and will be based on both individual and Company performance objectives as developed and determined by the Company in its sole discretion. The bonus payable to you for 2015, if any, will be prorated to reflect the portion of 2015 for which you served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Any bonus earned by you and approved by the Company under this Section 3 shall be paid to you no later than March 15 th of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such bonus is earned and approved by the Company.


You may participate in any and all benefit programs that the Company establishes and makes available to its employees from time to time, provided you are eligible under (and subject to all provisions of) the plan documents governing those programs. The benefit programs made available by the Company, and the rules, terms and conditions for participation in such benefit plans, may be changed by the Company at any time without advance notice.

You will be eligible for a maximum of four (4) weeks of paid vacation per calendar year to be taken at such times as may be approved in advance by the Company. The number of vacation days for which you are eligible shall accrue at the rate of 1.67 days per month that you are employed during such calendar year. Your accrual and use of vacation time will be pursuant to Company policy, as established and as may be modified in the sole discretion of the Company from time to time.

The Company shall grant to you stock options (the “Options”) under the Company’s 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) for the purchase of an aggregate of 1,180,190 shares of common stock of the Company at a price per share equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as of the date of grant as determined by the Board. The Options shall vest, subject to your continued employment with the Company, with respect to 25% of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the date you commence employment with the Company and with respect to the balance of the shares in thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments thereafter (with the first such installment vesting on the date one month after the first anniversary of your employment commencement date) and shall be subject to such other terms and other provisions as are set forth in the Plan and in a separate option agreement. The vesting of the Options shall accelerate in full upon a Change of Control of the Company (as defined below), subject to such other terms and provisions as are set forth in the Plan and in a separate option agreement. In addition, during your employment, you will be eligible to receive such future stock option grants as the Board shall deem appropriate.

In the event your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, or by you for Good Reason, then (i) the Company shall, during the Severance Period (as defined below), continue to pay you as severance pay your base salary as in effect on the date of termination and (ii) the Company shall pay the premiums for you and the covered members of your family to participate in continuation health coverage (“COBRA”) (less such amount as you would have paid in premiums during a comparable period of employment) for the shorter of the Severance Period or the period for which you elect and are eligible for such coverage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payment of the amounts payable under this Section 7 and the provision of such benefits (i) shall be contingent upon your execution of a severance and release of claims agreement provided by the Company that you allow to become effective by not revoking your acceptance within 60 days following your last day of employment (or such lesser period as is provided in the severance and release of claims agreement) (the “Revocation Period”), (ii) shall constitute your sole remedy in the event of a termination of your employment in the circumstances set forth in this Section 7 and (iii) shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit A . The severance pay and benefits provided hereunder will be subject to all applicable taxes and withholdings and will be payable in installments in accordance with the Company’s then-regular payroll practices.


For the purposes of this letter:

“Cause” shall mean (a) a good faith finding by the Company that (i) you have failed to perform your assigned duties for the Company and have failed to remedy such failure within 10 days following written notice from the Company notifying you of such failure, (ii) you have engaged in dishonesty, gross negligence or misconduct or (iii) you have breached this letter or any other agreements to which you are a party with the Company or any policies or procedures of the Company, or (b) your conviction of, or your entry of a pleading of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime involving moral turpitude or any felony;

“Change in Control” shall mean any of the following:

(a) the acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership of any capital stock of the Company if, after such acquisition, such Person beneficially owns (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) more than 50% of either (x) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (y) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection any acquisition directly from the Company will not be a Change in Control, nor will any acquisition by any individual, entity, or group pursuant to a Business Combination (as defined below) that complies with clause (b) of this definition;

(b) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or share exchange involving the Company or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all (i.e., in excess of 85%) of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”), unless, immediately following such Business Combination, the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, respectively, of the resulting or acquiring corporation in such Business Combination (which shall include a corporation that as a result of such transaction owns the Company or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries); or

(c) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

provided that, where required to avoid additional taxation under Section 409A, the event that occurs must also be a “change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation” as defined in Treasury Reg. § 1.409A-3(i)(5);

“Good Reason” for termination shall mean (i) a material diminution in your authority, duties or responsibilities without your prior consent, (ii) a material reduction in your annualized base salary without your prior consent (other than in connection with, and in an amount substantially proportionate to, reductions made by the Company to the annualized base salaries of its other senior executives), or (iii) the relocation of your place of work such that the distance from your residence to


your place of work is increased by more than 50 miles. In order to establish a “Good Reason” for terminating employment, you must (a) provide written notice to the Company of the existence of the condition giving rise to the Good Reason, which notice must be provided within 90 days of the initial existence of such condition, (b) provide the Company with 30 days thereafter to cure the condition and (c) if not cured, resign for Good Reason within 30 days following expiration of the cure period; and

“Severance Period” shall mean the period beginning on the Company’s first regular payroll cycle following the effective date of the severance and release of claims agreement and ending on the date 12 months thereafter, provided that if the Revocation Period ends in the calendar year subsequent to the year in which your employment ends, no payment under Section 7 will be made before the first business day in that subsequent year.

You will be required to execute an Invention and Non-Disclosure Agreement and a Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement in the forms attached as Exhibit B and Exhibit C , as a condition of employment.

You represent that you are not bound by any employment contract, restrictive covenant or other restriction preventing (or that purports to prevent) you from entering into employment with or carrying out your responsibilities for the Company, or which is in any way inconsistent with the terms of this letter.

You agree to provide to the Company, within three days of your hire date, documentation of your eligibility to work in the United States, as required by the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986. You may need to obtain a work visa in order to be eligible to work in the United States. If that is the case, your employment with the Company will be conditioned upon your obtaining a work visa in a timely manner as determined by the Company.

This letter shall not be construed as an agreement, either expressed or implied, to employ you for any stated term, and shall in no way alter the Company’s policy of employment at will, under which both you and the Company remain free to terminate the employment relationship, with or without cause, at any time, with or without notice. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at-will” nature of your employment may only be changed by a written agreement signed by you and an authorized officer of the Company, which expressly states the intention to modify the at-will nature of your employment. Similarly, nothing in this letter shall be construed as an agreement, either express or implied, to pay you any compensation or grant you any benefit beyond the end of your employment with the Company, except as provided herein.

As an employee of the Company, you will be required to comply with all Company policies and procedures. Violations of the Company’s policies may lead to immediate termination of your employment. Further, the Company’s premises, including all workspaces, furniture, documents, and other tangible materials, and all information technology resources of the Company (including computers, data and other electronic files, and all internet and email) are subject to oversight and inspection by the Company at any time. Company employees should have no expectation of privacy with regard to any Company premises, materials, resources, or information.


This offer letter is your formal offer of employment and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous agreements, discussions and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this letter or your employment with the Company. The resolution of any disputes under this letter will be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

If you agree with the provisions of this letter, please sign the enclosed duplicate of this letter in the space provided below and return it to Guy Macdonald, by August 10, 2015. If you do not accept this offer by August 10, 2015, this offer will be revoked.

 

Very Truly Yours,

 

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

By:   /s/ David Arkowitz
  Name: David Arkowitz
  Title: Board Member

The foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of my employment by Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

Date: 8/7/2015       /s/ Martin Driscoll
      Name: Martin Driscoll


E XHIBIT A

P AYMENTS SUBJECT TO S ECTION  409A

Subject to the provisions in this Exhibit A, any severance payments or benefits under this letter shall begin only upon the date of the Employee’s “separation from service” (determined as set forth below) which occurs on or after date of the termination of his employment. The following rules shall apply with respect to distribution of the payments and benefits, if any, to be provided to you under this letter:

(i) It is intended that each installment of the severance payments and benefits provided under this letter shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the guidance issued thereunder (“Section 409A”). Neither the Company nor you shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments or benefits except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.

(ii) If, as of the date of your “separation from service” from the Company, you are not a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then each installment of the severance payments and benefits shall be made on the dates and terms set forth in this letter.

(iii) If, as of the date of your “separation from service” from the Company, you are a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then:

(a) Each installment of the severance payments and benefits due under this letter that, in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein, will in all circumstances, regardless of when the separation from service occurs, be paid within the Short-Term Deferral Period (as hereinafter defined) shall be treated as a short-term deferral within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) to the maximum extent permissible under Section 409A. For purposes of this letter, the “Short-Term Deferral Period” means the period ending on the later of the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Employee’s tax year in which the separation from service occurs and the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Company’s tax year in which the separation from service occurs; and

(b) Each installment of the severance payments and benefits due under this letter that is not described in paragraph 3(a) above and that would, absent this subsection, be paid within the six-month period following your “separation from service” from the Company shall not be paid until the date that is six months and one day after such separation from service (or, if earlier, your death), with any such installments that are required to be delayed being accumulated during the six-month period and paid in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day following your separation from service and any subsequent installments, if any, being paid in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein; provided, however, that the preceding provisions of this sentence shall not apply to any installment of severance payments and benefits if and to the maximum extent that that such installment is deemed to be paid under a separation


pay plan that does not provide for a deferral of compensation by reason of the application of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) (relating to separation pay upon an involuntary separation from service). Any installments that qualify for the exception under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) must be paid no later than the last day of your second taxable year following the taxable year in which the separation from service occurs.

(iv) The determination of whether and when your separation from service from the Company has occurred shall be made and in a manner consistent with, and based on the presumptions set forth in, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). Solely for purposes of this paragraph, “Company” shall include all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code.

(v) All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this letter shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent that such reimbursements or in-kind benefits are subject to Section 409A.


E XHIBIT B

I NVENTION AND N ON -D ISCLOSURE A GREEMENT


S PRING B ANK P HARMACEUTICALS , I NC .

I NVENTION AND N ON -D ISCLOSURE A GREEMENT

This Invention and Non-Disclosure Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) made this 12th day of August, 2015 is by and between Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Martin Driscoll (the “ Employee ”).

In consideration of the employment or continued employment of the Employee by the Company, the Employee and the Company agree as follows:

1. Condition of Employment .

The Employee acknowledges that Employee’s employment and/or the continuance of that employment with the Company is contingent upon Employee’s agreement to sign and adhere to the provisions of this Agreement. The Employee further acknowledges that the nature of the Company’s business is such that protection of its proprietary and confidential information is critical to the survival and success of the Company’s business.

2. Proprietary and Confidential Information .

(a) The Employee agrees that all information and know-how, whether or not in writing, of a private, secret or confidential nature concerning the Company’s business or financial affairs (collectively, “ Proprietary Information ”) is and shall be the exclusive property of the Company. By way of illustration, but not limitation, Proprietary Information may include discoveries, ideas, inventions, products, product improvements, product enhancements, processes, methods, techniques, formulas, compositions, compounds, negotiation strategies and positions, projects, developments, plans (including business and marketing plans), research data, clinical data, financial data (including sales costs, profits, pricing methods), personnel data, computer programs (including software used pursuant to a license agreement), customer, prospect and supplier lists, and contacts at or knowledge of customers or prospective customers of the Company. The Employee will not disclose any Proprietary Information to any person or entity other than employees of the Company or use the same for any purposes (other than in the performance of Employee’s duties as an employee of the Company) without written approval by an officer of the Company, either during or after Employee’s employment with the Company, unless and until such Proprietary Information has become public knowledge without fault by the Employee. While employed by the Company, the Employee will use the Employee’s best efforts to prevent unauthorized publication or disclosure of any of the Company’s Proprietary Information.

(b) The Employee agrees that all files, documents, letters, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, models, laboratory notebooks, program listings, computer equipment or devices, computer programs or other written, photographic, or other tangible or intangible material containing Proprietary Information, whether created by the Employee or others, which come into Employee’s custody or possession, shall be and are the exclusive property of the Company to be used by the Employee only in the performance of Employee’s duties for the Company and shall not be copied or removed from the Company premises except in the pursuit of the business of the Company. All such materials or copies


thereof and all tangible property of the Company in the custody or possession of the Employee shall be delivered to the Company, upon the earlier of (i) a request by the Company or (ii) termination of Employee’s employment for any reason. After such delivery, the Employee shall not retain any such materials or copies thereof or any such tangible property.

(c) The Employee agrees that Employee’s obligation not to disclose or to use information and materials of the types set forth in paragraphs 2(a) and 2(b) above, and Employee’s obligation to return materials and tangible property, set forth in paragraph 2(b) above, also extends to such types of information, materials and tangible property of customers of the Company or suppliers to the Company or other third parties who may have disclosed or entrusted the same to the Company or to the Employee in the course of the Company’s business.

3. Developments .

(a) The Employee has attached hereto, as Exhibit A , a list describing all discoveries, ideas, inventions, improvements, enhancements, processes, methods, techniques, developments, software, and works of authorship, whether patentable or not, which were created, made, conceived or reduced to practice by the Employee prior to the Employee’s employment by the Company and which are owned by Employee, which relate directly or indirectly to the current or anticipated future business of the Company, and which are not assigned to the Company hereunder (collectively, “ Prior Developments ”); or, if no such list is attached, Employee represents that there are no Prior Developments. Employee agrees not to incorporate any Prior Developments into any Company product, material, process or service without prior written consent of an officer of the Company. If Employee does incorporate any Prior Development into any Company product, material, process or service, Employee hereby grants to the Company a non-exclusive, worldwide, perpetual, transferable, irrevocable, royalty-free, fully-paid right and license to make, have made, use, offer for sale, sell, import, reproduce, modify, prepare derivative works, display, perform, transmit, distribute and otherwise exploit such Prior Development and to practice any method related thereto.

(b) The Employee will make full and prompt disclosure to the Company of all discoveries, ideas, inventions, improvements, enhancements, processes, methods, techniques, developments, software, and works of authorship, whether patentable or not, which are created, made, conceived or reduced to practice by Employee or under Employee’s direction or jointly with others during Employee’s employment by the Company, whether or not during normal working hours or on the premises of the Company (all of which are collectively referred to in this Agreement as “ Developments ”). The Employee acknowledges that each original work of authorship which is made by the Employee (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of Employee’s employment with the Company and which is protectable by copyright is a “work made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act. The Employee agrees to assign and does hereby assign to the Company (or any person or entity designated by the Company) all Employee’s right, title and interest in and to all Developments (other than Prior Developments listed on Exhibit A , if any) and all related patents, patent applications, copyrights and copyright applications. However, this paragraph 3(b) shall not apply to Developments which do not relate to the business or research and development conducted or planned to be conducted by the Company at the time such Development is created, made, conceived or reduced to practice and which are made and conceived by the Employee not

 

- 2 -


during normal working hours, not on the Company’s premises and not using the Company’s tools, devices, equipment or Proprietary Information. The Employee understands that, to the extent this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of any state which precludes a requirement in an employee agreement to assign certain classes of inventions made by an employee, this paragraph 3(b) shall be interpreted not to apply to any invention which a court rules and/or the Company agrees falls within such classes. The Employee also hereby waives all claims to moral rights in any Developments.

(c) The Employee agrees to cooperate fully with the Company, both during and after Employee’s employment with the Company, with respect to the procurement, maintenance and enforcement of copyrights, patents and other intellectual property rights (both in the United States and foreign countries) relating to Developments. The Employee shall sign all papers, including, without limitation, copyright applications, patent applications, declarations, oaths, formal assignments, assignments of priority rights, and powers of attorney, which the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Development. The Employee further agrees that if the Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure the signature of the Employee on any such papers, any executive officer of the Company shall be entitled to execute any such papers as the agent and the attorney-in-fact of the Employee, and the Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints each executive officer of the Company as Employee’s agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any such papers on Employee’s behalf, and to take any and all actions as the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Development, under the conditions described in this sentence.

4. Obligations to Third Parties .

The Employee represents that, except as the Employee has disclosed in writing to the Company on Exhibit A attached hereto, the Employee is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from using or disclosing any trade secret or confidential or proprietary information in the course of Employee’s employment with the Company, to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or any other party or to refrain from soliciting employees, customers or suppliers of such previous employer or other party. The Employee further represents that Employee’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement and the performance of Employee’s duties as an employee of the Company do not and will not conflict with or breach any agreement with any prior employer or other party (including, without limitation, any nondisclosure or non-competition agreement), and that the Employee will not disclose to the Company or induce the Company to use any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.

5. United States Government Obligations .

The Employee acknowledges that the Company from time to time may have agreements with other persons or with the United States Government, or agencies thereof, which impose obligations or restrictions on the Company regarding inventions made during the course of work under such agreements or regarding the confidential nature of such work. The Employee agrees to be bound by all such obligations and restrictions which are made known to the Employee and to take all action necessary to discharge the obligations of the Company under such agreements.

 

- 3 -


6. Miscellaneous .

(a) Equitable Remedies . The Employee acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company and are considered by the Employee to be reasonable for such purpose. The Employee agrees that any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement is likely to cause the Company substantial and irrevocable damage which is difficult to measure. Therefore, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the Employee agrees that the Company, in addition to such other remedies which may be available, shall have the right to obtain an injunction from a court restraining such a breach or threatened breach without posting a bond and the right to specific performance of the provisions of this Agreement and the Employee hereby waives the adequacy of a remedy at law as a defense to such relief.

(b) Disclosure of this Agreement . The Employee hereby authorizes the Company to notify others, including but not limited to customers of the Company and any of the Employee’s future employers or prospective business associates, of the terms and existence of this Agreement and the Employee’s continuing obligations to the Company hereunder.

(c) Not Employment Contract . The Employee acknowledges that this Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment, does not imply that the Company will continue Employee’s employment for any period of time and does not change the at-will nature of Employee’s employment.

(d) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any corporation with which, or into which, the Company may be merged or which may succeed to the Company’s assets or business, provided, however, that the obligations of the Employee are personal and shall not be assigned by Employee. The Employee expressly consents to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof to whose employ the Employee may be transferred without the necessity that this Agreement be re-signed at the time of such transfer.

(e) Severability . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.

(f) Waivers . No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement will operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion is effective only in that instance and will not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

 

- 4 -


(g) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without reference to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof). Any action, suit, or other legal proceeding which is commenced to resolve any matter arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement shall be commenced only in a court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (or, if appropriate, a federal court located within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts), and the Company and the Employee each consents to the jurisdiction of such a court. The Company and the Employee each hereby irrevocably waive any right to a trial by jury in any action, suit or other legal proceeding arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement.

(h) Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, between the Employee and the Company relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified, changed or discharged in whole or in part, except by an agreement in writing signed by the Employee and the Company. The Employee agrees that any change or changes in Employee’s duties, salary or compensation after the signing of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

(i) Captions . The captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

- 5 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed the Invention and Non-Disclosure Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:

 

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

By:   /s/ Jonathan Freve
  Name: Jonathan Freve
  Title: CFO, Treasurer & Secretary
EMPLOYEE:

/s/ Martin Driscoll

Name: Martin Driscoll

SIGNATURE PAGE TO INVENTION AND NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT


E XHIBIT A

L IST OF P RIOR I NVENTIONS AND O RIGINAL W ORKS OF A UTHORSHIP E XCLUDED

U NDER S ECTION  3( A ) OR C ONFLICTING A GREEMENTS D ISCLOSED UNDER S ECTION  4

 

Title

  

Date

  

Identifying Number or Brief Description

Except as indicated above on this Exhibit A , I have no Prior Developments to disclose pursuant to Section 3(a) of this Agreement and no agreements to disclose pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement.

 

EMPLOYEE:
By:   /s/ Martin Driscoll
  Name: Martin Driscoll


E XHIBIT C

N ON -C OMPETITION AND N ON -S OLICITATION A GREEMENT


S PRING B ANK P HARMACEUTICALS , I NC .

N ON -C OMPETITION AND N ON -S OLICITATION A GREEMENT

This Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) made this 12th day of August, 2015 is by and between Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Martin Driscoll (the “ Employee ”).

For good consideration and in consideration of the employment or continued employment of the Employee by the Company, the Employee and the Company agree as follows:

1. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation .

(a) Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . While the Employee is employed by the Company and for a period of one (1) year after the termination or cessation of such employment for any reason, the Employee will not directly or indirectly:

(i) in the geographical areas that the Company does business or has done business at the time of the Employee’s termination, engage or assist others in engaging in any business or enterprise (whether as owner, partner, officer, director, employee, consultant, investor, lender or otherwise, except as the holder of not more than 1% of the outstanding stock of a publicly-held company) that is competitive with the Company’s business, including but not limited to any business or enterprise that develops, manufactures, markets, licenses, sells or provides any product or service that competes with any product or service developed, manufactured, marketed, licensed, sold or provided, or planned to be developed, manufactured, marketed, licensed, sold or provided, by the Company while the Employee was employed by the Company; or

(ii) either alone or in association with others, solicit, divert or take away, or attempt to divert or take away, the business or patronage of any of the actual or prospective clients, customers, accounts or business partners of the Company which were contacted, solicited, or served by the Company during the Employee’s employment with the Company; or

(iii) either alone or in association with others (i) solicit, induce or attempt to induce, any employee or independent contractor of the Company to terminate his or her employment or other engagement with the Company, or (ii) hire or recruit, or attempt to hire or recruit, or engage or attempt to engage as an independent contractor, any person who was employed or otherwise engaged by the Company at any time during the term of the Employee’s employment with the Company; provided , that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the recruitment or hiring or other engagement of any individual whose employment or other engagement with the Company has been terminated for a period of six months or longer.

(b) Extension . If the Employee violates the provisions of any of the preceding paragraphs of this Section 1, the Employee shall continue to be bound by the restrictions set forth in such paragraph until a period of one (1) year has expired without any violation of such provisions.


(c) Notice of New Business Activity . The Employee agrees that during the non-competition and non-solicitation period, the Employee will give notice to the Company of each new business activity the Employee plans to undertake, at least (10) business days prior to beginning any such activity. The notice shall state the name and address of the individual, corporation, association or other entity or organization (“ Entity ”) for whom such activity is undertaken and the name of the Employee’s business relationship or position with the entity. The Employee further agrees to provide the Company with other pertinent information concerning such business activity as the Company may reasonably request in order to determine the Employee’s continued compliance with his/her obligations under this Agreement.

2. Miscellaneous .

(a) Equitable Remedies . The Employee acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company and are considered by the Employee to be reasonable for such purpose. The Employee agrees that any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement is likely to cause the Company substantial and irrevocable damage which is difficult to measure. Therefore, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the Employee agrees that the Company, in addition to such other remedies which may be available, shall have the right to obtain an injunction from a court restraining such a breach or threatened breach without posting a bond and the right to specific performance of the provisions of this Agreement and the Employee hereby waives the adequacy of a remedy at law as a defense to such relief.

(b) Obligations to Third Parties . The Employee represents that, except as the Employee has disclosed in writing to the Company, the Employee is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or any other party, or to refrain from soliciting employees, customers or suppliers of such previous employer or other party. The Employee further represents that his/her performance of all the terms of this Agreement and the performance of his/her duties as an employee of the Company does not and will not conflict with or breach any agreement with any prior employer or other party (including, without limitation, any non-competition agreement).

(c) Disclosure of this Agreement . For a period of one year after the termination or cessation of the Employee’s employment for any reason, the Employee agrees to notify any potential, prospective employer or prospective business associate, of the terms and existence of this Agreement and the Employee’s continuing obligations to the Company hereunder.

(d) Not Employment Contract . The Employee acknowledges that this Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment, does not imply that the Company will continue his/her employment for any period of time and does not change the at-will nature of his/her employment.

 

- 2 -


(e) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any corporation with which, or into which, the Company may be merged or which may succeed to the Company’s assets or business, provided, however, that the obligations of the Employee are personal and shall not be assigned by him or her. The Employee expressly consents to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof to whose employ the Employee may be transferred without the necessity that this Agreement be re-signed at the time of such transfer.

(f) Interpretation . If any restriction set forth in Section 1 is found by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because it extends for too long a period of time or over too great a range of activities or in too broad a geographic area, it shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time, range of activities or geographic area as to which it may be enforceable.

(g) Severability . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.

(h) Waivers . No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement will operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion is effective only in that instance and will not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

(i) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without reference to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof). Any action, suit, or other legal proceeding which is commenced to resolve any matter arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement shall be commenced only in a court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (or, if appropriate, a federal court located within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts), and the Company and the Employee each consents to the jurisdiction of such a court. The Company and the Employee each hereby irrevocably waive any right to a trial by jury in any action, suit or other legal proceeding arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement.

(j) Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, between the Employee and the Company relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified, changed or discharged in whole or in part, except by an agreement in writing signed by the Employee and the Company. The Employee agrees that any change or changes in his/her duties, salary or compensation after the signing of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

(k) Captions . The captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

- 3 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed the Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:

 

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

By:   /s/ Jonathan Freve
  Name: Jonathan Freve
  Title: CFO, Treasurer & Secretary
EMPLOYEE:

/s/ Martin Driscoll

Name: Martin Driscoll

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.15

 

LOGO

December 1, 2015

Jonathan P. Freve

21 Davis Avenue

Northborough, MA 01532

Dear Jon:

On behalf of Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), I am pleased to set forth below the terms of your continued employment with the Company, which will take effect as of the date you counter-sign this letter agreement:

1. You will continue to be employed to serve on a full-time basis as Chief Financial Officer of the Company. As Chief Financial Officer, you will be responsible for such duties as are consistent with such position, plus such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to you by the Company. You shall continue to report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, you shall continue to perform your duties at the Company’s principal office and you agree to continue to devote your full business time, best efforts, skill, knowledge, attention and energies to the advancement of the Company’s business and interests and to the performance of your duties and responsibilities as an employee of the Company. You agree to abide by the rules, regulations, instructions, personnel practices and policies of the Company and any changes therein that may be adopted from time to time by the Company.

2. Your base salary will continue to be at the rate of $9,375 per semi-monthly pay period (which if annualized equals $225,000), less all applicable taxes and withholdings, to be paid in installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices. Such base salary may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with normal business practice and in the sole discretion of the Company.

3. You shall continue to be eligible to receive, for each fiscal year of the Company ending during your employment with the Company, an annual bonus of up to 30% of your annual base salary, whether pursuant to a formal bonus or incentive plan or program of the Company or otherwise. Such bonus, if any, will be approved by the Company in its sole discretion and will be based on both individual and Company performance objectives as developed and determined by the Company in its sole discretion. Any bonus earned by you and approved by the Company under this Section 3 shall be paid to you no later than March 15 th of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such bonus is earned and approved by the Company.

4. You may continue to participate in any and all benefit programs that the Company establishes and makes available to its employees from time to time, provided you are eligible under (and subject to all provisions of) the plan documents governing those programs. The benefit programs made available by the Company, and the rules, terms and conditions for participation in such benefit plans, may be changed by the Company at any time without advance notice.

5. You will continue to be eligible for a maximum of four (4) weeks of paid vacation per calendar year to be taken at such times as may be approved in advance by the Company. The number of vacation days for which you are eligible shall accrue at the rate of 1.67 days per month that you are employed during such calendar year. Your accrual and use of vacation time will be pursuant to Company policy, as established and as may be modified in the sole discretion of the Company from time to time.


6. You may be eligible to receive such stock option grants as the Board of Directors of the Company shall deem appropriate. If your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) upon a Change in Control (as defined below), or within 12 months following a Change in Control, then, subject to Section 7, the vesting of all stock options held by you as of the date hereof or that are granted to you after the date hereof during the term of this Agreement shall accelerate in full and become fully vested and exercisable on the date of such termination, subject to such other terms and provisions as are set forth in the stock plan under which the options are granted and in a separate option agreement.

For the purposes of this letter:

“Change in Control” shall mean any of the following:

(a) the acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership of any capital stock of the Company if, after such acquisition, such Person beneficially owns (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) more than 50% of either (x) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (y) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection any acquisition directly from the Company will not be a Change in Control, nor will any acquisition by any individual, entity, or group pursuant to a Business Combination (as defined below) that complies with clause (b) of this definition;

(b) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or share exchange involving the Company or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”), unless, immediately following such Business Combination, the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, respectively, of the resulting or acquiring corporation in such Business Combination (which shall include a corporation that as a result of such transaction owns the Company or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries); or

(c) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

provided that, where required to avoid additional taxation under Section 409A, the event that occurs must also be a “change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation” as defined in Treasury Reg. § 1.409A-3(i)(5).

7. In the event your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, then (i) the Company shall, during the Severance Period (as defined below), continue to pay you as severance pay your base salary as in effect on the date of termination and (ii) the Company shall pay the premiums for you and the covered members of your family to participate in continuation health coverage (“COBRA”) (less such amount as you would have paid in premiums during a comparable period of employment) for the shorter of the Severance Period or the period for which you elect and are eligible for such coverage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payment of the amounts payable and the provision of the benefits under this Section 7, and, if applicable, the acceleration of vesting of the options under Section 6, (i) shall be contingent upon your execution of a severance and release of claims agreement provided by the Company that you allow to become effective by not revoking your acceptance within 60 days following your last day of employment (or such

 

2


lesser period as is provided in the severance and release of claims agreement) (the “Revocation Period”), (ii) shall constitute your sole remedy in the event of a termination of your employment by the Company without cause and (iii) shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit A . The severance pay and benefits provided hereunder will be subject to all applicable taxes and withholdings and will be payable in installments in accordance with the Company’s then-regular payroll practices.

For the purposes of this letter:

“Cause” shall mean (a) a good faith finding by the Company that (i) you have failed to perform your assigned duties for the Company and have failed to remedy such failure within 10 days following written notice from the Company notifying you of such failure, (ii) you have engaged in dishonesty, gross negligence or misconduct or (iii) you have breached this letter or any other agreements to which you are a party with the Company or any policies or procedures of the Company, or (b) your conviction of, or your entry of a pleading of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime involving moral turpitude or any felony; and

“Severance Period” shall mean the period beginning on the Company’s first regular payroll cycle following the effective date of the severance and release of claims agreement and ending on the date 12 months thereafter, provided that if the Revocation Period ends in the calendar year subsequent to the year in which your employment ends, no payment under Section 7 will be made before the first business day of that subsequent year.

8. In exchange for your continued employment with the Company pursuant to the terms and conditions herein, you hereby acknowledge and reaffirm your obligations set forth in the enclosed Invention and Non-Disclosure Agreement and Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement that you previously executed for the benefit of the Company, which obligations remain in full force and effect.

9. You represent that you are not bound by any employment contract, restrictive covenant or other restriction preventing (or that purports to prevent) you from entering into employment with the Company or carrying out your responsibilities for the Company, or which is in any way inconsistent with the terms of this letter.

10. This letter shall not be construed as an agreement, either expressed or implied, to employ you for any stated term, and shall in no way alter the Company’s policy of employment at will, under which both you and the Company remain free to terminate the employment relationship, with or without cause, at any time, with or without notice. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at-will” nature of your employment may only be changed by a written agreement signed by you and an authorized officer of the Company, which expressly states the intention to modify the at-will nature of your employment. Similarly, nothing in this letter shall be construed as an agreement, either express or implied, to pay you any compensation or grant you any benefit beyond the end of your employment with the Company, except as provided herein.

11. As an employee of the Company, you will continue to be required to comply with all Company policies and procedures. Violations of the Company’s policies may lead to immediate termination of your employment. Further, the Company’s premises, including all workspaces, furniture, documents, and other tangible materials, and all information technology resources of the Company (including computers, data and other electronic files, and all internet and email) are subject to oversight and inspection by the Company at any time. Company employees should have no expectation of privacy with regard to any Company premises, materials, resources, or information.

 

3


12. This letter agreement and the agreements referenced herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this letter agreement, including your employment with the Company. The resolution of any disputes under this letter will be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

If you agree with the provisions of this letter, please sign the enclosed duplicate of this letter in the space provided below and return it to Martin Driscoll, by December 4, 2015.

 

Very Truly Yours,
Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Martin Driscoll

  Name:   Martin Driscoll
  Title:   President and CEO

The foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of my continued employment by Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

Date: 12/1/2015   

/s/ Jonathan P. Freve

   Name: Jonathan P. Freve

 

4


E XHIBIT A

P AYMENTS SUBJECT TO S ECTION  409A

Subject to the provisions in this Exhibit A, any severance payments or benefits under this letter shall begin only upon the date of the Employee’s “separation from service” (determined as set forth below) which occurs on or after date of the termination of his employment. The following rules shall apply with respect to distribution of the payments and benefits, if any, to be provided to you under this letter:

(i) It is intended that each installment of the severance payments and benefits provided under this letter shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the guidance issued thereunder (“Section 409A”). Neither the Company nor you shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments or benefits except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.

(ii) If, as of the date of your “separation from service” from the Company, you are not a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then each installment of the severance payments and benefits shall be made on the dates and terms set forth in this letter.

(iii) If, as of the date of your “separation from service” from the Company, you are a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then:

(a) Each installment of the severance payments and benefits due under this letter that, in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein, will in all circumstances, regardless of when the separation from service occurs, be paid within the Short-Term Deferral Period (as hereinafter defined) shall be treated as a short-term deferral within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) to the maximum extent permissible under Section 409A. For purposes of this letter, the “Short-Term Deferral Period” means the period ending on the later of the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the Employee’s tax year in which the separation from service occurs and the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the Company’s tax year in which the separation from service occurs; and

(b) Each installment of the severance payments and benefits due under this letter that is not described in paragraph 3(a) above and that would, absent this subsection, be paid within the six-month period following your “separation from service” from the Company shall not be paid until the date that is six months and one day after such separation from service (or, if earlier, your death), with any such installments that are required to be delayed being accumulated during the six-month period and paid in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day following your separation from service and any subsequent installments, if any, being paid in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein; provided, however, that the preceding provisions of this sentence shall not apply to any installment of severance payments and benefits if and to the maximum extent that that such installment is deemed to be paid under a separation pay plan that does not provide for a deferral of compensation by reason of the application of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) (relating to separation pay upon an involuntary separation from service). Any installments that qualify for the exception under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) must be paid no later than the last day of your second taxable year following the taxable year in which the separation from service occurs.

(iv) The determination of whether and when your separation from service from the Company has occurred shall be made and in a manner consistent with, and based on the presumptions set forth in, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). Solely for purposes of this paragraph, “Company” shall include all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code.

(v) All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this letter shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent that such reimbursements or in-kind benefits are subject to Section 409A.

 

Exhibit 10.16

 

LOGO

November 1, 2015

Dr. Nezam Afdhal, M.D.

59 Pier 7

Charlestown, MA 02129

Dear Nezam:

On behalf of Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), I am pleased to offer you employment with the Company. The purpose of this letter is to summarize the terms of your employment with the Company, should you accept our offer:

1. You will be employed to serve on a full-time basis as Chief Medical Officer of the Company, effective November 1, 2015. As Chief Medical Officer, you will be responsible for such duties as are consistent with such position, plus such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to you by the Company. You shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, you shall perform your duties at the Company’s principal office and you agree to devote your full business time, best efforts, skill, knowledge, attention and energies to the advancement of the Company’s business and interests and to the performance of your duties and responsibilities as an employee of the Company. You agree to abide by the rules, regulations, instructions, personnel practices and policies of the Company and any changes therein that may be adopted from time to time by the Company.

During your employment, you will continue to have the opportunity to participate in your various external activities including, but not limited to, selected corporate scientific advisory boards, scientific, clinical, and medical conferences, clinical practice efforts, and non-profit advisory roles.

2. Your base salary will be at the rate of $13,125 per semi-monthly pay period (which if annualized equals $315,000), less all applicable taxes and withholdings, to be paid in installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices. Such base salary may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with normal business practice and in the sole discretion of the Company.

3. You shall be eligible to receive, for each fiscal year of the Company ending during your employment with the Company, an annual bonus of up to 30% of your annual base salary, whether pursuant to a formal bonus or incentive plan or program of the Company or otherwise. Such bonus, if any, will be approved by the Company in its sole discretion and will be based on both individual and Company performance objectives as developed and determined by the Company in its sole discretion. The bonus payable to you for 2015, if any, will be prorated to reflect the portion of 2015 for which you served as an employee of the Company under this offer letter. Any bonus earned by you and approved by the Company under this Section 3 shall be paid to you no later than March 15 th of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such bonus is earned and approved by the Company.


4. You may participate in any and all benefit programs that the Company establishes and makes available to its employees from time to time, provided you are eligible under (and subject to all provisions of) the plan documents governing those programs. The benefit programs made available by the Company, and the rules, terms and conditions for participation in such benefit plans, may be changed by the Company at any time without advance notice.

5. You will be eligible for a maximum of four (4) weeks of paid vacation per calendar year to be taken at such times as may be approved in advance by the Company. The number of vacation days for which you are eligible shall accrue at the rate of 1.67 days per month that you are employed during such calendar year. Your accrual and use of vacation time will be pursuant to Company policy, as established and as may be modified in the sole discretion of the Company from time to time.

6. The Company shall grant to you stock options (the “Options”) under the Company’s 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) for the purchase of an aggregate of 500,000 shares of common stock of the Company at a price per share equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as of the date of grant as determined by the Board. The Options shall vest, subject to your continued employment with the Company, with respect to 25% of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the date you commence employment with the Company and with respect to the balance of the shares in thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments thereafter (with the first such installment vesting on the date one month after the first anniversary of your employment commencement date) and shall be subject to such other terms and other provisions as are set forth in the Plan and in a separate option agreement. If your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) or by you for Good Reason (as defined below) upon a Change in Control (as defined below) or within 12 months following a Change in Control (as defined below), then, subject to Section 7, the vesting of the Options shall accelerate in full on the date of such termination, subject to such other terms and provisions as are set forth in the Plan and in a separate option agreement. A Change in Control shall have no effect on any options you have been granted previously by the company that are not the Options referred to in this Section 6. In addition, during your employment, you will be eligible to receive such future stock option grants as the Board shall deem appropriate.

7. In the event your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, then (i) the Company shall, during the Severance Period (as defined below), continue to pay you as severance pay your base salary as in effect on the date of termination and (ii) the Company shall pay the premiums for you and the covered members of your family to participate in continuation health coverage (“COBRA”) (less such amount as you would have paid in premiums during a comparable period of employment) for the shorter of the Severance Period or the period for which you elect and are eligible for such coverage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payment of the amounts payable and the provision of the benefits under this Section 7, and if applicable, the acceleration of vesting of the Options under Section 6, (i) shall be contingent upon your execution of a severance and release of claims agreement provided by the Company that you allow to become effective by not revoking your acceptance within 60 days following your last day of employment (or such lesser period as is provided in the severance and release of claims agreement) (the “Revocation Period”), (ii) shall constitute your sole remedy in the event of a termination of your employment by the Company without Cause and (iii) shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit A . The severance pay and benefits provided hereunder will be subject to all applicable taxes and withholdings and will be payable in installments in accordance with the Company’s then-regular payroll practices.


For the purposes of this letter:

“Cause” shall mean (a) a good faith finding by the Company that (i) you have failed to perform your assigned duties for the Company and have failed to remedy such failure within 10 days following written notice from the Company notifying you of such failure, (ii) you have engaged in dishonesty, gross negligence or misconduct or (iii) you have breached this letter or any other agreements to which you are a party with the Company or any policies or procedures of the Company, or (b) your conviction of, or your entry of a pleading of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime involving moral turpitude or any felony;

“Change in Control” shall mean any of the following:

(a) the acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership of any capital stock of the Company if, after such acquisition, such Person beneficially owns (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) more than 50% of either (x) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (y) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection any acquisition directly from the Company will not be a Change in Control, nor will any acquisition by any individual, entity, or group pursuant to a Business Combination (as defined below) that complies with clause (b) of this definition;

(b) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or share exchange involving the Company or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all (i.e., in excess of 85%) of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”), unless, immediately following such Business Combination, the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, respectively, of the resulting or acquiring corporation in such Business Combination (which shall include a corporation that as a result of such transaction owns the Company or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries); or

(c) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

provided that, where required to avoid additional taxation under Section 409A, the event that occurs must also be a “change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation” as defined in Treasury Reg. § 1.409A-3(i)(5);


“Good Reason” for termination shall mean (i) a material diminution in your authority, duties or responsibilities without your prior consent, (ii) a material reduction in your annualized base salary without your prior consent (other than in connection with, and in an amount substantially proportionate to, reductions made by the Company to the annualized base salaries of its other senior executives), or (iii) the relocation of your place of work such that the distance from your residence to your place of work is increased by more than 50 miles. In order to establish a “Good Reason” for terminating employment, you must (a) provide written notice to the Company of the existence of the condition giving rise to the Good Reason, which notice must be provided within 90 days of the initial existence of such condition, (b) provide the Company with 30 days thereafter to cure the condition and (c) if not cured, resign for Good Reason within 30 days following expiration of the cure period; and

“Severance Period” shall mean the period beginning on the Company’s first regular payroll cycle following the effective date of the severance and release of claims agreement and ending on the date 12 months thereafter, provided that if the Revocation Period ends in the calendar year subsequent to the year in which your employment ends, no payment under Section 7 will be made before the first business day of that subsequent year.

8. You will be required to execute an Invention and Non-Disclosure Agreement and a Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement in the forms attached as Exhibit B and Exhibit C, as a condition of employment (the “Invention and Non-Competition Agreements”).

9. You represent that you are not bound by any employment contract, restrictive covenant or other restriction preventing (or that purports to prevent) you from entering into employment with the Company or carrying out your responsibilities for the Company, or which is in any way inconsistent with the terms of this letter.

10. You agree to provide to the Company, within three days of your hire date, documentation of your eligibility to work in the United States, as required by the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986. You may need to obtain a work visa in order to be eligible to work in the United States. If that is the case, your employment with the Company will be conditioned upon your obtaining a work visa in a timely manner as determined by the Company.

11. This letter shall not be construed as an agreement, either expressed or implied, to employ you for any stated term, and shall in no way alter the Company’s policy of employment at will, under which both you and the Company remain free to terminate the employment relationship, with or without cause, at any time, with or without notice. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at-will” nature of your employment may only be changed by a written agreement signed by you and an authorized officer of the Company, which expressly states the intention to modify the at-will nature of your employment. Similarly, nothing in this letter shall be construed as an agreement, either express or implied, to pay you any compensation or grant you any benefit beyond the end of your employment with the Company, except as provided herein.

12. As an employee of the Company, you will be required to comply with all Company policies and procedures. Violations of the Company’s policies may lead to immediate termination of your employment. Further, the Company’s premises, including all workspaces, furniture, documents, and other tangible materials, and all information technology resources of the Company (including computers, data and other electronic files, and all internet and email) are subject to oversight and inspection by the Company at any time. Company employees should have no expectation of privacy with regard to any Company premises, materials, resources, or information.


13. This offer letter is your formal offer of employment and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous agreements, discussions and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this letter or your employment with the Company. Upon the effectiveness of this offer letter, the Independent Contractor Agreement between you and the Company dated as of [April 2, 2015] 1 (the “Independent Contractor Agreement”) shall be terminated in full and of no further force and effect, except that your obligations under Section 4 of the Independent Contractor Agreement with respect to Background Material and Sections 5 and 9 of the Independent Contractor Agreement as they pertain to services performed by you in your capacity as Contractor pursuant to the Independent Contractor Agreement shall survive termination of the Independent Contractor Agreement, and your obligations under Sections 3 and 4 of the Independent Contractor Agreement with respect to Confidential Information, Company Property and Work Product from and after the date hereof shall be governed by the Invention and Non-Disclosure Agreements as if you were bound by such agreements effective as of the commencement date of the Independent Contractor Agreement. The resolution of any disputes under this letter will be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

If you agree with the provisions of this letter, please sign the enclosed duplicate of this letter in the space provided below and return it to Martin Driscoll, by November 5, 2015.

 

Very Truly Yours,

 

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

By:   /s/ Martin Driscoll
  Name: Martin Driscoll
  Title: President and CEO

The foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of my employment by Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

Date: 11/6/15      

/s/ Nezam Afdhal

      Name: Nezam Afdhal


E XHIBIT A

P AYMENTS SUBJECT TO S ECTION  409A

Subject to the provisions in this Exhibit A, any severance payments or benefits under this letter shall begin only upon the date of the Employee’s “separation from service” (determined as set forth below) which occurs on or after date of the termination of his employment. The following rules shall apply with respect to distribution of the payments and benefits, if any, to be provided to you under this letter:

(i) It is intended that each installment of the severance payments and benefits provided under this letter shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the guidance issued thereunder (“Section 409A”). Neither the Company nor you shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments or benefits except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.

(ii) If, as of the date of your “separation from service” from the Company, you are not a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then each installment of the severance payments and benefits shall be made on the dates and terms set forth in this letter.

(iii) If, as of the date of your “separation from service” from the Company, you are a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then:

(a) Each installment of the severance payments and benefits due under this letter that, in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein, will in all circumstances, regardless of when the separation from service occurs, be paid within the Short-Term Deferral Period (as hereinafter defined) shall be treated as a short-term deferral within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) to the maximum extent permissible under Section 409A. For purposes of this letter, the “Short-Term Deferral Period” means the period ending on the later of the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the Employee’s tax year in which the separation from service occurs and the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the Company’s tax year in which the separation from service occurs; and

(b) Each installment of the severance payments and benefits due under this letter that is not described in paragraph 3(a) above and that would, absent this subsection, be paid within the six-month period following your “separation from service” from the Company shall not be paid until the date that is six months and one day after such separation from service (or, if earlier, your death), with any such installments that are required to be delayed being accumulated during the six-month period and paid in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day following your separation from service and any subsequent installments, if any, being paid in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein; provided, however, that the preceding provisions of this sentence shall not apply to any installment of severance payments and benefits if and to the maximum extent that that such installment is deemed to be paid under a separation pay plan that does not provide for a deferral of compensation by reason of the application of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) (relating to separation pay upon an involuntary separation from service). Any installments that qualify for the exception under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) must be paid no later than the last day of your second taxable year following the taxable year in which the separation from service occurs.


(iv) The determination of whether and when your separation from service from the Company has occurred shall be made and in a manner consistent with, and based on the presumptions set forth in, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). Solely for purposes of this paragraph, “Company” shall include all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code.

(v) All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this letter shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent that such reimbursements or in-kind benefits are subject to Section 409A.


Exhibit B

S PRING B ANK P HARMACEUTICALS , I NC .

I NVENTION AND N ON -D ISCLOSURE A GREEMENT

This Invention and Non-Disclosure Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) made this 1st day of November, 2015 is by and between Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Nezam Afdhal (the “ Employee ”).

In consideration of the employment or continued employment of the Employee by the Company, the Employee and the Company agree as follows:

1. Condition of Employment .

The Employee acknowledges that Employee’s employment and/or the continuance of that employment with the Company is contingent upon Employee’s agreement to sign and adhere to the provisions of this Agreement. The Employee further acknowledges that the nature of the Company’s business is such that protection of its proprietary and confidential information is critical to the survival and success of the Company’s business.

2. Proprietary and Confidential Information .

(a) The Employee agrees that all information and know-how, whether or not in writing, of a private, secret or confidential nature concerning the Company’s business or financial affairs (collectively, “ Proprietary Information ”) is and shall be the exclusive property of the Company. By way of illustration, but not limitation, Proprietary Information may include discoveries, ideas, inventions, products, product improvements, product enhancements, processes, methods, techniques, formulas, compositions, compounds, negotiation strategies and positions, projects, developments, plans (including business and marketing plans), research data, clinical data, financial data (including sales costs, profits, pricing methods), personnel data, computer programs (including software used pursuant to a license agreement), customer, prospect and supplier lists, and contacts at or knowledge of customers or prospective customers of the Company. The Employee will not disclose any Proprietary Information to any person or entity other than employees of the Company or use the same for any purposes (other than in the performance of Employee’s duties as an employee of the Company) without written approval by an officer of the Company, either during or after Employee’s employment with the Company, unless and until such Proprietary Information has become public knowledge without fault by the Employee. While employed by the Company, the Employee will use the Employee’s best efforts to prevent unauthorized publication or disclosure of any of the Company’s Proprietary Information.

(b) The Employee agrees that all files, documents, letters, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, models, laboratory notebooks, program listings, computer equipment or devices, computer programs or other written, photographic, or other tangible or intangible material containing Proprietary Information, whether created by the Employee or others, which come into Employee’s custody or possession, shall be and are the exclusive property of the Company to be used by the Employee only in the performance of Employee’s duties for the Company and shall not be copied or removed from the Company premises except in the pursuit of the business of the Company. All such materials or copies


thereof and all tangible property of the Company in the custody or possession of the Employee shall be delivered to the Company, upon the earlier of (i) a request by the Company or (ii) termination of Employee’s employment for any reason. After such delivery, the Employee shall not retain any such materials or copies thereof or any such tangible property.

(c) The Employee agrees that Employee’s obligation not to disclose or to use information and materials of the types set forth in paragraphs 2(a) and 2(b) above, and Employee’s obligation to return materials and tangible property, set forth in paragraph 2(b) above, also extends to such types of information, materials and tangible property of customers of the Company or suppliers to the Company or other third parties who may have disclosed or entrusted the same to the Company or to the Employee in the course of the Company’s business.

3. Developments .

(a) The Employee has attached hereto, as Exhibit A , a list describing all discoveries, ideas, inventions, improvements, enhancements, processes, methods, techniques, developments, software, and works of authorship, whether patentable or not, which were created, made, conceived or reduced to practice by the Employee prior to the Employee’s employment by the Company and which are owned by Employee, which relate directly or indirectly to the current or anticipated future business of the Company, and which are not assigned to the Company hereunder (collectively, “ Prior Developments ”); or, if no such list is attached, Employee represents that there are no Prior Developments. Employee agrees not to incorporate any Prior Developments into any Company product, material, process or service without prior written consent of an officer of the Company. If Employee does incorporate any Prior Development into any Company product, material, process or service, Employee hereby grants to the Company a non-exclusive, worldwide, perpetual, transferable, irrevocable, royalty-free, fully-paid right and license to make, have made, use, offer for sale, sell, import, reproduce, modify, prepare derivative works, display, perform, transmit, distribute and otherwise exploit such Prior Development and to practice any method related thereto.

(b) The Employee will make full and prompt disclosure to the Company of all discoveries, ideas, inventions, improvements, enhancements, processes, methods, techniques, developments, software, and works of authorship, whether patentable or not, which are created, made, conceived or reduced to practice by Employee or under Employee’s direction or jointly with others during Employee’s employment by the Company, whether or not during normal working hours or on the premises of the Company (all of which are collectively referred to in this Agreement as “ Developments ”). The Employee acknowledges that each original work of authorship which is made by the Employee (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of Employee’s employment with the Company and which is protectable by copyright is a “work made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act. The Employee agrees to assign and does hereby assign to the Company (or any person or entity designated by the Company) all Employee’s right, title and interest in and to all Developments (other than Prior Developments listed on Exhibit A , if any) and all related patents, patent applications, copyrights and copyright applications. However, this paragraph 3(b) shall not apply to Developments which do not relate to the business or research and development conducted or planned to be conducted by the Company at the time such Development is created, made, conceived or reduced to practice and which are made and conceived by the Employee not

 

- 2 -


during normal working hours, not on the Company’s premises and not using the Company’s tools, devices, equipment or Proprietary Information. The Employee understands that, to the extent this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of any state which precludes a requirement in an employee agreement to assign certain classes of inventions made by an employee, this paragraph 3(b) shall be interpreted not to apply to any invention which a court rules and/or the Company agrees falls within such classes. The Employee also hereby waives all claims to moral rights in any Developments.

(c) The Employee agrees to cooperate fully with the Company, both during and after Employee’s employment with the Company, with respect to the procurement, maintenance and enforcement of copyrights, patents and other intellectual property rights (both in the United States and foreign countries) relating to Developments. The Employee shall sign all papers, including, without limitation, copyright applications, patent applications, declarations, oaths, formal assignments, assignments of priority rights, and powers of attorney, which the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Development. The Employee further agrees that if the Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure the signature of the Employee on any such papers, any executive officer of the Company shall be entitled to execute any such papers as the agent and the attorney-in-fact of the Employee, and the Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints each executive officer of the Company as Employee’s agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any such papers on Employee’s behalf, and to take any and all actions as the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Development, under the conditions described in this sentence.

4. Obligations to Third Parties .

The Employee represents that, except as the Employee has disclosed in writing to the Company on Exhibit A attached hereto, the Employee is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from using or disclosing any trade secret or confidential or proprietary information in the course of Employee’s employment with the Company, to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or any other party or to refrain from soliciting employees, customers or suppliers of such previous employer or other party. The Employee further represents that Employee’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement and the performance of Employee’s duties as an employee of the Company do not and will not conflict with or breach any agreement with any prior employer or other party (including, without limitation, any nondisclosure or non-competition agreement), and that the Employee will not disclose to the Company or induce the Company to use any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.

5. United States Government Obligations .

The Employee acknowledges that the Company from time to time may have agreements with other persons or with the United States Government, or agencies thereof, which impose obligations or restrictions on the Company regarding inventions made during the course of work under such agreements or regarding the confidential nature of such work. The Employee agrees to be bound by all such obligations and restrictions which are made known to the Employee and to take all action necessary to discharge the obligations of the Company under such agreements.

 

- 3 -


6. Miscellaneous .

(a) Equitable Remedies . The Employee acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company and are considered by the Employee to be reasonable for such purpose. The Employee agrees that any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement is likely to cause the Company substantial and irrevocable damage which is difficult to measure. Therefore, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the Employee agrees that the Company, in addition to such other remedies which may be available, shall have the right to obtain an injunction from a court restraining such a breach or threatened breach without posting a bond and the right to specific performance of the provisions of this Agreement and the Employee hereby waives the adequacy of a remedy at law as a defense to such relief.

(b) Disclosure of this Agreement . The Employee hereby authorizes the Company to notify others, including but not limited to customers of the Company and any of the Employee’s future employers or prospective business associates, of the terms and existence of this Agreement and the Employee’s continuing obligations to the Company hereunder.

(c) Not Employment Contract . The Employee acknowledges that this Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment, does not imply that the Company will continue Employee’s employment for any period of time and does not change the at-will nature of Employee’s employment.

(d) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any corporation with which, or into which, the Company may be merged or which may succeed to the Company’s assets or business, provided, however, that the obligations of the Employee are personal and shall not be assigned by Employee. The Employee expressly consents to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof to whose employ the Employee may be transferred without the necessity that this Agreement be re-signed at the time of such transfer.

(e) Severability . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.

(f) Waivers . No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement will operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion is effective only in that instance and will not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

 

- 4 -


(g) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without reference to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof). Any action, suit, or other legal proceeding which is commenced to resolve any matter arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement shall be commenced only in a court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (or, if appropriate, a federal court located within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts), and the Company and the Employee each consents to the jurisdiction of such a court. The Company and the Employee each hereby irrevocably waive any right to a trial by jury in any action, suit or other legal proceeding arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement.

(h) Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, between the Employee and the Company relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified, changed or discharged in whole or in part, except by an agreement in writing signed by the Employee and the Company. The Employee agrees that any change or changes in Employee’s duties, salary or compensation after the signing of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

(i) Captions . The captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

- 5 -


Exhibit B

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed the Invention and Non-Disclosure Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:

 

Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

By:   /s/ Martin Driscoll
 

Name:  Martin Driscoll

Title:    President and CEO

EMPLOYEE:

/s/ Nezam Afdhal

Name: Nezam Afdhal

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO INVENTION AND NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT


Exhibit B

E XHIBIT A

L IST OF P RIOR I NVENTIONS AND O RIGINAL W ORKS OF A UTHORSHIP E XCLUDED

U NDER S ECTION  3( A ) OR C ONFLICTING A GREEMENTS D ISCLOSED UNDER S ECTION  4

 

Title

  

Date

  

Identifying Number or Brief Description

Except as indicated above on this Exhibit A , I have no Prior Developments to disclose pursuant to Section 3(a) of this Agreement and no agreements to disclose pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement.

 

EMPLOYEE:
By:   /s/ Nezam Afdhal
  Name: Nezam Afdhal

Exhibit 10.17

SPRING BANK TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AND

MICROLOGIX BIOTECH, INC.

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

DECEMBER 17, 2003


STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of the 17 th day of December 2003, by and between Spring Bank Technologies, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation having its principal office at 113 Cedar Street, Suite S-7, Milford, MA 01757, USA (the Company”) and Micrologix Biotech, Inc., a British Columbia corporation having its offices at BC Research Complex, 3650 Wesbrook Mall, Vancouver, BC, Canada V6S 2L2 (“Micrologix”).

Recitals

WHEREAS, the Company and Micrologix have entered into a License Agreement of even date herewith (the License Agreement”), pursuant to which Micrologix has licensed to the Company the rights to certain technology and patent applications owned by Micrologix; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the License Agreement, the Company has agreed to pay a license fee of USD$1,000,000 to Micrologix, which is payable in the form of an aggregate of 4,000 shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”).

Whereas, the Company desires to issue and Micrologix wishes to acquire the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to issue to Micrologix and Micrologix hereby agrees to subscribe for and acquire (the “Subscription”) from the Company, the Shares. The closing of the sale and purchase of the Shares under this Agreement (the “Closing”) shall take place at such time or place as the parties shall mutually agree.

It shall be a condition precedent to the Closing that Micrologix shall have received an opinion of counsel in form and substance satisfactory to it and that the Company shall have received (a) a certificate of good standing for Micrologix issued by the office of the British Columbia Registrar of Companies and (b) a certified copy signed by an authorized officer of Micrologix of the resolutions of Micrologix’ Board of Directors approving the execution and delivery of the License Agreement and this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated therein and herein.

2. DELIVERY. Within five (5) business days of the date of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company will deliver to Micrologix a stock certificate, in the name of Micrologix representing the Shares deliverable at the Closing, dated as of the Closing, against payment of the license fee referred to above.

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY. The Company hereby represents and warrants to Micrologix that, except as set forth on a Schedule of Exceptions attached as Exhibit B (the “Schedule of Exceptions”), specifically identifying the relevant subsection hereof, which exceptions shall be deemed to be representations and warranties as if made hereunder:

3.1 Organization, Good Standing and Qualification . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the License Agreement, to issue and deliver the Shares and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, and to carry out the provisions of this Agreement. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure so to qualify would have a material adverse effect (a “Material Adverse Effect”). For purposes of this Agreement, “Material Adverse Effect” means any event, change, occurrence, effect, fact, violation, development or circumstances which has, (either individually or in the aggregate), a material adverse effect on: (a) the ability of the Company to duly perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby on a timely basis; or (b) the business properties, assets (both tangible and intangible), liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations of the Company which, taken as a whole, fundamentally impairs the ability of the Company to carry on its business.


3.2 Capitalization . The authorized capital of the Company immediately prior to the Closing will consist of:

(a) Preferred Stock . 100,000 shares of Preferred Stock, of which 4,000 shares have been designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, none of which shares will have been issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Closing. The rights, privileges and preferences of the Series A Preferred Stock are as stated in Exhibit A hereto.

(b) Common Stock . 200,000 shares of Common Stock (“Common Stock”), of which 6,000 shares are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Closing.

(c) Other Securities . Except for the Shares to be issued under this Agreement (and the conversion privileges thereof), as of the Closing Date, (i) no person has any right to subscribe for or to purchase (including conversion rights, special liquidation rights, sinking fund provisions or preemptive rights), or any options for the purchase of, or any agreements providing for the issuance (contingent or otherwise) of, or any calls, commitments or other claims of any character relating to, any capital stock or any stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock of the Company; (ii) except as set forth in this Section 3.2, the Company does not have any capital stock, equity interests or other securities reserved for issuance for any purpose; (iii) there are no bonds, debentures or other evidences of indebtedness of the Company having the right to vote or that are convertible for (or exercisable into securities having the right to vote) on any matter; and (iv) the Company is not subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any shares of its capital stock or any convertible securities, rights or options of the type described in the preceding clause (i). No outstanding option, warrant or other security directly or indirectly exercisable for or convertible into any class or series of the Company’s capital stock requires anti-dilution adjustment by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Company may issue options to purchase shares of Common Stock to key employees and consultants.

3.3 Subsidiaries . The Company does not currently own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any other corporation, association, or other business entity.

3.4 Authorization . All corporate action on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of all obligations of the Company under this Agreement and the authorization, issuance and delivery of the Series A Preferred Stock (and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock) has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing, and this Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

3.5 Valid Issuance of the Shares . The Shares (and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof), when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the consideration expressed herein, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable, and will be free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under this Agreement (including Exhibit A), under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation (“Articles”) and Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) and applicable state and federal securities laws. Additional rights, privileges and preferences of the Series A Preferred Stock are as stated in Exhibit A hereto.

3.6 Governmental Consents . No consent, approval, qualification, order or authorization of, or filing with, any local, state, or federal governmental authority in the United States is required on the part of the Company in connection with the Company’s execution, delivery, or performance of this Agreement or the offer, issuance and delivery of the Shares, the other transactions to be consummated at the Closing, or, to the best of the knowledge of the Company, the issuance and delivery of the Common Stock issuable on conversion of the Shares, as contemplated

 

2


by this Agreement by the Company, except for any applicable notices of sale required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or such post-closing filings as may be required under applicable state securities laws, which will be timely filed within the applicable periods therefor.

3.7 Litigation . There is no action, suit, proceeding, or investigation pending or currently threatened against the Company that (i) questions the validity of this Agreement or the right of the Company to enter into this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, or (ii) that might result, either individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company is not a party to or named in any order, writ, injunction, judgment, or decree of any court, government agency, or instrumentality. There is no action, suit, claim, proceeding or investigation pending, or to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against the Company and the Company has no actual knowledge of any event or circumstance that could form a reasonable and colorable basis for any such action, suit, claim, proceeding or investigation. The foregoing includes, without limitation, actions, suits, claims, proceedings or investigations pending or threatened against the Company (or any basis therefor known to the Company) involving the prior employment of any of the Company’s employees, their use in connection with the business of the Company of any information or techniques allegedly proprietary to any of their former employers, or their obligations under any agreements with former employers that could, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

3.8 Compliance with Charter, Other Instruments . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not and there exists no other facts or circumstances at the date of the Closing which would (i) constitute or result in the Company being in violation of or default in any respect of any provision of the Articles of Organization or Bylaws; (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel, require any notice, consent or waiver or under any mortgage, indenture, agreement, instrument, or contract to which it is a party or by which it is bound or which do not or will not, individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect; or (iii) violate any federal or state judgment, order, writ, decree, statute, rule, or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its properties or assets. The execution, delivery, and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will not result in any such violation or constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

3.9 Disclosure . The Company has provided Micrologix with all the information reasonably available to it without undue expense that Micrologix has requested and all information that the Company has and that it believes is reasonably necessary to enable such Micrologix to make a decision to acquire the Shares.

3.10 Registration Rights . The Company has not granted or agreed to grant any registration rights, including piggyback rights, to any person or entity other than Micrologix.

3.11 Offering of Shares . Subject in part to the truth and accuracy of Micrologix’ representations set forth in this Agreement, the issuance of the Shares as contemplated by this Agreement is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and neither the Company nor any authorized agent acting on its behalf will take any action hereafter that would cause the loss of such exemption.

3.12 Compliance with Laws . The Company has obtained all licenses, permits, franchises or other governmental authorizations necessary for the ownership or operation of its properties or the conduct of its business as currently conducted, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. The Company is not in violation of any law applicable to the ownership or operation of its properties or the conduct of its business, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF MICROLOGIX.

Micrologix hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Authorization . Micrologix has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and this Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of Micrologix. All corporate action on the part of Micrologix, its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this

 

3


Agreement, the License Agreement and the performance of Micrologix’ obligations hereunder (including the acceptance of the Shares) has been taken, and this Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of Micrologix, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

4.2 Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Agreement is made with Micrologix in reliance upon Micrologix’ representation to the Company, which by Micrologix execution of this Agreement Micrologix hereby confirms, that it is acquiring the Shares for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof to any person, including a resale or distribution of any part thereof in the United States or to a Unites States resident, and that Micrologix has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, Micrologix further represents that Micrologix does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person, including persons in the United States or to a United States resident, regarding any of the Shares.

4.3 Reliance Upon Micrologix’ Representations . Micrologix understands that the Shares are not registered under the Securities Act on the ground that the issuance of the Shares provided for hereunder is exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof and/or Regulations D thereunder, and that the Company’s reliance on such exemptions is predicated on the Micrologix’ representations set forth herein. Micrologix acknowledges that the basis for the exemption(s) may not be present if, notwithstanding such representations, the Micrologix has in mind merely acquiring the Shares for a fixed or determinable period in the future, for sale if the market rises, or for sale if the market does not rise. Micrologix represents that it has no such intentions.

4.4 Receipt of Information . Micrologix has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Shares. Micrologix further represents that it has asked questions and received answers from the Company regarding the Shares and the business, properties, prospects, and financial condition of the Company and to obtain such additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify the accuracy of any information furnished to Micrologix or to which it had access.

4.5 Investment Experience . Micrologix represents that it is experienced in evaluating and investing in securities of companies in the early stages of product research and development and acknowledges that it able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of the total loss in value of the Shares, and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Shares. Micrologix also represents that it has not been organized for the purpose of acquiring the Shares.

4.6 Accredited Investor .

(a) Micrologix is an “accredited investor” (a) as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D of the Securities Act, as it is a corporation not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of US$5,000,000.

(b) Micrologix is acquiring the Shares for its own account, not as nominee or agent, for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution or public offering thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

(c) Micrologix has an overall commitment to investments which are not readily marketable which is not disproportionate to its net worth and which, with the investment in the Shares, will not cause such overall commitment to become excessive.

4.7 Restrictions on Transfer . The Shares (and the Common Stock, if any, issued and issuable upon conversion of the Shares) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery such investment representation letters and legal opinions satisfactory to the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Company).

 

4


4.8 Legends . To the extent applicable, each certificate or other document evidencing any of the Shares (and the Common Stock, if any, issued and issuable upon conversion of the Shares) shall be endorsed with legends substantially in the form set forth below and any legend required by applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AGREEMENTS CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENTS ARE AVAILABLE TO THE HOLDER UPON REQUEST TO THE COMPANY”

“THESE SHARES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. THEY MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR TRANSFERRED BY SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE UNLESS (I) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SHARES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 IS IN EFFECT OR (II) THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL WHICH OPINION IS SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.”

5. COMPANY’S RIGHT TO ACQUIRE PREFERRED SHARES. Each Holder (as defined in Section 7.1(b)) shall, prior to any sale or transfer of any or all of the Shares (or any Common Stock into which the Shares may be converted) to any third party, comply with the provisions of Article 8 of the By-Laws of the Company (or any successor provision thereto).

6. VOTING AGREEMENT. Micrologix agrees that if it or any of its affiliates shall convert the Shares into Common Stock of the Company, and at such time or at any time thereafter, Micrologix and its affiliates shall, in the aggregate, own 20% or more of the capital stock in the Company which entitles them alone or in the aggregate to vote in any election for the Board of Directors of the Company (including a vote to fill a vacancy), then Micrologix and each such affiliate shall execute the Voting Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C. The Company shall not be required to convert the Shares into Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement unless such Voting Agreement is executed and delivered to the Company in accordance with this Section 6. The Company shall not be required to transfer the Shares (or any Common Stock into which the Shares have been converted) to any affiliate of Micrologix unless such affiliate agrees to the provisions of this Section 6, and the Company shall not be required to recognize any such transfer. In addition, effective upon the occurrence of the event specified in the first sentence of this Section 6, Micrologix and each affiliate which may acquire any Shares or Common Stock into which the Shares are convertible hereby irrevocably appoints each officer of the Company, acting singly, to execute and deliver to the Company the Voting Agreement.

7. REGISTRATION RIGHTS

7.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Section 7 the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “ Initial Public Offering ” means an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock in the United States pursuant to the Securities Act.

(b) “Holder” means any holder of the Shares or the Common Stock into which the Shares are convertible.

(c) Restricted Securities shall mean any of the Shares and the Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of the Shares, all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in respect thereof by way of stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, recapitalizations or like occurrences,

 

5


and any other shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company which may be issued hereafter to any of the Holders which are convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock (including, without limitation, other classes or series of Preferred Stock, warrants, options or other rights to purchase Common Stock or convertible debentures or other convertible debt securities) and the Common Stock issued or issuable upon such conversion or exercise of such other securities, which have not been sold (a) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed pursuant to the Securities Act, or (b) pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act.

(d) Restricted Shares shall mean the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exchange of the Restricted Securities.

7.2 Demand Registrations .

(a) At any time, and from time to time, following the six month period following the Company’s Initial Public Offering, Micrologix may request in writing registration under the Securities Act of all or part of its Restricted Shares (a “Demand Registration”). Each request for a Demand Registration shall specify the approximate number of Restricted Shares requested to be registered and the anticipated per share price range for such offering. Subject to Section 7.2(c), the Company will include in such registration or prospectus all Restricted Shares with respect to which the Company has received a written request for inclusion within 15 days after the receipt of the Company’s notice. All registrations and qualifications requested pursuant to this Section 7.2(a) are referred to herein as “Demand Registrations.” Subject to Section 7.2(c), Micrologix will be entitled to request two Demand Registrations, for which the Company shall pay all registration expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law, other than any underwriting fees, expenses and discounts, which shall be borne by Micrologix.

(b) The Company will not include in any Demand Registration any securities which are not Restricted Shares without the prior written consent of Micrologix, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If a Demand Registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing (with a copy to each party hereto requesting registration or qualification for distribution by prospectus of Restricted Shares) that, in their good faith opinion, the number of Restricted Shares and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such offering, exceeds the number of Restricted Shares and other securities, if any, which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, the Company will include in such offering, prior to the inclusion of any securities which are not Restricted Shares, the number of Restricted Shares requested to be included which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering.

(c) The Company will not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration within six (6) months after the effective date or date of final receipt of a previous Demand Registration. The Company may, on no more than one occasion during any 12-month period, postpone for up to an aggregate of 90 days the filing of a prospectus or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration if the Company concludes, following consultation with, and after obtaining the approval of, the board of directors of the Company, that such Demand Registration would reasonably be expected to have a materially adverse effect on any proposal or plan by the Company to engage in any material acquisition of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any financing transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, tender offer or similar transaction or otherwise would have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, or financial condition of the Company; provided, however, that in such event, the requesting party will be entitled to withdraw such request and, if such request is withdrawn promptly, such Demand Registration will not count as one of the permitted Demand Registrations hereunder and the Company will pay, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, all registration expenses in connection with such registration or prospectus, other than any underwriting fees, expenses and discounts, which shall be borne by the requesting party or parties.

(d) On any Demand Registration, Micrologix, at its sole expense, will have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) from firms of national reputation in the U.S. to administer the offering, subject to the Company’s approval which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

6


7.3 Piggyback Registration .

(a) Each time that the Company proposes for any reason to register any of its securities under the Securities Act, other than pursuant to a Demand Registration or the Company’s initial public offering or pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 or similar or successor forms (collectively, “ Excluded Forms ”), the Company shall promptly give written notice of such proposed registration to all Holders of Restricted Securities, which shall offer such Holders the right to request inclusion of any Restricted Shares in the proposed registration.

(b) Each Holder of Restricted Securities shall have 30 days from the receipt of such notice to deliver to the Company a written request specifying the number of Restricted Shares such Holder intends to sell and the Holder’s intended method of disposition.

(c) In the event that the proposed registration by the Company is, in whole or in part, an underwritten public offering of securities of the Company, any request under Section 7.3(b) may specify that the Restricted Shares be included in the underwriting (i) on the same terms and conditions as the shares of Common Stock, if any, otherwise being sold through underwriters under such registration, or (ii) on terms and conditions comparable to those normally applicable to offerings of common stock in reasonably similar circumstances in the event that no shares of Common Stock other than Restricted Shares are being sold through underwriters under such registration.

(d) Upon receipt of a written request pursuant to Section 7.3(b), the Company shall promptly use reasonable commercial efforts to cause all such Restricted Shares to be registered under the Securities Act, to the extent required to permit sale or disposition as set forth in the written request.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the managing underwriter of any such proposed registration determines and advises in writing that, in their good faith opinion, the inclusion of all Restricted Shares proposed to be included in the underwritten public offering, together with any other issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock proposed to be included therein by holders other than the Holders of Restricted Securities (such other shares hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Other Shares ”), would interfere with the successful marketing of the Company’s securities, then the total number of such securities proposed to be included in such underwritten public offering shall be reduced to a number deemed satisfactory by such managing underwriter, provided that the securities to be included shall be determined in the following sequence:

(i) If the offering was proposed by or for the account of holders of the Company’s securities other than the Holders of Restricted Securities (the “Proposing Holders”): (A) first, the securities requested to be registered by the Proposing Holders, (B) second, the Restricted Shares requested to be registered by the Holders (pro rata based on the amount of Restricted Shares held by such Holders), (C) third, securities requested to be registered by holders of the Company’s securities other than the Holders or the Proposing Holders, and (D) fourth, securities requested to be registered for the account of the Company.

(ii) If the offering was proposed by or for the account of the Company: (A) first, the securities proposed to be offered for the account of the Company, (B) second, the Restricted Shares requested to be registered by the Holders (pro rata based on the amount of Restricted Shares held by such Holders), and (C) third, securities requested to be registered by the holders of the Company’s securities other than the Holders.

7.4 Preparation and Filing . If and whenever the Company is under an obligation pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7 to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of any Restricted Shares, the Company shall, as expeditiously as practicable:

(a) prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement or prospectus with respect to such securities and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement or prospectus to become and remain effective in accordance with Section 7.4(b) hereof;

 

7


(b) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective until the earlier of (i) the sale of all Restricted Shares covered thereby or (ii) nine months;

(c) furnish to each Holder whose Restricted Shares are being registered pursuant to this Section 7 such number of copies of any summary prospectus or other prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, as the case may be, and such other documents as such Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of such Restricted Shares;

(d) use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Restricted Shares covered by such registration statement or prospectus under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as each holder whose Restricted Shares are being registered pursuant to this Section 7 shall reasonably request and do any and all other acts or things which may be necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the public sale or other disposition in such jurisdictions of such Restricted Shares; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to consent to general service of process for all purposes in any jurisdiction where it is not then subject to process, qualify to do business as a foreign corporation where it would not be otherwise required to qualify or submit to liability for state or local taxes where it is not otherwise liable for such taxes;

(e) at any time when a prospectus covered by such registration statement and relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act within the appropriate period mentioned in Section 7.4(b) hereof, notify each Holder whose Restricted Shares are being registered pursuant to this Section 7 of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing and, at the request of such holder, prepare, file and furnish to such holder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

(f) if the Company has delivered preliminary or final prospectuses to the Holders of Restricted Shares that are being registered pursuant to this Section 7 and after having done so the prospectus is amended to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act, the Company shall promptly notify such holders and, if requested, such holders shall immediately cease making offers of Restricted Shares and return all prospectuses to the Company. The Company shall promptly provide such holders with revised prospectuses and, following receipt of the revised prospectuses, such holders shall be free to resume making offers of the Restricted Shares;

(g) upon receipt of such confidentiality agreements as the Company may reasonably request and to the extent the Company is advised by counsel that it may lawfully do so, make available for inspection by any Holder and any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement or prospectus and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any Holder or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and documents relating to the business of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement or prospectus;

(h) otherwise use its reasonable commercial efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission; (h) advise the Holder promptly after it receives notice or obtains knowledge thereof of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement

 

8


which includes the Restricted Shares, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or cease trading or suspending the qualification of any securities included in such registration statement, for sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose and promptly use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order or its withdrawal if such order has been issued; and

(i) furnish, at the request of any Holder whose Restricted Shares are being registered or qualified pursuant to this Section 7, on the date that such Restricted Shares are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration or qualification pursuant to this Section 7, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration or qualification, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the holder or holders making such request, and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the holder or holders making such request.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, after a registration statement becomes effective, the Company becomes engaged in any activity which, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors, involves information that would have to be disclosed in the registration statement but which the Company desires to keep confidential for valid business reasons, then the Company may at its option by notice to such Holders of Restricted Shares that have included shares in such registration statement or prospectus, require that such Holders cease sales of such shares under such registration statement or prospectus for a period not in excess of ninety days from the date of such notice, such right to be exercised by the Company not more than once in any 12-month period. If in connection therewith, the Company considers it appropriate for such registration statement or prospectus to be amended, the Company shall so amend such registration statement or prospectus as promptly as practicable and such holders shall suspend any further sales of their shares until the Company advises them that such registration statement or prospectus has been amended. The time periods referred to herein during which such registration statement or prospectus must be kept effective shall be extended for an additional number of days equal to the number of days during which the right to sell shares was suspended pursuant to this paragraph.

7.5 Expenses . The Company shall pay all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with this Section 7, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees (including all expenses incident to filing with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.), fees and expenses of complying with the securities and blue sky laws of all such jurisdictions in which the Restricted Shares are proposed to be offered and sold, printing expenses and fees and disbursements of counsel (including with respect to each registration effected pursuant to Section 7.2 and 7.3, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holders of Restricted Securities who may be chosen by a majority in interest of the Restricted Shares being registered in such offering); provided , however , that all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the Restricted Shares shall be borne by the seller or sellers thereof, in proportion to the number of Restricted Shares sold by each such seller or sellers.

7.6 Indemnification .

(a) (i) In the event of any registration of any Restricted Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to this Section 7, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the seller of such shares their affiliates, officers and directors, each underwriter of such shares, if any, each broker or any other person acting on behalf of such seller and each other person, if any, who controls any of the foregoing persons, within the meaning of the Securities Act (“Holder Indemnitees”), against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several (collectively “Claims”), to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such Claims (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement under which such Restricted Shares were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement

 

9


thereto, or any document incident to registration or qualification of any Restricted Shares, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or, with respect to any prospectus, necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any state securities or blue sky laws applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with such registration or qualification under the Securities Act or such state securities or blue sky laws; provided however, that the Company is given prompt written notice of the Claims and is given information, reasonable assistance and sole authority to defend and/or settle the claim and provided further, however that the Company shall not settle or admit liability with respect to any such claim which would result in an admission of liability by a Holder Indemnitee without such Holder Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld. The Holder Indemnitees shall cooperate with the Company and may, at their option and expense be represented in any such action or proceeding. In addition, the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon (1) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in said registration statement, preliminary or final prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto or any document incident to registration or qualification of any Restricted Shares, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such seller, underwriter, broker, other person or controlling person specifically for use in the preparation thereof, or (2) if the Company provides an amended prospectus which corrects any misstatement or omission, any use of a prospectus which does not contain such correction after such correction is made and the prospectus is provided to such seller.

(ii) In the event of any registration of any Restricted Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to this Section 7 or registration or qualification of any Restricted Shares, each Holder shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates and each other Holder, and any other person, if any, who controls any of the foregoing persons, within the meaning of the Securities Act (collectively, “Company Indemnitees”), against any Claims (or actions in respect thereof) which arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement under which such Restricted Shares were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incident to registration or qualification of any Restricted Shares, or arise out of or based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or, with respect to any prospectus, necessary to make statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or any violation of the Securities Act or any state securities or applicable blue sky laws relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with such registration or qualification under the Securities Act or such state securities or blue sky laws arising out of or based upon written information furnished to the Company by such Holder specifically for use in the preparation thereof, provided however, that the Holders are given prompt written notice of the Claims and are given information, reasonable assistance and sole authority to defend and/or settle the claim and provided further, however that the Holder shall not settle or admit liability with respect to any such claim which would result in an admission of liability by a Company Indemnitee without such Company Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld. The Company Indemnitees shall cooperate with the Holder and may, at their option and expense be represented in any such action or proceeding.

(b) Before Restricted Shares held by any prospective seller shall be included in any registration or qualification pursuant to this Section 7, such prospective seller and any underwriter acting on its behalf shall agree in writing to indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in paragraph (a) above) the Company, each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signs such registration statement or prospectus and any person who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, with respect to any untrue statement or omission from such registration statement, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus, or any amendment or supplement

 

10


thereto, if such untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company through an instrument duly executed by such seller or such underwriter specifically for use in the preparation of such registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or amendment or supplement.

(c) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any holder of Restricted Securities exercising rights under this Agreement, or any controlling person of any such holder, makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.6, but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 7.6 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any such holder or any such controlling person in circumstances for which indemnification is provided under this Section 7.6; then, in each such case, the Company and such Holder will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they may be subject as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company and such Holder in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, it being understood that the parties acknowledge that the overriding equitable consideration to be given effect in connection with this provision is the ability of one party or the other to correct the statement or omission which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, and that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant hereto were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take into consideration the foregoing equitable considerations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation, within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act, shall be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(d) Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, if, in connection with an underwritten public offering of any Restricted Shares, the Company, the holders of such Restricted Shares and the underwriters enter into an underwriting or purchase agreement relating to such offering which contains provisions covering indemnification among the parties, then the indemnification provision of this Section 7.6 shall be deemed inoperative for purposes of such offering.

7.7 Removal of Securities Legends, Etc . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7, the restrictions imposed by this Section 7 and Section 4 upon the transferability of any Restricted Securities shall cease and terminate when (a) any such Restricted Shares are sold or otherwise disposed of in accordance with the intended method of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in a registration statement or such other method that does not require that the securities transferred bear the securities legend set forth in Section 4.8 hereof, including a transfer pursuant to Rule 144 or a successor rule thereof (as amended from time to time), or (b) the holder of Restricted Securities has met the requirements for transfer of such Restricted Securities pursuant to subparagraph (k) of Rule 144 or a successor rule thereof (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act. Whenever the restrictions imposed by this Section 7 and Section 4 have terminated, a Holder of a certificate for Restricted Shares as to which such restrictions have terminated shall be entitled to receive from the Company, without expense, a new certificate not bearing the restrictive securities legend set forth in Section 4.8 hereof.

7.8 Initial Public Offering . Each Holder, if requested by the Company and the managing underwriter of initial public offering, shall enter into an agreement not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Restricted Securities or other securities of the Company (excluding securities acquired in the initial public offering or in the public market after such offering) held by such Investor for a period not to exceed 180 days following the effective date of the initial public offering registration statement; provided that :

(a) all officers, directors and holders of 1% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (on an as-converted basis) of the Company enter into similar agreements;

(b) the Company use reasonable commercial efforts to ensure that such agreements provide for periodic early releases of the securities subject thereto based upon specified events; and

 

11


(c) the Company use reasonable commercial efforts to ensure that such agreements provide that any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of such agreements by the Company or the managing underwriter and any early release of shares from the restrictions of such agreements shall apply to all persons subject to such agreements on a pro rata basis, based upon the number of Common Stock (on an as-converted basis) held by such persons.

8. MISCELLANEOUS.

8.1 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any warranties, representations, or covenants, except as specifically set forth herein or therein.

8.2 Survival . The warranties, representations, and covenants of the Company and Micrologix contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Closing.

8.3 Assignment: Binding Effect . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto (whether by operation of applicable laws or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party may sell, transfer or assign its rights under this Agreement to any third party, as part of a sale or transfer of substantially all of a party’s assets; provided that such third party agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, nothing herein, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto or their representatives, respective heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

8.4 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (exclusive of its conflicts of laws provision). Each party hereto, and its successors and assigns, submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

8.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

8.6 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

8.7 Notices . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, by overnight delivery service or by facsimile, computer mail or other electronic means, with confirmation of receipt, addressed as follows:

 

If to Micrologix:   

Micrologix Biotech Inc.

BC Research Complex

3650 Wesbrook Mall

Vancouver, BC Canada V6S 2L2

Attention: Jim DeMesa, President and CEO

With a copy to:   

Farris, Vaughan, Wills & Murphy

2600 - 700 West Georgia Street

Vancouver, BC Canada V7Y 1B3

Attention: R. Hector MacKay-Dunn 

 

12


If to Company:  

Spring Bank Technologies Inc.

113 Cedar Street, Suite S-7

Milford, MA 01757, USA

Attention: Doug Jensen, President and CEO

With copies to:      

Cheryl M. Northrup, Esq.

632 Great Plain Ave.

Needham, MA02492

Telephone: (781) 444-4567

Facsimile: (781) 453-0047

Notice so given shall be deemed given and received (a) by facsimile, computer mail or other electronic means on the date of actual transmission, with evidence of transmission acceptance, or (as the case may be) personal or other delivery; and (b) if by overnight delivery service, on the next business day following the day such notice is delivered to the overnight delivery service.

8.8 Payment of Fees and Expenses . The Company and Micrologix shall each bear its own expenses incurred on its behalf with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. The parties acknowledge that each party and its counsel have reviewed and participated in the preparation of this Agreement and that the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement or any amendments or exhibits hereto.

8.9 Amendments . Any term of this Agreement may be amended only with the written consent of the Company and Micrologix.

8.10 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

8.11 Press Releases . Except as provided by law, each party will secure advanced written approval from the other party of the decision to issue and the content of any statement regarding or mentioning the transactions contemplated hereby and in the License Agreement, whether in writing or otherwise to the public or press. This provision shall not be deemed to have been breached if the disclosing party acting on the written advice of its securities or other regulatory counsel makes disclosures to investors and potential investors or to any governmental or other regulatory agency or organization; provided, however, that the disclosing party shall limit disclosure to the extent possible and seek reasonable confidential treatment for any information disclosed.

8.12 Further Assurances . At the date of this Agreement and thereafter as may be necessary or desirable, and without further consideration, each party shall deliver such documents, certificates, assurances and other instruments as may be reasonably required to carry out the provisions of this Agreement.

 

13


In Witness Whereof, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

MICROLOGIX BIOTECH INC.
By:  

/s/ James DeMesa

 

James DeMesa, President and Chief Executive Officer

(duly authorized)

SPRING BANK TECHNOLOGIES INC.
By:  

/s/ Douglas J. Jensen

 

Douglas J. Jensen, President and Chief Executive Officer 

(duly authorized)

 

14


EXHIBIT A

1. General Rights and Obligations . The rights, obligations and privileges with respect to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) are governed by and are subject to the Stock Purchase Agreement between Spring Bank Technologies, Inc and Micrologix Biotech, Inc. relating thereto, the terms hereof, applicable provisions of the Chapter 156B of the Massachusetts General Laws (“MGL ch. 156B”), as amended from time to time, and all other laws that are binding on the Company. In addition, the Series A Preferred Stock is subject to the provisions relating thereto in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended from time to time (“Articles”) and By-laws, as amended from time to time (the “Bylaws”).

2. Dividends . No dividends shall be payable on or in respect to the Series A Preferred Stock.

3. Liquidation Rights . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or not, the holder(s) of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, before any amount shall be paid to holders of Common Stock, an amount per share equal to $250.00 (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations or similar events and hereafter referred to as the “Original Issue Price” of the Preferred Shares). If upon the occurrence of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets and surplus funds distributed to the holder(s) of Series A Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets and surplus funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the aggregate amount payable to each of such holders pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence. If upon the occurrence of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, after the payment to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock of the preferential amount, assets or surplus funds remain in the Company, the holders of the Company’s Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all such remaining assets and surplus funds.

4. Voting Rights . Each holder of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have such voting rights as are conferred upon them in MGL ch. 156B, the Articles and the By-laws. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to vote for any election of directors of the Company, including elections for the purpose of filling a vacancy, except as may be required by law.

5. Conversion to Common Stock . The Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible into Common Stock of the Company as follows:

(a) Definitions. For purposes of this Section 5 and elsewhere herein the following definitions shall apply:

(i) “Common Stock Equivalents” means Convertible Securities and rights entitling the holder thereof to receive directly, or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock without the payment of any consideration by such holder for such additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents.

(ii) “Conversion Price” means initially $250 for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment from time to time pursuant to this Section 5.

(iii) “Conversion Ratio” means the ratio which reflects the number of shares of Common Stock into which one share of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted. The initial Conversion Ratio shall be 1:1 (one share of Common Stock for each share of Series A Preferred Stock), and shall be subject to adjustment from time to time pursuant to Section 5(c)(ii).

(iv) “Convertible Securities” means any indebtedness or shares of stock or other securities, including options, convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, including without limitation Series A Preferred Stock.

(v) “ Holder ” means any person or entity that is the registered holder of all or any of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock.


(vi) “Issuance Date” means the date upon which the Series A Preferred Stock was first issued to Micrologix.

(vii) “Securities Not Counted for Adjustments” means (A) Common Stock issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock; (B) Common Stock issuable pursuant to any securities convertible or exercisable into or exchangeable for Common Stock previously adjusted for pursuant to Section 5(c)(i); (C) options to purchase Common Stock of the Company (including Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of such options) issued to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company; (D) capital stock of any class issuable upon any subdivision, recombination, split-up or reverse stock split of all outstanding shares of such class of capital stock; (E) Common Stock or securities issued or issuable to banks, lenders or landlords as an incentive or which is required to be issued as a precondition of the loan or lease, as the case may be, provided that the aggregate of such Common Stock or securities does not exceed 5% of the then outstanding shares of the of the capital stock of the Company on an as-converted basis or (F) Common Stock issuable by the Company pursuant to a public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, subsequent to an IPO (as hereinafter defined).

(b) Conversion at Holder’s Option. Each Holder shall have the right (the “Conversion Right”) at any time to convert all or from time to time to convert any part of its Series A Preferred Stock into fully paid shares of Common Stock on the following basis:

(i) Conversion Notice – A Holder may exercise a Holder’s Conversion Right by notice (the “Conversion Notice”) in writing delivered to the Company. The Conversion Notice shall specify the number of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Specified Shares”) the Holder delivering the Conversion Notice wishes to be converted, be signed by the Holder and may be accompanied by the certificates representing the Series A Preferred Stock to be converted.

(ii) Conversion Procedure – Effective as of the date of receipt of a duly signed Conversion Notice and accompanying share certificate or certificates, the Company shall issue and promptly deliver to the Holder tendering the Conversion Notice a certificate representing fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock in the number equal to the Conversion Ratio in effect multiplied by the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock being converted pursuant to the Conversion Notice. If less than all the shares of Series A Preferred Stock represented by any certificate are converted, the Company shall at its expense promptly issue and promptly deliver a new share certificate to the Holder for the balance of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock not converted.

(c) Adjustments to Conversion Price and Conversion Ratio . Subject to the other provisions of this Section 5, the Conversion Price and Conversion Ratio in effect from time to time for the Series A Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment in certain cases as follows below:

(i) Adjustment for Dilutive Share Issuances. In the event the Company shall at any time after the Issuance Date issue or sell (A) any Common Stock (or shall be deemed to have issued Common Stock pursuant to this Section 5), (B) securities to purchase or acquire Common Stock, (C) or securities convertible or exercisable into or exchangeable for Common Stock, in each case pursuant to a financing or the acquisition of another corporation or entity (or its assets) (collectively a “Dilutive Financing”) then the Conversion Price shall immediately be adjusted to an amount equal to the consideration paid and/or payable for each share of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to such Dilutive Financing.

 

2


(ii) Stock Splits, Dividends, Distributions and Combinations. In the event the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the Issuance Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision (including reverse splits) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive any other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, then, as of such record date (or the date of such distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Ratio shall simultaneously be adjusted upon the happening of such event by multiplying the Conversion Ratio in effect immediately prior to such event by the following fraction:

(A) the numerator of which is the number of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately after completion of the event, and

(B) the denominator of which is the number of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the event.

Any such adjustments shall be successive and each resulting new Conversion Ratio shall continue in effect until the next adjustment (if any) is made.

If at any time and from time to time after the Issuance Date, the Common Stock is changed into a different class or classes of shares, whether by reclassification, recapitalization, reorganization, arrangement, amalgamation, or merger, then each Holder shall have the right thereafter to convert its Series A Preferred Stock into the kind and amount of shares and other securities and property receivable upon such change by holders of the number of shares of Common Stock into which the Series A Preferred Stock could have been converted immediately prior to such change.

(iii) Other Events. Upon the occurrence of any event not specifically denominated in this Section 5 as adjusting the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Conversion Ratio (the “Other Events”) that, in the reasonable exercise of the business judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company requires, on equitable principles, the adjustment of the Conversion Price or Conversion Ratio, such Conversion Price or Conversion Ratio will be equitably adjusted. The Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock may request the Board of Directors of the Company to review adjusting the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Conversion Ratio for such Other Events.

(iv) Miscellaneous Conversion Matters. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock the full number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of all the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and shall, at its own expense, take all such actions and obtain all such permits and orders as may be necessary to enable the Company lawfully to issue such Common Stock upon the conversion of such Series A Preferred Stock.

(v) Excluded Events. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5 to the contrary, the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be adjusted by virtue of the issuance by the Company of any Securities Not Counted for Adjustments (as defined above).

(vi) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Conversion Ratio pursuant to this Section 5, the Company, at its expense upon request by any Holder of Series A Preferred Stock, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each Holder of the Series A Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company shall, upon the written request at any time of any Holder of Series A Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price at the time in effect, (C) the Conversion Ratio at the time in effect, and (D) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

3


For all purposes of this Section 5(c), the following provisions shall also be applicable:

(A) CASH CONSIDERATION. In the event of the issuance or sale of additional Common Stock or Convertible Securities for cash, the consideration received by the Company therefor shall be deemed to be the amount of cash received by the Company for such securities (or, if such securities are offered by the Company for subscription, the subscription price, or, if such securities are sold to underwriters or dealers for public offering without a subscription offering, the initial public offering price), without deducting therefrom any compensation or discount paid or allowed to underwriters or dealers or others performing similar services or for any expenses incurred in connection therewith.

(B) NON-CASH CONSIDERATION. In the event of the issuance (otherwise than upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities) or sale of additional Common Stock or Convertible Securities for a consideration other than cash or a consideration a part of which shall be other than cash, the fair value of such consideration as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in the good faith exercise of its business judgment, irrespective of the accounting treatment thereof, shall be deemed to be the value, for purposes of this Section 5, of the consideration other than cash received by the Company for such securities.

(C) CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES. In the event the Company shall in any manner issue any Convertible Securities, the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of the total maximum amount of such Convertible Securities at the time such Convertible Securities first become convertible or exchangeable shall (as of the date of issue or sale of Convertible Securities) be deemed to be issued and to be outstanding for the purpose of Section 5(c)(i) and to have been issued for the sum of the amount (if any) paid for such Convertible Securities and the amount (if any) payable upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities at the time such Convertible Securities first become convertible or exchangeable: provided that, no further adjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be made upon the actual issuance of any such Common Stock or Convertible Securities or upon the conversion or exchange of any such Convertible Securities.

(d) Resolution of Calculation and Adjustment Questions . If at any such time a question arises with respect to adjustments or calculations made under this Section 5, such questions shall be determined by the accountants or auditors of the Company, or, if requested in writing by the Holder, by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, including the Supplementary Procedures for Large Complex Disputes. The determination of such arbitrator shall be binding upon the Company and the Holder. The arbitration shall take place in New York, New York. The arbitrator shall apply the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions.

(e) No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of the Articles or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer or assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed by the Company under this Section 5, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 5 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion and redemption rights of the Holders of Series A Preferred Stock against impairment.

(f) No Fractional Shares . No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded to the next smaller whole share. Whether or not fractional shares are issuable upon such conversion shall be

 

4


determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the Holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion. The value of any fractional share issuable upon conversion shall be paid in cash by the Company.

(g) Automatic Conversion . Immediately upon the effectiveness of the Company’s initial registration statement on Form S-I (the “IPO Effective Date”) pursuant to which Common Stock is sold to the public by the Company (or selling stockholders, if any) in a public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (an “IPO”), each share of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding (other than Series A Preferred Stock which are being redeemed pursuant to Section 6 below) shall, at the option of the Holder, be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Ratio for such Series A Preferred Stock then in effect. On and after said conversion date, notwithstanding that any certificates for the shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered for conversion, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock evidenced thereby shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding, and all rights with respect thereto shall forthwith cease and terminate, except only the rights of the Holder (i) to receive the shares of Common Stock to which such Holder shall be entitled upon conversion thereof and (ii) to receive the amount of cash payable in respect of any fractional share of Common Stock to which such Holder shall be entitled. In the event that any Holder of Series A Preferred Stock presents such Holder’s certificate therefor for surrender to the Company or its transfer agent upon such conversion, a certificate for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series A Preferred Stock surrendered were convertible on such conversion date promptly will be issued and delivered to such Holder.

6. Redemption .

(a) Redemption Upon an IPO . The Company shall give notice to the Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock of its intent to effect an IPO (the “IPO Notice”). Each such Holder shall then have the right to request the Company to redeem all or any portion of such Holder’s Preferred Shares. Such Holder shall make such request, stating the number of Preferred Shares such Holder desires to redeem, by delivering a written notice signed by the Holder (the “Redemption Notice”) within twenty (20) days of the date of the IPO Notice. The Company shall redeem the Preferred Shares so requested at a price equal to $250.00 per Preferred Share being redeemed (the “Redemption Price”). Such redemption shall be deemed to have occurred on the IPO Effective Date. The Redemption Price shall be payable by the Company on any date (the “Redemption Payment Date”) not later than 30 days after the conclusion of the IPO. On and after the IPO Effective Date, any rights of any Holder with respect to those Preferred Shares being redeemed by the Company, shall cease and terminate, except for the right to receive the Redemption Price for such Preferred Shares, and such Preferred Shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, whether or not the certificates representing such Preferred Shares shall have been received by the Company.

(b) Expiry Redemption . So long as the Series A Preferred Stock has not been converted to Common Stock pursuant to Section 5 above or redeemed pursuant to Section 6(a) above, on December 15, 2011 and on December 15 of each year thereafter (each such date being referred to as the “Series A Preferred Share Expiry Date”), each Holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall then have the right to request the Company to redeem all or any portion of such Holder’s Series A Preferred Shares. Such Holder shall make such request, stating the number of Series A Preferred Shares such Holder desires to redeem, by delivering a notice (the “Expiry Redemption Notice”) to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date of the Series A Preferred Share Expiry Date. The Company shall redeem the Series A Preferred Shares so requested at the Redemption Price. The Redemption Price shall be payable by the Company not later than 30 days after receipt of the Expiry Redemption Notice. On and after the Series A Preferred Share Expiry Date, any rights of any Holder with respect to those shares of Series A Preferred Stock being redeemed by the Company, shall cease and terminate, except for the right to receive the Redemption Price for such shares, and such shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, whether or not the certificates representing such shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have been received by the Company.

 

5


(c) Redemption Subject to Applicable Law . If the Company is not permitted by insolvency provisions or other provisions of applicable law to redeem all or any portion of the Series A Preferred Shares required to be redeemed hereunder (if not otherwise converted, as the case may be), the Company shall, pursuant to the terms of this Section 6, redeem only the maximum number of Series A Preferred Shares (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) it is then permitted to redeem and shall make any payment to the holder of the Series A Preferred Shares required by this Agreement.

7. Make Whole Obligation . If, upon the Company becoming obligated to redeem or convert any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 5 or 6 hereof, the Company is not permitted by applicable law to redeem or convert any portion of the shares the Series A Preferred Stock required to be redeemed (if not otherwise converted as the case may be) or converted, the holders of such shares shall be entitled to retain the shares which have not been permitted to be redeemed or converted, as the case may be, and the Company shall redeem or convert the balance of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock as soon as it is lawfully permitted to do so.

8. Transfer . The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be freely transferable by the holders thereof except as set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement, the By-Laws, the Articles, and any other agreement entered into by the holder of such shares which may place restrictions on transfer thereof.

9. Right of Participation.

(a) Definitions . For purposes of this Section 9 the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(i) “ Equity Percentage ” means, as to any Holder, that percentage figure which expresses the ratio that (A) the number of shares of issued and outstanding Common Stock then owned by such Holder bears to (B) the aggregate number of shares of issued and outstanding Common Stock then owned by all holders of Common Stock and Convertible Securities of the Company. For purposes solely of the computation set forth in clauses (A) and (B) above, Convertible Securities (as defined in Section 5) shall be treated as having been converted or exchanged for Common Stock at the rate(s) or price(s) at which such Convertible Securities are convertible or exchangeable in effect at the time in question.

(ii) “ Excluded Securities ” shall mean (A) Common Stock issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock or pursuant to a public offering of the Common Stock of the Company registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; (B) options to purchase Common Stock of the Company (including Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of such options) issued to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company; provided that the aggregate number of shares issuable upon the exercise of such options does not exceed 10% of the then outstanding shares of the of the capital stock of the Company on an as-converted basis; (C) capital stock of any class issuable upon any subdivision, recombination, split-up or reverse stock split of all outstanding shares of such class of capital stock; (D) Common Stock or securities issued or issuable to banks, lenders or landlords, provided that the aggregate of such Common Stock or securities does not exceed 5% of the then outstanding shares of the of the capital stock of the Company on an as-converted basis; (E) Common Stock or other securities issued or issuable to third parties in connection with strategic partnerships or alliances, joint ventures or other licensing transactions, provided that the aggregate of such Common Stock or Securities does not exceed 5% of the then outstanding shares of the of the capital stock of the Company on an as-converted basis; and (F) Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation or entity (or its assets).

(iii) Offered Securities shall mean (A) any shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or any other equity security of the Company, (B) any convertible debt security or (C) any option, warrant or other right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any such equity security or convertible debt security, but shall not include the Excluded Securities.

 

6


(b) Right of Participation to Purchase Securities .

(i) The Company shall not issue or sell any Offered Securities (the “Proposed Issue”) unless in each case the Company shall offer to sell to each Holder (the “Offer”) up to its then existing Equity Percentage of the Offered Securities on the terms set forth herein and at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as those of the Proposed Issue.

(ii) The Company shall deliver to each Holder written notice of the Offer, specifying the price and terms and conditions of the Proposed Issue (the “Offer Notice”). The Offer by its terms shall remain open and irrevocable for a period of ten (10) days from the date of delivery of the Offer Notice to each Holder (the “10-Day Period”).

(iii) Each Holder shall evidence its intention to accept the Offer to purchase up to its then existing Equity Percentage of the Offered Securities by delivering a written notice signed by the Holder (the “Notice of Acceptance”). The Notice of Acceptance must be delivered to the Company not later than the last day of the 10-Day Period, and shall specify the percentage of the Offered Securities (but no more than its then existing Equity Percentage) that it elects to acquire (the “Elected Percentage”).

(iv) If one or more Holders tenders its Notice of Acceptance prior to the end of the 10-Day Period, the Company shall proceed to schedule a closing of the sale of the Offered Securities for which it has received a Notice of Acceptance, as well as a closing of the remaining securities under the Proposed Issue (the “Remaining Securities”), at which closing each Holder that tendered a Notice of Acceptance shall purchase from the Company its Elected Percentage upon the terms and conditions specified in the Offer Notice, which terms and conditions shall also apply to the purchase of the Remaining Securities. The obligation of any Holder to purchase its Elected Percentage of the Offered Securities at such closing is further conditioned upon the preparation of a purchase agreement embodying the terms of the Offer, which shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to such Holder and its counsel.

(v) If no Holder tenders a Notice of Acceptance, the Company shall have ninety (90) days from the expiration of 10-Day Period to sell the Offered Securities to any other person or persons, but only upon terms and conditions which are in all material respects (including, without limitation, price and interest rate) no more favorable to such other person or persons, and no less favorable to the Company, than those set forth in the Offer Notice.

(c) The rights granted under this Section 9 shall only apply if the price for the Offered Securities (which shall include the actual purchase price for such Offered Securities plus, in the case of any Convertible Securities, any amount payable upon conversion or exchange thereof as of the first date such Convertible Securities are eligible for conversion or exchange) is less than or equal to the then Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock.

(d) The rights granted to the Holders under this Section 9 shall expire on the day immediately preceding the IPO Effective Date.

10. Covenants . In addition to any other rights provided by law, the Company shall not take any of the following actions.

(a) Holders of Series A Preferred Stock . So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, the Company shall not without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock voting together as a class:

(i) amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, the Articles or the Company’s By-laws if such action would alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of or the restrictions provided for the benefit of the Series A Preferred Stock, or increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

7


(ii) authorize or issue shares of any class or series of stock not authorized in the Articles having any liquidation preference or priority as to assets superior to any such liquidation preference or priority of the Series A Preferred Stock; or authorize or issue shares of stock of any class or series of any bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations convertible into or exchangeable for, or having option rights to purchase, any shares of stock of this Company having any liquidation preference or priority as to assets superior to any such liquidation preference or priority of the Series A Preferred Stock;

(iii) reclassify any class or series of any Common Stock into shares having any liquidation preference or priority as to assets superior to or on a parity with any such liquidation preference or priority of the Series A Preferred Stock; or

(iv) apply any of its assets to the redemption, retirement, purchase or acquisition, directly or indirectly, through subsidiaries or otherwise, of any shares of any class or series of Common Stock, except from employees, advisors, officers, directors and consultants of, and persons performing services for the Company or its subsidiaries on terms approved by the Board of Directors upon termination of employment or association.

 

8


EXHIBIT B

SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS

None


EXHIBIT C

SPRING BANK TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

VOTING AGREEMENT

This Voting Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of the              day of                      200    , by and between the Douglas J. Jensen and Radhakrishnan P. Iyer, their successors and assigns (individually referred to as a “founder” and collectively referred to as the “founders”),                     , a                      company having its offices at (the “Micrologix Entity”), and Spring Bank Technologies, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation having its principal office at 113 Cedar Street, Suite S-7, Milford, MA 01757, USA (the Company”).

WHEREAS, Micrologix Biotech, Inc., a British Columbia corporation having its offices at BC Research Complex, 3650 Wesbrook Mall, Vancouver, BC, Canada V6S 2L2 (“Micrologix”) has acquired 4,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company, no par value (the “Series A Shares”) pursuant to the terms of a Stock Purchase Agreement dated December     , 2003 between the Company and Micrologix (the “Stock Purchase Agreement); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to such agreement, Micrologix agreed to execute and deliver to the Company or cause its affiliates to execute and deliver to the Company this Agreement in the event that Micrologix or its affiliates at any time acquired and owned, in the aggregate, 20% or more of the shares of the capital stock in the Company entitling them to vote in any election of Directors; and

WHEREAS; Micrologix or its affiliates now own, in the aggregate, 20% or more of the shares of the capital stock in the Company entitling them to vote in election of Directors.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements, the parties hereto agree as follows. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Shares” as used below shall include any shares of the capital stock of the Company owned by the Micrologix Entity which entitles the Micrologix Entity to vote in any election for the directors of the Company, including the filling of a vacancy thereof.

1. At any meeting at which there is to be an election of one or more directors of the Company, then either founder individually (as they may agree between themselves) may represent the Shares for purposes of establishing a quorum.

2. Upon each vote to elect or choose (including, but not limited to, filling of a vacancy) a director of the Company, either founder individually shall vote the Shares.

3. Each and every transferee of any Shares that is an affiliate of Micrologix shall acquire the Shares subject to the terms of this Agreement, as then in effect if then in effect, and no Shares shall be transferred unless such transferee becomes party hereto by executing and delivering to the Company an intervention form in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (an “Intervention Form”). The Company shall refuse to recognize any transferee as one of its stockholders for any purpose unless such transferee becomes a party hereto by executing an Intervention Form.


4. In addition to any other legend required by law or included by the Company, the Company shall be entitled to set forth on each certificate representing Shares, such legend as counsel for the Company shall deem necessary or appropriate to evidence the restrictions on the Shares set forth herein.

5. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon all parties hereto and their respective legal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns. A manually executed copy of this agreement, any amendment hereto, any Intervention Forms and any notices delivered hereunder shall be kept by the clerk of the Company.

6. Term.

6.1 This Agreement shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) bankruptcy, receivership or dissolution of the Company,

(b) cessation of the Company’s business,

(c) written agreement of all stockholders then party hereto and the Company;

(d) the time at which Micrologix and it affiliates own less than 20% of Shares.

6.2. If a party holds stock of the Company and such party or such stock is not subject to the restrictions contained herein, but such party’s stock certificate contains the legend referred to in Section 4, such party may request the Company to issue a new certificate without such legend in exchange for the certificate containing such legend.

7. All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be mailed by certified first-class mail, postage prepaid, or delivered personally by hand or via any reputable overnight courier service (as the case may be, and in each case with delivery confirmation available) addressed to the party to be notified at the address indicated for such person on first page hereof, or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and other written communications shall be effective on the date of confirmed delivery.

8. This agreement shall be construed under and governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts as such laws are applied to agreements among residents of Massachusetts, entered into and performed entirely in Massachusetts. Any proceeding to enforce this Agreement may only be brought in any appropriate state or federal court in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Each party hereto, hereby irrevocably waives any present and future objection to any such jurisdiction and venue and irrevocably consents and submits to the

 

2


jurisdiction for itself and in respect of any of its property in any such court. Judgment in any such action shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction by suit on the judgment, a certified or exemplified copy of which shall be conclusive evidence of the fact and/or of the amount of the obligation.

9. This Agreement constitutes the whole agreement among the parties and supersedes any and all other agreements entered into by the parties.

Executed as an instrument under seal in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original.

 

SPRING BANK TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

Douglas J. Jensen, President and Chief Executive Officer

(duly authorized)

MICROLOGIX ENTITY

 

(duly authorized)

 

Douglas J. Jensen

216 Country Club Dive,

Greenville, AL

 

Radhakrishnan P. Iyer

15 Quail Hollow Drive,

Shrewsbury, MA

 

3


EXHIBIT A

INTERVENTION FORM

The undersigned,                     , as owner of                      shares of the                      stock of Spring Bank Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”), having acquired them on             , hereby becomes a party to the Voting Agreement dated                     , 200     (the “Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto, and declares that it has read the said Agreement, understands its meaning and scope and is satisfied therewith. The undersigned declares itself bound by each of the provisions of the Agreement as if it were an original signatory thereto

 

Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Name of Representative

( if legal person ):  
  Date:                                                       

 

4


SPRING BANK TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AND

MIGENIX, INC.

FIRST AMENDMENT TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT OF DECEMBER 17, 2003

April 30, 2008


AMENDMENT #1 TO EXHIBIT A

THIS AMENDMENT dated as of April 30, 2008, is entered into by Spring Bank Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”), a Massachusetts corporation and MIGENIX Inc. (“MIGENIX”), a British Columbia corporation, collectively referred to herein as the “Parties”.

RECITALS

Whereas:

A. The Parties entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement dated December 17, 2003 (the “Original Agreement”) whereby the Company agreed to pay a license fee of USD$1,000,000 to MIGENIX, payable in the form of an aggregate of 4,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and the rights, privileges and preferences of the Series A Preferred Stock were as stated in Exhibit A to the Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Original Exhibit A”).

B. The Parties wish to amend the Original Exhibit A as herein provided in this Amendment #1 to Exhibit A (the “ Amending Agreement ”), by increasing the original 4,000 Series A Preferred Stock issued to 1,000,000 Series A Preferred Stock issued and amending the terms of the 1,000,000 Series A Preferred Stock as set out in this Amendment #1.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Amendment . The terms, language, and definitions set forth in Amending Agreement herein supersede and render null and void the terms, language, and definitions in the Original Exhibit A.

2. General Rights and Obligations . The rights, obligations and privileges with respect to the 1,000,000 Series A Preferred Stock are governed by and are subject to the Original Agreement, relating thereto, the terms hereof, applicable provisions of the Chapter 156B of the Massachusetts General Laws (“MGL ch. 156B”), as amended from time to time, and all other laws that are binding on the Company. The 1,000,000 Series A Preferred Stock arc subject to the registration rights as set out in the Original Agreement. In addition, the Series A Preferred Stock is subject to the provisions relating thereto in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended from time to time (the “Articles”) and By-laws, as amended from time to time (the “Bylaws”).

3. Dividends . No dividends shall be payable on or in respect to the Series A Preferred Stock.

4. L iquidation Rights . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or not, the holder(s) of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, before any amount shall be paid to holders of Common Stock, an amount per share equal to $1.00 (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations or similar events and hereafter referred to as the “Original Issue Price” of the Preferred Shares). If upon the occurrence of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets and surplus funds distributed to the holder(s) of Series A Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets and surplus funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the aggregate amount payable to each of such holders pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence. If upon the occurrence of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, after the payment to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock of the preferential amount, assets or surplus funds remain in the Company, the holders of the Company’s Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all such remaining assets and surplus funds.

 

2


5. Voting Rights . Each holder of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have such voting rights as are conferred upon them in MGL ch. 156B, the Articles and the By-laws. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to vote for any election of directors of the Company, including elections for the purpose of filling a vacancy, except as may be required by law.

6. Conversion to Common Stock . The Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible into Common Stock of the Company as follows:

(a) Definitions. For purposes of this Section 6 and elsewhere herein the following definitions shall apply:

(i) “Common Stock Equivalents” means Convertible Securities and rights entitling the holder thereof to receive directly, or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock without the payment of any consideration by such holder for such additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents.

(ii) “Conversion Price” means initially $1.25 for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment from time to time pursuant to this Section 6.

(iii) “Conversion Ratio” means the ratio which reflects the number of shares of Common Stock into which one share of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted. The initial Conversion Ratio shall be 1:1 (one share of Common Stock for each share of Series A Preferred Stock), and shall be subject to adjustment from time to time pursuant to Section 6(c).

(iv) “ Convertible Securities ” means any indebtedness or shares of stock or other securities, including options, convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, including without limitation Series A Preferred Stock.

(v) “ Holder ” means any person or entity that is the registered holder of all or any of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

(vi) “Issuance Date” means the date upon which the Series A Preferred Stock were first issued to MIGENIX, being December 17, 2003.

(vii) “Securities Not Counted for Adjustments” means (A) Common Stock issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock; (B) Common Stock issuable pursuant to any securities convertible or exercisable into or exchangeable for Common Stock previously adjusted for pursuant to Section 6(c)(ii); (C) Stock or options to purchase Common Stock of the Company (including Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of such options) issued to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company; (D) capital stock of any class issuable upon any subdivision, recombination, split-up or reverse stock split of all outstanding shares of such class of capital stock; (E) Common Stock or securities issued or issuable to banks, lenders or landlords as an incentive or which is required to be issued as a precondition of the loan or lease, as the case may be, provided that the aggregate of such Common Stock or securities does not exceed 5% of the then outstanding shares of the of the capital stock of the Company on an as-converted basis; or (F) Common Stock issuable by the Company pursuant to a public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, subsequent to an IPO (as hereinafter defined).

(b) Conversion at Holder’s Option. Each Holder shall have the right (the “Conversion Right”) at any time to convert all or from time to time to convert any part of its Series A Preferred Stock into fully paid shares of Common Stock on the following basis:

 

3


(i) Conversion Notice – A Holder may exercise a Holder’s Conversion Right by notice (the “Conversion Notice”) in writing delivered to the Company. The Conversion Notice shall specify the number of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Specified Shares”) the Holder delivering the Conversion Notice wishes to be converted, be signed by the Holder and may be accompanied by the certificates representing the Series A Preferred Stock to be converted.

(ii) Conversion Procedure – Effective as of the date of receipt of a duly signed Conversion Notice and accompanying share certificate or certificates, the Company shall issue and promptly deliver to the Holder tendering the Conversion Notice a certificate representing fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock in the number equal to the Conversion Ratio in effect multiplied by the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock being converted pursuant to the Conversion Notice. If less than all the shares of Series A Preferred Stock represented by any certificate are converted, the Company shall at its expense promptly issue and promptly deliver a new share certificate to the Holder for the balance of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock not converted.

(c) Adjustments to Conversion Price and Conversion Ratio . Subject to the other provisions of this Section 6, the Conversion Price and Conversion Ratio in effect from time to time for the Series A Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment in certain cases as follows below:

(i) Stock Splits, Dividends, Distributions and Combinations. In the event the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the Issuance Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision (including reverse splits) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive any other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, then, as of such record date (or the date of such distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Ratio shall simultaneously be adjusted upon the happening of such event by multiplying the Conversion Ratio in effect immediately prior to such event by the following fraction:

(A) the numerator of which is the number of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately after completion of the event, and

(B) the denominator of which is the number of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the event.

Any such adjustments shall be successive and each resulting new Conversion Ratio shall continue in effect until the next adjustment (if any) is made.

If at any time and from time to time after the Issuance Date, the Common Stock is changed into a different class or classes of shares, whether by reclassification, recapitalization, reorganization, arrangement, amalgamation, or merger, then each Holder shall have the right thereafter to convert its Series A Preferred Stock into the kind and amount of shares and other securities and property receivable upon such change by holders of the number of shares of Common Stock into which the Series A Preferred Stock could have been converted immediately prior to such change.

(ii) Adjustment of Conversion Ratio for Certain Share Issuances. Subject to Securities Not Counted for Adjustments, in the event the Company shall after the Issuance Date and prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial registration statement on Form S-I (the “IPO Effective Date”), issue or sell:

 

4


(A) any Common Stock (or any securities deemed to be issued as Common Stock pursuant to this Section 6);

(B) securities to purchase or acquire Common Stock; or

(C) securities convertible or exercisable into or exchangeable for Common Stock,

in each case pursuant to a financing or the acquisition of another corporation or entity (or its assets), resulting in the weighted average issuance price of all such issuances (the “Cumulative Weighted Average Price”) being lower than the current Conversion Price then in effect, the Conversion Ratio shall simultaneously be increased upon the happening of such event so that the number of shares of Common Stock into which one share of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted is equal to the result that is the Conversion Price (as the numerator) divided by the Cumulative Weighted Average Price (as the denominator).

In the event of an IPO issuance with a price per share of Common Stock (the “IPO Price”) less than the current Conversion Price then in effect, the Conversion Ratio for purposes of Section 6(g) shall simultaneously be increased upon the happening of such event so that the number of shares of Common Stock into which one share of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted is equal to the result that is the Conversion Price (as the numerator) divided by the IPO Price (as the denominator).

(iii) Other Events. Upon the occurrence of any event not specifically denominated in this Section 6 as adjusting the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Conversion Ratio (the “Other Events”) that, in the reasonable exercise of the business judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company requires, on equitable principles, the adjustment of the Conversion Price or Conversion Ratio, such Conversion Price or Conversion Ratio will be equitably adjusted. The Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock may request the Board of Directors of the Company to review adjusting the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Conversion Ratio for such Other Events.

(iv) Miscellaneous Conversion Matters. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock the full number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of all the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and shall, at its own expense, take all such actions and obtain all such permits and orders as may be necessary to enable the Company lawfully to issue such Common Stock upon the conversion of such Series A Preferred Stock.

(v) Excluded Events. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6 to the contrary, the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be adjusted by virtue of the issuance by the Company of any Securities Not Counted for Adjustments (as defined above).

(vi) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock or the Conversion Ratio pursuant to this Section 6, the Company, at its expense upon request by any Holder of Series A Preferred Stock, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each Holder of the Series A Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company

 

5


shall, upon the written request at any time of any Holder of Series A Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price at the time in effect, (C) the Conversion Ratio at the time in effect, and (D) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of Series A Preferred Stock.

For all purposes of this Section 6(c), the following provisions shall also be applicable:

(A) CASH CONSIDERATION. In the event of the issuance or sale of additional Common Stock or Convertible Securities for cash, the consideration received by the Company therefor shall be deemed to be the amount of cash received by the Company for such securities (or, if such securities are offered by the Company for subscription, the subscription price, or, if such securities are sold to underwriters or dealers for public offering without a subscription offering, the IPO Price), without deducting therefrom any compensation or discount paid or allowed to underwriters or dealers or others performing similar services or for any expenses incurred in connection therewith.

(B) NON-CASH CONSIDERATION. In the event of the issuance (otherwise than upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities) or sale of additional Common Stock or Convertible Securities for a consideration other than cash or a consideration a part of which shall be other than cash, the fair value of such consideration as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in the good faith exercise of its business judgment, irrespective of the accounting treatment thereof, shall be deemed to be the value, for purposes of this Section 6, of the consideration other than cash received by the Company for such securities.

(C) CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES. In the event the Company shall in any manner issue any Convertible Securities, the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of the total maximum amount of such Convertible Securities at the time such Convertible Securities first become convertible or exchangeable shall (as of the date of issue or sale of Convertible Securities) be deemed to be issued and to be outstanding for the purpose of Section 6(c)(ii) and to have been issued for the sum of the amount (if any) paid for such Convertible Securities and the amount (if any) payable upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities at the time such Convertible Securities first become convertible or exchangeable: provided that, no further adjustment of the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be made upon the actual issuance of any such Common Stock or Convertible Securities or upon the conversion or exchange of any such Convertible Securities.

(d) Resolution of Calculation and Adjustment Questions . If at any such time a question arises with respect to adjustments or calculations made under this Section 6, such questions shall be determined by the accountants or auditors of the Company, or, if requested in writing by the Holder, by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, including the Supplementary Procedures for Large Complex Disputes. The determination of such arbitrator shall be binding upon the Company and the Holder. The arbitration shall take place in New York, New York. The arbitrator shall apply the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions.

 

6


(e) No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of the Articles or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed by the Company under this Section 6, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 6 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion and redemption rights of the Holders of Series A Preferred Stock against impairment.

(f) No Fractional Shares . No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded to the next smaller whole share. Whether or not fractional shares are issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the Holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion. The value of any fractional share issuable upon conversion shall be paid in cash by the Company.

(g) Automatic Conversion . Immediately upon the effectiveness of the Company’s initial registration statement on Form S-1 (the “IPO Effective Date”) pursuant to which Common Stock is sold to the public by the Company (or selling stockholders, if any) in an IPO, each share of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall, be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Ratio for such Series A Preferred Stock then in effect (inclusive of all adjustments pursuant to Section 6(c)). On and after said conversion date, notwithstanding that any certificates for the shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered for conversion, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock evidenced thereby shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding, and all rights with respect thereto shall forthwith cease and terminate, except only the rights of the Holder (i) to receive the shares of Common Stock to which such Holder shall be entitled upon conversion thereof and (ii) to receive the amount of cash payable in respect of any fractional share of Common Stock to which such Holder shall be entitled. In the event that any Holder of Series A Preferred Stock presents such Holder’s certificate therefor for surrender to the Company or its transfer agent upon such conversion, a certificate for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series A Preferred Stock surrendered were convertible on such conversion date promptly will be issued and delivered to such Holder.

7. Make Whole Obligation . If, upon the Company becoming obligated to convert any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6, the Company is not permitted by applicable law to convert any portion of the shares the Series A Preferred Stock required to be converted, the holders of such shares shall be entitled to retain the shares which have not been permitted to be converted, and the Company shall convert the balance of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock as soon as it is lawfully permitted to do so.

8. Transfer . The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be freely transferable by the holders thereof except as set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement, the By-Laws, the Articles, and any other agreement entered into by the holder of such shares which may place restrictions on transfer thereof.

9. Right of Participation.

(a) Definitions . For purposes of this Section 9 the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(i) “ Equity Percentage ” means, as to any Holder, that percentage figure which expresses the ratio that (A) the number of shares of issued and outstanding Common Stock then owned by such Holder bears to (B) the aggregate number of shares of issued and outstanding Common Stock then owned by all holders of Common Stock and Convertible Securities of the Company. For purposes solely of the computation set forth in clauses (A) and (B) above, Convertible Securities (as defined in Section 6) shall be treated as having been converted or exchanged for Common Stock at the rate(s) or price(s) at which such Convertible Securities are convertible or exchangeable in effect at the time in question.

 

7


(ii) “ Excluded Securities ” shall mean (A) Common Stock issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock or pursuant to an IPO, as amended; (B) Options to purchase Common Stock of the Company (including Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of such options) issued to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company; provided that the aggregate number of shares issuable upon the exercise of such options does not exceed 10% of the then outstanding shares of the of the capital stock of the Company on an as-converted basis; (C) Capital stock of any class issuable upon any subdivision, recombination, split-up or reverse stock split of all outstanding shares of such class of capital stock; (D) Common Stock or securities issued or issuable to banks, lenders or landlords, provided that the aggregate of such Common Stock or securities does not exceed 5% of the then outstanding shares of the of the capital stock of the Company on an as-converted basis; (E) Common Stock or other securities issued or issuable to third parties in connection with strategic partnerships or alliances, joint ventures or other licensing transactions, provided that the aggregate of such Common Stock or Securities does not exceed 5% of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company on an as-converted basis; and (F) Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation or entity (or its assets).

(iii) Offered Securities shall mean (A) any shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or any other equity security of the Company, (B) any convertible debt security or (C) any option, warrant or other right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any such equity security or convertible debt security, but shall not include the Excluded Securities.

(b) Right of Participation to Purchase Securities .

(i) The Company shall not issue or sell any Offered Securities (the “Proposed Issue”) unless in each case the Company shall offer to sell to each Holder (the “Offer”) up to its then existing Equity Percentage of the Offered Securities on the terms set forth herein and at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as those of the Proposed Issue.

(ii) The Company shall deliver to each Holder written notice of the Offer, specifying the price and terms and conditions of the Proposed Issue (the “Offer Notice”). The Offer by its terms shall remain open and irrevocable for a period often (10) days from the date of delivery of the Offer Notice to each Holder (the “10-Day Period”).

(iii) Each Holder shall evidence its intention to accept the Offer to purchase up to its then existing Equity Percentage of the Offered Securities by delivering a written notice signed by the Holder (the “Notice of Acceptance”). The Notice of Acceptance must be delivered to the Company not later than the last day of the 10-Day Period, and shall specify the percentage of the Offered Securities (but no more than its then existing Equity Percentage) that it elects to acquire (the “Elected Percentage”).

(iv) If one or more Holders tenders its Notice of Acceptance prior to the end of the 10-Day Period, the Company shall proceed to schedule a closing of the sale of the Offered Securities for which it has received a Notice of Acceptance, as well as a closing of the remaining securities under the Proposed Issue (the “Remaining Securities”), at which closing each Holder that tendered a Notice of Acceptance shall purchase from the Company its Elected Percentage upon the terms and conditions specified in the Offer Notice, which terms and conditions shall also apply to the purchase of the Remaining Securities. The obligation of any Holder to purchase its Elected Percentage of the Offered Securities at such closing is further conditioned upon the preparation of a purchase agreement embodying the terms of the Offer, which shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to such Holder and its counsel.

 

8


(v) If no Holder tenders a Notice of Acceptance, the Company shall have ninety (90) days from the expiration of 10-Day Period to sell the Offered Securities to any other person or persons, but only upon terms and conditions which are in all material respects (including, without limitation, price and interest rate) no more favorable to such other person or persons, and no less favorable to the Company, than those set forth in the Offer Notice.

(c) The rights granted under this Section 9 shall only apply if the price for the Offered Securities (which shall include the actual purchase price for such Offered Securities plus, in the case of any Convertible Securities, any amount payable upon conversion or exchange thereof as of the first date such Convertible Securities are eligible for conversion or exchange) is less than or equal to the then Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock.

(d) The rights granted to the Holders under this Section 9 shall expire on the day immediately preceding the IPO Effective Date.

10. Covenants . In addition to any other rights provided by law, the Company shall not take any of the following actions.

(a) Holders of Series A Preferred Stock . So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, the Company shall not without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock voting together as a class:

(i) amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, the Articles or the Company’s By-laws if such action would alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of or the restrictions provided for the benefit of the Series A Preferred Stock, or increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

(ii) authorize or issue shares of any class or series of stock not authorized in the Articles having any liquidation preference or priority as to assets superior to any such liquidation preference or priority of the Series A Preferred Stock; or authorize or issue shares of stock of any class or series of any bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations convertible into or exchangeable for, or having option rights to purchase, any shares of stock of this Company having any liquidation preference or priority as to assets superior to any such liquidation preference or priority of the Series A Preferred Stock;

(iii) reclassify any class or series of any Common Stock into shares having any liquidation preference or priority as to assets superior to or on a parity with any such liquidation preference or priority of the Series A Preferred Stock; or

(iv) apply any of its assets to the redemption, retirement, purchase or acquisition, directly or indirectly, through subsidiaries or otherwise, of any shares of any class or series of Common Stock, except from employees, advisors, officers, directors and consultants of, and persons performing services for the Company or its subsidiaries on terms approved by the Board of Directors upon termination of employment or association.

 

9


11. Confirmation of Original Agreement . The Original Agreement as amended hereby is confirmed to be in full force and effect.

12. Binding Effect . This Amending Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

13. Counterparts . This Amending Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

In Witness Whereof, the Parties have executed this Amending Agreement as of the date first above written.

MIGENIX INC.

 

By:

  /s/ James DeMesa
 

 

  James DeMesa, President and Chief Executive Officer
  (duly authorized)
SPRING BANK TECHNOLOGIES INC.
By:   /s/ Douglas J. Jensen
 

 

  Douglas J. Jensen, President and Chief Executive Officer 
  (duly authorized)

 

10

Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Name

 

Jurisdiction of Organization

 

Percentage Ownership

Sperovie Biosciences, Inc.

  Delaware   100%

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Spring Bank Pharmaceuticals Inc. of our report dated August 3, 2015, relating to our audit of the financial statements, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the captions “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ RSM US LLP

Boston, MA

January 4, 2016